You are on page 1of 738

--

GROUP / SECTION INDEX


i BackupServiceManual General ........................
Fusible Link, Fuse and IOD or
3000~l- Storage Connector Location . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection Terminal Location . . . . . . . . .
w

w
1992-l 996 Grounding Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
m
Volume 2 Relay Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
m
Sensor Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . .
w
Electrical Control Unit Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
m
Solenoid, Solenoid Valve Location . . . . .
d
FOREWORD
Diode Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . .
w
This Service Manual has been prepared with the
latest service information available at the time of Junction Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
publication. It is subdivided into various group II
categories and each section contains diagnossis, Centralized Junction . . . . . . . . . #. . . . . . .
disassembly, repair, and installation procedures w
i along with complete specifications and tightening Harness Connector Inspection . I . . . . . .
references. Use of this manual will aid in properly w
L performing any servicing necessary to maintain or How to Diagnose . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . .
restore the high levels of performance and reliability 111
designed into these outstanding vehicles. Configuration Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . - . .
m;
Circuit Diagrams . . . ..*.............

A
. Engine Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
@.,
WESUF’FORT Chassis Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTiFiCATlON THROUGH
National lnaltute for Alphabetical Index .............
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE

NOTE:
For information concerning all compo-
nents other than the electrical system and
on-vehicle service procedures for engines
and transmissions, refer to Volume 1
Mitsubishi Motors Corporation reserves the right to make changes “Chassis & Body” of this paired Service
in design or to make additions to or improvements in its products without Manual.
imposing any obligations upon itself to install them on its products For overhaul procedures of engines or
previously manufactured.
transmission, refer to the separately is-
L sued Engine Service Manual or Manual/
Automatic Transmission Service Manual.
@ 1995 Mitsubishi Motors Corporation Reprinted in USA
2 G E N E R A L - Fusible Link, Fuse and IOD or Storage Connector Location

FUSIBLE LINK, FUSE AND IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR LOCATION

Name 1 Symbol 1 Name 1 Symbol 1

Dedicated fuse No. 1 to No. 7 B Fusible link A

Dedicated fuse No. 8 and No. 9 C IOD or Storage connector B

Dedicated fuse No. 10 E Multi-purpose fuse D

z19Fo134
00002606

\ I \ \216~0265

1 ’ fuse \\
Y16FO246

216F0260

1 TSB Revision
GENERAL - Inspection Terminal Location 3
I
INSPECTION TERMINAL LOCATION
I
I
Name Symbol Name Symbol
I
Data link connector <From 1994 models> C Fuel pump check connector A
Data link connector <Up to 1993 models> B Ignition timing adjustment connector A
Engine speed detection connector A m

'0257
Y19FO134
00002697

A tz-+v A--+% Ai-


P
l,& ~:~~~~p::~“eotor
\6
32m-1

I- 1 abjustment
connector
f ,
-

From 1994 models

\ Y16FC498

TSB Revision
GENERAL - Groundina Location

GROUNDING LOCATION

I \
Xl 9FO134

216FO267

NOTE
Same ground numbers are used in the circuit diagram.

qZ
- \
w
F ----
-.-mt-,
T=
i’
1 A8~)&
’m
fi

1 TSB Revision
..__-

GENERAL - Grounding Location

I \\ 1 crossmember

216FO258

c
TSB Revision
6 GENERAL - Relay Location

RELAY LOCATION
Name Symbol Name Symbol
-ABS power relay*’ /A 1 MFI relay TJ
Auto-cruise control relay I Motor relay (ABS hydraulic unit) B
Blower motor relay E Pop-up motor relay*3 A
Blower motor relay (Hl)*5 K Power window relay F
Condenser fan motor relay (HI) D Radiator fan motor control relay*3 D
Condenser fan motor relay (LO) D Radiator fan motor relay (HI) A
Defogger relay F Radiator fan motor relay (LO) A
Door lock power relay 1 F Rear intermittent wiper relav L
Door lock power relay 2 l 2 L Starter relay A
Fog light relay A Tail light relay A
Fuel pump relay C Theft-alarm horn relay*4 E
Generator relay A Theft-alarm starter relay*4 H
Headlight relay A Turn-signal and hazard flasher unit G
Horn relay A Valve relay (ABS hydraulic unit) B

Magnetic clutch relay D

NOTE -
(1) *l: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993.
l 2: Except 1993 and earlier models without keyless entry system.
I:; *3: Up to 1993 models
(4) *4: Vehicles with theft-alarm system.
(5) l s: Except vehicles with manual air conditioning from 1996 models.

00002699

TSB Revision
GENERAL - Relay Location

P: <Up to 1995 models>

I Z16FOOO8

4~ to 1993 models> 4

L-7
\ \ I.
\_
H?ic\
-%
Theft-z2 5:\
starter relay Y
--
Z16FO282

TSB Revision
GENERAL - Relay Location

control
relay X16FO396
v

EA 169s models> L
“i ”
‘jH$iy
?I -
(1: i I/ il

I ‘1
&@IId---~::~~~ \ i (j ” (

I II:
I. II
-Cd
\.\
' . ‘yliFO264

p!
Rear intermittent

TSB Revision
GENERAL - Sensor Location 9
SENSOR LOCATION
Name Symbol Name Symbol
ABS front speed sensor Y Kickdown servo switch M
ABS rear speed sensor Z Knock sensor E
Air inlet sensor (for A/C) S Left bank heated oxygen sensor D
Air therm0 sensor (for A/C) R Manifold differential pressure sensor*4 C
Automatic transaxle oil temperature sensor M Photo sensor T
4lT>
Camshaft
... posit!on sensor and crankshaft N Power steering pressure switch F
posrtton sensor” I
Camshaft position sensor (from 1993 model) G Pulse generator A, B <A/T> M
Crankshaft position sensor (from 1993 model) H Revolution pick-up sensor I
EGR temperature sensor*3 C Right bank heated oxygen sensor D
cTurbo, Non Turbo (for California)>
Engine coolant temperature sensor (for A/C) Q Steering wheel angle speed sensor 0
Engine coolant temperature sensor L Therm0 sensor*2 K
(for engine control)
Engine coolant temperature switch (for A/C)*2 L Thermostat I
Front impact sensor Ix 1 Throttle position sensor IJ 1
G sensor (for ABS) PJ ( Vehicle speed sensor (Reed switch)*’ Ip I
G sensor(for ECS)*3 1 Vehicle speed sensor IB 1
Heated oxygen sensor*” ID ( Volume air flow sensor tA 1
/ I I I
Interior temperature sensor Iw I I I
NOIF
: Up to 1992 models
I:; *2: Up to 1993 models
(3) *3: Up to 1995 models
(4) *a: From 1996 models

19FO134
00004237

TSB Revision
GENERAL - Sensor Location

00002701

Volume air flow sensor

<Turbo, Non Turbo (for California)>

pressure sensor

Y7FUlOlO AOSFOOM
GENERAL - Sensor Location

o> - 1994,1995 models for Federal and from 1966 models

<From 1993 models>

0 .: \I0w
r- m
CUD to 1993 models>

Revolution pick-up sens’or \u


/c, fd
I

<DOHC>
‘-I I I
Throttle position
sensor built-in closed
(with built-in
closed throttle
position switch)

) ) 1 \ \l/ / \ \v / ~~1026

1 TSB Revision
12 GENERAL - Sensor Location

<Up to 1993 models>


I

> servo switch

L I I f$3&FZX ‘AI 6F0063

<Up to 1992 models>


Vehicle speed sensor 1

Steering wheel
angle speed sensor Y12FOO72 Y66FOO12

ZWFOO47 I 216FO26-3

TSB Revision
GENERAL - Sensor Location

216FOO51

Interior temperature
sensor
4
Qs

1 TSB Revision
14 GENERAL - Control Unit Location

CONTROL UNIT LOCATION


Name Symbol Name Symbol d

ABS control unit J Engine control module B

Active exhaust control module cup to 1994 H ETACS control unit A


models>
Air conditioning compressor lock controller C Keyless entry control unit F

Air conditioning control unit B Light automatic shut-off unit


Motor antenna control unit
SRS diagnosis unit
Sunroof control unit

19FO134

16FO267
00004239

control module

TSB Revision
GENERAL - Control Unit Location

I ’ ~ ‘X1‘6FOPtM

A16FO568

<Vehicles without keyless entry


svstem>

Electronic d&trbl
1 suspension I
control unit --J
IFi&
I’ Z16FO281
-q== ’ r’--?K\\ I\ 216F;)OO6

1 TSB Revision
16 GENERAL - Solenoid, Solenoid Valve Location

SOLENOID, SOLENOID VALVE LOCATION

to 1995 models for California

TS’B Revision
GENERAL - Diode Location 17
DIODE LOCATION
Name Symbol Name Symbol
Diode (ABS circuit) <Up to 1995 models> A Diode (Theft-alarm circuit) C
Diode (MFI circuit) B Diode (4WS fluid level warning light circuit) D
Diode (Seat belt warning circuit) C

I \ T19F0134
00002703

Diode (ABS circuit)

/ (MFI c?uit)
, ’ i’16FOO24 Y16FO251
f

236FOO16

1 TSB Revision
18 GENERAL - Junction Block

JUNCTION BLOCK
J(C-78)
ccc-74) K(C-80)
pTiRz$q

H(C-76)

ULTI-
K""

E(C-83)
pTisq

ACC-68) F(C-82) B(C-69)


q
*
EL!

HROOMOOAA

Remarks
(1) Alphabets assigned to the connectors are keyed
to those assigned to connectors on P.19
(2) Terminals of the harness side connector are indicated
in parentheses ( ).

TSB Revision
GENERAL - Junction Block 19

Front Back

/ITo front
wiring harness

To roof
wiring -
harness

- TO instrument panel
wiring harness To body
wiring
harness
Theft- W-9
/ alarm
horn
L relay

L ,.c !! +JII { . ,
i/11

\oi Z16FO304
Z16FOO58
00002704

/
id
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Centralized Junction

CENTRALIZED JUNCTION
FUSIBLE LINK (Relay box in engine compartment)

I No.
I Housing color Rated capacity
IA)
1 Generator circuit Wine red 120
2 Pop-up motor circuit (Up to 1993 models) Pink 30
3 Lighting circuit Green 40
4 Ignition switch circuit Pink 30
5 Radiator fan motor and condenser fan motor circuit Green 40
6 Junction block (Multipurpose fuse (l), (6), (14), (16), (17), (19)) Green 40
7 ABS circuit Yellow 60
8 Top stack circuit <Convertible> Pink 30
9 Power window circuit Pink 30
10 Defogger circuit Green 40
11 Active aero circuit <Hatchback> Pink 30

1 I
116FO256

1 TSB Revision I
GENERAL - Centralized Junction 21
DEDICATED FUSE
L Power supply circuit
,
No.
!
Rated capacity
(A)
. I
/
Housing color Circuit

Battery 1 20 Yellow MFI circuit


Tailliaht relav I2 115 1 Blue 1 Tailliaht circuit I
Fusible link (6) 3 10 Red Horn circuit
Fusible link (3) 4 15 Red Fog light circuit
Headlight relay 5 10 Red Upper beam circuit
Battery 6 10 Red Hazard light circuit
7*’ 10 Red ABS circuit
7*2 20 Yellow Sunroof circuit
Fusible link (6) a 20 Yellow Condenser fan motor circuit
9 10 Red Air conditioning circuit
Defogger relay 10 10 Red Remote controlled mirror heater circuit

NOTE
*l: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993.
*2: Vehicles with sunroof
<Relay box in engine compartment>

L 1

216FO256

<Air conditioning relay box <Interior relay box>


in engine compartment> Up to 1993 models F r o m 1994 models

Z16FOOO2 Z16FOOO3 Z16FO431


00002705

TSB Revision
22 GENERAL - Centralized Junction

MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE (In junction block)


Power supply circuit No. Rated capacity (A)
Battery

Ignition 10
switch

Battery
Ignition switch IG2 1 7 I 10
18 I-
Ignition ACC 9 15
switch I I

Battery
Battery 14 10

Battery I 16 130
I 17 115
Ignition switch IGl I 18 ( 10

NOTE
(l)*‘: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993.
(2)*2: From 1994 models.
(3)*3: Up to 1995 models.

Multi-purpose
fuse

TSB Revision
GENERAL - Centralized Junction

CENTRALIZED RELAY
i Classification Name Classification Name

Relay box in A-01X Headlight relay Air condition- A-31X Condenser fan motor relay
engine ing relay box (HI)
compart- in engine
ment A-02X ABS power relay (vehicles compart- A-32X Radiator fan motor control
produced up to Oct. 1993) ment relay (Up to 1993 models)
A-03X Fog light relay A-33X Magnetic clutch relay

A-04X Radiator fan motor relay (LO) A-34X Condenser fan motor relay
(LO)
A-05X Taillight relay Interior relay C-04X Door lock power relay 1
box
A-06X Horn relay c-05-x Defogger relay (1994 models)

A-07X Radiator fan motor relay (HI) C-06X Defogger relay (Up to 1993
models, From 1995 models)

A-08X Pop-up motor relay (Up to c-07x Power window relay


1993 models)
A-09X Starter relay

A-l OX Generator relay

A-11X IOD or Storage connector

NOTE
L IOD: Ignition Off Draw

Y16FO256
<Air conditioning relay box <Interior relay box>
in engine compartment> Up t;-;t;3 models From 1994 models
c-05x c-04x c-05x

TSB Revision
24 GENERAL - Harness Connector Inspection
ess connector HARNESS CONNECTOR INSPECTION

CONNECTOR CONTINUITY AND VOLTAGE TEST


When checking continuity and/or voltage at the waterproof
connectors, follow the steps below to avoid poor connector
contact and/or reduced waterproof performance of connectors.
(1) When checking is performed with the circuit in the state
of continuity, be sure to use the special tool (harness
connector).
Never insert a test bar from the harness side, because
to do so will reduce the waterproof performance and result
in corrosion.
(2) When the connector JS disconnected for checking the fe-
male pin, the harness for checking the contact pressure
of connector pins should be used.
Never force the insertion of a test bar, because to do
so will cause poor contact.
contact pressure (3) When the male pin is to be checked, apply the test bar
checking harness
against the pin directly.
Care must be taken not to short-circuit the connector pins.
201 R057

TERMINAL ENGAGEMENT CHECK


When the terminal stopper of connector is out of order, engage-
ment of male and female terminals becomes improper even
when the connector itself is engaged perfectly and the terminal
sometimes slips out to the rear side of connector. Ascertain,
therefore, that each terminal does not come off the connector IJ
by pulling each harness wire. I

Z16R1317

CONNECTOR TERMINAL ENGAGEMENT AND


DISENGAGEMENT I
Connectors which are loose shall be rectified by removing
the female terminal from connector housing and raising its
lance to establish a more secure engagement. Removal of
connector terminal used for MFI and 4 A/l control circuit shall
be done in the following manner.
I

COMPUTER CONNECTOR
(1) Insert screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] as shown in
the figure, disengage front holder and remove it.

1 TSB Revision
GENERAL - Harness Connector Inspection 25 ~

(2) Insert harness of terminal to be rectified deep into connec-


tor from harness side and hold it there.

Z16R1320

(3) Insert tip of screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] into connec-
tor in a manner as shown in the figure, raise housing
Housing lance lance slightly with it and pull out harness.
/
Caution
Tool No. 753787-l supplied by AMP can be used
instead of screwdriver.

(4) insert needle through a hole provided on terminal and


raise contact point of male terminal.

’ Needle

ROUND WATERPROOF CONNECTOR


(1) Remove waterproof cap by using a screwdriver.
(2) Insert tip of screwdriver [I.4 mm (.06 in.) or 2.0 mm (.08
in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the
figure, raise housing lance slightly with it and pull out
harness.

’ Housing lance
Z16R132

(3) Insert screwdriver through a hole provided on terminal


and raise contact point of male terminal.

1 TSB Revision
26 GENERAL - Harness Connector Inspection

RECTANGULAR WATERPROOF CONNECTOR


(1) Disengage front holder by using a screwdriver and remove
it.

Front holder
\\Z16R1325]

(2) Inset-t tip of screwdriver [*0.8 mm (.03 in.) width] into con-
nector in a manner as shown in the figure, push it lightly
to raise housing lance and pull out harness.
*If right size screwdriver is not available, convert a conven-
tional driver to suit the size.

Housing lance 7,fiEL,

(3) Press contact point of male terminal down by holding a


screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] in a manner as shown
in the figure.

INJECTOR CONNECTOR
(1) Remove waterproof cap.

(2) Insert tip of screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] into connec-
tor in a manner as shown in the figure, press in terminal
lance and pull out harness.
(3) Press contact point of male terminal down by holding a
screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] in a manner as shown
in the figure.
Caution
Make sure that lance is in proper condition before
terminal is inserted into connector.
Terminal lance 00000400
\c

1 TSB Revision
GENERAL - How to Diagnose 27
HOW TO DIAGNOSE
L; The most important point in troubleshooting is to determine “Probable Causes”. Once the probable causes
are determined, parts to be checked can be limited to those associated with such probable causes. Therefore
unnecessary checks can be eliminated. The determination of the probable causes must be based on
a theory and be supported by facts and must not be based on intuition only.

TROUBLESHOOTING STEPS
If an attempt is made to solve a problem without going through correct steps for troubleshooting, the
problem symptoms could become more complicated, resulting in failure to determine the causes correctly
and making incorrect repairs. The four steps below should be followed in troubleshooting.

Ii, ;zirvation of Problem Symp- Observe the symptom carefully.


Check if there are also other problems.

In determining the probable causes, it is necessary to check


Determination of Probable the wiring diagram to understand the circuit as a system.
Causes Knowledge of switches, relays and other parts is necessary
I
for accurate determination. The causes of similar problems
in the past must be taken into account.

Troubleshooting is carried out by making step by step


is found. Always go through
what check is to be made where

After the problems are corrected, be sure to check that


the system operates correctly. Also, check that new prob-
lems have not been caused by the repair.

INFORMATION FOR DIAGNOSIS


This manual contains the cable diagrams as well as the individual circuit drawings, operational explanations,
and troubleshooting hints for each component required to facilitate the task of troubleshooting. The information
is compiled in the following manner:
(1) Cable diagrams show the connector positions, etc., on the actual vehicle as well as the harness path.
(2) Circuit drawings show the configuration of the circuit with all switches in their normal positions.
(3) Operational explanations include. circuit drawings of voltage flow when the switch is operated and
how the component operates in reaction.
(4) Troubleshooting hints include numerous examples of problems which might occur, traced backward
in a common-sense manner to the origin of the trouble.
Problems whose origins may not be found in this manner are pursued through the various system
circuits.
/ NOTE
b Components of MFI, ETACS, ECS, etc. with ECU do not include 3 and 4 above. For this information,
refer to a manual which includes details of these components.

TSB Revision
GENERAL - How to Diagnose

INSPECTION
1. Visual and aural checks
d
Check relay operation, blower motor rotation, light illumina-
tion, etc. visually or aurally. The flow of current is invisible
but can be checked by the operation of the parts.

2. Simple checks
For example, if a headlight does not come on and a faulty
fuse or poor grounding is suspected, replace the fuse
with a new one or ground the light to the body by a jumper
wire to determine which part is responsible for the problem.

3. Checking with instruments


Use an appropriate instrument in an adequate range and
read the indication correctly. You must have sufficient
knowledge and experience to handle instruments correctly.

Changeover k&b Z1680224

INSPECTION INSTRUMENTS
In inspection, make use of the following instruments.
1. Test lights
A test light consists of a 12 V bulb and lead wires. It
is used to check voltages or short circuits.

Z1680225

2. Self-power test light


A self-power test light consists of a bulb, battery and lead
wires connected in series. It is used to check continuity
or grounding.

TSB Revision
GENERAL - How to Diagnose 29
3. Jumper wire
A jumper wire is used to close an open circuit. Never
use one to connect a power supply directly to a load.

Z1660227

4. Voltmeter
A voltmeter is used to measure the circuit voltage. Normally,
the positive (red lead) probe is applied to the point of
voltage measurement and the negative (black lead) probe
to the body ground.

5. Ohmmeter
An ohmmeter is used to check continuity or measure resis-
tance of a switch or coil. If the measuring range has been
changed, the zero point must be adjusted before measure-
ment.

CHECKING SWITCHES
I

Normal open (NO) type


I

1
OFF ON In a circuit diagram, a switch is represented by a symbol and
in the idle state.
t 1. Normal open or normal close switch

/- 4 a
Switches are classified into those which make the circuit
open and those which make the circuit closed when off.
1 X

Current does not flow


i
a

Current flows
16X0691
16X0690 00000401

Normal close (NC) type 1


ON

aI I
OFF i===

- 4X
/
1
Current flows Current does not flow
16X0690

16X0691 00000402

TSB Revision
30 GENERAL - How to Diagnose
2. SWITCH CONNECTION
This figure illustrates a complex switch. The continuity
between terminals at each position is as indicated in the
table below.

5 4 3 2 1

18AO253

4th stage

10W808
00000403

Cover CHECKING RELAYS


1. When current flows through the coil of a relay, its core
Coil Spring
is magnetized to attract the iron piece, closing (ON) the
Iron contact at the tip of the iron piece. When the coil current
core is turned off, the iron piece is made to return to its original
Iron
- ContZt
position by a spring, opening the contact (OFF).

21680231

2. By using a relay, a heavy current can be turned on and


off by a switch of small capacity. For example, in the circuit
shown here, when the switch is turned on (closed), current
flows to the coil of the relay. Then, its contact is turned
on (closed) and the light comes on. The current flowing
at this time to the switch is the relay coil current only
and is very small.

Normal op6 (NO) type


Energized state
1 3. The relays may be classified into the normal open type
and the normal close type by their contact construction.
Deenergized state

-
nKil
NOTE
The deenergized state means that no current is flowing
through the coil and the energized state means that current
is flowing through the coil.

!
X
Current does not flow Current flows
10x0095
lSXO804 00000404
J
I
TSB Revision
GENERAL - How to Diagnose 31
Normal close (NC) type When a normal close type relay as illustrated here is
Deenergized state Energized state checked, there should be continuity between terminals
i (1) and (2) and between terminals 3 and 4 when the relay
is deenergized, and the continuity should be lost between
terminals 3 and 4 when the battery voltage is applied
to the terminals 1 and 2. A relay can be checked in this
manner and it cannot be determined if a relay is okay
or faulty by checking its state only when it is deenergized
Current does not flow (or energized),

CHECKING FUSES
A blade type fuse has test taps provided to allow checking
of the fuse itself without removing it from the fuse block. The
fuse is okay if the test light comes on when its one lead is
connected to the test taps (one at a time) and the other lead
is grounded. (Change the ignition switch position adequately
so that the fuse circuit becomes live.)

Z1680235

State of fuse blown due to overcurrent CAUTIONS IN EVENT OF BLOWN FUSE


When a fuse is blown, there are two probable causes as follows:
One is that it is blown due to flow of current exceeding its
/ rating.
The other is that it is blown due to repeated on/off current
L flowing through it. Which of the two causes is responsible
can be easily determined by visual check as described below.
(1) Fuse blown due to current exceeding rating
The illustration shows the state of a fuse blown due to
I 21680237 this cause. In this case, do not replace the fuse with a
new one hastily since a current heavy enough to blow
the fuse has flowed through it. First, check the circuit
for shorting and check for abnormal electric parts. Only
after the correction of such shorting or parts, fuse of the
same capacity should be used as a replacement. Never
use a fuse of larger capacity than the one that has blown.
If such a fuse is used, electric parts or wirings could be
damaged before the fuse blows in the event an overcurrent
occurs again.

(2) Fuse blown due to repeated current on/off


State of fuse blown due to thermal fatigue
The illustration shows the state of a fuse blown due to
repeated current on/off. Normally, this type of problem
occurs after fairly long period of use and hence is less
frequent than the above type. In this case, you may simply
replace with a new fuse of the same capacity.

Z1660236

1 TSB Revision
32 GENERAL - How to Diaanose

CHECKING CABLES AND WIRES


1. Check connections for looseness, rust and stains.
2. Check terminals and wires for corrosion by battery electro-
lyte, etc.
3. Check terminals and wires for open circuit or impending
open circuit.
4. Check wire insulation and coating for damage, cracks
and degrading.
5. Check conductive parts of terminals for contact with other
metallic parts (vehicle body and other parts).
6. Check grounding parts to verify that there is complete
continuity between attaching bolt(s) and vehicle body.
7. Check for incorrect wiring.
8. Check that wirings are so clamped as to prevent contact
with sharp corners of the vehicle body, etc. or hot parts
(exhaust manifold, pipe, etc.).
9. Check that wirings are clamped firmly to secure enough
clearance from the fan pulley, fan belt and other rotating
or moving parts.
10. Check that the wirings between the fixed parts such as
the vehicle body and the vibrating parts such as the engine
are made with adequate allowance for vibrations.

HANDLING ON-VEHICLE BATTERY


When checking or servicing does not require power from the
on-vehicle battery, be sure to disconnect the cable from the
battery (-) terminal. This is to prevent problems that could
be caused by a short circuit. Disconnect the (-) terminal first
and reconnect it last.
Caution
1. Before connecting or disconnecting the negative
cable, be sure to turn off the ignition switch and the
lighting switch.
(If this is not done, there is the possibility of semicon-
ductor parts being damaged.)
2. After completion of the work steps [when the battery’s
negative (-) terminal is connected], warm up the engine
and allow it to idle for approximately five minutes
under the conditions described below, in order to sta-
bilize the engine control conditions, and then check
to be sure that the idling is satisfactory.
Engine coolant temperature: 85-95°C (185-203°F)
Lights, electric fans, accessories: OFF
Transaxle: neutral position
(A/T models: “N” or “P”)
Steering wheel: neutral (center) position

1 TSB Revision
GENERAL - How to Diagnose 33
Power supply GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CHECKS
L A circuit consists of the power supply, switch, relay, load
Fuse ground, etc. There are various methods to check a circui;
including an overall check, voltage check, short circuit check
and continuity check. Each of these methods is briefly de-
ON (2) scribed in the following.
,----c
/ 1. VOLTAGE CHECK
/
I Switch (1) Ground one lead wire of the test light. If a voltmeter
is used instead of the test light, ground the grounding
’I i
side lead wire.
(2) Connect the other lead wire of the test light to the
power side terminal of the switch connector. The test
light should come on or the voltmeter should indicate
a voltage.
(3) Then, connect the test light or voltmeter to the motor
Motor connector. The test light should not come on, or the
voltmeter should indicate no voltage. When the switch
is turned on in this state, the test light should come
on, or the voltmeter should indicate a voltage, with
Z16AO260
motor starting to run.
(4) The circuit illustrated here is normal but if there is
any problem such as the motor failing to run, check
voltages beginning at the connector nearest to the
motor until the faulty part is identified.

TSB Revision
GENERAL - How to Diagnose
2. SHORT-CIRCUITS CHECK
A blown fuse indicates that a circuit is shorted. The circuit responsible can be determined by the
following procedures.
Remove the blown fuse and connect a test light in its place
(Switch is in the OFF position)

+
Test light comes on 1 Short circuit between fuse block and switch (A)
NO

Turn on the switch


(Test light comes on but the illumination light does not come on)
I
t
Disconnect the illumination light connector
I
+
Test light remains on Short circuit between the switch and illumination
light connector (B)
NO
i
Short circuit between the illumination light connector and illumina-
tion liaht ((3

A B C

Power supply Power supply


Power supply

Fuse block Test Fuse block


light (Remove the fuse.)
(Remove the fuse.) (Remove
the fuse.)
location
1 Switch Switch
OFF i

a
g
Disconnect the load
* Disconnect the load Short-circuit
- location
Illumination
Illumination Illumination light
fight light 16Alncd
iii
T ii
? 00000741
16.4om2 16Aom

1 3. CONTINUITY CHECK
(1) When the switch is in the OFF position, the self power
Self powertest light
(or ohmmeter) test light should come on or the ohmmeter should
read 0 ohm only when the terminals 1 and 2 are inter-
connected.
(2) When the switch is in the ON position, the self power
test light should come on or the ohmmeter should
read 0 ohm only when the terminals 3 and 4 are inter-
connected.
Z16AO269

TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION
DIAGRAMS
CONTENTS _ I

Dash Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Instrument Panel and Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . 54


Engine and Transaxle CA/T> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Interior.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
<MiT> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Luggage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Overall Configuration Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
How to Read Configuration Diagram . . . . . . . . . 37
36 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Overall Configuration Diagram

OVERALL CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM


Roof wiring

<HAT1 CHBACK>
Instrument panel
wiring harness

/ - ,; Door wiring*
harness
“l,
Front wiring .-----y ,
harness Body wiring
\. harness (LH) Y36FOO19

<CONVERTIBLE> Roof wiring


Body wiring
harness (RH)

Instrument panel
wiring harness
Control wiring /
harness

Door wiring*
harness

/
‘x\..e----qT .\ , ’ Body\Niring
Z36FO124
Front wiring 00002733
‘-* harness (LH)
harness

NOTE
(1) This illustration shows only the major wiring harness.
(2) * indicates also equipped at the right side.

TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - How to Read Configuration Diagram 37

,l HOW TO READ CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM


id< The wiring harness diagrams clearly show the connector locations and harness routings at each site on
actual vehicles.

Denotes connector No.


The same connector No. is used throughout the circuit dia-
grams to facilitate connector location searches. The first al-
phabetical symbol indicates the location site of the connector
and a number that follows in the unique number. Numbers are
assigned to parts in clockwise order on the diagram.

Examole: A-l 2

Number specific to connector (serial number)


/ Connector location site symbol
A: Engine compartment
B: Engine and transaxle
C: Dash panel
D: Instrument panel and floor console
E: Interior
F: Luggage compartment

A-01X
A-02X
A-03X
A-04X
A-05X
A-06X
Denotes ground point. A-07X
Same ground number is used throughout cir- A-08X
cuit diagrams to facilitate search of ground A-09X
A AL\,
point. Refer to P.4 for details of ground points. n-1°K
A-11X
J
\
LI

$~~~;~.--.-.*/hhA, ”
L^---,.-
I II-m 1 lta>. I

ueriotes a sermon coverea


by a corrugated tube.

236F0122

A-01X Headlight relay A-18 ignition timing adjustment connector


A-02X ABS power relay A-l 9 Front washer motor
A-03X Fog light relay A-20 Evaporative emission purge solenoid
A-04X Radiator fan motor relay(L0) A-21 EGR solenoid
A-05X Taillight relay (Vehicles for California)
A-06X Horn relay A-22 EGR temperature sensor
A-07X Radiator fan motor relay (HI) (Vehicles for California)
A-09X Starter relay A-23 No connection <Turbo>
A-l OX Generator relay A-24 Brake fluid level sensor
A-11X IOD or Storage connector A-25 ECS front shock absorber (LH)
A-12 ABS front speed sensor (RH) A-26 Theft-alarm horn
L A-13 ECS front shock absorber (RH)
A-14 Washer fluid level sensor
A-27
A-28
Theft-alarm horn
Auto-cruise vacuum pump

TSB Revision
38 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(UP TO 1993 MODELS)
Connector

A 01x
symbol

thru
A-12 A-13 A-14 A-15 A-16A:174-18 A-79 q-20 A:21 4-22

34X

<Turbo>

A-20 A-21

A-22

A-01X Headlight relay A-10X Generator relay


A-02X ABS power relay A-11X IOD or Storage connector
A-03X Fog light relay A-12 ABS front speed sensor (RH)
A-04X Radiator fan motor relay (LO) A-13 ECS front shock absorber (RH)
A-05X Taillight relay A-14 Washer fluid level sensor
A-06X Horn relay A-l 5 Front wiper motor
A-07X Radiator fan motor relay (HI) A-16 Engine speed detection connector
A-08X Pop-up motor relay A-17 Fuel pump check connector
A-09X Starter relav A-18 Ignition timing adjustment connector
1 TSB Revision I
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment 39

A-23 A-24 A-25 A-26 A-27

sJ=+?6Foo13 00004251

A-l 9 Front washer motor A-27 Theft-alarm horn


A-20 Evaporative emission purge solenoid A-26 Auto-cruise vacuum pump
A-21 EGR solenoid (Vehicles for California) A-29 ABS front speed sensor (LH)
A-22 EGR temperature sensor A-30 4WS fluid level sensor <Turbo>
(Vehicles for California) A-31X Condenser fan motor relay (HI)
A - 2 3 No connection <Turbo> A-32X Radiator fan motor control relay
A-24 Brake fluid level sensor A-33X Magnetic clutch relay
A-25 ECS front shock absorber (LH) A-34X Condenser fan motor relay (LO)
A-26 Theft-alarm horn
piFE&l
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment

<Turbo>

A-69 A-70
\ \

A - 6 7 +

36FOO14

A-72 A-71

A-5

A-57 A-55 A-54 A-53 A-52 A-51 A-47


A-48
A-49
A-50

A-35 Dual pressure switch A-45 Condenser fan motor


A-36 Air conditioning relay box A-46 Condenser fan motor
A-37 Air conditioning relay box A-47 Horn
A-38 SW front impact sensor (LH) A-48 Horn
A-39 Front combination light (LH) A-49 Horn
A-40 inspection light switch A-50 Horn
A-41 Headlight (LH) A-51 Fuel pump resistor <Turbo>
A-42 Front wiring harness and headlight wiring A-52 A/T fluid temperature sensor
harness (LH) combination A-53 Kickdown servo switch GAIT>
A-43 Fog light (LH) A-54 Pulse generator <A/T>
A-44 POWJO motor (LH) A-55 Radiator fan motor
TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment

ENGINE HOOD

A-73
\

/ I I I
A-42
A-46 A-45 A-44 A-43

A-56 Engine coolant level sensor A-66 Hood switch


A-57 Active aero front venturi skirt A-67 Front wiring harness and control wiring harness
A-58 Fog light (RH) combination
A-59 Pop-up motor (RH) A-66 Diode (for ABS circuit)
A-60 Front wiring harness and headlight wiring A-69 Resistor <Turbo>
harness (RH) combination A-70 Turbocharger waste gate solenoid <Turbo>
A-61 Headlight (RH) A-71 Fuel pressure solenoid <Turbo>
A - 6 2 Front combination light (RH) A-72 Control wiring harness and solenoid valve
A-63 SRS front impact sensor (RH) harness combination
A-64 ABS hydraulic unit A-73 Inspection light
A-65 ABS hydraulic unit
TSB Revision
42 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(FROM 1994 MODELS)

A-12 A - 1 3 A-14A-15 A - 1 7
A-01X ! i \ 1 A-16 / A-18 A-19 A-20 A-21 A-22
/ I

A 01x
thru
34X

<Turbo>
A-20 A-21

A-22

NOTE
*: Up to 1995 models

A-01X Headlight relay A-11X IOD or Storage connector


A-02X ABS power relay A-12 ABS front speed sensor (RH)
A-03X Fog light relay A-13 ECS front shock absorber (RH)*
A-04X Radiator fan motor relay (LO) A-14 Washer fluid level sensor
A-05X Taillight relay A-15 Front wiper motor
A-06X Horn relay A-16 Engine speed detection connector
A-07X Radiator fan motor relay (HI) A-17 Fuel pump check connector
A-09X Starter relay A-18 Ignition timing adjustment connector
A-l OX Generator relay A-l 9 Front washer motor
TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment

A-23 A-24 A-25 A-26 A-27

A-30
A-31X
A-32X
A-33X
tim-I
\ ; , . , ,
-_---__ jfy--@--o Id\ // /--fk!pJ / -
rilf+ ““1
=\2
i
::-I
36FOt22
00004253

A-20 Evaporative emission purge solenoid A-26 Theft-alarm horn


A-21 EGR solenoid A-27 Theft-alarm horn
cTurbo, Non Turbo (Up to 1995 models for A-28 Auto-cruise vacuum pump
California and from 1996 models)> A-29 ABS front speed sensor (LH)
A-22 EGR temperature sensor* A-30 4WS fluid level sensor <Turbo>

L A-23
A-24
<Turbo, Non Turbo (California)>
No connection <Turbo>
Brake fluid level sensor
A-31X
A-33X
A-34X
Condenser fan motor relay (HI)
Magnetic clutch relay
Condenser fan motor relay (LO)
A-25 ECS front shock absorber (LH)
1 TSB Revision
44 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment
,
‘d ,

Connector
symbol

A 35
thru
79

<Turbo> A 6g A-70

36FOOl4 A-67 : ,
A-72 A-71

A-64 --+py>

k&i

I
A-77 \ \ 1

A-49
A-50

NOTE
*t: Up to 1995 models I
*2: From 1996 models

Dual pressure switch A 47 Horn


A-35
Air conditioning relay box A 48 Horn
A-36
Air conditioning relay box A 49 Horn
A-37
SRS front impact sensor (LH) A 50 Horn
A-38
Front combination light (LH) A-51 Fuel pump resistor <Turbo>
A-39
Inspection light switch A-52 AIT fluid temperature sensor
A-40
Headlight (LO, HI) A-53 Kickdown servo switch <AIT>
A-41
Fog light (LH) A-54 Pulse generator CA/T>
A-43
A-55 Radiator fan motor
A-44 Pop-up motor (LH)
A-56 Engine coolant level sensor
A-45 Condenser fan motor
A-57 Active aero front venturi skirt
A-46 Condenser fan motor
TSB Revision I
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment 45

ENGINE HOOD

; !
i i
\ 1 ._ A-73
’ !\\
-7’ I \ ‘\

A-46 A-45 A-43 A-76

A-58 Fog light (RH) A-69 Resistor <Turbo>


A-61 Headlight (LO, RH) A-70 Turbocharger waste gate solenoid <Turbo>
A-62 Front combination light (RH) A-71 Fuel pressure solenoid <Turbo>
A-63 SRS front impact sensor (RH) A-72 Control wiring harness and solenoid valve
A-64 ABS hydraulic unit harness combination
A-65 ABS hydraulic unit A-73 Inspection light
A-66 Hood switch A-76 Headlight (Hi, LH)
A-67 Front wiring harness and control wiring harness A-77 Headlight (HI, RH)
combination A-78 No connection <Turbo>
A-66 Diode (for ABS circuit)*’ A-79 Motor antenna control unit cConvertible>*1 or
motor antenna 4onvertible>*2
TSB Revision
46 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle <M/T>

ENGINE AND TRANSAXLE <M/T> :

Connector
symbol Front View

B I B-06 B-07 B-08


B-0: B;lO 53-11
B-12 R-i?

B-40*’

B-02 ------+
B-01

B-30 \ 7

B-29

B-23
- \ B-:4
B-25 <Turbo> A36F0176

i B-25 <Non-turbo>
*

NOTE
*‘A992 models
[:I *2: From 1993 models
*s:1994, 1995 models for California and from 1996 models
*4: From 1996 models

B-01 Engine coolant temperature gauge unit B-10 Variable induction servo motor
B-02 Engine coolant temperature sensor (with intake control valve position sensor)
B-03 Engine coolant temperature switch <Non-Turbo>
(for air conditioning circuit) B-11 Injector No. 5
B-04 Crankshaft position sensor and camshaft B-12 Injector No. 3
position sensor*’ B-13 Injector No. 1
B-05 Throttle position sensor B-14 Ignition coil
B-06 Control wiring harness and oil pressure wiring B-15 Capacitor
harness combination B-16 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front)
B-07 Control wiring harness and injector wiring <Turbo, Non Turbo - 1994, 1995 models for
harness combination California and 1996 models>
B-08 Knock sensor B-17 Generator
B-09 Variable induction servo motor B-18 Generator
(with intake control valve position sensor)
<Non-Turbo>
B-19
B-20
Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front)
Magnetic clutch L)
B-21 Power Transistor
B-22 Power Transistor

TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle <M/T> 47

Rear View

B-46*4 B-32 B-33

A36F0167

B-23 Starter motor B-34 Speed sensor <Turbo>


B-24 Starter motor B-35 Idle air control motor (stepper motor)
B-25 Back-up light switch B-36 Oil pressure gauge unit
B-28 Fuel pump relay <Turbo> B-37 Oil pressure switch
B-29 Volume air flow sensor (with intake air B-38 Power steering pressure switch
temperature sensor and atmospheric sensor) B-40 Camshaft position sensor*2
B-30 Control wiring harness and battery cable B-41 Crankshaft position sensor*2
combination B-44 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3
B-31 Injector No. 2 B-45 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3
B-32 Injector No. 4 B-46 Manifold differential pressure sensor*4
B-33 Injector No. 6
TSB Revision
48 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Ennine and Transaxle <A/T>

ENGINE AND TRANSAXLE <A/T>

Front View

By ‘-[ i”i 7741e2

B-06 B-07 B-06 * \ I I /A /


B-05 \ \I

B-04*’

B-03 -
B-02
B-01 -

B-30 -

B-20
B-29

* B-24
A36F0176
/ m \ i-42*2
I 1 I
B-27 B-26*’ B-26*2 B-43*2

NOTE
[:I 1:: zif ~$$‘~ode~s
(3) l ? 1994, 1995 models for California and from 1996 models
(4) *4: From 1996 models

B-01 Engine coolant temperature gauge unit B-10 Variable induction servo motor
B-02 Engine coolant temperature sensor (with intake control valve position sensor)
B-03 Air conditioning engine coolant temperature switch B-11 Injector No. 5
B-04 Crankshaft position sensor and camshaft B-12 Injector No. 3
position sensor*’ B-13 Injector No. 1
B-05 Throttle position sensor B-14 Ignition coil
B-06 Control wiring harness and oil pressure wiring B-15 Capacitor
harness combination B-16 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front)*3
B-07 Control wiring harness and injector wiring B-17 Generator
harness combination B-l 8 Generator
B-08 Knock sensor B-l 9 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front)
B-09 Variable induction servo motor B-20 Magnetic clutch
(with intake control valve position sensor) B-21 Power transistor

I-- ~~~
TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle <A/T> 49 ~
I

Rear View

B-46*4 B-32 8~33

A36F0169

B-22 Power transistor B-35 Idle air control motor (stepper motor)
B-23 Starter motor B-36 Oil pressure gauge unit
B-24 Starter motor B-37 Oil pressure switch
B-26 Inhibitor switch B-38 Power steering pressure switch
B-27 ELC-4 A/T control solenoid valve B-40 Camshaft position sensor*2
B-29 Volume air flow sensor (with intake air B-41 Crankshaft position sensor*2
temperature sensor and atmospheric sensor) B-42 Kickdown servo switch*2
B-30 Control wiring harness and battery cable B-43 AA fluid temperature sensor*2
combination B-44 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3
B-31 Injector No. 2 B-45 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3
B-32 Injector No. 4 B-46 Manifold differential pressure sensor*4
B-33 Injector No. 6
B-34 Speed sensor
TSB Revision
50 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel

DASH PANEL

Connector
symbol

C 01
thru
45

/i .mi \
/
LJ

NOTE
*I: 1992 models
*2: Up to 1995 models
c-01 Body wiring harness (LH) c-13 Accelerator pedal switch*’
and front wiring harness combination c-14 Control wiring harness and instrument panel
c-02 Body wiring harness (LH) wiring harness combination
and front wiring harness combination C-l 5 Body wiring harness (LH) and instrument panel
c-o.3 Body wiring harness (LH) wiring harness combination
and front wiring harness combination C-l 6 Air conditioning control panel
c-04x Door lock power relay 1 C-l 7 Air conditioning control panel
C-06X Defogger relay C-l 8 Air conditioning switch
c-07x Power window relay C-l 9 Blower switch
C-08 Diode (for seat belt warning circuit) c-20 Heater control panel illumination light
c-09 Diode (for seat belt warning circuit) c-21 Blend air damper control motor
C-l 0 Column switch c-22 Mode selection damper control motor
C-l 1 Column switch C-23 Power transistor (for full-auto air conditioning
c-12 Diode (for theft-alarm circuit) circuit)
C-24 Blower resistor

I TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel 51

C-32
c-33

A36F0179
00004255

C-25 Air conditioning control unit c-34 Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring
<Manual air conditioning> harness (RH) combination
C-26 Air conditioning control unit*2 c-35 Foot light (RH)
<Manual air conditioning> C-36 Body wiring harness (RH) and control wiring
C-27 Air-inlet sensor <Full-auto air conditioning> harness combination
C-28 Air selection damper control motor c-37 Auto-cruise control unit
c-29 Body wiring harness (LH) and control wiring C-38 Blower motor
harness combination c-39 Blower motor relay (HI)
c-30 Body wiring harness (LH) and control wiring c-40 Air conditioning compressor lock controller
harness combination c-41 Air-inlet sensor <Manual air conditioning>*2
c-31 Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring C-42 Air-therm0 sensor
harness combination c-43 Engine coolant temperature sensor
C-32 Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring C-44 MFI relay
harness combination c-45 Over drive and power / economy switch
c-33 Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring
harness combination
TSB Revision 1
52 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel

JUNCTION BLOCK
<Front side>
C-68 C-69

Junction

/
36FOOOl C-91*5 i
C-76 I :-
Av///
<Rear side> /

C-64 1 / :-8!
C-63 C-63 C-61 ( QC-58 C-57 C-60
<Non <Turbo> C-62
Turbo> ,
C-80

NOTE
36FOOO3

[-I! 1:: : 1992 Up to models 1993 models


*s: From 1994 models
*4: 1995 models
(5) *5: From 1996 models
C-46 ELC-4 AA control module c-59 Ignition switch
c-47 ELC-4 A/T control module C-60 Steering wheel angle speed sensor
C-48 ELC-4 AiT control module*’ C-61 Stop light switch
c-49 Air conditioning control unit C-62 Stop light switch
<Full-auto conditioning> C-63 Clutch pedal position switch (for auto-cruise
c-50 Air conditioning control unit control circuit)
<Full-auto conditioning> C-64 Clutch pedal position switch (for theft-alarm
c-51 Air conditioning control unit circuit)
<Full-auto conditioning> C-65 ETACS unit
C-52 Engine control module C-66 ETACS unit
c-53 Engine control module C-67 Foot light (LH)
C-54 Engine control module C-68 Front wiring harness and junction block
c-55 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) combination
<Non-Turbo except for California> C-69 Front wiring harness and junction block
C-56 Theft-alarm starter relay combination
c-57 Clock spring c-70 Front wiring harness and junction block
C-58 Key reminder switch combination
I
TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel 53

c-86*3 C-87*3 c-88’3

-J-----1)!_1/ t’ \. - -b!w

C-89*3

36FO179
00004256

c-71 Adapter wiring harness and junction block C-83 Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block
combination combination
C-72 Theft-alarm horn relay C-84 Auto-cruise relay
c-73 Blower motor relay C-85 Spare connector (Hand free microphone)
c-74 Roof wiring harness and junction block C-86 Passenger’s air bag module*3
combination C-87 No connection <Turbo>
C-76 Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block C-88 Control wiring harness and front wiring harness
combination combination*3
c-77 Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block C-89 Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring
combination harness (RH) combination*3
C-78 Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block c-90 Engine control module*3
combination <Turbo, Non Turbo - Up to 1995 models
c-79 Data link connector*3 for California>
C-80 Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block c-91 Data link connector <Convertible>*4y*5
combination c-92 Engine control module*5
C-81 Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block c-93 MFI relay*5
i combination c-94 Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring
C-82 Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block harness combination*5
combination c-95 Motor antenna control unit*5
TSB Revision
54 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Instrument Panel and Floor Console

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND FLOOR CONSOLE D-11 D;‘2


D-1 0 ‘., \

I Connector
symbol

D D-Or ~~ \\ Id&
D-03

D-02

<On 1993 and


later D-49 4_

D-4i / D-36 I - -’
rL?A /D-:
D-41 ” “- D-33 1 D-30
“-c.w - \
D-31 D-29

NOTE
*l: Up to 1993 models
I:I *? Up to 1994 models
(3) *3: From 1996 models

D-01 Pop-up switch and fog light switch D-l 6 Instrument panel wiring harness and body
D-02 Front speaker (LH) wiring harness (RH) combination
D-03 Combination meter D-17 Ashtray illumination light
D-04 Combination meter D-18 Cigarette lighter
D-05 Combination meter D-19 Cigarette lighter
D-06 Defogger switch and ECS switch D-20 Cigarette lighter illumination light
D-08 Hazard switch D-21 Power seat switch
D-09 Combination gauge D-22 Body wiring harness (LH) and console wiring
D-l 0 Diode (for 4WS fluid level warning light circuit) harness combination
D-11 Glove box illumination light D-23 SRS diagnosis unit
D-12 Photo sensor D-24 SRS diagnosis unit
D-13 Front speaker (RH) D-25 SRS diagnosis unit*’
D-14 Glove box illumination light switch D-26 SRS diagnosis unit
D-15 Instrument panel wiring harness and control D-27 ABS G sensor
wiring harness combination D-28 Parking brake switch
1 TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Instrument Panel and Floor Console 55

D-13
D-14

D-15

\ D-17

/ D-46
id D-23

D-24

D:27 36fO181
00004269

D-26 D-25*’

D-29 Active aero switch <Hatchback> D-43 Instrument panel wiring harness and body
D-30 Accessory socket wiring harness (LH) combination
D-31 Accessory socket D-44 Instrument panel wiring harness and adapter
D-32 Auto-cruise main switch wiring harness combination
D-33 Seatbelt warning buzzer D-45 Instrument panel wiring harness and front wiring
D-34 Radio harness combination
D-35 Radio D-46 Telephone cable
D-36 Radio D-47 Radio or body wiring harness and radio sub
D-37 Rear wiper and washer switch <Hatchback> wiring harness combination
D-38 Active exhaust switch*;! D-48 Top switch <Convertible>
D-39 Remote-control mirror switch D-49 Instrument panel wiring harness and body
D-40 Rheostat wiring harness (LH) combination <Convertible>
D-41 Instrument panel wiring harness -and body D-50 Parking switch <Convertible>
/ wiring harness (LH) combination D-51 Chime*3
id , D-42 Instrument panel wiring harness and body
wiring harness (LH) combination
D-52 Body wiring harness (LH) and header wiring
harness combination*3
D-53 Body wiring harness (LH) and header wiring
harness combination*3
TSB Revision
56 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Interior

INTERIOR
E-07 E-08
E-06

‘-Of I / l - - c
E-04

I
E-30
I
E-29
/ E-27 1 E - 2 5 1 E-i4 / E:22/ E-21 1

E - 2 6 E - 3 9 *2 E - 2 3 EJJ, +4 ,520
E-28
NOTE
*I: From 1993 models
l *: From 1994 models

E-01 Body wiring harness (RH) and door wiring E-14 Front seat belt solenoid (RH)
harness (RH) combination E-15 Door switch (RH)
E-02 Vanity mirror illumination light (LH) E-16 ABS rear speed sensor (RH)
E-03 Door mirror (RH) E-17 Light automatic shut-OFF unit
E-04 Door speaker (RH) E-18 Rear intermittent wiper relay
E-05 Dome light E-19 ABS rear speed sensor (LH)
E-06 Power window sub switch E-20 Front seat belt solenoid (LH)
E-07 Vanity mirror illumination light (RH) E-21 Door switch (LH)
E-08 Power window motor (RH) E-22 Door lock actuator (LH)
E-09 Door light (RH) E-23 Door key cylinder unlock switch (LH)
E-10 Door key cylinder unlock switch (RH) E-24 Front seat belt switch (RH)
E-11 Door lock actuator (RH) E-25 Door light (LH)
E-l 2 ABS control unit E-26 Front seat belt switch (LH)
E-13 ABS resistor -=zAWD>*~ E-27 Power seat assembly
ITSBion I
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Interior

E-45 E-46 E-47 E-48 E-4g

’ E-18
\
A36F0180
E-19

E-28 ECS G sensor E-41 Jumper connector A (LH) <Convertible>


E-29 Door speaker E-42 Jumper connector B <Convertible>
E-30 Turn signal and hazard flasher unit E-43 Body wiring harness (RH) and door wiring
E-31 Diode (for MFI circuit) harness (RH) combination <Convertible>
E-32 Body wiring harness (LH) and door wiring E-44 Jumper connector A (RH) <Convertible>
harness (LH) combination E-45 Sunroof control unit
E-33 Door mirror (LH) E-46 Liftgate wiring harness and sunroof
E-34 Power window main switch wiring harness combination <Hatchback>
E-35 Power window motor (LH) E-47 Sunroof switch
E-37 Keyless control Unit”’ E-48 Sunroof motor
E-38 Door lock power relay 2*’ E-49 Interior temperature sensor
(for keyless control system) <Vehicles with sunroof>
E-39 Amplifier*2 E-50 Rear courtesy light (LH) cConvertible>*4
E-40 Body wiring harness (LH) and door wiring E-51 Rear courtesy light (RH) cConvertible>*4
harness (LH) combination <Convertible>
TSB Revision
58 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Luaaaae Compartment

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT pIl --.


<HATCHBACK> -

F-11

F-12
F-13
F-14
F-15
F- F-16
F-34

I
‘id ~
NOTE
(1) l ‘: From 1993 mod -_
[;I I’,: Up to 1994 models
: Up to 1993 models
F-01 Interior temperature sensor F-21 License plate light (LH)
F-02 Defogger (+) F-22 Luggage compartment light switch
F-03 Rear wiper motor F-23 Liftgate cylinder lock switch
~
F-04 High-mounted stop light or active aero rear F-24 Liftgate switch
spoiler F-25 Back-up light (LH)
E-05 Defogger (-) F-26 Active exhaust control unit*2
F-06 Rear speaker (RH) F-27 Active aero control unit
F-07 ECS rear shock absorber (RH) F-28 Active aero control unit
F-08 Luggage compartment light f-29 Active exhaust actuator assembly*2
F-09 ABS resistor <FWD> F-30 Rear combination light (LH) I
F-l 0 Rear combination light (RH) F-31 Motor antenna control unit
F-11 Back-up light (RH) F-32 ECS rear shock absorber (LH)
F-12 ECS control unit F-33 Rear speaker (LH)
II
F-l 3 ECS control unit F-34 Body wiring harness (LH) and liftgate wiring
F-14 Body wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring harness combination
harness combination F-35 Body wiring harness (LH) and liftgate wiring
F-15 Rear washer motor harness combination
F-l 6 Fuel tank F-36 Telephone cable*3
F-17 License plate light (RH) F-37 Spare connector (Wireless telephone unity3
~
F-l 8 Body wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper F-38 Spare connector (Hand free controller)*3 I
wiring harness combination F-39 Jumper connector (or Hand free controller)*3
F-l 9 Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring F-40 CD changer*’
harness (RH) combination LJ
F-20 Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring
harness (RH) combination
1 TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS.- Luggage Compartment 59
<CONVERTIBLE>
1995 models

F-42 F;43 F;44


F-41 I

/ Z36FO125
F-45 F-30
J
i

F-05 Defogger (-) F-25 Back-up light (LH)


F-06 Rear speaker (RH) F-30 Rear combination light (LH)
F-07 ECS rear shock absorber (RH) F-32 ECS rear shock absorber (LH)
F-08 Luggage compartment light F-33 Rear speaker (LH)
F-09 ABS resistor F-40 CD changer
F-10 Rear combination light (RH) F-41 Top stack harness
F-11 Back-up light (RH) F-42 Top stack harness
F-12 ECS control unit F-43 Top stack harness
F-13 ECS control unit F-44 Body wiring harness (RH) and rear wiring
F-14 Rear wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring harness combination
harness combination F-45 ABS resistor
F-l 6 Fuel tank F-46 Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring
F-17 License plate light (RH) harness combination
F-18 Rear wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper F-47 Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring
wiring harness combination harness combination
License plate light (LH) F-48 Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring
i: ;:;; Luggage compartment light switch harness combination
F-23 Liftgate cylinder lock switch F-49 Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring
F-24 Liftgate switch harness combination
TSB Revision
60 CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Luggage Compartment

<CONVERTIBLE>
From 1996 models

Connector
symbol

F-51
c F-14

F-48

F-47

F-l 0 Rear combination light (RH) F-25 Back-up light (LH)


F-11 Back-up light (RH) F-30 Rear combination light (LH)
F-14 Rear wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring F-44 Body wiring harness (RH) and rear wiring
harness combination harness combination
F-16 Fuel tank F-46 No connection
F-17 License plate light (RH) F-47 Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring
F-18 Rear wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper harness combination
wiring harness combination F-48 Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring
F-21 License plate light (LH) harness combination
F-23 Liftgate cylinder lock switch F-50 No connection
F-24 Liftgate switch F-51 No connection
TSB Revision
61

CIRCUIT
DlAG.RAMS
CONTENTS

Active Aero Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Heater Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,239


Active Exhaust System Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54-116
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit . . . . . . 322 How to Read Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Auto-cruise Control Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Ignition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-32
Back-up Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-85 Manual Air Conditioning Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Buzzer Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Meter and Gauges Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-12
Car Telephone Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 MFI Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Central Door Locking Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Power Distribution Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3 Power Seat Circuit . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Cigarette Lighter Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-120 Power Window Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Cooling Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Radio and Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-124
Defogger Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-193 Rear. Wiper and Washer Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Dome Light, Foot Light and Ignition Key Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Cylinder Illumination Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-72 Starting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-20
Door Light and Luggage Compartment Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-98
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-81
Sunroof Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
ELC-4 A/T Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit . . 352 Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Fog Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-58 Taillight, Parking/Side Marker Light and
Full Auto Air Conditioning’ Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 License Plate Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-64
Glove Box Light, Vanity Mirror Tension-reducer Type Seat Belt Circuit . . . . . . 423
Light and Inspection Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . 54-84 Theft-alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-206
Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-40 Top Stack Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Turn-signal Light and Hazard Light . . . . . . . 54-90
Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit . . . . . . . . 316

I
Li I
62 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams

HOW TO READ CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS


The circuit of each system from the fuse (or fusible link) to ground is shown. The power supply is shown 3 ~
at the top and the ground at the bottom to facilitate understanding of how the current flows.

Indicates connector No. The same No. as


in the wiring harness diagram is used. Con-
nector numbers enclosed by frame are indi- Indicates the circuit name to be
cated with the connector symbols at the 1 [ connected.
connected. r The arrow
arrow indi- [
lower part of the page. Connector numbers cates the
the current
current flow
flow direction.
direction.
not enclosed by frame are indicated without
connector symbol.

Indicates harness junction point


No. for another system. It corre-

Indicates the circuit name to be

Indicates the powersupply in the B


control unit. If no voltage is dis-
played, this indicates battery
positive voltage.

An “X” at the end of a connector


No. indicates that the connector
is connected to a centralized
junction that is shown in the sec-
tion “Centralized Junction”. t

GC
Indicates the operating condi-

Indicates the connector symbol.


are indicated in numerical order.

1TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams
63

from control unit (current flow

input Output output


A broken line indicates thatthese

SIS I’OR
Indicates that the diagram comes
from v in the same circuit.

B
,
.

/
c

Indicates current flow downward


or upward as controlled by the
.
a

indicates harnessjunction where


I, 1 wire diameter or color changes.

ground point in GROUNDING

the terminal is a

i/

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams

CONNECTOR / GROUNDING INDICATIONS

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1) RESI s1
I TA
7

3 \ J?--: ‘- ^r;l I3

3
B-L
I
22

8.. e

: 6
$ 5 V
---A
E&3 ic-26) 6---- 5 45
1 f3~
,I
G
t
G-RI1 n
-t
iI
-PI I AI
SENSOR
7- 0
4

q
\v

213

A* 6
ii,
,’ fc-271 (c-28f (c-35)
,m,fC-021 ic-15) (c-18)
tr

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams 65
Item No. Connector / Grounding Symbol Contents
Connector 1 Male terminal For the terminal symbols, the con-
and termi- netted terminal is indicated as the
nal marking male terminal, and the receptacle ter-
minal is indicated as the female termi-
nal as shown in the illustration.
Male connector The connector in which the male ter-
minal is assembles is indicated as the
A16R0001 male connector and the connector in
which the female is assembled is indi-
- cated as the female connector. The
Female connector Female terminal connector symbols shown the male
connector with a double outer contour
T line and the female connector with a
Female single outer contour line.
terminal
Female connector

AWR0002

I I I
Connector 2 Device The symbol indicates the connector
symbol as viewed from the illustrated direc-
marking tion. At the connection with a device,
the connector symbol on the device
side is shown, and for an intermediate
m/ connector,
bolisshownthe male connector sym-

For the connectors which are not con-


netted to any appliance (spare termi-
:6A~c333 nal, terminal for inspection), the con-
nectors at the harness side are
- shown.
Connector 3 Direct connection type A connection between a device and
connection connector on the harness side is ei-
marking ther by direct insertion in the device
(direct connection type) or by connec-
tion with a harness connector fur-
nished on the device side (harness
connection type). The two types are
4 Hams / , t ~ indicated as illustrated.

16A0334

5 Intermediate connector-

I SA0339

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams

WIRE COLOR CODES


Wire colors are identified by the following color codes.
Code Wire color Code Wire color
1 B 1 Black 1P 1Pink I
BR Brown R Red
G Green SB Sky blue

I~--
GR I Gray v Violet I
1 L 1 Blue 1W 1White I
LG Light green Y Yellow
0 Orange

If a cable has two colors, the first of the two color code
Example: e+ 1.25 5-E
-i- characters indicates the basic color (color of the cable coating)
1 2 cl and the second indicates the marking color.
No. Meaning
1 <F>: Flexible wire
<TX Twisted wire
2 Wire size (mm*)
3 Basic color (color of the cable coating)
Al660244
-1
4 Marking color
NOTE
*: No code indicates 0.5 mm2 (.0008 in.2).
Cable color code in parentheses indicates 0.3 mm2
(.0005 in.2).

TSB Revision I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit 67
POWER DISTRIBUTION
L,’ COMPONENT LOCATION
Fusible link Dedicated fuse No. 1 to No. 7 A., 1

~~ ~
se No. 8 and No. 9 Dedicated fuse No. 10 LJJ-

Z16FO280

Defogger relay
4992, 1993 and 1995 models>

TSB Revision
68 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT


(UP TO 1993 MODELS)

BATTERY

Y 2QB-Y 20B-R 8W-R BW-R

n A 1 1 1
i;+!$;ER GENERATOR
n n

FUSIBLE LINK
I
0 0
@
40A
@
30A
26
?OA

I
MULTI-PURPOSE
FUSE @ 3R-B
!R-B D

L-RY - 3R-B

IOA
0
10A
L

R-i B-R B-R R-B

1 1 1
ABS .HORN
;C$ROL RELAY
.HORN

HROlMOOAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit 69

FUSIBLE LINK
/

2R-E

GENERATOR
E&RUP
1;
2R-E 2R-B RADIATOR
LIGHT
FAN MOTOR AUTOMATIC
&#~+-oFF

1.25R-B R-B
..l ,.5
A TAIL
LIGHT
RELAY
(A-05X)
2B-r;

r
i
2R-
LIGHTING
SWITCH
2R-L 1.25R-Cc
.LIGHT
HEADLIGHT AUTOMATIC
;#JT-OFF
2R-I . #;HNG

c ,
9 B 0 0 0
.OA !OA 10A 15A 15A

B-W

AIR
CONDITIONING
#~T"~~IC
2L-B

T
'L-W

CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
Y-F

COMBINATION
METERCBEAM)
2R-L

.FOG
i

LIGHT
$"fALyIGHT
G-k

r
TURN SIGNAL
AND HAZARD
FLASHER UNIT
MFI RELAY

IA-01x) (A-05X) @iqJ (c-01)

HROlMOOAB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

$TED BE
Q L’ .b
6

G-W 5W-B
G-W
1 IOD OR
STORAGE
Et$:EE CONTROL CONNECTOR
[Beg; COMBINATION

G-W

J/B s(c-69)

.AIR CONDITIONING SEAT BELT Tug;T-ALARM .HIGH MOUNTED


CONTROL PANEL SOLENOID STOP LIGHT
.GLOVE BOX .THEFT-ALARM .STOP LIGHT
,I~~~tjINATION 1 HORN RELAY 1
1
I._...

.[\i#yINATION .DOOR LOCK i


POWER RELAY 1 r
4~;;;"""" .DOOR LOCK .ACTIVE AERO
POWER RELAY 2 CONTROL UNIT 'ESE!
.MOTOR ANTENNA .AIR CONDITIONING ILLl
.LICENSE CONTROL UNIT CONTROL UNIT LIGt
PLATE LIGHT .KEYLESS ENTRY
.RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
.REAR
_- .__.. -- _.._.
Y245~i6~"~~BT CONTROL UNIT
.LIGHT AUTOMATIC
~~!&"""0" . @%!A NATION
SHUT-OFF UNIT
.LUGGAGE
.RHEOSTAT ,DOME LIGHT
-DOOR LIGHT fP;bfiRTMENT
.VANITY MIRROR
ILLUMINATION E~;;;;~NIC .RADIO AND
LIGHT TAPE PLAYER
SUSPENSION .SPARE CONNECTOR
CONTROL UNIT
.ENGINE WIRELESS
CONTROL MODULE ( 8%PHoNE )
.ETACS UNIT .TRANSAXLE
.FOOT LIGHT CONTROL MODULE

(A-13X) (c-sa) ic-ss) (c-70)


mj fl pjq p&q

HROlMOOBA I

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit 71

/
>:5
I 2B-Y IOD OR
%iMOR
1
B-W
2B-W I

L .ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
.IGNITION COIL
.&~[E"~ORY
.ETACS UNIT 'REMOTE
.IGNITION POWER CONTROLLED
TRANSISTOR TRANSAXLE MIRROR
,MFI RELAY

I
f%m" *tf@'$ESS CONTROL
.REAR
.BACK UP LIGHT INTERMITTENT .AUTO-CRUISE
.LIGHT AUTOMATIC WIPER RELAY CONTROL UNIT
SHUT-OFF UNIT .WASHER MOTOR .ETACS UNIT
.WIPER MOTOR .MOTOR ANTENNA
.WIPER RELAY CONTROL UNIT
$~~CJ&~AND TAPE
G~GAERo .SPARE :ABS .CONDENSOR 7
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR POWER RELAY AiFAyOTOR
+J;&~L"U'SE (UP TO 1993 October)
(#&i;iE) .AIR CONDITIONING $&JTR.INIC
MAIN SWITCH COMPRESSOR LOCK
.#&lyCRUISE .SPEED SENSbR CONTROLLER SUSPENSION
.ggTDIAGNOSI~ .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT
$i$&NATION CONTROL UNIT *RADIATOR
.TURN SIGNAL *&L"$R MOTOR FAN MOTOR
$$;NATION AND HAZARD RELAY
FLASHER UNIT .BLOWER MOTOR
.ETACS UNIT RELAYCHI)
.MOTOR ANTENNA
CONTROL UNIT
REMARK
THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE
IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED.
BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE
IGNITION KEY POSITION.

0 (c-59) (c-70) (c-82)


~giJJ~jq$q
L
HROlMOOBB

TSB Revision
72 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Po,wer Distribution Circuit

POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT


(1994 MODELS) ij~

FUSIBLE LINK
I I
0 0 0 0
0 63 @ z6
30A 40A 30A ?OA

l----
2!R-B
MULTI-PURPOSE
FUSE @
D
L-R
3R-B
,.2 (c-01)
3R-B
2R-BI 3R-Bl3R-Bl 5W-E

ACTIVE ,.3 ,\ 4 .ACTIVE


/\ KP=iAULIC
#ROL ;E[;$GER E##E
MODULE
-------
(c-05x) . %F"
\/ ON,;-OFF
\I .POWER
" 5 WINDOWS
G-Y ' RELAY
, 3B-R
3B-R
EFS
2B-R( DEFOGGER 2W-B
DEDICATED I
FUSE

IOA

NOTE
%:UP TO 1993 OctoDer
R-I 3 B-R B-R R-B

v v t 7
ABS .HORN
;#$OL 'HORN
RELAY

HROlMOlAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit 73

FUSIBLE LINK

ii
0

2R-E
$OA 30A 40A
-
";1

2R-B
LIGHT LIGHT
2R-f 2R-E RADIATOR AUTOMATIC AUTOMATIC
FAN MOTOR &-$;-OFF &{Yi-l-OFF

r
I @
I-----_ 0m
2R-L (L) 1.25R-B R-B
,.5 ,\ 1
/\ -

ON

2B-I 2L-k 4

r
G-Y
2R-L R-k

41
2R-L
i
.LIGHT
AUTOMATIC
HEADLIGHT SHUT-OFF
UNIT
.&FT"gHNG
2R-L 2R-L 1.25R-Cv

9
OA
a
OA
0 0
10A 15A

B-W 2L-B 2R-L G-W

AIR COMBINATION .FOG. TURN SIGNAL MFI RELAY


CONDITIONING F; METERCBEAM) LIGHT AND HAZARD
p!E$IC QfAi+GHT FLASHER UNIT
\C
i7

HROlMOlAB

TSB Revision 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED)


,ij ’

G-W 5W-B

G-W 2B-Y
*
+- IOD OR
STORAGE
43WFE CONTROL CONNECTOR
[Pgfi; COMBINATION
S;SRTDIAGNOSIS
.STARTER MOTOR
G-W
~3%""
J/B

MULTI-
RE"""

AMPLIFIER

.AIR CONDITIONING SEAT BELT T'#;;T-ALARM .HIGH MOUNTED


CONTROL PANEL SOLENOID STOP LIGHT
.GLOVE BOX .THEFT-ALARM .STOP LIGHT
.ILJ&INATION HORN RELAY
LIGHI
~~~l&INATION *fi;;~yL~CK
dM&CT'ON 'i&fEyLgCK

.LICENSE .MOTOR ANTENNA


PLATE LIGHT CONTROL UNIT
.RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
.REAR $#~~NATION .KEYLESS ENTRY
COMBINATION CONTROL UNIT
LIGHT
.RHEOSTAT *DATA LINK ,LIGHT AUTOMATIC
CONNECTOR SHUT-OFF UNIT
.VANITY MIRROR .DOME LIGHT .LUGGAGE
ILLUMINATION COMPARTMENT
LIGHT .DOOR LIGHT
*TRANSAXLE LIGHT
CONTROL MODULE .RADIO AND
E~;LE;[~NIC TAPE PLAYER
.SPARE CONNECTOR
SUSPENSION
CONTROL UNIT i ~~~@i~wE I
\ UN11 /
.ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE

HROlMOlBA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit 75

3y; 6
IGNITION
SWITCH
(c-59)

IGl V I
pL5
I 2B-Y 2B-W *2L-B IOD OR
%ii&!OR
I I
B-W
2B-W J
GENERATOR
7 RELAY
__-_--_-_____-___-_____________

.--_ --

.ENGINE .&EE;qORY +
'#fiBi;'" L-l
CONTROL MODULE
.IGNITION COIL .ETACS UNIT .REMOTE
.IGNITION POWER CONTROLLED
TRANSISTOR TRANSAXLE MIRROR
.MFI RELAY +

f
ki8%EL
c jjf$ESS CONTROL i
.REAR .AUTO-CRUISE
,BACK UP LIGHT INTERMITTENT CONTROL UNIT
.LIGHT AUTOMATIC WIPER RELAY .ETACS UNIT
SHUT-OFF UNIT .WASHER MOTOR .MOTOR ANTENNA
$$~TDIAGNOSIS .WIPER MOTOR CONTROL UNIT
$ .WIPER RELAY .RADIO AND
.ACTIVE AERO .SPARE
\ I TAPE PLAYER
'ABS
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR POWER RELAY
$@RC~UISE (UP TO 1993 October)
(jiifb%E) .AIR CONDITIONING
MAIN SWITCH COMPRESSOR LOCK
~f$J&CRUISE .SPEED SENSOR CONTROLLER
$/$TDIAGNOSIS .AIR CONDITIONING T
~'$@~NATION CONTROL UNIT
.TURN SIGNAL '&#R MOTOR
.&y&NATION AND HAZARD
FLASHER UNIT .BLOWER MOTOR
.ETACS UNIT RELAYCHI)
.MOTOR ANTENNA
CONTROL UNIT
REMARK
THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE
IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC","ON" AND "ST" COMBINED.
BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE
IGNITION KEY POSITION.

HROlMOlBB

TSB Revision
76 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT


(1995 MODELS) IlJ 1

BATTERY i

20B-Y 208-Y

1 IL . 20B-R

‘GENERATOR’
NOTE
(1)Fusibie
(2)Fusibie
link No.8:For
link N o .
Convertible
1l:For H a t c h b a c k

EYWKBLE Jl
a-
40A

I
-- -
ZK-II!
I MULTI-PURPOSE
FUSE @
3R-B
~(c-01) 2R

,,o,GE;;l
-B 3 3R-B[ T;h2z$cK3R-iEi:~:Ic
5 , I 11 5W-B
KkLHY
I ~ I k------------A /

DEFOGGER

0
10A

B-R B-R R-l

7 7

HROlM02AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit 77
I

FUSIBLE LINK

1!
0
@I 0 0
SOA 40A 30A

2R-I 2R-l 3 (F)2R


T &w,:l
GENERATOR
3w
6
2R-B
B
1 LIGHT LIGHT
2R-I 2R-E RADIATOR AUTOMATIC AUTOMATIC
FAN MOTOR SHUT-OFF

r
UNIT WT-"""

5 I
)-----_
2R-B (L) 1.25R-B R-B
5 ..5 ,\ 1
C\

IN /
2B-F 1 "4

r
G-Y
2R-L (R-Y) 2R-B
LIGHTING
SWITCH
2R-L
1 NOTE
LIGHT 2 :l:HATCHBACK
HEADLIGHT AUTOMATIC :E:CONVERTIBLE
f%YT-""'
2R-L LIGHTING
SWITCH

3
OA
i3OA 0. 0
IOA 15A

B-W Y-R 2R-L G-h

CONDENSER COMBINATION .FOG TURN SIGNAL MFI RELAY


~%DITIONING FAN MOTOR METERlBEAM) LIGHT AND HAZARD
p~.w~;Ic FLASHER UNIT
.;'fA\'GHT 7

0 (A-05X) (A-36) Ic-ol)

TSB Revision
78 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

F&J&C2TED
Q
C

G-W 5W-B IOD OR


STORAGE
CONNECTOR
G-W 1

[W/; COMBINATION

G-W

-_--
+

v
AMPLIFIER
+
d
,AIR CONDITIONING SEAT BELT W&T-ALARM .HIGH MOUNTED
CONTROL PANEL SOLENOID STOP LIGHT
.THEFT-ALARM .STOP LIGHT
HORN RELAY

r -
.ACTIVE AERO
CONTROL UNIT' ;L MODULE
*AIR COMDITIONING .ETACS UNIT
CONTROL UNIT .FOOT LIGHT
.RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 4Mi8EU68FT .lGNITION KEY
*REAR CYLINDER
COMBINATION $#~NATION ILLUMINATION
LIGHT LIGHT
.RHEOSTAT .KEYLESS ENTRY
.VANITY MIRROR CONTROL UNIT
ILLUMINATION .DOME LIGHT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC
LIGHT SHUT-OFF UNIT
.DOOR LIGHT .LUGGAGE
.TRANSAXLE COMPARTMENT
CONTROL MODULE LIGHT
~~~~~$~~NIC *RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER
SUSPENSION
CONTROL UNIT

NOTE
=:HATCHBACK

(A-13X) (c-68) Fm) (c-70)


mi fg piq p&q

HROlM02BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit 79

FUSIB E
LINK b
4
B

Y
3w c

'&# CONTROL
IOD OR

4’
.;gTDIAGNO~~~
STORAGE
,STARTER MOTOR CONNECTOR
$$$;ER
-J
4a

I
2L-w
2B-W

*(c-70)

f
.ENGINE $#;&TE
CONTROL MODULE
,IGNITION COIL .ETACS UNIT .REMOTE
,IGNITION POWER CONTROLLED
TRANSISTOR ;I$@fLE MIRROR
,MFI RELAY I
MODULE $i$ESS CONTROL
l-----l

!
.REAR .AUTO-CRUISE
INTERMITTENT CONTROL UNIT
WIPER RELAY .ETACS UNIT
.WASHER MOTOR .MOTOR ANTENNA
.WIPER MOTOR CONTROL UNIT
.WIPER RELAY .RADIO AND
;gL"itGER TAPE PLAYER
A

.ACTIVE AERO .ETACS UNIT


CONTROL UNIT:
.#J$$;U'SE
.MOTOR ANTENNA
CONTROL UNIT
TIIMPRESSOR
R CONDITIONING .CONDENSOR
MAIN SWITCH .SPEED SENSOR 2INTROLLER LOCK FAN MOTOR
RELAY
.$WSTDIAGNOSI~ .A1 R CONDITIONING f~~~;~L"NIC
j&CRUISE CClNTROL UNIT
.TURN SIGNAL $kL"A"&R MOTOR SUSPENSION
$&&NATION AND HAZARD CONTROL UNIT
FLASHER UNIT .BLOWER MOTOR .RADIATOR
.~~~~RNATION RELAYCHI) [;FAyOTOR

NOTE
THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE
IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED.
BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE
IGNITION KEY POSITION.
::HATCHBACK

HROlM02BB

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT I


(FROM 1996 MODELS) d

BATTERY i

20B- Y 20B-Y 20B-R (F>8W-R (F)8W-R

Y n 1 1 1
h 0 ‘GENERATOR’
NOTE
(1)Fusible I ink No.8:For Convertibie
(2)Fusible I ink No. 1l:For Hatchback

5W-B

UNIT 2W-B
DEFOGGER
WATED

‘]
63 0
1QA 10A

HROlM03AA

I TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit 81

FUSIBLE LINK
I
0
0 0 0
?OA 40A 30A

2R-E 2R-E (F>2R


7 &wJ
GENERATOR 3w
2R-B
1 v
LIGHT
2R-r 2R-F RADIATOR AUTOMATIC
FAN MOTOR SHUT-OFF

r
UNIT

i -----_ 10m
2R-B CL: 1.25R.
5 1
I3
2B-F
2R-L
1N
1
(R-Y ) 2R-B

I
LIGHTING
SWITCH
?R-L
NOTE
I- !HT 2R-W =l:HATCHBACK
HEADLIGHT OMI: 1.25R-W :2:CONVERTIBLE
$-C
2R-L HTI NG
TCb1

@
10A
@
20A
0 0
10A 15A

Y-R 2R-L G-

AIR CONDENSER COMBINATION 'FOG TURN SIGNAL MFI RELAY


CONDITIONING FAN MOTOR METERCBEAM) LIGHT AND HAZARD
ggI"c;1 C FLASHER UNIT
$fAbIGHT

HRO lM03AB

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

G-W 5W-B IOD OR


STORAGE
CONNECTOR
G-W
-----
1
[owl;; COMBINATION

R-k
I
I
G-W

J/B 1
----- 2(c-70)
T-
_- -- T -_--
@

1
10A

AMPLIFIER
-- -_--
\
LJ
+
.AIR CONDITIONING SEAT BELT W&T-ALARM .HIGH MOUNTED
CONTROL PANEL SOLENOID STOP LIGHT
.GLOVE BOX .THEFT-ALARM .STOP LIGHT
ILLUMINATION 1 HORN RELAY
LIGHT
$@INATION .#3?YL~CK +

@iiyLgCK
I ,
4W'~CTION *ACTIVE AERO .ENGI
CONTROL UNIT' CONT %L MODULE
.LICENSE .MOTOR ANTENNA *AIR COMDITIONING *ETACS UNIT
PLATE LIGHT CONTROL UNIT CONTROL UNIT .FOOT LIGHT
.RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 4i#@-%tiET .IGNITION KEY
*REAR CYLINDER
fW&NATION .&&NATION ILLUMINATION
LIGHT
.RHEOSTAT .DATA LINK *KEYLESS ENTRY
CONNECTOR CONTROL UNIT
*VANITY MIRROR .LIGHT AUTOMATIC
ILLUMINATION *DOME LIGHT SHUT-OFF UNIT
LIGHT *DOOR LIGHT .LUGGAGE
.TRANSAXLE COMPARTMENT
CONTROL MODULE LIGHT
.RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER

NOTE
2:HATCHBACK

(A-1’IX) (c-68) ms) (c-70)


p&q fg mi [&I

HROlM03BA
I
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

L,
FUSIB E
LINK b
4
B

3wP P

$$d! CONTROL
jj!JyTDIAGNOSIS
.STARTER MOTOR
$$eEl?ER

2B-b J 2L-w

--- -_t
I 7
@#"TO"
__-__--__-__-_--_--_--~~-~~-~--

1 I /
C\
4,
2-_-----__-_--_

/
.ENGINE
i/ CONTROL MODULE
.IGNITION COIL .REMOTE
.IGNITION POWER CONTROLLED
TRANSISTOR MIRROR
.MFI RELAY
:
.BACK UP LIGHT .REAR .AUTO-CRUISE
INTERMITTENT CONTROL UNIT
.LIGHT AUTOMATIC WIPER RELAY .ETACS UNIT
SHUT-OFF UNIT .WASHER MOTOR
.;;~TDIAGNOSIS .MOTOR ANTENNA
.WIPER MOTOR CONTROL UNIT
i .WIPER RELAY .RADIO AND
@L"'$jGER TAPE PLAYER

:ACTIVE AERO : .ETACS UNIT ' r *


CONTROL UNIT \
.MOTOR ANTENNA .AIR CONDITIONING .CONDENSOR
~~~&~~U'SE CONTROL UNIT COMPRESSOR LOCK ;@AiOTOR
.SPEED SENSOR CONTROLLER
MAIN SWITCH .AIR CONDITIONING
$&CRUISE jiyTDIAGNOSIS .~@;~~NIC
CONTROL UNIT
*TURN SIGNAL .&A";R MOTOR SUSPENSION
.@j&NATION AND HAZARD CONTROL UNIT
FLASHER UNIT .BLOWER MOTOR .RADIATOR
$'~$!$NATION RELAY(HI) &JAFOTOR

THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE


IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED
BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE
IGNITION KEY POSITION.
X:HATCHBACK

HROlM03BB
TSB Revision
84 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)


<NON TURBO>

IGN ‘ION
ZRY
- iw?B” SWI' :H(ST)

J/B

1-83)7- 25R-E M/'T 1 A/T


r- ,
0.85R-B 11 2B-
.--A1
t 2B-Y 2B-Y
v R-B
25R-E
I

2B-E

2B-k
I- +

!
--
JME $2; M/T' A/T
2B-
I I
SE ;OR
7
10 2B-Yig 3
MFI
RELAY
uI
d 3.85F
I /-
OFftON
--------. ----

M/T A/T B
C
~
W-R B-W
r
1 E.
m$i---- -- 108 (c-52: 8 (c-53)

4 4

HR05MOOAA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

IGN IT1 MFI


SWI'TCF iTG1) RELAY
2B- -W 7@33
J/B
3 1.25B-L
iA
I
S(c-71)
0.85~ .W

c(D-44)
40
0.85B- W

;&bKPUMP
B-.W CONNECTOR 90
59 (D-04)
1-
1.25B-F;
COMBINATION
) METER
r----- ----- 6
1 1.25B-L
1
I
SPEED ZNSOR /
G- (REED i 'ITCH) Kb
I (
/ r (F-16)
I L 1
I 2
Y-W 1
I
I
/
I 1.25B
I
S(c-14)

Y-W

66

1
ENGINE
k!imL

(c-82)
HR05MOOAB

TSB Revision
86 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)

r
0.85R
CRANKSHAFT AND
CAMSHAFT
- Wan"
XW””
FLOW
(~-64) 0.85R
SENSOR
(8-29)

\/ \k \/
“7 " 5 “6 " 1 "2 "4
R-W 1.25B R-L G-Y 0 0.85R L-Y
I

19
r---
I v v
I
I
I
/
I
I
I 5v 5v 5v 5v
I
I
I
I
I fr F Y- L- &r
/
I
/ GND GND
V
L- ------Y
(c-52) %6 130 56 61 64
1.25B 1.25B
w/--i G-Y BR-R1.258
MFI j I
RELAY L
' I
C
B
I + I I
BY I

B 0.85R W/
iI
I
B 1I
I
I
I I
B-W
0 ------i
:,4 253 $51 ts;

. 25:B 1.25B
1
THROTTLE ENGINE
!Xl;Xl;;ON
(B-05) f[i&i/iTURE (8-02)

( B - 0 2 ) mz) (B-05) (8-29) (c-52) ic-53) (c-55)

HR05MOOBA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 87

MFI
RELAY
0.85R 1.25R 1 1.25G
0.85R I I‘ 1
R 0 I f-1
1.25R 1.25R 1.25R 1.251 1.25R /1.25G 1.25R-W 1. 251
II I
IDLE AIR
CONTROL
MOTOR
..2
I\
,\ 5
,\
r
lm
n INJECTOR

1
3

I. 85G-J ).85G-B

V V

i
-I-
i
A
--__--------_-_--_ ________---_----__
58 53 110 109 1
i-l
G-Y I /
I I
B II II

1Emo
WII II

B G-W 1 G-B 1 B-L G-i

1
------ L 2
---_

1.25B
cl-
1 I I
EGR VARIABLE INDUCTION
KNOCK TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOTOR
0 SENSOR SENSOR (~-22)

TSB Revision
ii
88 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE IGHT g;fK;TIC CLUTCH
( FUSE@ > Ki
- IXEGER
w

I,
0.85R-B 1.25R-W --I
1
WITH WITHOUT G-Y
iXJ$XJc;?UISE &J$~~~~UISE 3B-I
1
DEDICATED
FUSE
2
-I e(A-36)
&I ;:iH d G-W
OFF - 0~
s(c-69)
c A(c-62) r
0.85G
L 1 J/B B-I
G

G-W
G

t
1 E-31
DIODE
G
R-G 1’9 (c-29)
(c-52) R-G 24

(L-0

(c-29)

(L-0

L / AIR CONDITIONING
POWER TRANSISTOR ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE SWITCH

AIR
~;~~;$~ONING
UNIT

HR05MOOCA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI
RELAY TRI
- ;AXLE i 'ROL NJLE

I
R

EGR
SOLENOID
L-' W-i W-
(A-21)

LG- R BR-L

- -E 7B I 16
-_-_-___
- 1

b / ENGINE
% / i;/g;L

f
-
-_-_-_____--__-- ------ -----___ -----------------A
107 113 12 104
L-' (Y
1 1
& .___--_
2 B-G
IB-06)
r (Y
1
1:
(c-79) 10

1 TA LINK IG; TION


NNECTOR
86" !%MENT
coi ECTOR
POWER STEERING
PRESSURE SWITCH

HR05MOOCB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)


<TURBO>

;ER
:TE:RY
- is:
-

WATED
1
1.25R-E 1 2B-' 2B-'

R-B ,,l -------------


1 3(A-67)
IOD OR
STORAGE 2B-'
CONNECTOR
(A-ITX)

1
1.25R-B 2B- Y

(c-29) 3
+ 2B-'

ME

SE 'OR

yg 2B-'Y 2B-'
10 3
-
MFI
RELAY
%
r (c-44)
cu a:
2 d 0.85F

E
B-W
1. 25
B-R
(c-53) 71
_----- $0 31 (c-52) 0,,108 (c-52))\ 8
Y Y Y

HR05M05AA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 91

IGN ION
SWI' H(IG1)

T‘L’S
0.85B-
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY
I
3 5

0.85B- (B-28)

1.25B-1

COMBINATION 40
METER

;-$&PUMP
!ONNECTOR
1.25B-R
----
r---- 6
/
G-R R-W SPEED SENSOR ; 1.25B-LI

I
/
I

G-R 1I
R-B Y-W 1.25B-R L-------- 5(F-14)
i
1.258
I
(c-54) 06
.-----------_ 36 (c-52) !1
ENGINE 2B
CONTROL
---I MODULE 1
=
q
(LaAc-117)4) IEBl~~~~~,”
m3-2 (8-28) (c-53)
(c-54) (c-71) (c-82)- (F1-14)
L ~~~ m 3456
2

HR05M05AB

TSB Revision
92 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)

0.85R
CRANKSHAFT AND
CAMSHAFT
@a~"
Xi%““”
FLOW
(B-04) 0.8s
SENSOR CMP

(B-29)
INTAKE AIR
~WJ’&$ATURE
\--\I-,L..-.A,/
"7 " 5 "6 " 1 "
R-W 1.25B R-L G-Y 0

65
-__-------.

I /II
I

--------- :‘5eaB;mm

w:--; G-Y BR-Rl. Y-R B-W MODULE


' I 0
' I B
------
------
(1 B ; L--.,
I I
I /
0 /
MFI
RELAY B 0.85R W; 1 B i\
------J
,?3 '/Pl 9?4
I II I I ;I 0 Ii,

- - HEATED
^.,. ,^_",
q H ~&i~&LH) (B-16)

HR05MOSBA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 93 I

MFI
RELAY
RESISTOR

-31)
NJECTOR

A A
------------------2
55 58 j3 jc-53)

LG-B

HEATED OXYGEN (~-19)


SENSORCRH)

HR05M05BB

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) <TURBO> (CONTINUED) \


d
J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE
(FUSE@
A
GER ACTIVE
CONTRO KEST
0.85R-B

3B-R R-W
i

B-R (c-29)
0.85G r----
II 3
/I
//
II
1
j R-W
I
r---------------------------------------- ------------------------ J
I (c-52)
' r------------------------------------- 102 (c-54)
I I
I I
I I
I I
/
I

I
I
I
I
I
‘d
I I
I I
I I
/ I

%*
I I
1
I
I
I
I
I 3
I
I
I
I
1
; L - - - - - - - - -
20
4 +
------. v --------- ----
22 10
_---
23
I
I
I
(L-0 G
I
L------------ 7 6
_------- ------- .---_ ---------- B(c-14)

B-L B-U BR-F R-I R


(L-0 G I
80
G-l
AIR
G-Y
POWER TRiNSISTOR
Bf #T
~~~Kl~~~ON'NG
1 ABS
UNIT ;;ON"FROL
hMg,NE,;IC
RELAY

(c-61)

HR05MOSCA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 95

MFI
RELAY
F
RV
r--- 2

2, d
---7T FUEL
2( 2 ;
I
A EVAPORATIVE TURBOCHARGER
PRESSURE EMISSION
ERE
SOLENOID B, PURGE
SOLENOID i SOLENOID
, I
l(A-71) "1 (A-20) l(A-;ll)

L--- -_----__-___---_ _-__--_____--___


3 1
t
L -R LG-B LG-Ii R-E
ma f 7 9
c._______-__-__-_-_ I _~____~____~_____
Y

------ ---1
113 112 104
(Y
9-------
B-G

L-R (Y

10

IGNTTION
TIMING
AIR ADJUSTMENT
CONDITIONING X CONNECTOR
ENGINE COOLANT
$@$'&ATURE POWER STEERING
PRESSURE SWITCH

(A-18) (A-20) (ml (A-70) (A-71) (A-72) m (B-38)


a@m@m Q
I ig(
2 3

HROSMOSCB

TSB Revision
96 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS)


<NON TURBO>

IGNITION
FUSIBLE LINK@ BA1 TTIZRY
- - WTER SWITCH(ST)
5\v
I I 2B-Y
J/B

\/ ---- .J/ ,
(c-83)T7&'2 'r2 "1 25R-1
0.85R-B R-Y 1 R 28-l
I
R-B
.\2
A

L
I\ 1 IOD OR
A STORAGE
CONNECTOR
(A-11X) 1. 25R-I
I
2B-Y
I
2B-Y

WITHOUT
EKG-
i 2B-\

2B-Y
,,,-‘I8 kise,pi;

30
Lq P 2B-'

I;(B-26)
'2k NR'
D- N

2B-Y 2B-R 7
r -I- t
VOI ,ME 1.25
2B-’
1o
B-6
!Lt I +,:lr; ,
SE1 iOR 3
7 MFI
RELAY
,--------4 k----k -------. -1
a 4
OFF-ION
o,:>FF (C-44)
d I I<, -\, I, \,
1,
V
I
J
1.25 (F) B (F>1.25B-L
M/T ATT M/T A/T e B-R 1.25R C
0 B W-R D B-W
v L-G
I 1.25 1. 25

--A’
B-R B-R
(c-53: 71
------ ----- 1 510 25
50 _--- 12 (c-38 (c-3 (c-53)

r Y Y Y

I 4 -4
1234
m

HROSMOlAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 97 ~

IGNI ION
SW11 I(IG1)
2B-
\7 Ic-82) !Yi iY
7
J/B
'I. 25B-I
L.--s
'6 (c-71)
0.85B
1. 25B-I
s(D-44)
4(c-30)
0.85B-

1.258-F
#&PUMP
B-
CONNECTOR 90
59 (D-04)

1.25B-F
1
COMBINATION
METER
r----- -----

4
1
/ 6
l(D-03) ,
1.25B-L
1
1
1
1/
SPEED ZNSOR FKk
G-’ (REED ITCH) III (F-16)
I
Y-W 2
I

--_-__---__--_~--___-~~~~-~~--
I 1.258
7
S(c-14) i ------ --___ J@gg

I-
G-l Y-W

!
(c-54) 106 cc-531 66
ENGINE 2B
CONTROL
MODULE

HROSMOlAB

TSB Revision
98 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)

(F)O.B5R
6 ,(F>O.B5R
(F>O.B5R (F)O.B5R
r E#S-
XPk”“”
FLOW ;4 f-.-p3 g pP:- ,,~i~t5~ ,EpsaasN
SENSOR
(8-29) A ,,

/
I \/
"7
7
!f
"5
~p~i&%y
\/ a,
"1 '(2
+
"4
/
3
1 j F I/ CII

"6 (B-40) “1 "2 (B-41)"1 "


(F) (F) (F> (F>
(F)R-W 1.25B (F)R-L G-Y (F>O 0.85R L-Y
I
I
E (F>B(F)L-R (F)B (F)L-R

5V

1
- A
n
----------- ---
56 61
--1 (F)
III (F)G- Y BR-I
MFI
RELAY I I AL
1
C

B
Y
1 B 1
I
I 1
i--

I
I
(F) I I (F) (F)

/li
*
(F>B 0.85W Wi (F>B :F>G-' BR-i (F>B B-W
0 .----
v4 t:3 - 1 3 1 3
ir-

1.25B 1.258 OFF

n a’
HEATED THROTTLE ENGINE
Kg! (c-55) wlRoN (B-05)

(B-02)
( B (B-05)
- 2 9 ) (B-40) mm (c-52) (c-53) (c-55)
1 2 3 4
cl%

I
HROSMOlBA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 99

MFI
RELAY
(Fj0.85R :F) 1. 25R 1;$.251
(F)O. 85R
O R

4
F (F>1.25! 25R 1?>1.25F Fj'l.251 1.25( 1.25R-W 1. 25F

IDLE SPEED 1a
l(B-33) j-
pr&oL I n INJECTOR

7$x I
(B-35) r r” I2 1 2 2 I
0. 85W 0.85BF
(F) (F) :F) F) ------ ---___
(F)G-R G-B GR-L 6": (:F)G ; ).85G-k .85G ? 3
(F) <F) (F)
=~4---~2- ,\ ,\ 5 18
-__--_L___ i
0. 85G-'
3--------_-___-
ti85G-R
-------
yj85Y-J
-_-___

d&-&d ti

_---____-_--_-__-_ A ------------------ ------- ----- -------- Y


I
58 53 110 109 103 111 m
ri
/III
(F)G-Y
(F)B II ,I
,I. +
w; I
4:
E (F> ' j E
B-W
2 d,1 (B-08)

'l.25E

A
EGR VARIABLE INDUCTION
KNOCK TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOTOR
h SENSOR SENSOR (A-P~)
(2
(B-lo) (8-07)
( B
(B-08)- (8-09)
1 1 ) CFm @ml Fm Em-2) Gm (8-35)
1 2 @j~~r@~~@JJl@EJ@J@J

HROBMO IBB

TSB Revision
100 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE $fi&IGHT CLUTCH
( FUSE@ >
A
0.85R-B
Y 1.25R-W
-T-
3B-R G-Y
DEDICATED
FUSE

,30

J/B G
B-R

i
1
t,
DIODE
E-31
G
R-G,, 19 (c-29)
(c-52) R-G 24
c___-----_-_~_____-_____________________~~~---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~~~-~--~~ - 22
_---------__

3----ti i

23

I (F)
B-L
(F)
B-W
(F>
BR-R (F>h (F)L-R
(c-29) 7

(L-0
\ * / AIR CONDITIONING
ENGINE COOLANT
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR TEMPERATURE SWITCH
AIR
@@DRONING
UNIT

HR05MO 1C.A

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 101 ~

MFI
RELAY TRANSAXLE

EGR EVAPORATIVE
SOLENOID EMISSION
VALVE PURGE L-1 W-I;
SOLENOID

LG-I BR-L

j.--------p ------- - -------- - 116


---------7

5-i L ti 1
/ENGINE
I g;;p
I

-_--___-___-_____ ------ --------. ___-____-____----


107 113 112 104
(F>L-W (Y
4 I
mF ------_
2 B-G
(B-06)
F (Y
(F)L-W
(8-38) 1 10 l(A-18)
r- 1 r

POWER STEERING
PRESSURE SWITCH

oFTi (A-20) (A-21) (B-06) (8-38) (c-29) (c-79) @$T


L3BER
fzF&#qm/

HROSMOlCB

TSB Revision
102 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> ~

MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS)


’ ~
<TURBO> ‘d

FUSIBLEn LINK@ BA:rTERY


- -REI “‘4riTVER
UI,

T
I/

D 1
J/B I - ~~&CATED
15A
f

2B-Y 2B-

I
R-B i
------ -------_ 30 50
IOD OR
STORAGE 2B-
CONNECTOR
(A-31X)
1.25R-B 2B-k

(C-2E D i9
2B-
I
I i t
JME
/
i0R
‘iJ
I
‘k’B” 2B-Y 2B-

8 0 r
10 3
MFI
RELAY

I!
1. 2 1. 251 R- B 1. 25 (F)
B-Y 1.25B-R
3 7 2
8 E (F)

1I-
/ 1.25B-L

I0 If
L-G W-R 8D B-W
$2;
2B (c-53: 71 -I.t30
------ - ----- jl (c-52) (c-54) 108 (c-52) 8 (c-53)
r 1 ---I

(c-29) (c-31) (c-44) (c-52)

HROSMOGAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 103

IGNI ION MFI


SWIl -I (IGl) RELAY
2B- \7 (C-82)
J/B

II (F> (F) (F)


'6 (c-71) '$Z 1.25L-B
3 ,\ 5 ,,l
FUEL --FUEL
:6 (D-44) PUMP ___--- OFF PUMP
RELAY RESISTOR
(B-28) / \/ -+$m
0.85B-' 11(F;5"4"2 (F>
L-B 1.25B-L
(F) (F)
1.25B-F 1.25B-L
4

COMBINATION 4 (c-30)
METER

9 (c-34)
CONNECTOR

G-R R-B
FUEL
PUMP
(F-16)

G-R R-B L--------

ENGINE 2B
CONTROL
MODULE !

(F-16) HROSMOGAB

TSB Revision
104 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)

,W>O. 8SK
(F)O. a5R (F)O.a5R
r
KUME
FLOW 11 1m yy-j 1 R!r":] JmF jib
SENSOR
(B-29) ,\ ,\

\,
"7
\/
"5
xl,,
"6
v \I Y
"1 "2 "4 \/ 3
-I? J II III
I -gIlI q- 2d.d
(B-40)1201 2
(F>
(F>R-W 1.25B (F>R-L d": (F>O 6%5R I L':
I I
E (F)B(F>L-R (F)B(F>L- R

E~~--~~~~~~~~~~ L---------
68 69
-
V

5v 5v 5v

-
5v &- L-r
I
I
I
; G+D
LAL--~~~~ ly---_\L
wu56 - ----------
- - - Yys7 ---- - - - - - - - - 2.‘siENG.i-.---
(c-52) 26 61 y64 72
1.25B 1.25B (F) (F) (F> (F) (F> CONTROL
w[--; G-Y BR-R1.258 Y-R B-W MODULE
I I
; I 0 B
r_-----
i____--
B ' L--
t I 1 I).RE?R V. YYI.

B
B

---_-_-.. nnnr n?,vl.


q q (B-05) %+~%TURE
8FRvmR
UYLY""I\
0 9-02)

(B-05) vm (B-29)
ljp@ij)

HROSMOGBA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 105

MFI
RELAY
RESISTOR
(F11.25R 4 1
1

3 :{6
:F)OSdg (F1O.a:
G-1
I= ,.l (B-12)
IDLE ,

1 I[ i
1 "3 "4 "6 ) 2
(F> (F>
.85G-Y 0.85G-B

(F)LG-I
I I
--------------------_--__J L---m-
---_--_-____-----_---~-~~ 1
I
/
I
I v +i
I // It
I
I j B-W
II
dzlo B (F)B-W-+;
2 I\ 9E l(B-08) B I2 :l (A-22)
0 II

7-k

HEATED OXYGEN (~-19) KNOCK SENSOR SENSOR


SENSORCRH)
(A-69) CB-07) 0 cTm-7) (rn (8-13) (B- (B-31) (B-32) Em3 mm
@JjzBldjz&@ziJ- ~@J#sJ

HROBMOGBB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)

GER ACTIVE
- CONTRO-LEi :I#“’

3B-R R-W
Ed""'""

B-R (c-29)

0.85G r - - - -
12

DIODE
G "
II I

E-31 Y

r---------------------------------------- R-d CZ----------------------


IQ
1 i
/R-W

II (c-52)
r------------------------------------- \ 102 (c-54)

-5 b
----- ----
10 23
i

11
----------- -----------
101 114
i
_-----------
103 (c-54)
R-L R

_- --------- ---- .------ ---- \ 4(A-67) a(c-14)


(F> (F> R-L R
B-W BR-f (F>\
t
G-B
7 G-Y Y
#T
AIR IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
~~Yl~~T~ON'NG
UNIT ABS
hWWg;IC ~{ClfROL
RELAY

(c-61)

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>
107 ~

MFI
RELAY
77
(F>R 2
r----<\
II
I
/II
/
I/I
2( 2
II

; .xt SOLENOID
A FUEL
PRESSURE @%[ffifvE $ %ENOID i
E
I "1 (A-71) ‘l- (A-20)
III 10
I
;----,,----__-__--_-___
3

(F>L-R (F>LG-B
(c-52)7I------__-_____--_
b+ / ENGINE
/ g/QgL
I

---------__--_-____

(F)L-b
1
B-c

i
(F>L-R

AIR
I
CONDITIONING
ENGINE COOLANT
=
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
IG

g;#BATU"E POWER STEER


PRESSURE SW

HR05MOGCB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>
I
MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS)
<NON TURBO> ‘d ~

IGNITION
E
FUSiBLE,LINK Q :TE :RY
- SRBKER SWITCH(ST)
I
2B-\1
-T-

2B-Y
0
15A
i
-_----_ 3.-------------- 5 (c-71)
M/T I A/T
2B-k

2B-hr

1.25B-Y
30

r 1.250-W
1.25R-E

1.25B-Y _

AIR
lNSOR
+
7 2B-Vi
d

r
1.25R-E 34
f

1.258
(F)
3.85R ON*-6kF
\/
"2 "3 "6 "5 "1
-
A/;‘ 1. 25 (F)
B-R 1.25R L-G W-R (F) 1 6 B-h
-1
1. 25 1. 25
B-R B-R C
:,(c-54)*1 v-Z
5___ 120 $2 =*2 8(c-52) (c-54)::

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 109 ~

IGP
SW1
-
“# ION
H(IG1)
MFI
REL AY
2B -W I D 7
17 m
1
3
SA
\
)I
J/B
1.250 -L
2
‘6 (c-71) --o
0.85B--W
:sm B-L -L
40
0.85B- -W
FUEL PUMP
CHECK
CONNECTOR 1.25B- .R
B--W
59 (D-04)
COMBINATION
,Ll(c-34)

METER 1.25B- R
;

lIcD-03)
) 3
i r - - - - - - - .-,:f
I I
j 1.25B- L
G- R I ZTER)
&
3
FUEL
M PUMP
(F-16)
B]

/
I 1. 25:B
G-F7 Y-W /I
L-------- +5
(c-54):.1
(c-53):2 c3 1. 2513
I
ENGINE 0
CONTROL
MODULE
213
-. NOTE
:l:FEDERAL n
:2:CALIFORNIA
I

M02AB

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)

VOLUME r :NGINE
:OOLANT
%F6k0"
(B-29)
---I I-
INTAKE AIR
Wl;;HERIC
4 VOLUME
AIR FLOW
SENSOR
;;/g;$ATURE

;#"$ATURI

7 5
(F>l. 251 (F>G-\

(F>'l.251

(F>R-h (F) 1.25E (F)R-1 (F>G-\I (F>L-Y (F)B 1-W

,
I i
(c-53): 7221 j1:1 65:1 70:' ;3:1
g:
19 (c-54): 32x2
------ .------- -----85~2
3122
--------_------ 90-______-_
2 .-- f33:2
--------------
ENGINE '
CONTROL:
MODULE ;
GND
v
5 d ei i 5V
i-t

HR05M02BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 1 1 1

EGR VARiABLE INDUCTION


THROTTLE &E#g;&ATURE CONTROL MOTOR
W3I;;ON
(CALIFORNIA>
ON
I I
-I
r -
It- -a@-
:
(B-i
? 2

Y 1
----__
1
-----_
2
_----_
3
-----__
11

j’
(F>‘ (F>l F>G- i (F)LG-B (F>B (F)G-Y (F)E

i (F>BR-R (F)R-b (F>B-L F>G-B (F)G-W

I I
g:; (c-53)= cggl $ij2fl ao9;1
----------
13~2 (c-54):2 :2 *
----- --__--

B
3TOR
ii ?IVE IC
I
ENGINE I
lsi%~!L

NOTE
:l:FEDERAL
:2:CALIFORNIA

HROSM02BB

TSB Revision
112 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)

MFI RELAY

31. 25R Fl1.25F (F)1.25R


(F>1.25RI
T
(F)1.25R
0
KNOCK
(F10.85R (F)O.85R (F>1.25R F)1.25F :F)1.25 SENSOR

1
(F>1.25R (F)‘l.25R
3-13)
CKP I

11 !
(B-40) 13 %SOR ,.3 SENSOR ISC
5MOTOR r

pdeell INJECTORI

(F>B (F)B

I
:)BI
(F) (F) (F)
F)L-H t (F)L-A (F)G-E F)G-B GR-L (F)G-Y (F)(i 0.85G-k 0.85G-I

rH
jg:1 ,(c-5;
39:2 1_____ 17
-___- 5----- 18
----. r-----
Y Y Y
e
5v

GND GND
V V
------
13 26 (c-52) ENGINE
1.25B 1.25B imEL

I!’ B
1.258 1.25B
h d NOTE
:l:FEDERAL
z2:CALIFORN IA
6 0
(B-08)-- (c-53):1

(c-54)*2

HR05M02CA

1 TSB Revision I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 113 i

(F)O.85R RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK RIGHT BANK


LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) SENSOR(REAR) SENSOR(FRONT)
(F) 1.25I SENSOR(FRONT) (CALIFORNIA> (CALIFORNIA> (CALIFORNIA>
(c-55):l (B-16):2 (B-44) (8-45)
1.25( 1.25R
y-r------
1.25C 1.25R-W

INJECTOR 1
r lI
II;
2
(B-3.
I I
0.85Bl I I I
I I
II i B I ;B' i
III ' --A
I II II II
(8-07) 1--- -- 3 2.-J/ ---J --
_---__ B B I

1:
i 0
(F>B (F)B
(F) F) (F) (F)
0.85G-W .85G i-R ( 1.85Y- 1.25B cc-53):1
(c-54):2
g:: g:: 57:1 74z2 gy2
(c-52) 6
_--_ 15
----_ 14 ---- ------77:2 ---_ i
v v v Y V

ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE

NOTE
Xl:FEDERAL
:E:CALIFORNIA

HR05M02CB

TSB Revision
114 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)

ij~

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE ;;iiLyIGHT $GER #+XFTIC CLUTCH
t FUSE@ i Ki
77 - -
1.
3B-R G-k
I2 I
2
8(A-36)

B-R
i G15'

I I
DIODE
+ 4 E-31
f Is(A-67)
R-G
19 (c-29) G
ENGINE I
(c-52)-_-s$$jf;L
r----- ___-- --- _-_____-_______ --- ----- -----. - ;I-------------
'2 \
I/ V V
I 'd
I
I
1* Tl!
i----_-_ -I

23 38:2 j3Xl (c-54):'


1012’ :c-53)*'(c-53):2
Ei:
L-R L-R

(F)W G-B G-R

\ +
RADIATOR * RADIATOR
;;pAyOTOR IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR FAN MOTOR
(HI) (LO) 'z%PY

HR05M02DA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 115

MFI
RELAY Tl ?ANl SAXLE NTROL IDULE

F
1
EGR EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION
%&ENol D PURGE
It SOLENOID
(A-21) L-.W W-
20

LG-R BR-L

--_---_
17:2 (c-54)'l 56Q j222 m”
07:1 (c-53)22 113:1 104'1 (c-90):2
P (Y‘
(F>L- W J/B I

(B-06) 2

(F>L-' vi

(8-38-)
POWER 1
STEERING DATA LINK CONNECTOR
;;y'ziER IGNITION NOTE
OFF - ON TIMING
ADJUSTMENT :l:FEDERAL
i :E:CALIFORNIA
CONNECTOR
(A-18) E-z3 (A-21) (B-06) ( B - 3 8 ) e=zi) (c-::-1 (c-53):2
9/10/11~~12~13~14(151161171)18119

(c-54)*1 (c-79) FRONT SIDE (c-90):2

HR05M02DB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS)


<TURBO>

STA :ER
FUSIBLE LINK@ BAT’ -
RY REL -

5W-B
5w 2B-k
J/B ,,l (c-68)
I
637 I 0
r 0
p 15A
\I

1.25R-B 2B-T1 I

11
-------------- 30 (

IOD OR 1.25R-B 2B-Y


3TORAGE
ZONNECTOR 2B-‘f i

:c-29)
2B-V
IME

ioR 1.25R-E 1.25R-i 2B-!’

r1
3 MFI RELAY 7

3
.-
(F) \
I. 851 ONI*OFF

6 5 1
(F)
1.25B-L
2E 1.25B R- 25B- Y

1i iQ
D
L-C W-l f B-W
1. 2!
I B-l
(c-54) Ll----- r
,---- 71 8(c-52) (c-54) 32

l--T---

1TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 117

IGNI
SWIT
ON
(IGl) &rI (F>
1.25B-L F)1.25L- B
2B-I
(F>

1
1.25B-L
I

I J/B
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY
3

01
5

rl . -
\1
Kit;
CIRCUIT
(8-28) i RESISTOR
"4"2 \,:I
AL
?(A-51)
(F>
1.25B-I >
0.858-h
(F 258-L 41
(F)1.258-F I i5B-L ,I
,
B-h B-W
19 (D-04) , 1.25B-R
(A-17)1
1 GAUGE
COMBINATION I- ::E J(c-34)
)CEiTQ ;;FbKPUMP
CONNECTOR 1.25B-R
I r - - - - - ---_-.
(D-03) 7
COMB IATION I 1.25B-L
METE I
(SPEE METER) 3
G-R R-B I
I
I FUEL
Y-k I , PUMP
I (
1-------_
1 (F-16)
__-__-__-___-_--__ I
I r
I
1
I
I
I 1.258
G-R R-B Y-W
L----------- j(F-
I 1.25B
3_-_--__--------___ 110 160 ‘:
\
ENGINE 28
CONTROL
MODULE

HR05M07AB

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit eTlJRBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)

(B-02)
VOLUME r
&6kDW
(B-29)
.-wp ‘I w~[ow]
L
ENGINE
COOLANT
'XW~~ATURE

1
INTAKE AIR
;EE;$AT"RE
i

- J i
7 5 1 1
(F)1.25B (F)G-Y (F>O (F)l B

(F11.258

(F)R-lr (F)1.25B (F)R-I (F)G-Y (F>L-Y (F>B-b

I t L
I I

(c-52) .9 (c-54) 92
_----- 2-------. 11_--- 15 (30
/c -------_--.
--------------_ - 33-.-----------
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE +(j
f 1 ii
5v
Tf 3-e
5v
,

HR05M07BA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

EGR KNOCK
THROTTLE ggNgb[ATURE SENSOR
;;~&;~ON
(CALIFORNIA)
I - r&l
OF!. ON
6-iI
I
(B-05
1 2 1 L
(F)Y-1 (F) C)G-
I (F>LG-B (F)E W

(F>BR-R

78 (c-54) ENGINE
CONTROL
I GND
V
MODULE

(c-52)yy----;:p58y26
1.25B 0 B
1.25B

1.25B 1.25B
h
- h
-

(A-22) (B-05) (W) (c-52) (c-54)

HR05M07BB

TSB Revision
120 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)

MFI RELAY

.r
C

, (F) 1. 25R 1
(F) 'I- 25R (F) 0. 85R
(F> 1.25R (F) 1.25R RESISTOR (A-69)

I
(F) (F> 0.85R 8 6 1 2 5 Q5 7
0.85R

I
(F> (F) (F> (F) (F)
0. 85 0. 8: “i;“$
G-R G-k Os8E “$3
- 1 1 1 6
_---- j ,,4 INJECTOR
.---- --7
r

Di
r. ni v I
/
I / jl IL I 1.25
R-W
1.25
8
I
1 R /
:B-12: ii3 21. 2:
1
m

r I[

>I (B-33: &E


0. 05 0. 85
Y-W
3

‘:- :
I (F (F) (F) 3
.---- --:$2--i
(F>B
1 (F)L-I (F)GI 7 (I :F)G-1 G 0. 85
G-Y
0. 8E
G-E (F> (F)
Og; “$!$ “;I”g
(F) (8-07)

18 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 39 4
I. 5
._---_ 18
-- I----- 3:--- 3----- 16
_---. 15
_--- 14 (C-52)
- -
Y
I il
ti ti
“1
GND GND
V V

1.25B
1.25B 1.25B
h

HR05M07CA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 121

(Fj0.8: RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK RIGHT BANK


LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) SENSORCREAR) SENSOR(FRONT)
SENSOR(FRONT) (CALIFORNIA) (CALIFORNIA> (CALIFORNIA)

v
(8- (B-44) (B-45) (B-1S)
- -I

t F-!
4 % A3 2
6
2“4
\I
r":
\I
r II --- --- 71
I
I 1/ II --_
/ II I
I
I
I
III iz m
II % III , I% GB 7
BII I B// w m m
BI/ WII z : -- -_
II I
/i2 d c
v 1 d 2
v I I
I/I v /1I 2
III I/I 62
-
_I II vi II/ II
I I I
1 B I B - I 1 B
II II I
---_ i J
B B E
B-W
<F)1.25B 1.25E

'6

TSB Revision
122 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE GER
l FUSEQ ) - &I+xl
-

0.85R-B 1.25R-W
R-
DEDICATED 3B-R
0 FUSE
,?
15A

ON G-W
,,6 (c-69)
(c-61) "3
J/B B-R
0. 85G
"5 (c-83)
0 G-W
G

1 r---
DIODE
E-31 IL IL
12 (C-29)
R-G
r--E~~~NE--------------------------------- 19__-------__-__------_____j R-
I
; CONTROL R-G
, r----------------------------------------
MODULE jr24 (c- '2 (c-53)
III
I
I
Y
I
I

5 3.----__ti
/
/
I
I
I
I i
I
I
I :_-__.
I
I
20 23 i8
I
I
:-9o)
I
I
: L-R G-Y ) R-I
II i i
II
7
L---- ----- .J ,t6_------ _------ ------- ----_
(L-0) LB ) G R-I
I
(A-3E a,,; S(F>B-1 (F)B-W (F>BR-R (F>W G-F
AIR ' G- Y G-E
CONDITIONING
CONTROL UNIT 9
RADIATOR 1GN 'E
$i YLrl IGNITION POWER TRANSIST;OR 6Bor ROL & ST
&doToR UN H
(HI) (LO)
(c-29) (c-52) (c-53)

HROSM07DA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 123

MFI
RELAY
7
(F)
r---- 2
1
I
I
I
,
I

1
I
I
1
I

TURBOCHARGER
@ENOID r
Q

L e e - - -__--___--_-___
3 E! j(A-72)

L
(F)L-I
(c-52)
(F>LG-E (F)LG-I (F)R-7

I
7
32 (c-53) . _ ~._
ENGINE
##w"

5____-_----____--__ .------
56 2

(F)L-b
l(c-29)
G B-G

DATA Lib ZONNECI i.”


[ I1
IGNITION
(A-18)

TIMING
ADJUSTMENT
CONNECTOR
(c-52)

/ m (C-FRONT SIDE 0Si2

HROSMO?DB

1 TSB Revision
124 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)


<NON TURBO> (FEDERAL)

IGNIT ION
2W-B
FUSIBLE LINK0 BATTERY mER SWITCI ‘i1
(ST)
P
2B-Y
--I.
J/B+===+@&ATED ;
2B-Y

?-I ;
2B-Y 2B-Y
(F> I

I
R-E -
2B-Y &ARM 2B-Y
R-B
t
.ELECTRbNIC CONTROL
HEADLIGHT SUSPENSION
DOME LIGHT. R-E .FULL AUTO A/C
FOOT LIGHT m ‘fiiJ;&@“‘sE 1.25R-1
AND IGNITION
KEY CYLINDEE
ILLUMINATION 3
LIGHT 1.25B-Y
E8:1 iEIGHT AND 1.25B-W
COMI
LIGI
7TMENT R-E l-

1.25B-k !EI%!R
7

r
(R-B){- 1.25R-E
ELC-4A/T

:F) d
L! --------
1. 851 OFF-ION ON'-&F
\/ \,
“2 “3 “6 “5 “1
2
1.25 (F>
B-R 1.25R L-G W-R 1.25B-L B-W
3 1. 25
0

--If
B-R C D

2_L7\ 12 (c-52) 108 (c-54) 8(c-52) (c-53) ‘2

HR05M03AA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 125

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1)
tiF1
IEL AY
7

1.25B-
\, \I\I
5 S(c-71)

,6 (D-44) 1.25B-
-___-_---__

FUEL PUMP
CHECK
CONNECTOR 1.25B-
t g(c-34)
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT
AND HAZARD LIGHT
59 (D-04)
COMBINATION 1.25B-
METER
WARNING 3
LIGHT r--------
/

(F>1.25B-W COMBINATION .25B-1


&%O,METE,:
G-I 3
Y-W
FUEL
PUMP
IGNITION
7
------ ---- -- _-_____-__- 6m (F-16)

Y-W I
1.25E
G-R

OSic-54) .25E

2B

HR05M03AB

TSB Revision
126 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)


‘d ~

(B-02)
VOLUME NGINE
OOLANT
i%usow
m
----4SENS0R I-
ATMOSPHERIC
] VOLUME
K2Jk0"
~bP;~ATURE
INTAKE AIR
‘IWIW~~ATURE

I
7 2
(F>1.25B (F>G-k (F>[ (F>O.&R (F>t

(F)B
:)G-Y

(F)R-W (F>1.258 (F>R-L (F>G-\I (F>L-I (F>B-'

I I

r--- Et----- 52 -
---------

%
5V
GND
V
L ------
- 13 26 (c-52)
1.25B 1.25B

1.25B 1.25B
n h

HROSM03BA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 127 (

VARIABLE INDUCTION
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
?';;A;;""
c i-i!- -a%-
IN

-i t-Y ----_ -----_ .----_. 1


3 a 1 3 1 2
3-09) B-10)
(F>
(F>Y-R (F)l BR-I )G-‘I I (F)G-Y (F>B

(F)B
(F>G-Y
Y-L Y-R
/
r 1 (F)R-$ (F>B-L F)G-E (F>G-h
ELCdA/T #;f;~IW~XJISE
ELC-4A/T
1
(F>Y-R (F>BR- t I

03
----_ 09
------ .lO

B ITOR
I I(
!IVE
!
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE

TSB Revision
128 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)

MFI RELAY

(F>1.25R
:)1.25R (f :) 1. 25R (F)1.25R

(F10.851;
(F)l. 25R
T
L
(F>O.85R (Fj1.251 F)l.25F ? ( F) 1.251
(F>1.25R (F11.251
CMP CKP
B-13) I 3-11)
..3 1 1
3 SENSOR ,\ SESSOR ISC
5 MOTOR
,\
T
I
i I LALI 1
JLA-L
/ \/ 2 ; 1
1 2
&

(F>E (F>E 3

r2

3 (I
D

‘)B
(F) (F) :F)
I
I-4
F)L-W (F)L-F ! (F)G-E ?G-B GR-L (F)G-Y (F>( 0.85G-Y ; ).85G-B
I
ill-. i9 i____- 17
----- 5----- 18
---- L-----. _-2-

GND GND
4 Y Y Y

V V
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 1 2 9

(F)1.25R (F)O.B5R LEFT BANK


(F) 1.251
I
1 HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR(FRONT)
1.25( .25R
I
1
I
I
1
KNOCK 1. 25( .25R-W I
I
SENSOR 1
I
I
1.25( /
I
2 1 4
1 1 1 ; I I

s-20 R I

I I”’
I
I I
J m vi I I
I
tq I

L
I
- I I i I I Ii I I
I I
2 2 II I /
/
(B-08) (B-33: :B-3; (B-31 I I
1
,
I I I
I 4
I I
k
0.85Y-h 0.8% 0.8581 I
I ,
I
1
I I I
B/ I I I
I I I
I I

’ I
I i
(B-07) .---_
3
-----_ 2'
--J
L/ D
r

1
(F>f 3
/W (F) (F> (F)
L-
0.85G-W L-f I. %Y- 1.258 I

(c-53) 18 (c-52) ;---- 15


----- 14 1 ---
72 jS(c-53)

* ti
I
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE

c&l
1 2 3 4

HR05MOXB I

I TSB Revision I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) I

Yj ~

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE V&IGHT c: CLUTCH
l FUSE@ i
v I
O.S5R-BI nn I., I
WITH
&#&EU'SE I
G-Y
I.
A ;;EXkCATED 3B-R
I
STOP
LIGHT
SWITCH O F F 1 ON

4
(c-62)1
CONTROLLED
MIRROR G
)
0.05G p -,.
c u I
@iNTI-LOCK
%I
,t-?nv r ?.I,7 DID,C,VI
.I
bmmlluu LII,C.TF,l I I i I I lnIfli-lF
.STOP LIGHT +
ch;;h~~fUISE I t
R-G 19 (c-29) G
ENGINE
(c- ~~~~~p R-G
r------------------ t24 ------------------------------.
---------------- '2
1-------------
17 V
d
-5
-3
-i
101B 130 m ZJi _-----------
15

G -R
G-k W L-F (G-R)
17

I
11 (c-29)
--I
ELC-4A/T
METER AND
I
3@g
G -R
EI(A-67)
ELC-4A/T
GAUGES

LE (F)B-L (F)B-W G-E G -R

L
_
RAD IA' RADIATOR !!m!~fiIC
FAN IGNITION POWER TRANSISTO; FAN MOTOR
REL,FE"'
(Lo: %PY

HR05hi03DA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 131 (

MFI
RELAY TRP qXLE C TROL M ULE
7

1
EVAPORATIVE
%P ON
SOLENOID
W-l W-I

BR-l

'(c-53) 59 116
----------7

B
P 5v

_--___-- __-__ _-_-_-____--_-____--- ------_


07 r113
P ---_-_-_-___-___-_------.
12
ELC-4A/T p

(p) @s> (Y)


(F>L-h J/B
A P
------ $tB@FN’C
4 ':I(c-29)
P SUSPENSION B-G
.FULL AUTO A/C
m

2B B B P R-B (Y)
4 5 1 16 7 (c-79)
n A A A A A 1
=
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IGNITION
TIMING
ADJUSTMENT
CONNECTOR
(A-18) ( A - 2 0 ) CFnl (B-06) (B-38)- (c-29)
Ii3 f?JJ @3J @ •~p7Jmmmq 9 ~10j11~~12~13/14/15~16)171118/19

(c-79) FRONT SIDE

HR05M03DB

TSB Revision
132 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit -<NON TLhBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)


<NON TURBO> (CALIFORNIA)

IGNITION
2W-B
FUSIBLE LINK@ BATTERY EKE” SWITCH(ST)

HORN
J/B
04
I 15Ab

I :; \/
(c-83) 11 "7
(F)R-B Ok"; (c-77)
R-E3
(F)
R-B
2B-Y 2B-W
1
HEAbLIGHT
I30ME LIGHT,
'OOT LIGHT 4
/4ND IGNITION
I<EY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION
1,IGHT
1
Ll ;GHT AND
E8ZAI
COMPAI 8 'MENT LIGHT
1.25B-Y R- VOLU
FLOW7
(R-B)
ELC-4A/T

1M>
.25B
(F)
3.85k OFF-tON ON?-OFF
\/
'6 "5 "1
A/T

I
L-G W-R 1.25B-L B-W

(c-54) I R-i 1.25


B-E D

91------ 380 A8(c-52) (c-54) i2

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 133 ~

IGN ITI1
SW1 TCH (IGl) MFI
6 B-W RELAY
a: II 7
28.

1
CHARGING
J/B
1.25B- L

WI
2B-Y(
5 --------___ 1.25B- L
(D-44)
t 4ic-30)
FUEL PUMP
0.85B-w CHECK
CONNECTOR 1.25B-1 i
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT g(c-34)
AND HAZARD LIGHT
g(D-04)

1 ;;y;&NATION 1. 25'B-R
t
rI - - - - - - .--
-I
I
(D-03) COMBINATION /1.25B-L
(F)1.25B-W METER /
liiiioojllliR: 1I
G-l 3

1
II
Y-W II FUEL
PUMP
----~~--~-----------_ 6m m
IGNITION )
t
Y-W I
/

I I
/ 1. : 25B
G-h (Y-W) $, (F)Y I
+J I,
L------ -- ,,Ej(F-14)
ELC-4A/T Y-W METER AND
GAUGES
(c-53) 35B
------libel l. : 0
2B

oFm (c-14) Cc-30)


(c-34) (c-53) (c-54) (c-71) (c-82)

HR05M04AB

1 TSB Revision
134 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)

.vj ’

VOLUME r :NGINE
i!Wiiow 'OOLANT
';/i!P;~ATURE
!B-29)

l-
I \,“1
7 5 '6 1 2
(F11.25 (F>G-Y (F>C (F>B

_ (F)B
4c -CF)G-Y

(F)R-'I (F> 1. 25: (F)R-I <F)G-Y (F)L-Y (F>B -W

I?--..- E------- .-E 15---------______ .0---- ---- -


-- I

1 GND GND
I i
5v
:<$
-r?I
V V
:-x------Y
13 33 (c-52)
1.25B 1.25B

1.250 1.25B
n n

HROSM04BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 1 3 5

THROTTLE VARIABLE INDUCTION


g;;W;;ON EGR CONTROL MOTOR
;E;g;EATURE
I /I r
I I r
c I--- l - Y +m-
OFf N

3 .__--_ ----_
)

I
(F)
(F>Y- (F)l BR-f F)G- (F)LG-B (F>B (F)G-! (F>B

(F>B
OG-Y
Y-L Y-R

I- (F)R-W (F)B-L :F>G-E


ELC-4A/' 1 (F>G-h
.ELC-4A/T
$J~@fU'SE

(F>Y- (F>BR-f;
7

ITOR
'IVE
- IC

CONTROL
MODULE

(A-22) (B-05) (B-OS) (B-10)0 (c-54)


m I/~) j@+-/ p&

HR05M04BB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)

MFI RELAY

(F> 1.25R (F> 1. 25R (F) 1.25R (F) 1.25R (F) 1.25R
(
(F> 1. 25RI

(F) 0.851;!!I (F)l.25R z5R (F):5Rm %fR

F)L-W (F)L
I
I~8_----E

5v

GND GND
V
------
13 26 (c-52) ENG I NE
CONTROL
‘;i 1.25B1 , MODULE
L
I

HR05M04CA

/ TSB Revision I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 137

(Fj1.25 (F)O. 85R RIGHT BANK


LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN LEFT BANK RIGHT BANK
(F11.25 HEATED OXYGEN ~~~~~~ HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN
1 SENSORCFRONT) SENSORCREAR) SENSORCFRONT)
--_-____I__--_--_
I (B-16) (8-44) cB-45) (B-19)
1.25 1.25R
1
I
I 'r------Ii-
I
1.251 I
1.25R- I
I
I
/
I 1 I c
,I L
1.25( /
I 3 4 “I '3
1 I 1
INJECTOR l I : :I
r I v I II /% I
105 m
m/ I 6 2 mj
L H
2
1: III 12
/
I
21 / .J I
(B-33: (8-32: I
I /II /
I
I j *I I
I /
I I - I
0.85Y-'i 0.85h 0.85B.R I I I
I
I
I ;B i B " Ir
I
I /I 1I
/ (B-07) 4.----- L----. I ; J L
3 2.-J1 B B
L;
(F>E CF:
1
(F) F) (F) (F)
0.85G-W .85G-R 0.05Y- 1.25B

14 '7---.
-
1 1p V

ti 5-

J
ENGINE
Elm"

HR05h404CB

TSB Revision.
138 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE : CLUTCH
‘gFGER
-T-
G-Y

2B-R 86 A-36)

REAR WINDOW .REAR WINDOW


DEFOGGER
.REMOTE
Sy[$K!8LLED

,,,,,~~B-1 ;'q -'T G

DIODE
;~;;'L"~G;;STEM ~;LJh#J'SE

19 (c-29)
1 E-31 6( 1A-67)

G
ENGINE
2p_--------- ____________________

ti
i
IL
L--- _---. ------------ _-----------
10 !l 11 15
(F>U i-R
L-F G-Y 17 (G-R)
I .ELC-4A/T
:-R ELC-4A/T
7---- 11 (c-29) .g;KEISAND
Ei(A-67)

(L-o: LB (F)B-L (F)B-W F)BR-R (F>'Ei i-R

1
L J
AGNE'
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR LUTC!
NOTE
P
:l:Hatcnaack
Z2:Convertible
mm (c-62)

HR05M04DA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 1 3 9

MFI
RELAY TRANSAXLE C TROL k YJLE
7

I F
1
EGR EVAPORATIVE
$i@O'" EMISSION
PURGE
(A-21) I SOLENOID
2m L-k W-l

LG-F BR-1

146 (c-53)
iyi p#L
H

_____--__--__ 37 (C-53)
P
‘& -_- _-_ v------------------------
62
%”
ELC-4A/T
7 (P) 26
(F>L-W (Y)
P
A (c-29) yf-----y *&;F;$lNIC
(B-06) ,,2 SUSPENSION B-G
P .FULL AUTO A/C
35) (P) I
(F>L-W

(B-38) ,,l 2B B B P R-B (Y)


4 5 1 16 7(c-79) I?
A A A A A
n 1GN;TION
= DATA LINK CONNECTOR TIMING
T ADJUSTMENT
CONNECTOR

id
HR05M04DB
TSB Revision
140 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)


I I
<TURBO> ‘i

;ER
FUSIBLE LINK@ BATTERY i%
-
2W-B

HORN 5W-B 2B-


J/B ,,l (c-68)
09 @
10A

IOD OR 2B-
STORAGE
CONNECTOR

-Y SUPPLEMENTAL
l?&"sW~~INT ,,4
\' (D-151
418:” L1GHT
LUGGAGE
l(c-29:
\
fW'qRTMENT
I
.DOME LIGHT, ‘d
!TI;T LIGHT,
IGNITION
KEY
CYLINDER
ILLUMINATIO MFI RELAY 7
LIGHT
.HEADLIGHT I@$
--------- I
ON'*OFF

6
(F>
1.25B-L
1.25B . . 25B-‘
B-W

--IE- Y Y Y
(c-jq)
Y
i
(A-11X)0 (c-29) (c-44)0 (c-53) (c-54)
ia5i
1 2 3 4 II:pRif

(c-sa)
(c-71) c57Q (c-77) (c-83) (D-15) (D-44)

HROSMOEAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

IGN TION MFI


SW1 CH(IG?) RELAY
2B-
\ B-W , F>l. 25L-
2B- (F)
,7 (c-82) 1.25B-L
I
J/B CHARGING
3 5 1
3
'6 (c-71)
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY
c
--------_ Rib
0.85B-\
(B-28) I!m CIRCUIT
RESISTOR

S(D-44) (F)
1.258-
0.85B-\r
.258-L

r
(F>1.258-I ( 35B-L

t B-1 B-1
TURN-SIGNAL
LIGHT AND 1.25B-F
HAZARD LIGH 1
COMBINATION
g%J
$1
+3
lmg GAUGE
;i;kKPUMP
CONNECTOR 1.25B-F
L-R
r-
r I
WARNING LIGHT COMB JATION
METE 1.25B-L
(SPEE IMETER) 3
G-R R-E
FUEL
Y-h PUMP
M
---__--_ S(c-14) (F-16)
2
Y-k
1.25B
G-R R-E
L - - .-----__ 5 (F-14)
Y-W
6
.---- ----- ------ --. Llic-53) 1.25B
36 (c-54) l(c-53)

I
ENGINE 2B
CONTROL
MODULE i
i

(c-71)

HR05MOEAB

) TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED) I

VOLUME ENGINE
&k&&"" COOLANT
$;/WE&ATURE
l-
INTAKE AIR

I $~W&&fJATURE

-JCL,
7
(F)1.25E
5 ;

(F>G-k :F)C
3

3
(F)E

(F>1.25E
I (F>B
(F>G-Y
(F)B

(F)R-\IJ (F>1.25@ (F>R-L- (F>G-Y (F)L-Y (F)B-1

I ,

ENGINE
c 19 (c-54) 32
------- '2.----___ --I8’-
1---_ !? __--- - ------_ IO
-----l---- 33
--------------

iI 1
CONTROL
MODULE
5v 5V

HROBMOBBA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 143 (

EGR KNOCK
THROTTLE
;EEgEBATURE SENSOR
;;;W&ON
(CALIFORNIA>
I
I
- r--b
r
OF!, IN
L
3 2 1 2
(B-05:

(Fly-1 (F> F)G-


(F>E BR-fi
I (F>LG-B (F>B W

(F>B
(F)G-Y
(F>B r
Y-R BR-R
I-- --I
fJ;PiJpE

(F)Y-F
I (F)BR-R
,

i7---------- 34--------_--_--. '?l---------------- 78 cc-54)


ENGINE

f
GMD
V
--I GND
V
CONTROL
MODULE

myyf----;-$;26
1.25B tr B
1.25B

1.25B 1.250
h h

(A-22) (B-05) (B-08)(=) (c-54)


m j-1 @.

i
HR05M08BB

1 TSB Revision 1
144 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)


‘d ’

MFI RELAY
T7
V

<F) l. 25R (F) 1. 2?.jR (F) 0. 85R


4r
(F> 1.25R (F) 1.25R RESISTOR (A-69)
T (F) 1. 25R I (F) 1. 25R

L
(F) (F> 0. 85R 8 6 1 /2
0.85F <F) (F> (F> CF)

L Ok”? 0.':; 0.05 0. 8E i


G-i G-h G-Y o.8z
3 INJECTOR 1 1 1 6
I -
’Lb, I
I m v

I \/
“3 “4 (‘6
l-II IL I
2 7
1. 25
R-W
(B-l= 2a fiFJ 1. 25( IT 1
x /\
m
(F>B (F>E
ALIL
L
(B-3:! $1i&T
0. 8E 0. a5
d
Y-hi W
(F) (F: (F) 3.----
(F>E F)L-K (F)L-W (F)GK F)G-E GR-L :F)G-I I
Ok”’ Ok!; 0.(F)85 I (F>
0. 85
G-W G-R
i&-e.------- 2----- 1---- 2----. 3---- A 16 -----
-
Y

tE ti G
4
GND GND
V V

HR05M08CA

1 TSB Revision 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 145

(F)O.B! RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK RIGHT BANK


LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) SENSORCREAR) SENSOR(FRONT)
SENSOR(FRONT) (CALIFORNIA) (CALIFORNIA> (CALIFORNIA>
(B-16) (B-44) (8-45) (B-19)
r -
1

4 1
Lc -
)
G-- -l
\G
‘1
\I I i-..-
‘5 "2 1 $1 '3 '2
---
13
-. --.
II T$,
% II E?
ma-1
i II z m 6 7--
z+r-,'r 3
6 2 BII I d
Bl III m
d c
m
(c-88)
II G II I v ---
c 2 2 I
III I1I iI v I
i II --I I -I II/
I III 1II I
II I A
B B -
I I
b /II i B
/I/
I
I 1 -. i-L-. B
---
_ it / I
1 B-W
(F)1.25E W . 25E

(c-54) '6

HR05M08CB

TSB Revision
146 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE 'T$TkkIGHT DEFOGGER
n-r n-9
t FUSE@ i KELHY

-T-

--I
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER

.STOP LIGHT

R-G
'--ENcl~~--------------------------------- 19 (c-29)
I
; CONTROL R-G
MODULE
' r----------------------------------------
I II f24 ic-52)
Y

----- ------ ---__- .------


20 59 (c-52) 22 .O 23 11 58 (c-so)
:c-90)
(F>W
1 L-R G-Y (L-C3) c
I I W

L----- 7----- 1
L-- 77 (A-67) 6 METER AND
GAUGES
(L-0) LB CL-(3) c
I
(A-36) a(F)B-I (F)B-W (F)BR-F (F>W
G-Y NOTE
\IR ' :l:Hatcnoack
:ONDITIONING :2:ConvertiDle
:ONTROL UNIT
RADIATOR ETIC L
FAN MOTOR
RELAY REI 1:"
i!L”f
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
(HI) (LO)

HROBMO8DA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI
RELAY
7
(F) 2
r---'

zr/ 2
-7T TURBOCHARGER
WASTE GATE
SOLENOID
Y\I
(A-70)

L---- - -_-_____ --__ --- -------- -----. --__-_------___


1
4

(F>L- (F)LG-: (F)LG-I 2 (F>R-\I


7_-___--__-_--_ 3_-_-___-_------_ 6
7 32 (c-53)
V ENGINE
b-f5v ii#EEoL

4
:------------------ - ---___--__-_____
45 52 52 (c-90)
I
G- (F)L-V ii
I

(A-67) 9 (B-06) ,:

G-l (F)L-V, r

(B-38) ,,l l(A-18)


DATA LINK CONNECTOR
I
IGNITION
TIMING
ADJUSTMENT
CONNECTOR
(A-70)(A-71)(m) (B-06) (m(C-29) (c-52)
pLBi
(c-90)
i

HROSMOEDB

TSB Revision
148 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)


<NON TURBO>

STARTER IGN ION


TE RELAY SWI'
- H (ST)
2B-k
r F(c-31)

2B-k
V \, ---- 5
(c-83) ‘il "7
(F)R-B Ok!; (c-7'
1.25R-B
(A-67) 11-J
I I
R- 2B-Y 2B-k

CONNECTOR WITH 2B-Y


. WITHOUT
2B-Y #g&ALARM ;vE';hALARM
/\ 2B-W
R-B L/
2B-Y7 s
+ ,\
DOME LIGHT, &iQE"ISE PNP
FOOT LIGHT SWITCH
AND IGNITION B-Y
KEY CYLINDER c-29) 1.25R-E L* ?=m

3 l.25B-Y Em"" '*k

?.25B-W
VOLUME AIR
FLOW SENSOR
r
I

1.25R-B

1
.25B

J
:F)
;).85R!

I
.

-id;
1
----
2B-W 4 2B-w I-

W-R 2 1.25B-L 'I


30

O N '-OFF

B-W
0 v
~ $2; c 4
i ;.‘E..
iEm 3Egm
I
D
I
; 12

5M09AA

TSB Revision I
ClRCUlT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 149

IGN ION
SWI’ -I(IGl) MFI
\ B-W REL,
2B- D
CHARGING
J/B
1.25 B-L

0.85B-
B-L B-L

O.S5B- g;EL&PUMP 1.25 B-R


B-W CONNECTOR
>
TURN-SiGNAL LIGHT 1.25i
AND HAZARD LIGHT
59 (D-04)

1 COMBINATION
METER
1. 251

1Ir - - - - - -
1m COMBINATION I
I/1 1. 25F
(F>1.25B-W
G-I
METER
(SPEEDOMETER)
II
I j
(F)2B-W I
II
1I
/I
1 FUEL
PUMP
7 - l II
IGNITION //
/
II 1. ;
G-E I
/
L------. i(F-14)

1. :
S(c-53)

NOTE
::CONVERTIBLE

HR05M09AB
TSB Revision
150 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)

VOLUME r ENGINE
%SEk""
(B-29)

3
(F>1.25B (F>G-Y

(F)R-k (F> 1.258 (F)R-L (F>G-Y

12
-----__

;I
GND
n
GND
V
& 5V

HR05MOQBA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 151 ~

THROTTLE MANIFOLD VARIABLE INDUCTION


;&;OE&ON DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL MOTOR
SEE;;;“”
I I
i -@-
OF:, ON

L-AL,
0
3 2
A‘ 1-J
t
-----_ ----- ------. 1
(B-05) 2 3 1 2
1-09) (8-10)

(F>Y-F 7 (F)
(F)
BR-R ‘)G-\l I (F> (F>l
(F)W-I Z-Y (F>G-Y (F>B

(F>B
m*
(F)G-Y
24
Y-R

1'
#;;#J'SE
1 /T
.ELC-, 4 A
- (F>R-W (F>B-1 ')G-E (F)G-W

I T
(F>Y-R (F) BR-R
3gm
-17 !L-.------ j -----_. 10

I5v ITOR
7IVE IC i
I
ENG I NE
CONTROL
MODULE

HROBMOSBB

TSB Revision
152 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)
~
d

MFI RELAY

r
(F)1.25R :)l. 25R F)1.251 F)1.25R
(i)RI

KNOCK
(F)0.85R <F>O.S5R (F>1.25E (Fj1.25 (F) 1.25E F)1.25R :F) 1.25 SENSOR

[
L
3-13) (8-12)
CKP

1
I 1

I rP 11 r
3 SENSOR
I 2 5Ii%OR c
1
@I I INJECTOR i J L Ir
J 1 \/ VI w \/ I 2
2 “1 "3 "4 "6 (8-35)

1 (F>B

I
'>B
F)L-I:
(F) (F) (F)
' (F)GR (F)G-B GR-L (F)G-Y (F)G 0.85G-Y 0.85G-I

39 4----- 17 ,(c-52
B----(c-54 ----- 5----- 18
----_ L------ 1----- 78
Y Y Y Y

5v 5v
GND GND
V V

ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE

1.25B 1.258
!- -a

HROBMOSCA

1 TSB Revision I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 153

(Fj1.25 R b (F)O. 85R RIGHT BANK


LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN LEFT BANK
1
(F)1.2EiR 1
*- ---- -__-_--_--_
1.25IG 1.25R
I
/
I
HEATED OXYGEN x$:5$
SENSOR(FRONT) HEATED OXYGEN
SENSORCREAR)
(B-45)
RIGHT BANK
HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR(FRONT)

1 I
I In n
1.25 1.25R
I
I
I
I
I i
I
1.25 I

INJECTOR 1
1"
.I‘E I

I- 1;
2 '2
!I[
2 II
*l
I
I
(B-33 (B-3; (B-31 !I I
I
I
,II I
0.85Y-1 0.85' 0.8581: II 4
I I -

I I / I I

1II I , I
I i B-W I : B-'
;
(B-07) 4.----_ ---_i-
3 21
.-J
J
B-W
---J
B-W
L -_I
_-- B-l
L
(F) F) (F) (F) 1 (F)E (F)B
0.85G-W .85G-I I. 85Y-I B
p p
(c-52) 16
-----. 15
-----. J: ---- 43
- -____-__--_ 79
V V v
tE
i! * I tE
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE

HR05MOSCB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE ;ER #Ef"uTIC CLUTCH
! FUSE@ 1
v

G-k

2B-R ::E

REAR WINDOW .REAR WINDOW


DEFOGGER DEFOGGER
'REMOTE
Syi;;#LLED

,0.8; iv84 B-R GI

1
.ANTI-LOCK DIODE
.&;';f?G;;STEM E-31 :gZ50

R-G 1 19 (c-29) G
ENGINE R-G
iEEL 58 (c-92) ‘2 (c-52)
I - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I v

(c-52; .---.
0
-------- ----. ------. ------_
!l IO !3 11 (c-9;
(F>'
_----------_
1
(L-0
jl &&----------

G-R
L-F G-k W (17> (G-R)

I
1 G-R
.ELC-4A/T ELC-4A/T
---- .~~;ld~SAND
(c-29) ,,g (A-67)
7
G-E L-B (F)B-L (F)B-W :F>BR-R (F>A (L-0 G-R

L
RADIATOR AIR MAGNETIC
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTO; CONDITIONING CLUTCH
AiEA!OTOR CONTROL UNIT
(HI) (LO)
(c-62)
1
El
2

HR05M09DA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> 155 ,

MFI
RELAY TRP 3ULE
7

2
-
EGR EVAPORATIVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
(A-21) !
1
8
I;flMIgEION
SOLENOID
20 L-h W-l W-I.

LG-R BR-I

6 46 (c-53)
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE

56
ELC-4A/T
1 (P) F
(F>L-h

(B-06) 2 B-G

(F>L-W

10
C 1
IGNITION
:ONNECT TIMING
ADJUSTMENT
CONNECTOR
(c-52) (c-53)

(c-79) FRONT SIDE (c-92)

HR05MOSDB

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)


<TURBO>

;ER
FUSIBLE LINK0 - RY
BA’I - 82
-
2W-B

HORN 5W-B 5\ 28.


J/B ,,l (c-68)
0
_-- - 1;
00
3- ---.I 15A

--I-
11 7
O$B” ccg

e
3 F 1.25R-E 2B-k

I
B
l-L----------_ 30 50
R-B
14 IOD OR 1.25R-E 28.
STORAGE
i R-B CONNECTOR 0.85B-Y
a A R-B 1.25B-Y
1 2B-k
i l--E SUPPLEMENTAL 4m
~&;;~fiINT
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL W ARNING LIGHT
X88” L1GHT
LUGGAGE FULL AUTO A/C T
@%'+RTMENT
DOME LIGHT, IE AIR
E%l' L1GHTp
IGNITION NSC IR 1.25R-1 1.25R-E
KEY
CYLINDER
ILLUMINATIC
LIGHT
HEADLIGHT (c-93) 1 2B-\r 4 2B-lv

(F>
I. 851
iOF<.o,
V
“1 2 MFI
RELAY
1.25B 1.25B-I (F)1.25R L-C W-l B-W
41
C
25B-R
(c-54) i----7 12 (c-52) 38 (c-53)
r
Y

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 157 ~

IGNI ‘ON MFI


SWI? i(IG1) RELAY
2B- v (F>
1.25B-L ')l. 25L- B
I
2B-

A
\7 cc-82)
; J/B CHARGING

FUEL
3
/\
5
1
1
JL PUMP FUEL
RELAY PUMP
CIRCUIT
(B-28) ! ON*
\/ \/ RESISTOR
0.85B-\1 v 1

I
"4"2 (A-5'1)
60 (F>
1. 258-l

r
0.858-!J I
1.25B-L
0.85B-W (F> 1.258-k, i 85B-L
-(c-30)
li B-W
I 1.25B-R
77 1 (c-34)
COMBINATION
1 COMBINATION
GAUGE
g;;bKPUM?
l-37 (A-17)
.25B-R
L /:
iJ CONNECTOR
il(c-44)”
Y
\I .25B-F
l(D-03)
r---- -----_
WARNIhiG LIGHT [ATION 1.258-L
IMETER)

I
G-F? R-B
III

1
FUEL
Y-k PUMP
7.__-_--___-__-__--- I/I (
1 s(c-14) (F-161
II !
------__

Y-W I
F)Y !
I 1.25B
G-RI R-B
i
I
L----------- 5 (F-14)
METER AND
i GAUGES
1.25B
hcI6
- _~-____---_--_---__ j6 (c-54)
2E
=
!

(A-17)
( c (A-5(-
- 1 4 )

HRO5MlOAB
TSB Revision
158 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)

VOLUME r ,INE
VOLUME 1LANT
i%W?ow AIR FLOW
SENSOR BiATURE
(B-29) 1
INTAKE AIR
;[W&ATURE

7 3 )

(F> .25E (F)G-Y (F)O (F)0.85R (F>B


\

(F>B
:F>G-Y
(F) .25E

(F>R-k (F) 25E (F)R-L (F>G-Y (F>L-Y (F>B

32
--_---_ 7- 2- - -----.

ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE ti

HROBMlOBA

) TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 159 ’

THROTTLE MANIFOLD KNOCK


I%%;~"" DIFFERENT IAL SENSOR
p&RE
' ----I

(B-OB)

(F>Y-R
B

<F>B
(F>G-Y

Y-R
L I - -
@$;$$UISE

(F>Y-R (F)BR-R

'4 ‘8 (c-541

---I
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE
GND GND
V v I

(A-22) (B-05) (B-08) (B-46) (c-52) (c-54)


m !jp&Tj) @ jlTEE#

HROSMlOBB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)

MFI RELAY
C

(F) 'I. 25R (F) 1. 25R (F) 0.85R


1
(F) 1. 25R (F) 1. 25R RESISTOR (A-69)
4
(F> 1.25R (F) ?.25R +
0 ll
(F)
1.25R
(F) (F) 0.85R :( 7
8 3 1 2 5
0.05R (F)
o.‘El (F) CF> (F) (F)
ISC “kSL” 0. 82 O$g
,,3 %SOR MOTOR G-I “i;“; “;;“$
,,3 %%SOR
/\ I\ 2 0,,5 INJECTOR/x3 1 1 1 6
_---- 5.----: 63 INJECTOR
R ,\ 7 ---7
r,1 [ II v I
l!b I
I
I
-- L 1[ II I 1. 25 I
I

m
4 6 ) 2 2 R 1
(B-40)1 1 :3 I
(B-13: :B-l; pi-J 1. 25C 1
1 I\77

I[
m

&
i
(F>B <F)B b
I[ 1L\I
2
(B-33 (B-32: /
0. 85 0. 85 0. 85
Y-W W BR
.

‘I! (F) (F: (F: (F) 3_---- 2_----


(F>E F)L-k (F)L-‘!I (F) GE DG-I GR-L (F)G-\I G OS”; (F> (F) (F>
t OS”’ 0. 85 0. 85
Ok”; G-R Y-B
8 1I---- 3----. 16 15
:c- EL- _______ _ _ 8! L-.
- ----- -----A-

iE
l
GND GND
V V

HROSMlOCA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 161 i

LEFT BANK RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK RIGHT BANK


HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN
SENSORCFRONT) SENSORCREAR) SENSORCREAR) SENSORCFRONT)
(B-16) (8-44) (8-45) (B-19)
I

J3 L *;
1
\,
‘5
J L-
k
'1 "3

I I
I F--l
$'2--_ '4
L
'1 "3

rI r
--7
I --_.-J
I I
I%
II 3
5 I 3m
m m I co m
B/I d 2
" BI
2 CL&L, ;2iz
h'c;t:
v
I 2 8 v vv B
1/I I
I
I
6 7 - - 2- - --8 _ _ 3
II /
/ 3 - -- “(c-88)
%
III / & r--‘ .- 3
I
.I I *I -+ 'I F?
vo I
L /
r
I I / (F)Y-B
B-W II B-W / + B-W
!
I WI II
L- --- -J B-W
B-W c B-W B-W
t
(F11.258 (F>B

(c-54) 76 34 (c-53:

HROJMlOCB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>

MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE
( FUSE@
IGHT /GER

I
DEDICATED 3B-R
FUSE
STOP I I 3B-R
LIGHT
SWITCH G-W 2B-R
50 REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
\
r
I J/B
5(c-83)
B-R .REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
.REMOTE
;p$$;;LLED

1
DIODE
E-31

R-G
r----- ---------------------------------~
ENGINE R-G
ggp ~ 580
d i

---_ ------ ------. ------. ------. ------.


20 ‘1 (c-52 22 IO 23 1
(F>
/ L-R G-l (L-0
I
--Y
L----_ 3 11 (A-67) 6 !4;;4~SAND
(G-B) L-l c
I (L-0
(A-36) 8(F>B-1 (F)B-W (F>BR-R (F)
G-b

RADIATOR AIR
;~~A~OTOR FE iwc IGiITION POWER TRANS&R ~Cl~~l~~ON’NG
REI .Y UNIT
(HI) (LO)

HR05MlODA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> 163 ~

MFI
RELAY
7
(F: 2
r---’

/ 2(
/\ EGR
1
g9g;fiTI~~ TURBOCHARGER
SOLENOID WASTE GATE
PURGE
I
I SOLENOID
j(A-20) 1
I SOLENOID

I
I
I
I
I
/
I
I
I
I----- _-----------___ _____-___-______ _______~______
3 1 4

(F>L- (F>LG-1 (F)LG-R (F)R-'


40 E 9_____-____-__--- i6 32 (c-53)
ENGINE
PV : o+ CONTROL
MODULE

P
G- (F)L-'h
I A
I _-----,
cc-29)“4 1
(A-67) 9 (B-06) ,,2 FULL AUTO A/C

G- (F)L-W
2B B B P R-B (Y)
,,l n 4 5 1 16 7m l(A-18)
POWER A A A] 1
STEERING
g;y?;;ER DATA LINK CONNECTOR IGNITION
TIMING
ADJUSTMENT
CONNECTOR

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

COMPONENT LOCATION
Up to 1993 models and 1994, 1995 models Non Turbo (Federal)
Name Symbol Name / Symbol

Air conditioning relay 0 Ignition coil (ignition power transistor)

Air conditioning switch Ignition timing adjusting terminal

Camshaft position sensor a Injector

(1
Check engine/malfunction indicator lamp P

Crankshaft position sensor D Multrport fuel rnjectron (MFI) relay

Data link connector R

EGR solenoid <California - Non Turbo, Turbo> Z ParWNeutral position switch c&T>

EGR temperature sensor Power steering pressure switch H


<California - Non Turbo, Turbo>

Engine control module Resistor <Turbo> W

Engine coolant temperature sensor Throttle position sensor (With built-in closed throttle C
position switch)

Evaporative emission purge solenoid Turbocharger waste gate solenoid <Turbo> U

Fuel pressure solenoid <Turbo> Variable induction control motor (DC motor) (with J
built-in induction control valve position sensor)
<Non Turbo>

Heated oxygen sensor E Vehicle speed sensor F I


idle air control motor (stepper motor) L Volume air flow sensor (with built-in intake air A
temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit 165

-x- --q-
Y7FU1003

Volume &flo~‘.&&sor
(with built-in intake air
temperature sensor and
barometric pressure sensor)

temperature sensor

P
I
built-in
closed throttle
position switch)

<From 1993 models> I


<Non Turbo> P--l I
Heated oxygen sensor

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

<Turbo>, <Non-Turbo
(From 1994 models)>

Vehicle
speed
sensor

I W12FOOSC

(DC motor) (with built-in induction


control valve position sensor)
I/ , ./
_
X7FI lOA I- I
Injector
\ ,-\ Y7FUO803 I

(rgnition powertransistor)

Y7FUO648

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit 167 ~

Check engine/malfunction

Lki @ %\\ Y7FUO999 1


Xl 6FO498

\l-T-T- ..

Engine control
module W 16FO297

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

\’ \
X7FUlOlO

~ ./ ,
21492 model&-v yv <From 1993 models>
\ r/

\
Y7FU1309

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit 169
1 994, 1995 models except Non Turbo (Federal) and from 1996 models
i
L Q
Symbol

K
T
E
Y

N
I

H
<Up to 1995 models for California, Up to 1995
models for Federal -Turbo> W
E
C

Evaporative emission purge solenoid X Turbocharger waste gate solenoid <Turbo> U


Fuel pressure solenoid <Turbo> V Variable induction control motor (DC motor) (with J
built-in induction control valve position sensor)
Heated oxygen sensor E <Non Turbo>
Idle air control motor (stepper motor) L Vehicle speed sensor F
Ignition coil (ignition power transistor) M Volume air flow sensor (with built-in intake air A
temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)

iJ

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
- l”“, , I
Volume air flow sensor” ’
(with built-in intake air
. temperature sensor and
barometric pressure sensor)

-I3.0
\Y%=S-Y---l
\

<California-Turbo and <Non-Turbo (Up to 1993 models)>


Vehicle speed sensor
(reed switch)

P <Turbo>, <Non-Turbo (From 1994


models)>
I lim.-;l”II’
i
Ar;;{di6onin$&

Vehicle (qqTjar=-? -- p q
speed
sensor I) ‘!yyj;jZ
L-I-p -T I T
e ‘-
___ _ A~- - i j+
s -----m--~~,
I W12FOO5C )
I
-
i\ 1 ~~~~+~~y7Fu,o~6
,
-r-
I TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

c
Injector
- I \ /-, Y7FUO803

,’
L

\ R\/1 /I‘ relay - 1 1 Check engine/malfunction


I’ I\,?-==,>\ I

U68FOOll

TSB Revision
1 7 2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

1 \ W16FO49E

W16FO292

pressure sensor

tTt)-Li ii/‘
FCR t.amnerstl IW sananr ‘I I

__--. -_--
/ I I riY \ WIkUlUlU 1

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit 173 ~

-/ / / / W7FUlOll If X7FU1309

i;

TSB Revision
174
NOTES

d’

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit 175
COOLING
COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Symbol Name Symbol
Air conditioning compressor lock controller E Radiator fan motor control relay (up to 1993 models) B
Air conditioning control unit D Radiator fan motor relay (HI) A
Condenser fan motor relay (Hi) B Radiator fan motor relay (LO) A
Condenser fan motor relay (LO) B Therm0 sensor C

I \ R19F0134
U16FO257 00002185

3 II
Radiator fan
: ?GKli$~E[ \y\
p
motor relay
\ CUP to 1993 models> Condenser fan

V16FO292

Air conditioning
compressor lock
controller

TSB Revision
176 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

COOLING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)


\
‘LJ
IGNITION IGNIT N
FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITCH(IG2) SWITCI IGl)
2R-B
2L-B 28-h
2R-B
7

b
“t
'""I, L-RI + 0.85B-W t
L-R I
T
2L-G L-R 2L-G L-R 0.85B-W

(A-04X) I\
5
,l
fi RADIATOR
,,5
A
1
7T
1 59 (D-04)
------- &!EA?oToR -------
JOFF- ;,ON \I (LO) (HI).OFF-:flN \/ _ L
I
4 3 4 3

h
L-Y
2L-Y L-B 28 G-B
0 1 G-B
d

7(D-45)
I
L-B
2L-Y L-B G-B
L-Y
,3
/Z P6 I 2
ENGINE
COOLANT
RESISTOR
1 OFFd- LEVEL SENSOR
0; (A-56)
L 1

RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY (A-55) B


2Ei
?

2E

HRO-SMOOAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit 177

)ITIONING
K&K
CONTRO IE"W LoCK
RADI
FAN
REL(
B

L-R
G- L-B
7

~
L-------- 4L------------------------ ;

G-C

2L-B G-C
5
.TICONDENSER
=AR' """TOR 1

B B L-G L-G
i
G-B
9
_--__-__----___---__---~~~---~~---- i
(A-36)

HR06MOOAB

TSB Revision
178 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

COOLING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<NON TURBO> (FEDERAL)

FUSIB E IGNI: 3N IGNITION


LINK b5 SWIT( (IG2) SWITCH(IG1)
2R-B
2L-E B-W
,FULL AUTO A/C (c-82) 2.-_______--____
2R-B .MANUAL A/C

A
(c-69)
L-F
METER AND GAUGES

2L-G L-k L-I


1 ,,5 TURN-SIGNAL
LIGHT AND
(A-04X) RADIATOR (A-07X) HAZARD LIGHT
;;EA~OTOR -------___
‘TrIN I (LO) (HI) OFF-:iJN I'
1 3 '4 3
L-E 2B G-E
x----~~~----~~~~-~------- ,2 (C-31) 25 (D-45)

L-E
G-B
1 L-Y 7
..2
,\
G-B
2L-Y G-l (A-56) ENGINE
11
--- ENNT
OFF '?ON- SENSOR
-R 1

pW#IATOR : VEHICLE
G-Y !%kAND %i%R
ASSEMBLY :
(RESISTOR) .
r i
(A-55):
2B ELC-4A/T I
53
___- __-- ------ 166
------------@--.&J (C-53)

2B

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit 179

IGNITION FUSIB E DUAL AIR CONDITIONING


SWITCH(IG2) LINK k 5
~$~PX~~RE COMPRESSOR LOCK
CONTROLLER
I
L- G- (G-0) I

r--- ,
/
1 G-
I
I
I-------
DEDICATED 7
I
FUSE I
/2L-I I
I
I
I
I
G- I
/
I
I
I
,,l 2L-w 5 2L-w 5 I
/\\
A\
I
,\ I
CONDENSER I
/
------- ;;FAvOTOR ------- I
I
I
\/ @OFF ( H I ) (LO) OFF-,? IN I
"3 '4 (A-31X) (A-34X) “L 1 I
I
II 2L-I I
cI /
L---. 'i
I
L I
2L-I I
I
G-B A 4.---__ I

L NO
4
28
I
I
I
I
CONNECTION I
I
I
I
I‘---7 I

(A-36) 3 /
-----___ _I

2B

(A-33X)
@im (A-34X) (A-36)(A-45) (A-46)

HROGMOlAB

TSB Revision
180 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

COOLING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)>

~:Al’;f’
f$+yT” _____ b,C ffJYG’: B-w 1
.MANUAL A/C CHARGING
""I-,, nm.nn
KHJJIHIUK
12 2R-BI
FAN
ASSEMBLY
RADIATOR LIGHT
FAN MOTOR )
m2L
METER AND ISAUGES

! 2L-G
1 5 LIGHT AND
(A-04X) RADIATOR HAZARD LIGHT
;fi~,~OTOR
(LIO) (HI) OFF-:/ON
\/
3 4
L- 28
11
---------------------------
G-B L-Y f G-B
,
L-E

ENGINE
VEHICLE COOLANT
HiASSEMBLY
W’ AToR .R $&/ND ;&i$;R $;lgiEATURE
(RESISTOR)

2B

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit 181

IGNITION FUSIB E DUAL AIR CONDITIONING


SWITCH(IG2) LINK b l';~'~;RE COMPRESSOR LOCK
B
5
CONTROLLER
A

L-R 2R-B G-O


(G-0)
1 10
r----+*------52---------------1 0
II //
I/ 2L-Y I G-O
II 1 L--------&----------------------
I ---7

/ 2L-R 63% ELCATED


II 20A
I
I
I
I 2L-w G-O

1 G-B
id
I
J
NC! 2B
2L CONNECTION
1

w
,: &--,1 (A-36)
I
I 11 I

1 M
[CONDENSER
,FAN MOTOR

c---------- t/,-i
2 2
2L-B 2B

0
2B

I'

HROGM02AB

TSB Revision
182 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

COOLING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

IGNITION IGNITION
SWITCH(IG2) SWITCH(IG1)
2R-B
2R-B I 2L-B
+ ---pqF-JNG
(C-82)
.MANUAL A/C
'FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONING J/B @
10A
i
1
(c-69)

L-R
0 1 METER AND GAUGES
I
2L-G
5
?1
L-f

I k--------- 1
(A-04X) r - b - - - 1 RADIATOR
2L-G
,,5
/\
L-R L-l

(A-07X)
TURN-SIGNAL
LIGHT AND
HAZARD LIGHT

Gj~~~~~ G-B
---------_

i
Kk!A!oToR
IN (LO) (HI) PFF-..b I
I 4 G-B
2B

(A-56)
L-E
G-B
11
__---____----------_------
G-B
J

L-E G-E
2L-Y
11
Bll
ENGINE
VEHICLE COOLANT
METER AND @;R ~~/;;~A'"""
GAUGES
Y-W

1
EL&4A/T 1
2E
20 1 ---_--------_-
86 1 -----
92

2E

HROGMOBAA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit 183

IGNITI DUAL AIR CONDITIONING


SWITCf- g$FF%;;RE COMPRESSOR LOCK
,
CONTROL,LER (DOHC>

1
y----.- ,,lO --__--__-----_ 3 0 I
/
2L-Y 1/ G-O
L--------,2 --______-___--_-______
I
; 2L-; 09 WATED
20A C

2L-W G-O

,,3
h

7
,,-OFF (HI) (LO) ti ON 1,
I "4 (A-31X)
I ' 2L-B 1
I
I
( 0
L----

G-B
L NO 2L-E
2 CONNECTION

9 I
.--------_ I

e
I
I
I I
-
I iCONDENSER
I
I
/ /IFAN MOTOR
?
@&
I L
M

2B

HROGM03AB

TSB Revision
184 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

<Up to 1993 models>


TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
1. Neither the radiator fan nor condenser l Check the radiator fan motor relay (LO)
fan rotate at all. and condenser fan motor relay (LO).
l Check fusible link No. 5
l Check the therm0 sensor (for radiator
fan).
2. Only the condenser fan does not (3) The radiator fan does not rotate when the
operate. air conditioning switch is turned ON.
l Check dedicated fuse No. 8. l Check the radiator fan motor control
relay.
3. The radiator fan and condenser fan do
not operate in the low speed mode, but 4. The radiator fan and condenser fan do
operate otherwise. not operate in the high speed mode, but
(1) The AK compressor magnet clutch does operate otherwise.
not enter the “ON” state. l Check the therm0 sensor (for condenser
l Check whether the output of the auto fan).
compressor control unit is available. l Check the radiator fan motor relay (HI) and
NOTE condenser fan motor relay (HI).
For troubleshooting of the air conditioning
control unit, refer to GROUP 55.
(2) The A/C compressor magnet clutch enters
the “ON” state.
l Check the resistor.

Fan Operating Mode

ant temperature
switch (for air
conditioning cut- Radiator fan mo-

3°C (239 f 5°F) or


over, ON at 108°C

OFF ON LOW LOW


ON
ON HIGH HIGH
ON
OFF HIGH LOW

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit 185
<From 1994 models>
OPERATION
The engine control module controls the power NOTE
transistors (high speed and low speed) in the module In the event of faulty water temperature sensor,
to provide radiator fan motor and condenser fan the engine control module commands the fan motors
motor rotation controls in accordance with the engine (for both radiator and condenser) to rotate at high
coolant temperature and vehicle speed. speeds.
1. Radiator Fan (Low Speed Rotation)
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
l When the engine control module turns on
the power transistor (low speed) in the 1. Neither the radiator fan nor condenser
module, the current flows from the ignition fan rotate at all.
switch to the engine control module through l Check fusible link No. 5.
the radiator fan motor relay (LO) coil. 2. Only the condenser fan does not
If the current flows to the fan motor relay operate.
coil, the switch of the relay turns on to supply
the motor driving power (for low speed l Check dedicated fuse No. 8.

rotation). This will cause the current to flow 3. The condenser fan do not operate in the
from the battery to the ground through the low speed mode, but operate otherwise.
radiator fan motor, relay switch and resistor, (1) The A/C compressor magnet clutch does
rotating the radiator fan at low speeds. not enter the “ON” state.
2. Condenser Fan (Low Speed Rotation) l Check whether the output of the air

l The power from the NC compressor lock conditioning compressor lock controller
controller turns on the condenser fan motor unit is available.
relay (LO) to rotate the condenser fan at (2) The A/C compressor magnet clutch enters
low speeds. the “ON” state.
l Check the condenser fan motor relay
3. Radiator Fan, Condenser Fan (High (LO)-
Speed Rotation)
4. The radiator fan and condenser fan do
l When the engine control module turns on not operate in the high speed mode, but
the power transistor (high speed) in the operate otherwise.
module. the radiator fan motor relay (HI)
l Check the engine control unit.
and condenser fan motor relay (HI) will
operate and the motor driving power (for
high speed rotation) is sent to the radiator
fan motor and condenser fan motor to rotate
the radiator fan and condenser fan at high
speeds.

Fan Operating Mode


Vehicle Engine coolant Transistor Transistor
A/C compressor lock speed temperature in engine in engine Radiator Condenser
controller output control unit control unit fan fan
k% $1 Low speed High speed

Approx. 95 [203] or less OFF OFF OFF OFF


80 or less ON OFF Low speed OFF
Approx. 95 [203] or more
[50 or less]
LO (OV) Approx. 105 [221] or more ON ON High speed High speed

Approx. 105 [221] or less OFF OFF OFF OFF


80 or more
[50 or more] Approx. 105 [221] or more ON ON High speed High speed

Approx. 105 [221] or less ON OFF Low speed Low speed


HI (12V) ,_ -
Approx. 105 12211 or more ON ON High speed High speed

1 TSB Revision 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)

IGNITION IGNITION
SWITCH(ST) SWITCH(IG1)

/
0.850-w 160

&!g?!’ WITH L-R


ALARM Elm-
2B-Y L-R
59a ,\4 5\10
PARK/NEUTRAL > 1
~8~CI;~ON ___--_--- ------------
P Lq, \
‘L+$f 2+4 p
\

STARTER

I K-L
W-B
Y
Y-E?
I ' Y-R
i;y;;NATION 8BF ,\/, 3 (R-G) ,,3 (R-G) (R-G)
I
(D-03) ,,4 G-Y .i4 G-Y
PWR G-Y
/, " (c-14)
I \, I
I
2
B-Y _ 0-Y B-Y ,,ll 0-Y (B-Y)
0-Y " (c-15)

RHEOSTAT

HR07MOOAA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit 187 ,

IGNIT IN
SWITC :IG2) TAILLIGHT RELAY
2L-B
-___-__-___--_

10A

L-R
(c-30)
L-R L-R

OVERDRI VE
SWITCH
L-R (c-45) &G!K’
MODULE
L-F%
Z-D I +-l-LJ

(R-G) 3' sI
G-Y !&y?~- ----- ------ I 14
d:m

R-W A I
(B-Y)

!:&RUISE b!J#%JiSE

.
CONTROL
I * CONTROL7

El
AUTO-
#@L R-W
UNIT
R-y lo (c-37)
I

HR07MOOAB

TSB Revision
188 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - EL(=-4 A/T Circuit
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

AIR CONDITIONING A/T FLUID --_-----_-


MGB6bE COMPRESSOR LOCK
CONTROLLER
$$/g;;ATURE
I
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 1
5W-B1 (HOT) I 4
I (cooL)

G-R I
1 i
7
3o,(c-52: (c-

G-‘ I ! L-W W W-R I


I\ 3 (c-29)
dr
IOD OR 0 (G-R
STORAGE
CONNECTOR m^
I
_----- 08E

(DOHC-Non-Turbo>

------_
(P:
-8 - - - - 6 -_ _ _ _ .I
(Y-W)
18
BR-C
) P
------- 4

I ‘i
Y-W IGNITION
6m POWER
Y-W TRANSISTOR

1
;;;XbERATOR (Y-R) P
SWITCH SPEED
(c-13) SENSOR
(@%*)
) 10 OFF- ON

I
:A LINK
JNECTOR-

AUTO-CRUISE =
CONTROL UNIT
H

HR07MOOBA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 AK Circuit

PULSE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE GENERATOR B &%iATDR A
I 1 l-----J-
5V (A-54)

3
.----
GND
A
-----_-
L i-
_- JL
-----
?----.
s
-
_--
$1 72 i? I --_ 1--_
1.25B , j Y-R
1 B/,4
/-\ 1
G B w

.-- _
3
.- _ '59
_---_
_---_
.--.
a- LL-,
- -
A

E
4

GND GND GND GND 1 ’,


- V V
v_ ---‘J
I

IC 05 lm 62

1 B B

HROTMOOBB

TSB Revision
190 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS)


‘\j~

IGNITION IGNITION
SWITCH(ST) SWITCH(IG1)
2B-Y 2 mq$--------
(c-31)
2B-Y
(A-67) 5---- 0. 0qk5--
i
WITHOUT WITH (F)L-R
EEL 2 EA'M-
2B-Y L-R
590 gp3 5260
PARK/NEUTRAL
&E+$dON ------------- -----_______
(8-26) 1 Lq\2~r$Jp L~\~Tpp.fip L’;,j_-“p
I

---Gx- Em9 lllJ12rnd>2 4


t
g +g ., *g $$

STARTER &&>&&A
AA/\AAA
LLLlrLLLLG &f%TUP
""VV"V B-Y
R-L
W-B
V

I ’ Y:B
Y-R
igZ;&NATION
(D-03)

RHEOSTAT

(c-14) (c-15) (c-29) (c-31) (c-77)


~~‘~1~~
(C-82)0
l@l HRO7MOlAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ E\TT Circuit 191

IGNIl
SWIT( TAILLIGHT RELAY
2L-E
-------_- ____. z(c-82) G-W,,6 ic-ss)

L-F
jc-30) 3
(F)L-R L-R

(L-R

OVERDRIVE
SW1TCH
L-R (c-45) %lwT

ISE

(c-37)

HR07MOlAB

TSB Revision
192 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 W CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

EYWKB6(4E ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


I
4
5W-Bi
m
1 -
G-R
--- 7 116
\/ 1 (c-52: (c-54 (c-53)

G- L-W W-L W-R

IOD OR 0 (G-R
STORAGE I
I
3------ 23
L ‘4 7
L_----------------------- ------. ------- 1,_-----
18

i Y
2
5 3 -r

4
4
_-----_ -_----
7 ____-_------- ;46
(c-46) 3
(Y-R'
(P: 11 T1 (Y-W)
140
W (c-47)
2
__-----
P 4
Y-W
I’
IGNITION
BR-1 6m POWER
Y-W TRANSISTOR
(Y-R P I

r
\TA LINt
INNECTOI
SWITCH
(B-42)

HR07MO IBA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ A/T Circuit

._
193

PULSE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE GENERATOR B k%:ATOR A
I l-----I
n
x/ i
V
_---L -

L
GND Ic
(c-53) 4 A .--
-____--___ - - - - - --__ ---
I- -. - - ---. I--.
4 i7 3- 4
Y-R
BR-F THROTTLE
E;;&ON A/xl B,,4
/\
(B-05) I B
; B

-- ---
4;)
-------
A

I
I
I
!L I
/
I
I
I
I
i+ I
I
GND GND GND
- _I’ II
- - -J
is- -5

(F>L-Y (F>R (F)GR (F>I I B

SOLENOID
VALVE
(A-54) (B-05) (B-27)(=) cc-47) (c-53)
i-1

HRO'IMOlBB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ- A/T Circuit

ELC-4 AIT CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


(FEDERAL)

IGN ION STA ;ER IGNI'I 3N


SWI' I-
i (ST) REL
- - SWITC
- CG2)
-- A#ic (IGl)
2B-\I 2B-\ B-W
2L-B
2 2B-\1
(c-31) 2B-\

r0
(c-82) -------_-_ 7 CHARGING
2B-Y J/B
p
0
5
----------- 3
)
10A
-J
(c-81) (c-77) 16
J L-R 0.85B-W
;gg”’ WITH
ALARM AEK'M- (c-29)
2
L-R .
2B-Y L-R
iltj$lil;UISE MFI I
SYSTEM

12B-Y 'l.25B-Y 1
Q
J

(F>L-R (L-R) L-R


2B-Y
6
PARK/NEUTRAL 7
g;sCE$;ON
r-

7
2B-R
1.25B-W

MFI SYSTEM 2B-R


v
0.85B-R STARTING

1
SUPPLkMENTAL
@g$lM"'NT 169 B-Y
:F)R-L

(F)Y- R-W

(c-82)
HR07M02AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit 195

OVERDRIVE AND
~~';'~~;;ECONOMY

PARK/NEUTRAL
ISE ~;~Cl;RON

A11 AUTG-
I-
A B C D E F

CRUISE
(R-G c LIEI CONTROL R-W
UNIT
G-W '-y I lo cc-37)
-
.ELECTRONIC CONTROL
SUSPENSION
.FOG LIGHT
.GLOVE BOX LIGHT (F)G-W20 (F)G-W
VANITY MIRROR LiGHT ()
AND INSPECTION 4
LIGHT ~~~~~~
.REAR WINDOW (G-W) ~~~KJ;~BC$" ' '-"-
DEFOGGER AND INSF

II
.TURN-SIGNAL I.IGHT
1 AND HAZARD LIGHT I
I I
1 I
47
(c-14) $:--$:4 j$@ELECTOR
ILLUMINATION
(c-45) LIGHT
I
(R-G) G-Y "8 OVERDRIVE ANC
(B-Y) #;gi;ECONOMY
3 4 (c-29):?
COMBINATION' '\ /\
COMBINATION (B-Y)
METER
21
B-Y
(D-03)
B-Y
8:F P W R
11
t' h
-

R-Y
G-R
RHEOSTAT

HR07M02AB

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
d

AIR CONDITIONING A/T FLUID ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


COMPRESSOR LOCK TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER SENSOR

JL
7
G-R l(c-52 (c-54
.FULL AUTO A/C
.MAN'JAL A/C
11 (c-77)2 (A-67) 3
R-B
(c-29) G-R G-Y B-1 L-W W-L
R-B 8 G-R
----s
MFI SYSTEM T
IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR 23
.---_-----___ __ !4----.. 17------_
(A-11X) -----w-
T--
(F>R-B
I
DOOR LIGHT
AND LUGGAGE ‘d
~~ld~~"'"""' R-E

1
DOME LIGHT,
FOOT LIGHT (Y-
AND IGNITION
KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION
LIGHT
HEADLIGHT
G Y-

Y-W
1
SPEED

-I
2B P
SENSOR
6 1 OFF - ON
-
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(c-79)

HR07M02BA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit 197 (

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PULSE


I GENERATOR B :k%ATOR A
l-----l/

64
(F)G-‘
GND
A
z

r-
I-. 2Lll
- - - -_
3--- 4----_
I
I
I
I
(F>BR-R I I
I
I
I
IR G B
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
/L. .-- -_--_
(c-47) ?A-i_42_--
A
V

I GND GND GND /

13
-V
-4
----
45

(F)L-I (F)R (F)GR (F)( E

(A-54) (B-05) iB-27)(- (c-47) (c-53)


4-p

HR07M02BB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


(CALIFORNIA)

IGNITION
:fE
SWITCH(ST)
;ER
i% -
IGNIl 54’IN
SWIT(
IGNI' 3N
- -(IG2) SWIT(
2L-E I
- (IGl)
28-1

28-1
B-W
r

r0
(c-82) ,L 7 CHARGING

,“~
J/B 77
)
p& 10A

(c-81) l2 (c-77) 16
L-R 0.85B-W
ggp!’ WITH
ALARM EE- (c-29) (c-30)
i0 2
L-R
2B-Y L-R
fWO~g~"'SE
MFI SYSTEM

1 2B-Y 1
(F)L-R (F)0.85R (L-R) L-R
1 6
$3 &SO
PARK/NEUTRAL
g;sWHON

-6
r‘r P Lq,
2s
'WR
2 %
OFF
- 1
N

7 '4 5
2B-R (F)
1.25B-W 0.85R-L
v
MFI SYSTEM 2B-R &wp
?
STARTING
0.85B-R
I (F)B-Y
SUPPLEMENTAL
g;g$;;INT F>R-L

(F>Y

HR07M03AA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit 199

TAILLIGHT RELAY OVERDRIVE AND J/B


OVERDRIVE AND l.r
~~~~~~ECONOMY
I ( MULTI-PURPOSE
FUSED
J
>
;t$~~&ECONOMY
R-W
i
r - - - - ------_

NOTE WITHOUT PARK/NEUTRAL


K%isU I SE Pt&T~ON
:l:Hatcnback
%2:Convertible
, *
I

"80
G-W
(R-G G-w 80
G-W
I \ Y
,
.ELECTRONIC CONTROL : -_____ ---_
SUSPENSION METER AND 14
.FOG LIGHT (F)G-W GAUGES
.GLOVE BOX LIGHT,
VANITY MIRROR 20
(F)G-W
LIGHT AND t t
INSRECTION LIGHT
.REAR WINDOW GLOVE BOX LIGHT,
DEFOGGER (G-W) VANITY MIRROR LIGHT
AND INSPECTION
(F)Y-R
*TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT (Fj
AND HAZARD LIGHT l-
i IL L
T 11 Ilr
3
(c-14) --. )B-
-

(R-G G-

3
COMBINATION
METER
(D-03)

%F PW

( 1 1

I -
R-Y
B-Y 37+-@f%w
G-R
I
RHEOSTAT

HR07M03AB

TSB Revision
200 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)

AIR CONDiTIONING
COMPRESSOR LOCK ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
CONTROLLER
I ,
SW-RI + <F>G-RI 3
-
------.
-- 16
1
I loAO I 1, .FULL AUTO A/C
.MANUAL A/C
(c-70) 1-- 2 (c-8c D 11
R R-Y (F>R- B
1 i2 B- W-R

T-i i
IOD OR R-B (R-B)
STORAGE
CONNECTOR (c-47),39 2;
-
(A-11X) f I V v

(F)R-B
MFI SYSTEM 1

R-E
~%“BF
3 I1
/
i
7

J
DOOR LIGHT AND
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT R-I

1
DOME 'LIGHT
4 “i
(c-46)
l-

------
11 7
------------
10
FOOT LIGHT'AND 46 ( c - 4 7 )
IGNITION KEY MFI (Y-W MFI SYSTEM w
CYLINDER (P SYSTEM
ILLUMINATION
(Y-R (Y-W)! I
LIGHT
P 1
'HEADLIGHT _T
Y-W IGNITION
BR-G POWER
(c-29) ?(c-14) TRANSISTOR

I
2B (Y-R F SPEED
SENSOR
5

DATA LINK CONNECTOR


1
= (c-79) %%““”
SWITCH
H (B-42)

7M0 3BA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit 201

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PULSE PULSE


1 GENERATOR B GENERATOR A
(A-54)
4. GND
i -I
I I
L
84 17
,
-- -----
1----. --
(F>G r/ _-- ---
I
(F>BR-I; I/I
I
THROTTLE
&E~'o~ON I/ I
I
B
IIIF
G B W ,

,I
II
II
&-
.----
12
.--_- r_3_
- ?-4-,
I z-

w ie - a+ GND GND GND


Q 0 I I
-4
---
13 15

(F>L-' (F)R (F)GR B

la

~~:L ~~~~~1~~~~~~-
* ~~~~~~~~ I ia
SOLENOID
VALVE

HR07M03BB

TSB Revision
202 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION '


SWITCH(ST) E%"" SWITCH(IG2) SWITCH(IG1)

------___ 7 CHARGING

(c-77) “‘16
0.85B-W
WITHOUT WITH
XK E!%- Bh10
L-R
2B-Y L-R
#;~~~fUISE MFI I
SYSTEM

2B-Y /+ 1.25B-Y
L/
(F>L-R (F)O.85R (L-R) L-R
2B-Y
A3 1 6
h /t A
PARK/NEUTRAL/
~;~CJ$~ON
I ; ----- - ---- 1% -------- -
‘d ~
.P
, Lq,
, 2a D--cN- R
V D--?l' R
v v ,, \,
i, \I \I
V
I
7 110)12 2 4 5
2B-R (F)
1.258-W 0.85R-L I
I
MF SYSTEM 2B-R
v
0.850-R STARTING
7 I
SUPPLEMENTAL
g;tTER' NT (F)B-Y
JF)R-L
(F>W-B
(F>Y
(F)Y-R F)Y-B G-R

HR07M04AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit 203 l

TAI

IL)
r----
I/
R-W
iWITH WITHOUT PARK/NEUTRAL
/$$&$UISE
,------I $$$&~"I""
\ Kl~~I~ON
I
/ 1 I-

(R-G
G-W

,FOG LIGHT
,GLOVE BOX LIGHT, GAUGES
$!~;yA/j;RROR (F>G-W (F>G-W
INSPECTION LIGHT 20
REAR WINDOW +
DEFOGGER
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT(G-W) #&B~~R~&HL'~GHT (F>Y-R
AND HAZARD LIGHT AND INSPECTION LIGHT /t?\v.
i L ( 2
I
L
t
E
G- I
li
3
(c-14) --- 4 fE/JEWELECTOR
ILLUMINATION r
idL-
-\

LIGHT I ,
(c-45)
(R-G G-' 8 OVERDRIVE ANC ELC:4A/T
(B-Y) #@hECONOMk CONTROL MODULE
3 q (C-29)12
t
COMBINATION
METER
(D-03)

“I
PW

I ’
) /

-
L R-Y

G-R
RiEOSTl \T

HR07M04AB

1 TSB Revision
204 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

!- I I
5!53 * 2/
- -I
L ”
A-- 7 16 6C
1 (c-52 (c-53 (c-9;3
G-R I MANU!L A/C
-.lL

I”1 1
3
B-b L-W W-L W-F1

I I
IOD OR R-,B
STORAGE
CONNECTOR a- 7
.4-----_ -----__ !B---- - 4-_
(A-11X) V

14

-
I Ii
(F>R-B F

I l-3
DOOR LIGHT
AND LUGGAGE
f~$RfRTMENT R-EI

1OME LIGHT. (c-46)


.f :OOT LIGHT

nJ
\ND IGNITION
:EY CYLINDER
i~~@INATION
(Y-R
.fiEADLIGHT

-------
1

!
2B SPEED
SENSOR
1 OFF - ON
- =
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
!r- (c-79)- %%"""
= SWITCH
(B-42)

HR07M04BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit 205

I
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

5v
PULSE

r’
b- L
GENERATOR B #i%ATOR A

5-
--_
1-- -.
/

I
II
(F>BR-I II
I
I I
I
/R G k/ B
/I

1
I
I1/
/I
IL.
(c-47). ,-- -;e--i 1;: a-,
- -
A

id
%& GND GND GND

(F)L-' (F)I;

SOLENOID
VALVE

HR07M04BB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit

COMPONENT LOCATION

P19FO134
owo**o6

switch

._
4
dL -@- AlTfluid

;,’ ‘2 \$/--

// temperature

~-p?e;s~6Foo63 SCSV-B SCSV-A TCC solenoid ZTFA0280

<iJo to’i993 moiiels -

d a t a Iin%:,,

<F;om 1944 models> \\

I \ Y 16FC498 / U16FO29;

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit 207

TSB Revision
208 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Buzzer Circuit

BUZZER CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

FUSIE E LINK@ IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)


5W-B
(c-68) 1 20-w I
‘(c-82)
J/B
0
V
15A
1
(c-70) 1 "2 0.85R-B 3m
R B-W
R-B I
r
IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR WHEN
(A-11X) IS RE

-\y
n
'---- BUZZER
-(n-??'i

1
2
Y-W

DIODE
C-08
4-d
I I J
Y-R

B-W

\I
Y-B 3

DOOR
SWITCH (LH)
:'l:VEHICLES WITHOUT =
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
:2:VEHICLES WITH
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

(A-11X) ( c - 5 8 ) (c-65)*1

HR15M03AA

1 TSB Revision I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Buzzer Circuit 209
BUZZER CIRCUIT (FROM 1994 MODELS) I

FUSIBLEI LINK@ IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

70 J/B

I
0. 85

R-B91
IOD OR (F)R-I rTQ
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
(A-11X)
HEN KEY
(F>R-B S REM@vFn 1081 !
c
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE
id-1 /B-
COMPARTMENT LIGHT

DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE


COMPARTMENT LIGHT
B-W

r RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER

52
- - (- c - 6 6 )
1

rr------ - - - - - -y- -2
TIMER CIRCUIT
PULSE CIRCUIT
1 1I
GND I
V I
\, .

HR15M04AA

TSB Revision
210 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Buzzer Circuit

COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Symbol Name Symbol d
Buzzer C ETACS unit A
I I -! I I
1 Diode (seat belt warning) b t I I

PlQFO134

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Buzzer Circuit 211
OPERATION
<Key-reminder warning>
L
l Battery positive voltage is continuously applied to the key-reminder switch.
l If the driver’s door is opened (door switch ON) with the key inserted in the ignition switch (key-reminder
switch ON), the buzzer sounds to warn that the key has been left in the switch.
&eat belt warning>
l When the ignition switch is turned on, the timer circuit and pulse circuit will flicker the seat belt warning
light for approx. 6 seconds with the buzzer intermittently sounding.
l If the seat belt is fastened for the while, the seat belt switch will be turned off and the buzzer will
stop.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Problem Check method

The key-reminder The seat belt warning function l Check the door switch.
warning doesn’t is OK. (Refer to GROUP 42-Door Assembly.)
sound.
The seat belt warning also l Check the buzzer.
doesn’t function. (Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.)

The seat belt warn- The seat belt warning light l Check the seat belt switch.
ing doesn’t func- flashes. (Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.)
tion.
The seat belt warning light l Check the key-reminder switch.
also does not function (and (Refer to GROUP M-Ignition Switch.)
the key-reminder warning
also does not function).

/ The buzzer doesn’t stop even through the driver’s l Check the seat belt switch.
L seat belt has been buckled. (Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.)

The seat belt warning light doesn’t flashes (but the l Check the light bulb.
buzzer sounds). l Check the key-reminder switch.
(Refer to GROUP 54-Ignition Switch.)
l Check the seat belt switch.
(Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.)

The warning light does not flash and the warning l Check the ignition switch input signal.
buzzer also does not sound. (Refer to GROUP 52A-Troubleshooting.)
l Check the key-reminder switch.
(Refer to GROUP 54-Ignition Switch.)
l Check the seat belt switch.
(Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.)

The warning light flashes, but the warning buzzer l Check the key-reminder switch.
does not sound. (Refer to GROUP M-Ignition Switch.)
l Check the seat belt switch.
(Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.)

[ TSB Revision
212 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Window Circuit

POWER WINDOW CIRCUIT


(UP TO 1993 MODELS)

FUSIB E
hLINK 9
2R-B
,3(c-o1)
0 R-B
2R-B 5
,,l
,\\ I\
_____---__--____

POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH (E-34)

ONE-TOUCH DOWN CIRCUIT

4 2BR-Y -tj b 2G-Y ‘7 /1 7


L------------_-____
2B
16 (E-32)
2BR-Y I?
,6I 2G-Y Al
21 I /
I I I
2BR-Y 2L-B 2G-Y
I 166- - - - Ill 121m
- - - &,21
11 (E-01)
2BR-Y 2L-B 2G-Y
,,7 ,,9 ,,8
z \ A POWER
" /POWER
ll,T nlnnl.,
1

\/

?G-R": 1 ,,,“I
11”
A J.2+
\
(E-08)/ _ .

Y
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
(E-06) o(E-32) (E-34) (E-35)

HRllMOOAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Window Circuit 213

IGNI :ON
SWI-I I(IG1)

j WS 2B-'rt

J/B
@
10A
\I ---- V
“1 (c-70)
R-Y 1' R
,,2 ,,l
B-b \ \

:2

r--------
‘(c-65) (c-66) 52
--__-____---__
ETACS j.
UNIT / u
/
/II I

““1-g:- :-
I TIMER
, CIRCUIT -T-
/
/

Lk
16” -_ T
-----_
r1 14’1
-----__
54
GND I

y0.2
Y-W R-c Y. B- B
0

R-c

R-C
1.-----',,5 (c-34)

Y-W R-C
I B

1
(E-15) 2 (E-21) 1 DATA LINK
r --A r
CONNECTOR

NOTE
\ / Xl:VEHICLES WITHOUT0 THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
:2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
DOOR SWITCH

HRllMOOAB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Window Circuit

POWER WINDOW CIRCUIT ~


(1994 MODELS) ‘d ~

R-B
2R-B 5
,,l
\

OFF-&N
14

POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH (E-34)

ONE-TOUCH DOWN CIRCUIT

1 b 7
I8 I 2BR-Y I 2G-Y I
L------------------
I I
2BR-YI 2L-Bj 2G-YI
pq!--+1 (E-01)
ETACS UNIT 2BR-YI 2L-B1 2G-Y1
'G-RI* 2G-Blh
1 " p
1 .- ",POWER lI$DOW
I RUP DOWN# t %!?F
TWITCH
(E-06)

(LH)
(RH) iuaF /
L /
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
(E-08)0 (E-34) (E-35)

HRllMOlAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power -Window Circuit

L-l

IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
(A-11X)
u
R
I
7!7 TIMER
!I CIRCUIT
I
GND ,
7 /
id L----
6 :I :I
14"l
_---_--_
-1 :1
f. :2 297’2
Y-W R-G Y-l1 E

,I
R-G Y
4 ----__ i(c-34)

B-L R-E E E

R-G Y-W R-G ‘r


11- 5(c-79)
- 1
(E-15) 1 (E-21) 1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
1
------/
d- OFU- -----7

OFF -F--JON
---hi- (LH) = NOTE
%l:VEHICLES WITHOUT0 THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
:2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
DooR &ITCH
o(C-34) (c-65):' (c-$2 (c-70)
/
(c-77) (c-79) FRONT SIDE (c-80) (c-82). (c-83)
ii
HRllMOlAB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Window Circuit

POWER WINDOW- CIRCUIT


(1995 MODELS)
‘4 ’

POWER WINDOW 2L-B 9 I/


MAIN SWITCH (E-34) I
/\ / j
r ONE-TOUCH DOWN CIRCUIT
1 I i

2E
3
16 (E-32)

2E 2G-R / 2G-E
I

,.
Off
(LH) (RH) 1 - I
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
(E-06) o(E-32) (E-34) (E-35)

HRllM02AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Window Circuit 217

RE
3 IGNI
SWI?
B-W 2B-b 5W-Bl
2B-W
L-l 5W-B
CHARGING HORN
*TENSION-REDUCER
,1-
TYPE SEAT BELT J/B i\ 1
L-Y1

B-W R-B

STORAGE
51
-------1
CONNECTOR
(A-11X)

L-------------_---y_-_____
:1 8 14:'
.FOG LIGHT 1oz2
.HEADLIGHT
.TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE R-G Y-W B-.L
MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE B (F)R-E
PLATE LIGHT
'I Y
\
DOOR LIGHT AND
/gG&GE COMPARTMENT
(F)Y R-B (F)R-B
TT R-G
R-G
@zA&GHT AND
R-B
3,4m R-G (F)Y COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
R-G 3
(E-15)1 (E-21)1 .TAILLI GHl',PARKING/SIDE
I I I I A DATA LINK GHT AND LICENSE
CONNECTOR !%ER L!i:HT
(c-79) .FOG LIGHT
.HEADLIGHT
*DOME LIGHTSFOOT LIGHT
Ii AND IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER
= (RH) NOTE ILLUMINATION LIGHT
(LH) = xl:VEHICLES WITHOUT0 THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
:2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
DOOR SWITCH
(A-11X)- (c-65):' (c-65):2 (c-68) (c-70)
q
El m
1 1234

HRllM02AB
1 TSB Revision
218 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Window Circuit

POWER WINDOW CIRCUIT


(FROM 1996 MODELS) lij 1

2R-B

NOTE 21 :2
:l:HATCHBACK 2L-B
X2:CONVERTIBLE

r------------------------------------------------ -_-___-____-_____--______
POWER WINDOW 2L-B g
MAIN SWITCH iE-34)
r ,\
ONE-TOUCH DOWN CLRCUIT
I up

I ’ ’ I ON
I I

3L
I- \I
"6 I/ ,
4 8 3
2E 2BR-Y 2G-Y 7 /
6---------- 21
----A'
T 16 (E-32)

2BR-Y 2L-B 2G-Y


6---- 11-__ 3 (E-O’

2E 2G-F 2G-E 2BR-Y 2L-B 2G-Y


,,7 +9 ,,8
I

POWER WINDOW MOTOR

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Window Circuit 219

POWER
WINDOWS IGNITI
RELAY SWITCl
A
2B-r,
B-W
L-'y' r
CHARGING
.TENSION-REDUCER J/B
TYPE SEAT BELT

L-Y1 I
\,
I(c-80) (c-77)“1 (c-8:!
L-‘i
B-W R-B

722 IOD
STORAGE
jzl (c-65) (c-66) j2 51
‘----------------------~ CONNECTOR
(A-11X)
u
I
TIMER
1 CIRCUIT
/
1

FOG LIGHT
HEADLIGHT
TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE R-G Y-W B-I E
MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE (F)R-E
PLATE LIGHT
I Y
\
DOOR LIGHT AND
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
(F)Y R-B (F>R-B
1' R-G I
R-G $2
t
DOOR LIGHT AND
R-B
s&g
R-G (F>Y ~X%@MENT
LIGHT
R-G
(E-15),1 (E-21)1 2 [ .TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE
/t DATA LINK MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE
I I / I
CONNECTOR PLATE LIGHT
@gT2J .FOG LIGHT
.HEADLIGHT
.DOME LIGHTsFOOT LIGHT
6 AND IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER
NOTE ILLUMINATION LIGHT
xl:VEHICLES WITHOUT0 THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
:2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

HRllMOGAB

TSB Revision
220 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Window Circuit

COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Symbol Name Symbol
Data link connector (up to 1993 models) A ETACS unit C
Data link connector (from 1994 models) D Power window relay B

<F;om ‘199’4 models>

JKT Y16FO354 \ Y16FO498

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Window Circuit 221
OPERATION
l Turn on the ignition switch, and the transistor Tr will be turned on by the timer circuit. This will turn
on the power window relay allowing the power window to be opened and closed.
l Turn the ignition switch from on to off, and the timer circuit will be activated to keep transistor Tr
on for 30 seconds allowing the power window to be opened and closed.
Moreover, if the front door is opened, the timer circuit will stop to turn off the transistor Tr. This
will prevent the window from being opened and closed. ’

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Phenomenon Inspection method

All door windows cannot be opened or closed. e Check fusible link No. 9.
0 Check the power-window relay.
l Check the power-window main switch.

One of the door windows Neither of the power- l Check the power-window main switch.
cannot be opened or window switches (main l Check the power-window motor for the power window that
closed. or sub) operates does not operate.

Either the power-win- l Check the power-window switch for the power window
dow main switch or sub that does not operate.
switch does not oper-
ate.

The one-touch down switch function only does not l Replace the power-window main switch.
operate.
The power windows do not operate when the ignition l Check the ignition switch input signal. (Refer to GROUP
switch is at the “ON” position. 42-Troubleshooting.)
0 Check the ignition switch. (Refer to GROUP 54-Ignition
Switch.)
l Checkthepowerwindow relay. (RefertoGROUP42-Power
Window)

The power windows can be opened and closed l Check the front door switch input signal. (Refer to GROUP
immediately after ignition switch is switched “OFF”, 42-Troubleshooting.)
but the power window operation does not stop if a l Check the front door switch. (Refer to GROUP 42-Door
front door is opened within 30 seconds. Assembly.)

The opening and closing operations of the power l Check the power window relay. (Refer to GROUP 42-Power
windows are possible after the timer operation time Window.)
has elapsed when the ignition switch is set to the
“OFF” position.

TSB Revision
222 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door .Locking Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)


(Vehicles without keyless entry system)

L-I; L-E BR-Y BR- BR 2-B L-I

20 _----
_-- 19 15
__------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ 15
----_ 19
--
Id 3

L-R 2-B BR-\I ;& % BR L-B L-I


,m I II
3 1 ,,3 ,,5 3 3
-
DOOR LOCK " "
SWITCH (LH) .-t-,
I-( ) (E-34) ELK 0 LoCK >
-
B:l 2'3
4x2
DOOR LOCK "
ACTUATOR B 4 2Bz2
(LH) 0
(E-22)

-it-
2B
n
NOTE
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT POWER WINDOW
0 Z2:VEHICLES WITH POWER WINDOW

(c-04x) FE) O?XG] (E-01) (E-OS):1 (E-06)*2 (F-m (E-22) (E-32)

HRllM03AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit 223

DOOR 3CK
POWEF PELAY 1 EK"s"

I '------$ J/B
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR

BR-L

3"4 (c-65)
,:3
r
----__---__ -A1 E T A; UNIT
C : A-~------- I\~L~~~~~~
I V h
I Q II IOD OR
I
I I STORAGE
I / CONNECTOR
I
I I 5v 1 III (A-11X)
I II
I
t
I I
- GND
Q
-__ --__---_
Ej7 23
:4
rEi9
B-l G-Y
I
WITHOUT WITH
;r@iALARM g&ALARM
WHEN KEY
IS REMOVED

:p
R-l s Y

(c-34: I,$ -- ,,5


WITHOUT WITH

!
;'E&ALARM @&ALARM
R-c2 Y-W R-G ( r ,

B B-L
(E-15) 9? 1 ,,2 /\ ?1 z(E-21) I I
r

21

\ (RH) (LH) NOTE


* :3:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
DOOR SWITCH 6 :4:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

HRllM03AB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Lockina Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)


(Vehicles with keyless entry system)

J/B

R-B R-B
,,2 ,,7
\ I\
DOOR LOCK 'JNLOCKo DOOR LOCK
POWER RELAY 2 POWER RELAY 1
(E-38) (c-04x)

B L5- R 38
9" ?m41 5 38 4 1
B L-R 1 ?m
> gLl L% gLl
0 BR-W
Y-B
BR-L
BR-Y
B
I _ B-R
1 28
3 >
E I
[Ir:rnl !
$1 % .il .ll % 8
(E-32) !I 1_8- 17 Ill 20 19 15
----- -- -------, (E-01)
cd m 7
I I I I
%3%5
2 d33"1g2
3 I1

DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(RH)

2E
h3 NOTE
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT POWER WINDOW
:2:VEHICLES WITH POWER WINDOW
0

(c-04x) mi3 mv) (E-01) (E-ll) (E-22) (E-32)


p&iRqa f!q%i$q @J@J
-:1 (E-34)** (E-38)
mj !@sF@ lzlza HRllM04AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit 225 i

%R”6”
6 IGN
SWI:
:ON
I(ACC)
5W-B,,1 (c-68) 2- 4
J/B/ '
@ G
i 10A 8 r- 15
(c-8l) (c-74) 1 ll(c-72) 5(c-82)
R-E R-B L-

DOME LIDHT
( A - - R-: I

;;;Tg;MINDER (LH)
OFF R-B
VEHICLES WITH .* C-67
( THEFT-ALARM ) u
7

BR-W B-L
Y-B R-B
t
BR-L

I-

10
-

4
I
Y
R-B ' FEEDER
1 ANTENNA
R-B
rt3 TRANSMITTER

(A-11X) (c-58) (c-68) (c-70) m-a (c-74) (C-81)


p&/%gqfg WH m~~“&~~
/
i

HRllM04AB

1 TSB Revision
226 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 models)


(Vehicles with keyless entry system) (CONTINUED)

R-G

(c-79)
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR

ETACS UNIT
v a V 7
*
Tr TIMER CIRCUIT
CONSTANT VOLTAGE 5V G-Y B-I
+ II

--__--__----___-___ ----------- ----__ _-


7%
SNI: I
V
-
----_
j7 :3
:4
-AL-l
----- - -.
j4 :4 6o:3
i
I/
II

59
\
G-l E B-L
1 G-YI
1
Ij

\ (RH) (LH) , R-c 2E


Y
i- DOOR SWITCH
3

1 GND
V
KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT 20
(E-37)
0
NOTE
:3:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
x4:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

HRllM04BA

TSB Revision
227
NOTES

TSB Revision
228 . CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


Ijl

FUSIBLE,LINK@

5W-B1

t 1OAb /

12 (c-78)
0.85R-B
R-B 1 0.85R-B _
R-B R-B DOOR LOCK 0.85R-B R-B DOOR LOCK
,,2 ,,7 POWER RELAY 2 (E-38) ,,2 ,.7POWER RELAY1 (c-04x)
C\ I\ C\
UNLOCK+
r OFF-1 I
, LOCK UNLOCK (
1 , LOCK

4
----
‘7-“r
5 3 3 I 5 3 8 4

B
I BR-b B R
I
-1 I (F)BR-t

(F)
BR-W

f BR-I BR-L

0 Y-B BR-V BR-L (F) BR-L g (F) (F) f


L-R BR-'ti BR-W

'B 2E
13

n
6 KEYLESS ENTRY (E-37)
CONTROL UNIT la

HRllMOSAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit 229

DOOR LOCK
POWER RELAY
f- A 1
DOOR LOCK
POWER RELAY 2

L-R
---,j!o
L-B
---- ,J9--__ ,15
(F)BR-‘

'> (E-32)
, \ DOOR LOCK
POWER RELAY 1

L-R L-B BR-Y


,,3 ,,l ,,2
\ ,\ /\
LOCK L--I -&..-I
L-

5r
%K LOCK

DOOR LOCK
SWITCH(RH)
my
(F>BI

(E-01) 13
(F>B G-W
t

(F)G-L
I

I
(F>G-'h I
KEYLESS ENTRY

I
5:: ic-65) ig;
(
,,15:4- ,I
16n*3(c-65)
---------
4
-
NOTE
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT POWER WINDOW E
:E:VEHICLES WITH POWER WINDOW I
:3:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM ETACS UNIT
:4:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

HRllMOSAB

TSB Revision
230 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

IGNIl IN
FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITC ACC)
5W-B 2W-B
2-L

4,. *I-
5W-B HORN
J\lQj-izJ (c-82) L---_

!
J/B I

10A
I
6e--J
4

(c-70) ‘r 1--T2
(F)R-B
RIR-Yi n U.U3K-tl
nr_ _
11 12
R-B R-B
(RH)
IOD OR c-35
STORAGE R-G R-G
CONNECTOR

O.&R-0
R-B a-E

R-B

.BUZZER
.DOME LIGHT, FOOT
LIGHT AND IGNITION
KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LIGHT
2 (;i;;;;;;;;H > +
N

B-L

-‘*1
1
‘A‘UAYLY‘Y‘I R-G

~~QF”,\ J$emJ,J~ u
A
,f ‘y 1 1 0
I - I I -
-7 I - - 1--""7 nn.r".nnr 1 \ r-4
NOTE
'l:;{k&ES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM .@
I I I
"2:;~~$~bES WITH THEFT-ALARM
'3:;;giXgbES WITH KEYLESS ENTRY
TRANSMITTER :3 KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT-

(c-81) (c-82)- (E-05)


(E-37)

HRllM05BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit 231

FUSIBLE LINKa DOOR LOCK


B8%RL :jfAYl AND2
SW-al. 2W-B pow% RELAY B

R-B
$4
54z4
1x5 5Pji
(c-66) I51 ETACS UNIT (c-65)
r- -
I 4 S" Aih" I
IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
(A-11X)
(F>R-B (

I - -------- +

f(j-5. --G-- 14:4


74 j7 :4 3 -4
jg Z5 R-G 1oz5
;#R LIGHT
LUGGAGE G-Y
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
L-Y
B R-G

R-E B-L g;;T;;MINDER


VEHICLES
WITHOUT
THEFT-ALARM
J
G-Y

1
3

OFF
,*
G-Y

p
G;D
I

8 ,5R-C

I
0
;,.I3
4
I

I j
(c-58) E
KEYLESS ENTRY
Is CONTROL UNIT
OFF ‘1

5% =
L/VU,\

q SWITCHCLH)
(c-65):4 (c-65) It5 (c-66)$4 (c-66):5 (C-68) Em)

HRllM05BB

TSB Revision
232 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) I


L.J

FUSIBLE LINK@
I
5W-BI

12 (c-78)
0.85R-B
R-B 0.85R-B _

1 R-B DOOR LOCK 0.85R-B R-B DOOR LOCK


,,7 POWER RELAY 2 (E-38) ,,2 ,.7POWER RELAY1 (c-04x)
IT\ I I ,\ I
OFF
-
I
LOCK 1 1 UNLOCKi-
OFF/.! I
Y N O N 0
--“3
:1
---- _----. .---.
0
\, V
j "5 ' 3
0.85B
1 L- BR-I 1 BR-L (F>BR-h

(F)
BR-W

BR-I BR-L

BR-k BR-L (F> (F> (F)


BR BR-k BR-W

2B

3Y
G

HRllMO7AA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit 233 ~

DOOR LOCK
7
DOOR LOCK
POWER RELAY 1 POWER RELAY 2
H7
T
DOOR LOCK
POWER RELAY 1
* \

1I
7 A7 n 7

(F: (F)BR-II \r L-I? L-B (F>BR-I I


Bf (F)L-I
-ia
------ 17
------_ 20 19
----- ----_ 15 17
-----__ 15
(E-32) (E-01)
BR-I BR-P i, L-F? L-B BR-' r’
3 5 3 3
T--f-+ T- i h
L;K
LOCK
;CK + ‘OCK
I
-9 EcKp I I300R LOCE
SWITCH (RI-
(E-06)
(F)BF

E
,
5
i
2B BR-Y 4) B

1
(F>G-L
E!” LoCK
;Jk+;;ER
E <F>LG-it /
(RH)
I (E-10)
------- (E-32) 1
_1-L
1 5 12 ! I
I LG-W (F)BR-Y (F)c
3 1 3
1 (E-23)
L
KEYLESS ENTRY
CONTROL UNIT
(E-37)
i
I
I:
1
: 2 ;E;R LOCK
#+#ER
(LH) ii
ra
+
NOTE
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT POWER WINDOW bF
-
x2:VEHICLES WITH POWER WINDOW
:3:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM ETACS UNIT
x4:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

HRllM07AB

TSB Revision
234 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

IGNITIC--
IN
SWITCH (ACC)

5W-B 1 HdRN
l(c-68) (C-E
J/B l I
69
10A

(c-7o,y--“2 30 0p
R R-Y (HATCHBACK)R-B
,.l ,.2 0.85R-B
\ - DOME LIGHT - 1 1
R-B1 R-B1
(F) (RH)
R-B
IOD OR c-35
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
(A-11X) I

R-B

KEY REMINDER
BUZZER r-r
-_
DOME LIGHT.FOOT VEHICLES WITH
LIGHT AND IGNITION THEFT-ALARM
KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION LIGHT
B-L

I L 7h I

NOTE
xlm;EbES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM
"2:;;g'/gkES WITH THEFT-ALARM
:3:;&g+gkES WITH KEYLESS ENTRY I
TRANSMITTER x3 KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT-

HRllMO7BA

1TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit 235

FUSIBLE LINK0

R-B

(c-66)1 51 ETACS UNIT (c-65)


nhn
""Y I
4 I
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
(A-11X)
(F>R-B
GND
n
--2 ----_
54 j7 :4 6:5 4:4

ir
i ;I;" LIGHT jg $5 R-G
LUGGAGE G-Y
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT

B R-G 1
1 R-G
---

.
OFF
(F) OFF - ON - ON
G-Y G-Y

D
J

I
II
=

B B KEY REMINDER
SWITCH
B
w&BS
THEFT-ALARM
GND GND
(c-58) B
5 4 " kxmJ77~o
v vj2B
DATA LINK
CONNIXTOR A
DOOR
SWITCH (LH)

lM07BB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Lockina Circuit

COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Symbol Name Symbol
Data link connector (from 1994 models) D Door lock power relay 2 (Concerning the ve-
hicles up to 1993 models, only for the vehicles
equipped with keyless entry system.)
Data link connector (up to 1993 models) A ETACS unit
Door lock actuator E Keyless entry control unit F
Door lock power relay 1 B

I \ N19F0134
W16FO268
00002664

) <From ‘1994 models> u

Y16FO354 \ Y16FO49f

actuator
Y16FO202 lay2

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit 237

/ OPERATION
<Vehicles without keyless entry system>
Li! When the door lock switch is set to the LOCK
l lock knob) is locked with the key inserted in
side (or UNLOCK side), the LOCK side (or the ignition switch, the ETACS unit grounds the
UNLOCK side) of the door lock relay is turned unlock side circuit of the door lock relay to unlock
ON and the door actuators of all doors operate. all doors. This way, failure to remove the key
l If the driver seat side door (or assistant seat is prevented.
side door) is opened and the driver seat side
inside lock knob (or assistant seat side inside
<Vehicles with keyless entry system>
With the driver’s and front passenger’s doors dome light/foot light blinking signal output
unlocked, press the LOCK switch of the (system voltage) will be sent twice from the
transmitter, and the door lock signal output (0 keyless entry control unit terminal No. 11 when
V) will be sent from the keyless entry control the door lock switch is turned from the LOCK
unit terminal No. 12 closing the door lock power position to the UNLOCK position, the lighting
relays 1 and 2 to lock the driver’s and front signal output (0 V) will be provided for approx.
passenger’s doors. 3 seconds.
While the R.H. and L.H. doors are in the locked NOTE
state, press the UNLOCK switch of the The dome light winks or comes on when the dome
transmitter once, and the DOOR UNLOCK light switch is in the DOOR interlock position.
switch signal (0 V) will be sent from the keyless However, the dome light does not wink while it .is
entry control unit terminal No. 14 closing the ON for 6 seconds after closing the door by ETACS
door lock power relay 2 to unlock the driver’s function.
door. Besides the above-mentioned operations, the
0 Under the above-mentioned conditions, further keyless entry control unit has the following functions.
press the UNLOCK switch of the transmitter, l If any door is not opened or closed within 30
,’ and the DOOR UNLOCK signal output (0 V) seconds from unlocking the door by means of
will be sent from the keyless entry control unit the keyless entry system, the door is
id
terminal No. 13 closing the door lock power automatically locked. In addition, if the
relay 1 to lock the front passenger’s door. cryptographic code other than the code stored
0 When the keyless entry system is operated to in the receiver memory is received 30 times
turn the driver’s door lock switch from the in one minute continuously, operation of the
UNLOCK position to the LOCK position, the unit is suspended for 10 minutes.
l Operation is also suspended if the ignition key
remains inserted (key reminder switch: OFF)
and either door is left open (door switch: ON).

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
<Vehicles without keyless entry system>
Phenomenon Inspection method

One of the door lock actuators fails to operate. 0 Check the door actuator which fails to operate.

No unlock operation can be made by pressing door lock 0 Check the key reminder switch input signal.
knob after fulfilment of following conditions. 0 Check the key reminder switch. (Refer to GROUP
0 Insertion of key in ignition switch (key reminder switch 54-Ignition Switch.)
OFF) 0 Check the front door switch input signal.
0 Opening of door (door switch ON) 0 Check the front door switch. (Refer to GROUP
42-Door Assembly)

TSB Revision
238 CIRCUIT .DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

<Vehicles with keyless entry system>


l The indicator does not blink after pressing the l R.H. and L.H. doors can be locked and unlocked
transmission switch of the transmitter. by the transmitter but the dome light and foot
1) Check or replace the battery. (Refer to light do not blink or come on. (Interlocked
GROUP 42-Keyless Entry System.) lighting of the dome light and foot light by means
2) Replace the transmitter. of the dome light switch or door opening and
l Transmitted wave is being sent from the closing is normal).
transmitter (indicator is blinking), but the system 1) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal
does not operate. voltage (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshoot-
1) Check the cryptographic code registering ing.)
method. (Refer to GROUP 42-Keyless 2) Check the harness.
Entry System.) NOTE
2) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal l : Perform this check when replacement of the
voltage. (Refer to GROUP 42-Trouble- transmitter and/or keyless entry control unit or
shooting.) faulty storage of cryptographic code has been
3) Check the coaxial cable of antenna and made.
the ground wire for connection.
l Only R.H. or L.H. door can be locked or
unlocked.
1) Check the door lock power relay 1 (for front
passenger’s door) or door lock power relay
2 (for driver’s door). (Refer to GROUP
42-Central Door Locking System.)
2) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal
voltage. (Refer to GROUP 42-Trouble-
shooting.)

\
Ilj

‘d I
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Heater Circuit 239
HEATER CIRCUIT (UP TO 1995 MODELS)

FUSIB E IGNI ION @~k\'GHT


LINK b
6 SW17 H(IG2)
2L-I NOTE
2W-B

r
%l:HATCHBACK
t2:CONVERTIBLE
c 5W-B 1 (c-68) ?(c-82)
CHARGING J/B
63 E 15A
30A 1OP
s G-W
s(c-69)
J/B

-I \I
G-W 5 (C-83)
\r --___-____--_
5- 3L yEBa 30 G-W
L-R
L-R
)
TAIL LIGHT,
c PARKING/SIDE
&L MARKER LIGHT
REAR WINDOW ;$##i;~ HEATER
2 DEFOGGER CONTROL PANEL (c-20)
2B 3B-W L-R ILLUMINATION
0 LIGHT
I
2B-WI
B-L
BLOWER
RESISTOR
(c-24) BLOWER RHEOSTAT
MOTOR
RELAYCHI)
(c-39)
L-R
0.85B
W-B

LOI"&l-iMt
<' ',
(c-1s) (OFF\----------/I

HR12MOOAA

1 TSB Revision I
240 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Heater Circuit

HEATER CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

IGNI 3N
SWIT (IG2)

2L-E
cHAiTb (c-68) (c-82)
J/B
15A
63 0
30A % 10A

G-W S(c-69)
t
1

-------------- \/
3L ym32
L-F
L-R
TAIL LIGHT.
PARKING/SIDE
MARKER LIGHT
REAR WINI: low ;c;Tb'fT$;; HEATER (c-20)
DEFOGGER CONTROL PANEL
21 ILLUMINATION
_ 3B-W , LIGHT

t
RHEOSTAT

Jq”. ,
(c-1s) IOFF\----------I
\
I 1, \/\I
2B 5 W-B '
L 0
2B *
n A/C SWITCH
Z

(c-19) (c-2o)(m~(c-38)~c-68)(mgl 00 [c-83)


fqqq@J @J Q B pi?Tqgj mfTmz?iq

HR12MOQAA

TSB Revision i
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Heater Circuit
COMPONENT LOCATION
, Name Symbol Name Symbol
Blower motor relay A Blower resistor B
Blower motor relay (HI) (Up to 1995 models) C

,\) \\ kB.Z--- \iI


..y T\
M ~i-Glili3r m o t o r fl

P4
\,#(qjj&$

i TSB Revision
242 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditionina Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)

FUSIBLE LINK @ IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2L-R


I I
2R-BI 2L-BI

/#PAToR
ASSEMBLY
J/B

(
(A-55) "5
2L-G

I 1
I I I I
2L-G L-R
I5 I1
'. RADIATOR
ij i;ijCA:OTORr m
-

---+I
OFF-,> IN
5I 3
-
2B

I
2L-Y

28

I I
Ei;IATOR (A-55)
ASSEMBLY B

2B

HR12MOlAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 243

2-LR AIR COb TIONING


EYkiB5Etz EKE:
1: LOCK
7
RADIATOR FAN
MOTOR RELAYCLO)

(G-C L-l

DEDICATED L----- i
FUSE --------1

2L-I? G-C L-C

2L-w G-O
i
CONDENSER
;-FA;OTOR ] f#?~f~R[ .-----_
.
c. OLdOFF, (HI) (LO) OFF-$3N OF
,
4(A-31X) (A-34X) "4 1 (A-32X) 1.
G 2B 2L E B L-G
,,l ______--_----___ ,,4(A-37)
2L-w 2L 2L-E
1 1 .___-___-__-----_ J
(A-36) 9

2L-B 2 B

0 c

2B

HR12MOlAB

1 TSB Revision
244 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

G-O 2 (G-0)
ON-OFF ,\
:210kPa (29.9~~ i) ” DUAL
OFF-ON ;;FPJE;RE
: 235kPa (33.4~5 i )
ON-OFF
(A-35)
:2100kPa(299Psi)

COMPARISON
'1
W-G

EYWKB bSE
,,s
COMPRESSOR SPEED
THERMOSTAT' OPERATION
- CIRCUIT
ON-OFF
:155’C(311’F)
OFF-ON
3
: 110’ C (230’ F) OFF ‘*ON 1 9
,
(B-20) G-R“3
(Y-G
4t
G-R G-R IO 13
r----- -- .----
I
i G-I;
(A-67) 3---- I
1 I
I
I III
G-R I II
I
I II
I
I I
(G-R) G-R I
! /I B-\
I /
I
I pbw;;1c
I I
AIR CONDITIONING RELAY
ENGINE COOLANT 1 L (A-33X)
&#FF'EATURE
ON-OFF
j G-k B-W
:115’C(239’F)
OFF-ON L----- .----___
: 108’ C (226’ F)
I
I G B-W
I
I
I
I
i -------

L-R G
, -
(c-54) 115
r- ENGINE
E!6EL

0 cci5) GEE) (B-03) [B-20) (c-02) (c-52)

HR12MOlBA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 245

AIR J/B
~~~~~~10"'"" b#&PURPOSE
i 1

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR LOCK
CONTROLLER 11

CIRCUIT I

I%%I%;:Y,C"IT\

14
GND

; GND

)
I
(W-E (G-Y) (B (B)
I

i(D-42)

COMBINATION 7
METERCTACHO)

W (W-B
-.c

28

IGP ION
PO)
TRI ISTOR

HR12MOlBB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditionina Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

IGNI
SW17 4:
2L- B;
77
E13i0
101

JL
\
?

L-R
tc
2B 3B-W

I: I
I
t t
2B-W
I3 3B-E

L-l
k-lRELAY(HI>
?~WR
(c-39) ! - - -33 1
1
Oh

W-E 2B
7

'I
/
(c-19) IOFF\----------/

I
I
(c-19) (c=m (c-38) (c-39) (C-68) (c-73) FE) (C-83)
[fggg$J gJ Q fi!J gjj mlRi%q

HRlPMOlCA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 247

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR LOCK BL 'ER ,$IG HT
CONTROLLER SW FH w -
1.25R-'
DEDICATED
FUSE

(G-! W-E J
I 6
J/B

G-W G-h
(c-18)
AIR G-b
g&I;;;IONING
,3
,\

, VI v \/ \, ,
"2 "4 5 6
R-Y L-B (B-R) B-Y B-Y
0
B-Y

I 6V T
7
RHEOSTAT

HR12MOlCB

TSB Revision
248 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS)


Id 1

FUS21;-LE, LINK @ IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2L-R


I

#IATOR
J,B2b
r
ASSEMBLY
RADIATOR
( FAN MOTOR J
(A-55) (c-69)2-30

2L L-RI L-RI

J I
C

2L-G L-R 2L-G L-R


,5 ,,l ,,5 1
(A-04X) fi RADIATOR

,111, WY I”
------_ @IAvOTOR -------
IOFF‘ J,ON (LO) /UT \ ----•-.
4 3

G-ll
2L-k 2B

Ir G-B
I
I

-
FfiIATOR (A-55)
ASSEMBLY E 2B
I 0
2B
Q

(A-04X)(m)(=) (c-69j (c-82) (c-83)

HR12M02AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 249 ~

RADIATOR FAN
MOTOR RELAYCLO)

I-----.

(G-t L.

2L-R
G-O

i
L;
II
I c
1

3
2L-w

------__

2L-w
.
,,5

,;OFF (HI)
ON OFF-&
"4 (A-31X)
(LO)
2L-B

2L
,,5

IN
1
G-
i
Q

;
n
:
B
3

1
%?i&“R[
(A-32X)
B
: 4, ~
L -G

e-------
Oh
4
1 I

L----. 7 I
.---_------------
l(A-3i

2L-w 21 2L-

----_----____~~--__~-----------~~~ J
90

2L-B g
0 E
2B
a

HR12M02AB

TSB Revision
250 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)


Iji

(G-l
ON-OFF
:210kPa(29.9Psi)
OFF-ON
: 235kPa (33.4PS i )
ON-OFF
&OlOE” (384Ps i 1
:2100kPa(299Dsi)

COMPARISON
I
(F>W-

19
COMPRESSOR SPEED
THERMOSTAT OPERATION CIRCUIT
ON-OFF
: 155’ C (311’ F)
OFF-ON
r
:llO’C(230’F) i OF’ 3 1
0 (F>G (Y-F (Y-G
G-R G -R [ 3-------. 10
----_ .---_
:---

(A-67)

G-R
3---_
1
I
,
I
I
I
i G -R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(F)
Y-F ?1 : $‘(

I
I I
I I 1
(G-R) ( F )G-E I
I I B- (B-20
/ I c
1 I
I I 1T
I ‘L
I -0
MODULE I
AIR CONDITION NG /
I -..LL
ENGINE COOLAN I
#fK[ATURE I "3
ON
I
ON-OFF i I G -Y B-W
: 115’ C (239’ F) L--- E3-------- 6
OFF-ON
: 108’ C (226’ F)
0
G (F)B-W
L-------
E;

(F)L-R G
1
)*2'2

HR12M02BA

TSB Revision 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 251

AIR J/B
&~~;$IONING MULTI-PURPOSE
( FUSE @ )
G

(B-R) AIR CONDITIONING


COMPRESSOR LOCK
i5 CONTROLLER 11

ENGINE SI ;EEl
OPERATIOI SND
b V
-
10 (c-40)

(G-k I (B (B: I

4)

i
COMBINATION
METERCTACHO)

W (W-B
lz

2E

IGNITION POWER
TRANSISTOR
Q

HR12M02BB

TSB Revision
252 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

‘d

I G.NITI
SW ITCH
-
21

63 (
30A 1

Al /+,4

2B-W I
I3 3B-' ‘i ii
BLOWER
RESISTOR
(c-24) BLOWER
MOTOR
RELAYCHI)
(c-39) ci
4 “3
0.85B
W-k
I- 2B,

----------

I
L

W-B
H

HR12M02CA

1 TSB Revision I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditionina Circuit

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR LOCK g6' ;;[i;IGHT
CONTROLLER
f
l.,,,-wl

(G-k W-E G-WI

J/B

G-W '-"I
(c-18)
AIR G-W
~;B;;;IONING
3 I2

1 ------
oFF4!ji-jL; ( >

II
2 4
B-'rI
L-k (G-Y R-Y L-B
41
B-k
(c-25) ‘_----_ 7
.-__- ----- 2------~
, 11 (c-15)

9 B-k I
v

RHEOSTAT

HR12M02CB

1 TSB Revision
254 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR COiDlTlONlNG CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

<NON TURBO> (FEDERAL)

IGNI1 IN
EPizBQE SWIT( (IG2)
2L-E
J/B @
L
(c-69)
30A

2L-G L-k) REAR WINDOW


DEFOGGER
I
-lc

1
2L-G L-R t7
H

1
,,5
0 RADIATOR - x.,
---------_ --------__
fjZA!OTOR
IN
1 L-i
3
(LO) (HI) OFF-,%
I
4
G-E
2B L
11
.-------------------------- 20
-
(F>f
P-R

r
L-E G-E
11
-------.
(F>1 (F)
Fk#IATOR B-W

IE
(F>
ASSEMBLY Y-W 1.25B
(RESISTOR) G-Y
(A-55) r-
MFI SYSTEM

Y-1 I (F)1.25E 3 7'2 l


j3--------------_ i6
.--- - ------ --- -I, ---- j3 (c-53)
B
- ENGINE
P CONTROL
MODULE
2E

(c- (c-53)

HR12M03AA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 255

J/B AIR CONDITIONING


ULTI JRPOSE L"yb&B E COMPRESSOR LOCK
CIIFUSE ( > k CONTROLLER

L-. 2R-E G-O


r---- '_-----. !O------------------_____
I
II 2L-J

1 WATED
!/
II
I @
I
II
II
c
20A
J
I
1 2L-1 2L-w G-O
I

2L-b 2L-w I
5 5 ,,3
------ --------_
01 ON
3 40 (A-34x) ‘5' 2L-Btl
2L-!4 2L
1
-_--____--_______
2L-u 2L

2B
1

0 (A-34X) Gz$ (A-37) (A-45) (A-46)


iETf3m

HR12M03AB

TSB Revision
256 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO>


(FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) \
Ij~

(G-0) l(c-02)
‘I'
I
I
G-O 2 I (G-0)
,\ I
I
ON-OFF i
:200kPS (28DS
OFF-ON
i)
AIR CONDITIONING
:225kPa (32~7s i )
(c-40) ,15 E%E&LSEOR LoCK
:2600kPa(3'70~si)
4
I
COMPARISON
1
(F)W-G
,$
/\ COMPRESSOR SPEED
THERMOSTAT I
OPERATION CIRCUIT
ON-OFF
:155' C (311.F) i
OFF-ON
:llO'C(230'F) OFF 'IaN 13 1 3
(Y-R (Y-G:
G-R 2-------- IO---- 13
r----3* ----
I
/ G-R
(A-67) -. II
.II (F> (F)
Y-R Y-G
G-R
B-j

1
ELC-4A/T ON
-Y B'W
8
- -------- 6
(F)B-W B-W
b
G-R G (F)B-W
L--------
p$;1c
(B-20)

0 (A-35) (A-36) (A-67) (B-20) (c-02) (c-40) (c-52)

HR12M03BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 257

AIR J/B
CONDITIONING MULTI-PURPOSE
SWITCH i FUSE @ 1
G

(B-R)
i5 11
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR LOCK
CONTROLLER
CIRC,

----I
D
IRCUIT

1 A-
c I ( 3

)i
4 10 @KJ

(W- (G-Y: (B (B)

COMBINATION
METER(TACHO> I E

2E

IGNITION POWER
TRANSISTOR

HR 12M03BB

1 TSB Revision
258 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO>


(FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)

:ON
i (IG2)

J/B
30A 8 1OP

t
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER

2B-W
3 3B-W
B-k
BLOWER ) 3
RESISTOR
(c-24)
EM%”
RELAYCHI) \
(c-39) >-OFF
--.
“4 '1
L-F; W-B
?

1
2B ’ W-B '
0 I

2B W-B
a F
=

HR12M03CA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 259 ~

,’
Ld

AIR CONDITIONING
@j;;$~f~;$ LOCK ym:f; ;'t&IGHT
E w
Gq--
J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE DEDICATED
FUSE 0 ) Y FUSE

J/B

I . . G-WI n 3,s

I 1
AIR
CONDITIONING
SWITCH I3
;A& I i;i-“”
MARKER 6%
AND
MT
n, n-“?.LI(L7IGHT
ri..n,~
:ENSE

3
B-1 I6 1 B-Y i?%?;;
i

B-Y t
EigiF$;TE
11 (c-15)
\IING
I

bN” bN” I RHEOSTAT


4 A* 4 A* v v

I I
;;;s;;ERMO

HR12M03CB

1 TSB Revision
260 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

<TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)>

IGNI1: ON
SWITC (IG2)
2L-E
J/B @
30A
i
(c-69)

2L-G L-k
I
I
I

(A-04X) RADIATOR
2L-GI
5 L-R

----------
I
i
#A!OTOR
(LO) (HI) OFF-:/'JN
\/
4 3 ENGINE
COOLANT
L-f
2B
G-E ------I
1
1
$
;E/E?QEWATURE
0
12 (c-31) i
(F)i

r
G-B
:LE
2L-' L-E G-f iR
I1 -
-------
(F)Y (F>
B-W
!$FAToR
ASSEMBLY
(F)
1.258
(RESISTOR) L-F
(A-55) I----
L MFI SYSTEM
1
I (Fj1.251
F= 16.-------_-_--_
B
- ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE
2E
(LO) (HI)

{A-04X) (A-07X) (A-55) SE2 (c-29) (c-31) (c-52) (c-54)

HR12M04AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditionina Circuit

J/B ONING
ULTI JRPOSE LOCK
(MFUSE ( )

2R-1 1
---- 4 -.--1
1
I
2L-' /
I
/

I
I
;;kY&CATED I
@ I
/
20A I
I
I
I
I
I
2L-h G-CI I
I

I
I

.-_7
I
I
I
I
2L-\E( I
I
9 I
I
I
CONDENSER I
\ ;@WAyOTOR ------- I
I
I
-OFF (HI) (LO) OFF-' IN I
I
a(A-31X) (A-34X)' ' 2L-E I

L
I
I
2L I
2L-E I
I
1
----------------- a.------ I
I
I
,
2L-w 2L I
I
I
1
3-- J
I i

I
I
I
L----------q< I
fr
(A-45)2 2-b
2L-B 2B E
0 A

2B

HR12M04AB

1 TSB Revision 1
262 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit I

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)> (CONTINUED)
\

(G-0) l(c-02)
‘I’
I 1 I I
G-O
D
J

I
1
(F>W-G

THERMOSTAT
ON-OFF
:155’C(311’F)
OFF-ON
6
pi&y--
-
SSOR SPEED
ION CIRCUIT
A
: 110’ C (230' F) ‘TON 1
m
2R-I (Y-R (Y-G
G- (F)G-F
r----. -------_ L-------_ 10
I
I G-I 2B-F
(A-36) (F>
(A-6’i 3---- (F)
1
/
Y-k Y-G
I I FE&CATED
/
/ I
1 @
I
I
I
I
/
I
I
10A
C 3
I
G-l I
, I B-\ (B-20)
1
I
1
I
1
I
(G-R) I

I
I
I
I
1
I
‘L
0
I I
I
; i
ELC-4A/T I
I
I I
I
I
1
l?[;?b;TION
I i G-Y
I
I
/
L----. .-----__
I
/
I
I
I
I
G
I
I
i _-----_

ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE

HR12M04BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 263

AIR J/B
$I~~~'""'"" MULTI-PURPOSE
i FUSE @ 1

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR LOCK
CONTROLLER
CIRCUIT

----I
~RCUIT
-d
14
G )

3
(ZNI
-V L
10 (c-40)

(W-B (G-k (B: (B)


I

(D-42) 4

-
COMBINATION
METERCTACHO)

W (W-B:
--lx

W 2B

(D-15)

IGNITION POWER
TRANSISTOR

HR12M04BB

/ TSB Revision
264 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)> (CONTINUED)

FUSIB E IGNI :ON


LINK b
6 SWIT I(IG2)

J/E
1OP

30
L-R

REAR WINDOW
3B-wi DEFOGGER

0-Y 3B-W
2 3
BLOWER
MOTOR i
RELAYCHI)
(c-39) 0
4
W-B 21

HR12M04CA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 265 ~

MPEk
CONTROL:
IONING
LOCK gtj(
1

FE&CAT""
( MULTI
FUSE (
!POSE
>

(G-Y W-B

J/B

G-W G-W
(c-18) I

r- d ,
1
K&IIII;IONING $ G-W
,,2
I\
TAIL LIGHT,
PARKING/SIDE
MARKER LIGHT
AND LICENSE
PLATE LIGHT

------
1 I
oFF$.--+9&A/c IL+ :EAFCONTROL
'ANEL
~~~~~1"""""
/ \/
"2 "4 “5 '6
L- (G-Y R-Y L-B (B-R) B-Y B-Y

B-Y
CIGARETTE
(C-2E LIGHTER
(c-15)

t
tjGy 411 RHEOSTAT
I V A

TSB Revision I
266 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG2)
2R
2R
Fi/iIATOR
ASSEMBLY 7
(c-69)
RADIATOR
i FAN MOTCR )

2L-G L-R REAR WINDOW


I

2L-G 2L-G L-R


I 15

ENGINE
COOLANT
L-E ;[/X?&';;ATURE
2B I G-E (8-02)
11
~-~----------------~______
(F)E
G-B L

L-B G-E EiSLE


11
-------. j(c-29) SENSOR
I
RADIATOR (F)
FAN 1.256
ASSEMBLY
(RESISTOR) G-Y L-R
(A-55) I----
MFI SYSTEM

(F)1.25E
F=
------- !O ----------- 2----
I
2E

n
(LO) (HI)

HRlPMlOAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 267 ~

i;

J/B ND1 TIONING


ULT: JRPOSE E LOCK
PFUSE )

L-
I ------. I.--------------------~
r---'
I I
II /
I
II I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
/
I
I
/
I
G- I
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
2L-w 2L-B I
I
,,5 I I
5 I
/\ CONDENSER I\ I
I
I
I
--------------- EFAYoToR I
<#OFF (Hi) (LO) OFF-&IN 1
/
"4 (A-31X) (A-34X) r4 2L /

B
I
I
2L I
I
4 2L- B I
1.-----_____-___-_ ----- 20 I
1 I
I
/
G-B 2LI !%N^NECTION 2L-B I
I

7 (A-361 9- - J
I

hONDENSER
[FAN MOTOR
II

I
IL ------ ----+\d \,r I I .
(A-45)2 23?-L6)
2L-B 28 B
0

2B

HR12MlOAB

TSB Revision
268 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

(G-0) l(c-02)
I'
I 1 I
G-O 2
I
,
/ (G-0)
I
-I 1
ON-OFF DUAL
:200k!h(!&bSi)
OFF-ON g;y$E#RE AIR CONDITIONING
:225kPa (32psi)
ON-OFF I (c-40)
COMPRESSOR LOCK
I 5 CONTROLLER
(A-35)
f
OFF-ON I
:2600kPa(37OPsi) I
I
I
COMPARISON
(F>W

THERMOSTATr
EYikBsE
VT7 b
:155'C(311'F)
3 1 3
0 (F)G (Y-R: (Y-G:
G-F (F)G-1
.------- .------- 10
_-_-- 13
r-----
I
I G- (F) (F>
(A-67: 3 II Y-R Y-G
-----l
II
II
III
G-F II
I
(B-20) 2 E
(G-R)
I
1
1 ( I
ELC-4A/T 1
i G- Y
L--- 8 -------
;;:",--1B - W
G-F I2
6

(c-53) i

r ENGINE
EFmL

(A-33x) (A-35) (A-36) (A-67) (8-20) (c-02) (c-40) (c-52)

HR12MlOBA I

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 269

I
Li

AIR J/B
&f~~~ION'NG MULTI-PURPOSE
c FUSE @ 1
G

(B-R)
i5 11
Y Y AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR LOCK
CIRCUIT CONTROLLER
1

ENGINE Si 'EE
OPERATIOI u (
GND (ZNI
-h v -V

(W-E (G-k

4)

COMBINATION
METERCTACHO)

w(W-B
--II-

2B

IGNITION POWER
TRANSISTOR
n

HR12MlOBB

1 TSB Revision
270 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

IN
KGB bBE IGNI'
SWITl (IG2)
2W-B
2L-E
(c-68) .,l
/\
HORN 82)
J/B
0
IOA

L-R
L-R
I
+
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
2B
2B

BLOWER
RESISTOR
m L-R

0.85B-G
2
WI. H
-I H I /
(c-19) rFjr-.--------a

(c-19) (c-24) (c-38) m33) oF73) m-q (c-83)


pRJ@J fj 6 Q pFiqrmj

HR12MlOCA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit 271 ~
I

'ER $E",&IGHT
;CH

(G-Y W-B

G-W G-W
(c-18)
AIR G-W TAIL LIGHT.
~;~tll;;ION'NG PARKING/SIDE
<1 ,3 ,,2 MARKER LIGHT
I\ - /\ AND LICENSE
PLATE LIGHT

! ;ii;ER CONTROL
ILLUMINATION
B-,Y LIGHT

(G-Y 21
B-Y

Y
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
11 ic-15)

GND / I RHEOSTAT

2B

$ki4;jERMO 0

HR12MlOCB

TSB Revision
272 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)

FUSIB-;, LINK @ IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2L-R


I

2R-B 2R-B

2L-G

2L-G L-R 2L-G L-R


5 ,,l ,,5 1
,x RADIATOR /\
(A-04X) ------- ;$IhyMOTOR (A-07x)
------_
-( LO)
* (HI) /&&I 1 ]

2B
t
4
G-B
I I
I
3

1
P”
b-D

l L-B
I

RESISTOR
2EI
i

FjIATOR (A-55) 1
ASSEMBLY B
4
2EI
_h

HRlPMOSAA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT. DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 273

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR LOCK RADIATOR FAN
CONTROLLER MOTOR RELAYCLO)

(G-C L-l

F;E#CATED L---- 1 -------_-___------______

;,
‘--------,
I
I
/
I
I
I

1;
/ 2L-F G-( L-C I
I
/
I
/
I
/
/
2L-w
I 2L-BI G-l
3 4- / /
I
I
I

------- FAN
"c-7 nv MOTOR
ON.$FFI~V ( L O )
1
_-_----_ ------_.-

1
0 -OFF
5
I 1
I
I C 28 L-G

Lee--. 1 ---------------- + 4w
In
f

L-- 4
2L-w 2L-E
----J
(A-36) 9

2B
d
-

HR12MOSAB

TSB Revision
274 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
J

(G-0) l(c-02)
I‘
I
G-O G-O 2 I
I (G-0)
,
E ON-OFF
:210kPa(29.9Psi) (’
OFF-ON

COMPARISON

B
THERMOSTAT r-h
!E:%OR
ITI ON (
T-
-
13 1
G-R 3 L, " (Y-R: (Y-G
11 II
G-R I Ic I
r----d,? -------- J :-------- 1-- !O
I (A-36)
/ G-R 2B-R
I
1I/
II @ PWATED Y-R Y-
I 10A
I
I
(G-R) I >
I B-W B-b
II ,3 4
1 I /\ I\
TRANSAXLE II &#lE#C
isKEEOL I -------__
AIR CONDITIONING II
I
O+iFe 's
I
REVOLUTION
SENSOR

(A-33X) (A-35) (A-36)


123 m
4 0

IETI
5

(c- (c-54) Ij,


HR12M05BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 275 l

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE
( FUSE @ )

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR LOCK
CONTROLLER

CIRCUIT]

,3NC1 ( D
V
-
I 3 10 (c-40)
(W-B

(BR (G-Y: (B ) (B)


COMBINATION
METER(TACHO>
--d---i-B
i

2P

POWER
TRANSISTOR

(L-0)

33
------

HR12MOSBB

TSB Revision
276 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

IGNITION
nfR”6”
b SWITCH(IG2)
5W-B 2L-B
J/B (c-68) ,,l (c-82),, 2
I A \

Q;F
ii I%#~” RELAY
- I
L
,E
j(c-82) '3 (c-83)
21 R-B L-R

PI %F%”
(c-38)
IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
(A-11X)
L/

k?!ER
:;;&sToR [r;;l, L-R

1
c-23) 4

RELAYCHI)
\, OFF-,;ON 2m
"2 "4 "1 "1
28 2B

2B R-B ).85B-G B-R I W-Y L-R

(c-49) 53 51 52
------_ __ 101
(c-51) --------------. 116
.--- 108

-i Y 4 1
/ 1 pm%/
ED% E%WTCR 1
/ 1I
6 AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL UNIT
(A-11X) (c-23) (c-38) (c-39) cm9 (c-51) (c-68) (c-70) (c-77)

HR12M05CA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 277

PHOTO AIR CONDITIONING


SENSOR CONTROL. PANEL (c-17)

Tl
L - 86FiTEF" EI iw I
1
--I
--
52 53 54 60
(Y-b (Y-C

10
.---_
(R-h :R-\l R-L R-G [G-R

(Y-VI (Y-G I I I

r----
1
I--
-
--3---- 4
---_

.I
ZATED

i
G-V
iN1 I
“? 1
-.
L----
-
---------_____ -----. ----------___ ---- --
84 113 32 104 107 ‘15 (C-51) &%IITIoNING
CONTROL
UNIT
(P) (BR G-Ii R-h B

P 2B
2
10 1
r I

DATA LINK AIR SELECTION n


CONNECTOR ;flM&R CONTROL
(c-79)
m n

TSB Revision
278 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

AIR CONDITIONING
TAILLIGHT RELAY CONTROL PANEL
I I
1.25R-W
IL1 A /AIR CONDITIONING GRAPHIC
OH ;;@ATED c 1 l -
Lf - A -
15A -- _-. ----__ :---- -
- __---_ :-__
7 3 5 4 9 2 l(c-16)
G-W B-'
,,6 ic-ss)
7v
J/B G-W (B (R-B (E (W-EI) (L-B: (L.
-.-Lb-
"5 (c-83)
B-' i i I
10
---- - _7.---_ 9---
(c-15)

tiP

--------____
55 37
(Y-R)

RHEOSTA-I

OFF-ON:
22.5-30.5'C (L-W)
(72.7-66.7'F)

0 ,\l
B (Y-E (L-W) (Y-R (L-W)

r
21
(c-27)
I 1 2 :
(c-42)
2

T-E!z!d hJ
i&@~LET &ESRTfiERMO

HR12MOSDA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 279

INTERIOR
$E['EBATURE

(F-01
(Y-L
---- .----
52 61 56 (c-17)
(F-34: i------

(W-R: (B-C (B-k (B-W


(Y-L

16
---- 15
---- S(c-50) AIR CONDITIONING (c-49) ;6
CONTROL UNIT

------ ----
(C-51) 105 111 60

R-G B-W (L-W) (W-L

R-G 1 B-W j(L-W) (W-l


,,2 ,6 ,,4
r /\ /k

I-+ M

~~~fX~RAIR (c-21)
L-
J I
/j~E~E&@&j; (c-22)
CONTROL MOTOR
MOTOR
(c-17) o(c-22)(c-49) (c-50) (c-51) (F-01) (F-34)

HR12M05DB

TSB Revision
280 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT


(1993 MODELS)

FU;;-;, LINK @ IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) L-R


I
1

FiRIATOR 2 2R-B 2R-B


ASSEMBLY LL
( A B

2L-G

2L-G L-R 2L-G L-R


5 ,,l ,,5 1
(A-04X) /\ RADIATOR - "
&lA~OTOR -------
,, (Lo) (HI) OFF-,CJN
\f \I ,
'4 3 4 3
L) I
2L-Y L-B 2% G-B

, II G-B
L-B
G-B
4 .t6
I

I 1
Ii I I
I
B;;IATOR (A-55) 35
1
ASSEMBLY B 2%
41
2B
n
=

HR12MOGAA

1 TSB Revision I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 281

AIR CONDITIONING
KiRB5E
b
COMPRESSOR LOCK
w
CONTROLLER

2R-%
r----.
1 10

2L-Y

@ !%PATED
20A

2L-w
j 2L-k .---$-----------

2L-Wj715 G-OIAiz

I
CONDENSER RADIATOR
8!A!OTOR RtTKoR II
ON,=-OFF (HI) (Lo) OFF-:,ON \/ RELAY I,
3 "4 (A-31X) (A-34X) "4 m“< " 5 //
II II
II c 2L-w 2L B Y L-G
2 T
II
I /I
I 7 1 ---------------- 4m % I
L----. 1I
0

-----------------J
2L-w 2L 2L-% I/I
II
I
I I I
I
90

2L-B g

2B
0 c
B
I
n
0

HR12MOGAB

TSB Revision
282 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)


di
(G-0)

1-E
I
15
-

1.2
r COMPARISON
1
(F)W-G

G-R

I
(A-67),,9 ----
1
; G-R
II
G-R 3
I
(
9
13

I
(Y-R

----- 10
1

.----
(Y-G:

I
I II (F>
Y-I;
(F>
Y-G
G-R II I 10Ab
/ I
0 II I
I
(G-R) I 2
(F>G-R III I
!
B-W
4
v 1I II /\
$f#W&LE I II FdBr;rE;IC CL
MODULE ;;l I II ------- -- u
AIR CONDITIONING , II II \/ O&F 's
ENGINE COOLANT I
;;yfgiATURE ;;,*OFF I I "1 "5
ON ' i G-Y B-W
ON-OFF \I I
:llSC(239'F) I L----+S--------256
OFF-ON
:108'C(226'F) &ni
I 0 B-W
I
I G (F>%-W (c-29)
I
I
I
r

HR12MOGBA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 283

POWER
SOURCE

ECPRCUITI ,
b,
7 5 3 10 (c-40)
(W-E
I,m
(BR ) (G-Y (B (B
COMBINATION
METERlTACHO)

2E

IGNITION
POWER
TRANSISTOR

(L-0 )I (Br;1) (G-Y

1
-
l(36 (c-51) 33
------
AIR
~~~~~;~""I""
f UNIT

HR12MOGBB

TSB Revision
284 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED) I
Ij~

IGNITION
KkBsE
b SWITCH(IG2)
5W-B 2L-B
J/B m ,,l (c-82),, 2
I\

kK%”
RELAY
r-
y3
1 s(c-82)
v \/ .J/
y2

21 R-B L-R

IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
(A-11X) 3B-WI

L-I
1

2B

(c-49)
R-B
101
L-F

----_-_--__--- 1
P
L-R
3.16
.---
I
108

/I
Y I

Ia AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL UNIT

HR12MOGCA

1 TSB Revision I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 285

AIR CONDITIONING
PHOTO CONTROL PANEL (c-17)
SENSOR I I
-9
v
st 1 55 2 (D-12)

(Y-W) (Y-G)

10
_---\ 90

(Y-W) (Y-G) T

70
r----,-r----~ 69 (c-49)

107 115 (c-51) AIR


E;;Xl;;[ONING
UNIT
B

20

DATA LINK AIR SELECTION a


CONNECTOR f,lAlA[~R CONTROL Y
(c-:9)
(c-28)

HR12MOGCB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

AIR CONDITIONING
TAILLIGHT RELAY CONTROL PANEL

1.25R-W

KFATED
--- _ --_ ------. -- ---- ---- ----.
a-
7 r '1 3F5 iT 3 2 3 2

G-W B-Y
..6 (c-69)
77
J/B G-W I3 (B) / (R-B (E R-i I (W-E (L-EI) (L-Y
-Le..-
"5 (c-83)
B-Y I I ! I I
19 20
k.-- --
9-- 10
---_ 17
---- -I3
x ----.
7----------
-- -
4 9

E
f-J

E
. i5 j7
B-Y (Y-R)

1
b
'I
RHEOSTAT ENGINE
COOLANT 2 (L-W)
;E/;;WATURE
OFF-ON:
22.5-30.5’ c (L-W)
(72. 7-86. 7' F)
(c-43)
B[:Y-B: I (L-W) (Y-k (L-W)
\
4c
I
2B 2 1 2

Q
(c-27) ~ _r
(c-42)

tiisiiLET .4b[S;;ERMO

(c-15) (c-16) (c-69)m

HR12M06DA

1 TSB Revision I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 287

INTERIOR
;ENEM;EATURE
r-
i;
DISPLAY 1 I”,1
a_l #) (L-W
v .---_ ---- ----
-
L

s2 $1 55 f56 (c-
(F-341,;5.------

)
1

(W-R1) (B-G: , (B-R (B-W


(Y-L 2) (L-W
1

------- - 1-.----
6 15
---- 6
5I
I

---- S(c-50)
V
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL UNIT (c-49: I i56
-
V

4
pm- El
------_ ---- ----- ----------_-
(C-51) 105 111 60 j6 58 570
R-G B-W (L-W) (W-L (L-G) (W R-k
0
(L-W)

(L-W)

R-G B-W (L-W) (W-L (L-G) (L-W) (W G-L


! I
A2 3 ,4
,: 3 ,P 1 /P4
I

BkiFFRAIR (c-21) !$@E~""c"o~~~~~ m


CONTROL MOTOR
MOTOR
(c-17) om(c-49) (c-50) (c-51) (F-01) F-TZ)

HR12MOGDB

1 TSB Revision
288 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) ‘d

FUSIB E IGNITION
LINK Q SWITCH(IG2)
2L-B 2 m
J/B @
r - h

(A-04X)
------____

1 ;~WFdP;WATURE
ENGINE
COOLANT
L-E 3 2B T" G-Br
J
3 20 \
11
-------------------________ 12 d
(C-31) (F)I
t
G-R

L-B G-B imSLE


11 I(c-29) SENSOR
I
(F>
B-h
La’ AToR
ASSEMBLY
(F)
1.25B
(RESISTOR) G-Y L-R
(A-55) MFI SYSTEM
T

S(c-52)
I Y 4 Y
2E

HR12M07AA

[ TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 289

J/B
ULTI
rFUSE (
JRPOSE
>
[jJ$iB E
0
&BP%
CONTROL
PEN”
R
A

L-: 2R-B G-C


r---- 10
'______--__---_ ____~__-------__~_------ 1.--------------------~
II I
!

1I 2L-Y I
I
II I
I
I
G9 BW"'"" I
I
20A I
I
/
/
I
I
2L-1 2L-w G-O I
I
I
! , I
I
I
I
I
2L-w 2L-w I
I
,,5 ,,5 ,,: 3 /
I
r A CONDENSER /\ /\ I
I
------- I
I
-----------____ KAVoToR 7 I
ON m (HI) (LO) OFF-b N I
I
Lm (A-34X)‘ ' 2L-F I
I
I
2L-w 2L I
I
2L-E I
I-
_---_------------ ?.-----_ ,2- I
I

:- -
I
I
2L-w 2L E~NECTI~N 2E I
I

1
'---, (A-36) 3 J

e
II
--

il
/
I
I
I
I
I
M ’ j
I
I
I
I
L----------+6 \+
(A-45)2 2-d
2L-B 2B E
0

2B
d
-
0

HR12M07AB

I TSB Revision I
290 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)

(G-0) l(c-02)
1’
I
I
G-O G (G-0)
I
1
ON-OFF DUAL
8D :200kPa(2BPsi)
OFF-ON g$yI?g#RE AIR CONDITIONING
: 225kPa (32~s i )
ON-OFF
COMPRESSOR LOCK
: 32OOkPa (455PSi) -*OFF (~-35) 15 CONTROLLER
OFF-ON
:2600kPa(370Dsi)

COMPARISON

13 EYiiB5Eb
(F)\h
;

THERMOSTAT liii&ii
I
ON-OFF
:155'C(311'F)
Of :F ‘TO N
OFF-ON
:llO'C(230'F) L 13 1 3
(B-20) (F>G (Y-R (Y-G:
G-R (F>G 3 )-------- IO 13
r--- .----
I
) c 2B-R (A-36)
(A-67) 3---- II --------t
1
I
I
I
I
II
II
II
@
n-l F;E&CATED (F)
Y-R
(F)
Y-G
I
I II
I
G-R I /I B-\
I
I I/ 3
I
(G-R) I MAGNET IC
I II
I
I
CLUTCH
I II RELAY
1 I I (A-33X)
I I
ELC-4A/T I ON
I I c
I
I
I
I
I.--.
I
I
I ",:",lt B - W
I
G-R I

3 4
/gxm$IC
(B-20)
:4-
-
-
15 (c-5: '2
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE

HR12M07BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air- Conditioning Circuit 291

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE
t FUSE @ )
w
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR LOCK
CONTROLLER 11

CIRCUIT/ -7

7 5 4 1 0 (c-40)

(W-E
I (BE (G-Y

l(D-42) I

COMBINATION
METERCTACHO)
7-B

z(D-15)

IGNITION POWER
TRANSISTOR

8.-----_ 1 (c-49)
AIR
~~~I~T~ONING
UNIT

HR12M07BB

TSB Revision
292 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
$d I

$4
.(c-73)
imER
RELAY
OFF-,;ON
"3
L / v
“F "3 (c-82)
z(c-77)2-- l(c-70) 3m
28 R-Y R 3L L-R
I
,,2 ,,l ,l

--I-
34
IOD OR
STORAGE

R-B
(A-11X)
CONNECTOR L-R

REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
MFI SYSTEM A/C
POWER 3B-W L-R L-E
TRANSISTOR ,.3
c-23)------,< ,\ 3
2A
-7
-----__-
) I)
\/ v \, OFF-,;ON
"2 "4 "1 "1
28 2B
(C

213 R-: W-Y L-F

(C-4E -- 52
51
-------11 (c-51) 101 108
53
m
t I
n L
I
0 AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL UNIT
(A-11X) (C-23) (c-38) (c-39) e=m (c-51) (c-68) (c-70) (c-73) (c-77)

HR12M07CA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 293

PHOTO AIR CONDITIONING


CONTROL PANEL (c-17)
SENSOR
INDITIONING
i IL SWITCH i
1
- 6
51 52 53 54 "57 58 59 60
(Y-h (Y-C

10
-_-. 90
(R-h R-Y R-L R-C G-R) (G-B 2-L :G-C
1
(Y-h (Y-G I I

70
---- 6 9 (c-49) (c-50) ---
1 2--- 3--_ 4.--- ---.
11 .2
_-- 13
--- 14
r--- - - - ~

J-
7
J. J- J- .A
ir

)ICATED a
GND G D
V
_____----_-_~--------~. ------. --------- ----_-_

L
54 113 102 104 107 115(C-51)AIR
CONDITIONING
J/B E#"""
I T 7
(P (BR G-R R-W B B
MFI SYSTEM (F)
R-E
I I

DOOR LIGHT AND B


bpg@GG"" COMPARTMENT

F R-B 2B
11 -@@-

DATA LINK AIR SELECTION I


CONNECTOR ;#;;R CONTROL
(c-79)
(c-28) 6

HR12MOKB

TSB Revision
294 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)
<NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)

AIR CONDITIONING
TAILLIGHT RELAY CONTROL PANEL
I I

Pt, @@CATED 1i IL1 1


, , 1’ -8T<11 AIR,I
3% CONDITIONING GRAPHIC

-
.--
- -
--
A
.--- .--. .--. ----- --___
I
A
-
I I
7 15 .3 11 12 3 4 9 1 (c-16)
G-W
1.6 ic-ss,
--7T---
J/B G-W B-' E (B (R-B) (B: R-l L (W-B) (L-B: ‘)

I I I I I
(c-50) 19 20--. 9--. 10
----- 17 :- 7- -----
r 1. i 1
.--- ----_ ----

I i
B-Y

E;W&~ETE
B-Y

P J
(c-15) 1
TAIL LIGHT.PARKING/SIDE
MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE
PLATE LIGHT
----------.
35 67 AIR
B-Y E (Y-R CONDITIONING
CONTROL UNIT
RHEOSTAT ENGINE
COOLANT (L-W)
;E/gEiAT"RE
OFF-ON:
22.5-30.5'c
(72.7~66.7'F)

B (Y-B (L-w:
I
I

2E
(c-27)

~EWXI~LET &k;4JiERMO

(c-49) (c-50) (c-69)-

HR12M07DA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 295

INTERIOR
AIR CONDITIONING $;/UdggATURE
CONTROL PANEL

DISPLAY .-
NOTE
:l:HATCHBACK (Y-L I (L-W,;‘:
:2:CONVERTIBLE (F-$ j----__
- - ----. .----
ESl 55 56 (c-17) (L-W> ti 41
J
I (Y-L)

.G) (B-R (B-W ; (Y-L (L-W ‘)

(Y-L)
i
(L-W)
- -15
_---. ____ 5 S(c-50) &~TR";~";;iT"N'N" (c-49) ;6 --I
-II

:;! :

P
i

F-5? V
------
V
----- ---- - ---------- ------
(C-51) 105 111 SO 56 58 570 112 103
(L-h (L-Ci) y$)
0
(L-W)

(L-W)

R-G
,2
I
B-W (L-h
I 1
(W-L) 1 (L-G (L-.W) W (L-G)
I R-Y [ G-L 1
A \6 I ,,3 1 ,p
/\ ,,3 ,,l ,?
,\ ,6
/*

-@I-
1.
;h[BBRA'R (c-21) ~~~~E~""c~~~~~~ (c-22)
MOTOR
iE%oL

HR12M07DB

1 TSB Revision
296 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)>

IGNI'I
SWITC tG2)
2L-E !(c-82)
2R-BI J/B @
10A
L
(c-69)
7

L-R

2L-G L-F

10
5
(A-04X) RADIATOR
A - - - - ;iFJAyOTOR
(LO) (HI) OFF-h
3 4 ENGINE

1-----I
COOLANT
2B
G-B r 1
;;{E';$ATURE

11
--------------------------- 2(c-31)
(F>I
G-R

2L-' L-E G-E 3kS””


11
--___--. l(c-29) SENSOR
!- (F)Yi
I
(F>
B-W
zwAToR
ASSEMBLY
(RESISTOR)
(A-55)
i
I- G-Y L-R
MFI SYSTEM

B
-
2E

HR12MOBAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 297

J/B
ULTI JRPOSE fi&~p;&;i
cFUSE ( > CONTROL:

L- 2R-B G-O
---- 10- i.--------------------~
r----
I
I
2L-Y I
I
I
I

@ FW”‘“” I
I
I
20A I
I
I
I
I
I
2L- 2L-w G-O I
I
I
t I
I
/
I
I
2L-w 2L-w I
I
,5 ,,5 ,,z /

/\ CONDENSER I\ I\
-------
.---------------I;OFF . KACIOTOR
(HI) (LO) OFF-d .IN
"4 (A-31X) (A-34X) '1 a 2L-B
2L-w 2L
2L-E
Lee-- 1_____------------ _-----
\G4 4
G-B NO 2E
2L-w 2L CONNECTION
1 3--
k (A-36)

2B
d
-

HR12MOEAB

TSB Revision
298 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)> (CONTINUED)
i_/il

(G-0) l(c-02)
I 1 II I

I
I
/ f
I
I L COMPARISON
I
I
I
I
I

THERMOSTAT I 3SOR
ION C
ON-OFF
:lW C(311.F) f i
OFF-ON
:llO'C(230'F) OFF ‘7" I 13 1
(B-20) i 2R-E
I
I
I
I
( (Y-R (Y-G:
I
G-k (F>G-I R ':cI I

I&-------- 3 10
I
-------_ .-------- -----
Ir----
j G- R 2B-I;
(A-67) 1
----7
DEDICATED (F>
FUSE (F)
@
10A
r 1 Y-R Y-G
‘d
p.jiyifi1
G-R B-W B-b 5
1

1
(G-R) C
------__ CL
u-
RELAY
1 OE
'F (A-33X)
ELC-4A/T
: G-’
L----
B-W
-----___
I ~$?~5~T'ON

(F)B-W B-W
G-R (F)B-W
L--------

r
(c-52)
Y ENGINE
CONTROL
ti MODULE

HR12MOEBA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 299

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE
( FUSE @ J
C
L-R
AIR CONDIT ONING L-R L-R
COMPRESSOR LOCK
CONTROLLER h 3 11

ENGINE SPEED
OPERATION CIRCUIT ;NC
V

10

(BR (G-Y)

COMBINATION
~ METE~/TACH~~-

2E

IGNITION POWER
TRANSISTOR

-E;1

1
8
_----- (c-49)
AIR

1 p&,-1 %
E8/~Cl~~ONING
UNIT

(c-29) (c-40) (c-49) (c-51) (c-90)


pjz$zmg:, -1
/
kv/ (D-15) (D-42)
p?lRq
-1 HR12MOEBB

TSB Revision
r--
300 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)> (CONTINUED)
i

2W-B 2L-B

1 5W-B
J/B HORN (c-68) ,,l (c-82),, 2
I ,\ b I

T
\/ \I \I J V

"5 (c-82) " ‘20 2-- 10 '3 (c-83)


D
28 (F)R-B j L-R
,,2 ,,l
E \ /\

IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR L-R Lj
(A-11X) 3B-W I T
R-B
,2B-W
1 REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
MFI SYSTEM A/C
POWER L-R
TRANSISTOR ,,3
m-------.- 4
2A
------__ BkPKR
1 RELAYCHI)
\I \, \/ OFF-,;ON I2m
"2 "4 "1 "1 0
2B 28 2B
0

28 R-E W-Y L-R L-R

(c-49: 13
.-----_I,51
__ 152 (c-51) 101
------___------ 116
-___ 108

I 15 -- v 0
1 /%Z”BpYI (EKE RfiF8iaToRj
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL UNIT

HR12MOECA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditionina Circuit

AIR CONDITIONING
PHOTO CONTROL PANEL (c-17)
SENSOR

I-4 -‘1 AIR CONDIT ONING


CONTROL SW TCH

!-..$I
L
I\ ;o
-
51 52 53 54 57 58 .59 "60
(Y-h (Y-C i)

10 90
(R-W) (R-k (R-L (R-C G-E G-B G-L) (G-C

(Y-G ) 1 i I I I

70 69 (c-49) op-- 4
_--. 12
--- l 13
---
-A
T
J.

\
/I

L
iL
L--- ----------x------------
GND
V
--------- ------. Y
(SNI
V
-

s4 113 '102 104 107


ING
I
f
(F (BR G-R R-W B B
(F>
R-B 1 1 41
MFI SYSTEM
( (F>R-B
I P
DOOR LIGHT AND E,
EKQ&GE COMPARTMENT

I R-B 2E 1
I1
r
DATA LINK AIR SELECTION Q
CONNECTOR EMhi;R CONTROL
(c-79)
(c-28)

(c-15) (c-17) (c-28) KFZO (c-50) (c-51)

HR12MOBCB

TSB Revision
302 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)
<TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)> (CONTINUED) ’
d’

AIR CONDITIONING
TAILLIi;H T RELAY CONTROL PANEL
-I-
2R-W:
1.25R-W'
Ii
T--
.R I AIR CONDITIONING

a-
iif GRAPHIC
- !CEJL
DEDICATED 1
FUSE -
----__ --- -- -- ---_ ---- :-_--
5 11 12 3 1 3 2
G-Vd
7r
6m
J/B 1
r G-W B-.Y B (B (R-B 1 (B) R-I I. (W-B (L-B (L-Y
LAL
\/

I I

/?.I

-
B-Y
(c-50) 1---
-
9 20--. 3--. 10
---- -
17
----. --- 7-____-_-__

G-k I
f;@;;TE
0-Y
4 P ‘I

-5
r
v
TAIL LIGHT.PARKING/SIDE
(c-15),:ll LJ
MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE
PLATE LIGHT %

1
---------.
c
(c-49) 59 J 67 A1R
CONDITIONONG

I
B- Y G CONTROL' UNIT
7
RHEOST 'AT ENGINE
COOLANT 2 (L-W)
&Ei{giATURE
OFF-ON:
22.530.5'c (L-W)
(72.7-66. 7'F)
NOTE (c-43)

T
:l:HATCHBACK 1
:2:CONVERTIBLE
B (Y-B (L-W)

2B

r&#LET @T~ERMO

HR12MOBDA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 303

INTERIOR
AIR CONDITIONING ;;/g;$ATURE
CONTROL PANEL
1

OiSPLAY A +
----_
.-

a-E ’-I
NOTE
:l:HATCHBACK
:2:CONVERTIBLE
62 ;1 55 j6 (c-17) (L-w) :2 :1
-.
(Y-L)

‘)
,,I

(W-R) (B-G (B-R: (B-h EmZ2y-$b (Y-L) (L-k

(Y-L) 0

-1E
I
16 15 ~(~-50) AIR CONDITIONING
-----___ .---- ----_ 5---- '+

4
CONTROL UNIT
:I

----
111 60

(L-W)

(L-W)

(L-W)

I
?
B-W

EkELJZgRAIR (c-21) Ei;;E;Eb&;#L" (c-22)


MOTOR
Fi8EsoL

HR12MOBDB

TSB Revision
304 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)


i/,

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG2)
r
2R-Bj 2L-E
J/B @
10A
I--
(c-69)
7

(A-04X)
--
c
L-B
RADIATOR
;;FAyOTOR
I (LO)

2B
2L-G I

----------
(HI) OFF-..%
4
G-E
L-R

(1 A-07X)
II G-E 1
11
---------__~~----_________
(F>l
J
r :LE
L-B
I. 11
G-E
-----_-_
!R
-

(F>Y (F)
RADIATOR (F> B-W
FAN 1.258
ASSEMBL,Y
(RESISTOR) G-Y L-R
(A-55) I--
MFI SYSTEM
i
I (F)1.25I
6----------___

2E

HR12MllAA

1 TSB Revision 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 305

J/B AIR CONDITIONING


ULTI 'JRPOSE COMPRESSOR LOCK
YFUSE ( I > CONTROLLER

Y
D

G-O
_---

G-O

2L-w 2L-B
5 ,,5
r I\ . CONDENSER I\
----------______ FAN MOTOR ___----
. RELAY .
'L-OFF (HI) (LO) 0FF-d IN
"4 (A-31X) (A-34X) '9 ' 2L-B
2L
1
1
Q 2L-B
---_------------- .----- i
G-B 2L
1 9--.
(A-36)
I

CONDENSER
I I FAN MOTOR
i
I I
I
I
I
I
M I I
/
I
I
I
I I
I I
I +
L----------+,
I
p ‘+

(A-45)2 2-k-46)
2L-B 2B
tc

2B

HR12MllAB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditionina Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

(G-0) l(c-02)
1
I T /
G-O 2 (G-0)
I
ON-OFF DUAL
:200kPa (28DS i)
OFF-ON PRyQR$;RE AIR CONDITIONING
:2%kPa(32~s i) COMPRESSOR LOCK
ON-OFF (c-40) 15 CONTROLLER
(A-35) I
III
I
r COMPARISON
1
(F>W-G
,p
,\ COMPRESSOR SPEED
THERMOSTAT OPERATION CIRCUIT
ON-OFF
:155'C(31l'F)
OFF-ON
3
:llO'C(230'F) OFF 'toN 1 Q
(B-20)
C (Y-R (Y-G
G-I; (F>G-R c 10
l------ -------- _---- 13
I
j G-F )
(A-67) 3.---- I/
1 II
/ B&~k”“‘“” (F>
Y-R
<F)
Y-G

G-R 2

1
(G-R)
r .--------_ f-b
-cl-

ELC-4A/T
1 G-k
L---.. I-------- 6

G-R G

G
x
(c-52) '2
ENGINE
CONTROL
* MODULE

HR'I2MllBA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 307.

J/B
MULTI-PURPOSE
( FUSE @ )
v

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR LOCK
CONTROLLER 11

CIRCUITpj -7
1 (c-40)

GNL:
n
”r
7 5 14

(W-E 1)
I (BR (G-Y (B (B)

l(D-42) ,

COMBINATION
cv METE~iTACH~~-I
I)
-lb 2B
I

;!m

v
IGNITION POWER
TRANSISTOR

1
AIR
#/;~;[ONING
UNIT

HR12MllBB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)


\
‘d ~

2L-B
2W-B
5W-B
J/0 HORN (c-68) ,,l (c-82),, 2
1
63
10A

4
(c-73)
iFBR
RELAY

\, & \/
T- \I
2(c-77)2-- 10 "3 (c-83)
J
I R-Y R L-R
i
,2 ,,l
I\ /\
34
IOD OR
STORAGE

R-B
(A-11X)
CONNECTOR
t
L-R

REAR WiNDOW
DEFOGGER
MFI SYSTEM A/C
POWER 3B-W L-R L-K
TRANSISTOR ,.3
c-23) ,\ 3 4
2A
I\
-------- k%"
RELAYCHI)
, \, \/ OFF-:,ON I
,m
"2 "4 "1 " 1
2B 2B 2B

R-E ).85B-G B-R W-Y L-R L-R

(c-51) 101 116 108


-

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL UNIT

(c-se)0
HRlPMllCA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit 309

PHOTO AIR CONDITIONING


SENSOR CONTROL PANEL (c-17)

INDITIONING
l-x--l IL SWITCH

(
1 :2(D-12)
- 6
53 '57 \-' 58 59 "60
(Y-W) (Y,

10
-- ;9 (c-15)
(R-W R-C G-R :G-B) (G-L (G-0)
(Y-W) (Y- I I

---- 70
--- 69 (c-49) (c-50) 3 4 -11- - - 12 13
,. 14

7
.--- _--_ - - - .---
-

I )ICATED LJ
J.

/
J-

G
----------------------. ------_ --------- .-----_
113 102 104 107

J/B
(P BR G-R R-W B B
(F)
R-B I t
MFI SYSTEM
I
DOOR LIGHT AND
E)K$GE COMPARTMENT B

2
F R-B 2B
11 16 4 5
r
DATA LINK AIR SELECTION A.
CONNECTOR ;8M&R CONTROL
(c-79)
m Ii
(c-15) (c-17) (c-50) (c-51)

HR12MllCB

1 TSB Revision
310 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)


d!

AIR CONDITIONING
TAILLIGHT RELAY I CONTROL PANEL
2R-W"
1.25R-Wz2
ILL
OH c
Kw ATED : -
15A --. .-.
7 5

G-W
J.6 (c-69)
77
J/B G-W B-l I 0 (R-E (0 R-L (W-B: (L-E (L-Y
AL
"5 (c-83)
G-W
63

I i
(c-50 17 8
---_ r----
B-Y
G-W
E;$/W;TE
0-Y
(c-15) I,,1 1
TAIL LIGHT,PARKING/SIDE
MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE
PLATE LIGHT
j7 AIR
CONDITIONONG
B-k CONTROL UNIT
7
RHEOSTAT
(L-W)

22.5-30.5'c (L-W)
(72.?-86.7'F)
NOTE
:'l:HATCHBACK
X2:CONVERTIBLE
.B)

2E
ic-27:

(c-15) (c-16) (c-27) cz?) cF$


pR%q m f$ I2
o(c-83)
@lq
‘p?7laq
HR12MllDA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

INTERIOR INTERIOR
AIR CONDITIONING ~;~F@;~ATURE $~/F@~;ATURE
CONTROL PANEL :3
(F-01):4 lzGs (E-49)

( ?+3 ,
DISPLAY 1 "2
1 2cY-L, l (L-W) :3
1 - - - - - -
---- ‘2 F
55 s(c-17) (Y-L) (L-W)
5------
' (Lew;t&&3
(Y-L)
:4

(W-R (B-G (B-R (B-W I


r3
:1
(Y-L)
I :sI r
I I le-l
(L-W)
----_ 16
---- 15
---- 5---- i(c-50) AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL UNIT (c-49).,66 -J
v I :;
I
:1

L; Kiiymty p pynmTg1
V

(C-51) 105
------
V

111
-__-- ------
60 56 5;5
---------
570
------
112
1
103

(L-W) (L-G ) TW)

(L-W) 1

(L-W) NOTE
:l:HATCHBACK
:E:CONVERTIBLE
r "3XHIgb;S WITH
:4:;;;;Sb;S WITHOUT
R-G 1 B-W /CL-W) (W-L) l(L-G) :L-w) R-\l G-l
00 I (L-G) I
2 , *6 9,,4 ,,3 ,p
I\ 5,,3 ,,l
/\ 6L
I

lhg3&RAIR (c-21) MODE SELECTION m


@@R CONTROL
CONTROL
MOTOR
(c-17) (c-21)(c-22)0 (c-50) (c-51) (E-4s):3 (E-49):3 (F-01):4

HR12MllDB

TSB Revision
312 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Symbol Name Symbol

I Air conditioning compressor lock controller II I Dual pressure switch lc I


Air conditioning control unit E Engine control module E

I
Air-inlet sensor H Engine coolant temperature sensor J
Air-therm0 sensor F Engine coolant temperature switch* A I
Blower motor relay L Interior temperature sensor N I
Blower motor relay (HI) I Magnetic clutch relay B

I
Condenser fan motor relay (HI) B Photo sensor G
Condenser fan motor relay (LO) B Radiator fan motor control relay* B I
Data link connector (from 1994 models) Revolution sensor D
I-
Data link connector (up
z to 1993 models) Thermostat* D
NOTE
lUp to 1993 models

S16FO257 L19FO134
00002687

01 \\a\
Condenser fan
\ Radiator fan mo- , motor relay (LO)

Condenser fan motor Magnetic clutch


relav. (HI)
., 9%. relav.
I
, -?!6F0030

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

<From 1994 models>

--- . _
control module control module
LY /
I 220NO26! / Xl 6FO292

I I 216FO263

Ill -!‘W II\ I K


IH Mill\ II\

<From 1994 models>


\

5 \ YlGFOdSE

1 TSB Revision
Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit /
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit

Interior temperature
sensor I

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER


COMPONENT LOCATION

Data link connector u


<From 1994 models>
------J\ .r7===-lc7c7%

t I-L \ X16Fo?m I

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit 315

/ OPERATION <Auto wiper stop>

L <Low-speed (and high-speed) wiper>


l When the wiper switch is placed in the LO
l When the wipe: switch is placed in the OFF
position, the cam contacts of wiper motor causes
current to flow through the auto wiper stop
position with the ignition switch in the ACC or
circuit, allowing the wiper blades to cycle before
ON position, wipers operate continuously at low
they reach to the stop position.
speed.
l Placing the wiper switch in the HI position <Mist wiper>
causes the wipers to operate at high speed. l If the washer switch is on for 0.6 second or
<Intermittent wiDer> less when the ignition switch is at ON or ACC
with the wiper switch turned off, the washer
l If the wiper switch is turned to the INT position
liquid will not be poured but transistor will be
when the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC
turned on to operate the wipers one time.
position, the voltage value from the intermittent
variable volume switch is input to intermittent <Wiper linked with washer>
time detection circuit. ’ l If the washer switch is on for 0.6 second or
l The intermittent time detection circuit outputs more when the ignition switch is at ON or ACC
an H signal at the intermittent time according with the wiper switch turned off, the washer
to the set value of the intermittent variable liquid will be poured and the transistor will be
volume switch and, via OR, turns the Tr on turned on 0.6 second later to operate the wipers
and off to operate the wiper. two or three times.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Phenomenon Inspecting method
Wipers do not operate Washer does not operate. l Check the multi-purpose fuse No. 9
continuously
Washer operates. l Check the wiper motor. (Refer to GROUP
S-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
L l Check the column switch. (Refer to GROUP
S-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
Low-speed (or high-speed) wiper operation only is l Check the column switch. (Refer to GROUP
inoperative. 51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
Wipers do not operate intermittently. l Check the wiper switch “INT” input signal. (Refer
(They operate continuously.) to GROUP 51-Troubleshooting.)
l Check the column switch. (Refer to GROUP
S-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
Wipers do not stop. l Check the wiper switch “INT” input signal. (Refer
to GROUP 51-Troubleshooting.)
l Check the column switch. (Refer to GROUP
51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
o Check the wiper motor. (Refer to GROUP
51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
The intermittent time will not vary even if the variable l Check the variable intermittent wiper control switch
intermittent wiper control switch is operated. input signal. (Refer to GROUP S-Troubleshooting.)
l Check the column switch. (Refer to GROUP
51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
Even if the washer switch The wipers linked with the l Check the washer motor. (Refer to GROUP
is on for 0.6 second or washer operate. 51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
more,. the washer will not l Check the washer nozzle and washer tube.
operate.
The wipers linked with the l Check the washer switch input signal.
washer do not operate. l Check the washer switch. (Refer to GROUP
51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT


\i
e/~

FUSIBLE LINKa IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)


I I
2W-B
5w-B,,1 (c-68) &, 4
HORN 2-pI
JIBi I

13Ab 15Ab 15Ab ;


\I V \, \,
::-J
O"11 =---y(c-701
2 w i 'pun, 1T 8
(F)R-BI "'1; "I, , @@"R'! &.;~~~~ORY
I \
0.85L
NOTE
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
x2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALATM SYSTEM - . -. . . .- . _ -
I LIGHTER
\

,.
---------_____
"GARETTF
_I 53 (c-66) I\

LG
I A 7h 6 I
d
WIPER RELAY I WASHER SWITCH 1 WIPER SWITCH I

-10 w9 ‘8
(c-83) ',,4 LG
J/B A
0.85L-W V 0
(C-82) *B“5
n LG
B 0 c

HR13MOGAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAlViS - Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) WIPER IGNITION


J/B RELAY
SK?"
+
CHARGING
(F)
R-B J/B
(F>R-B
I
DOOR LIGHT
AND LUGGAGE 0.858-W S(c-71) LG 0.85L-( 0.85L- 0.85L-A 0. 85
E~$;;RTMENT
0.858-W F s(D-44)
0.85B-W

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT
AND HAZARD LIGHT
NOTE -------- -------- _--_----. _----___
tl:VEHICLES WITHOUT 6 5 16 17
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM g 18 (c-29)
:2:VEHICLES WITH
R-B THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM 2
x3:UP TO 1995 MODELS 5
%4:FROM 1996 MODELS
- - LG
ETACS UNIT YmG"106 (D-05)

/!i , M
2

:c-ss) 54
B

%3
2B-$ 0.85L-( 0.85L- 0.85L-h 0.85
B-L
B B

16 9 4 5 4 A3

DATA LINK
I L i%R
MOTOR
CONNECTOR (A-15)
(c-79)
2B 1.25B
NOTE
DATE LINK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
AND GROUND CIRCUIT
ARE APPLICABLE FROM 1994 MODELS

tzB
(c-79) gygT E%E o(D-04) (D-05) (D-44)
(UP TO 1993 MODELS) )

1 TSB Revision
318 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Rear Wiper and Washer Circuit

REAR WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT

IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) TAILLIGHT RELAY


I
REAR
(c-82) INTERMITTENT DEDICATED
WIPER RELAY FUSE

I I .Ji--mm I -1*.
1 v
i I
1 \/ 1, V i
0.85 0.85L "4 " 1 "2 "5
L OL3$ OBJ$ B-L
T
---------- J,14
--------------____ ,,17
------ ,,16
, c-w
0. 85 B-L
0.85L 1
,\ 6 4 7 GLOVE BOX LIGHT
I\ REAR WIPER
&;PT;/SHER
REAR (D-37)
WIPER
SWITCH ILL d3

0.85 0.85 0.85~~


2
L-b E1

---- -----
0.85~~
2 REAR
0
WASHER RHEOSTAT

I
, 5 7m I MOTOR
(F> (F) (F) (F-15) 2EI
0. a: "ifi 1 "if;

z(D-41)

2B 28
n

HR13M04AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Rear Wiper and Washer Circuit

COMPONENT LOCATION

OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


<Low-speed wiper> 1. Wipers do not operate.
0 When the rear wiper switch is placed in the (1) Washer is not operative, either.
ON position with the ignition switch in the ACC l Check multi-purpose fuse No. 9.
or ON position, wipers operate continuously at l Check ground.
low speed. 2. Low-speed wiper operation only is inoperative.
l Check wiper switch.
<Auto wiper stop> 3. Wipers do not stop.
l When the rear wiper switch is placed in the l Check wiper motor.
OFF position, the cam contains of wiper motor l Check rear intermittent wiper relay.
causes current to flow through the auto wiper l Check rear wiper switch.
stop circuit, allowing the wiper blades to cycle 4. Intermittent wiper operation is inoperative.
before they reach to the stop positions. l Check terminal voltage of the rear
intermittent wiper relay energized.
<Intermittent wiper>
(Refer to GROUP 51-Windshield Wiper and
l When the rear wiper switch is placed in the Washer for information concerning the
i INT position with the ignition switch in ACC installation position of the intermittent wiper
or ON position, the rear intermittent wiper relay relay.)
is energized causing the rear intermittent wiper
relay contacts to close and open repeatedly. Terrr$al 1 Voltage Check
l When the contacts are closed, the wiper motor
is energized.
l When the rear wiper motor is energized, the
rear intermittent wiper relay contacts open;
however, the cam contacts keep the rear wiper
motor energized until the wiper blades return
to their stop position.
I 12v Rear intermittent

0 3-b 12v
1 (alternating)

5. Washer is inoperative.
l Check washer motor.
l Check washer switch.

1 TSB Revision
320 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit

REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR CIRCUIT

3B-

B-R
r
MFI SiSTEM
20-I
DEDICATED
FUSE
(2
r
101
11
I
I
:F> I
I
3-I; I
I
/
I
I
I
I
4 LH 21 \RH
I
I
t
, - 4 - L 1
/ d/ \,
AL
/
I
I
"7 "8 "2 j‘9
/ B
I Y-W Y-L G-: Y-R G-R 0
/
L - - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ “r12 -------- --- ---- ---_ ___ 2E1
____----___--_-___ “13 I
( D - 4 3 ) ‘g------ 7 2(D-41)
0
4)
I
4)

(F> 28 (F) (F> (F: (F) (F> (F> (F) (F)


B-R Y-W Y-L G-I B-R B Y-W Y-R G-R
(E-32) ,&-,p&&- $3-- ,,5--,_4-,,g-,,7 (E-01)
B-R 2B,, Y-W Y-L G-I B-R B Y-W Y-R G-R
:2
,:1B 1:' :1 5:1 1x1 8;;
I\
$;
,\
g; 2B
(E-33) :\ -- 2 /\ /\ I\ /\ I\ (E-03)
--
5
HEATER
I- UI cl
1 HEATER =

(LH) (RH)
REMOTE Xl:VEHICLES WITH MIRROR HEATER
CONTROLLED MIRROR :2:VEHICLES WITHOUT MIRROR HEATER

HR13M05AA I

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit 321 ~
I
OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
l When teh remote controlled mirror switch is Neither right nor left mirror operates
L operated while the ignition key is in “ACC” or 1) Also cigarette lighter does not operate I
“ON” position, current flows through fuse No. l Check multi-prpose fuse No. 5.
5 remote controlled mirror switch, remote 2) Cigarette lighter operates
controlled mirror, remote controlled mirror l Check remote controlled mirror switch.
switch, and ground, causing the mirror to move.

1 TSB Revision I
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
322 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit <RIvD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT


(UP TO OCTOBER, 1993)
<FWD>

FUSIBL LINK@ - FUSIBLE LINK@

3R-E 3R-E
&&CATED
i
b

R-E (L-R)
i5 7
ABS
POWER RELAY
IA-02X)
"4 "3
(B-R) G-R

jl
.___-__________--

1;
----_ +--&";T ;fNOID VALVE

L5 - - - __ -,I
.ON
I x

2
I !
2R z
f

=z=
t
= 2 iI-E
L---- ----_ -----
1 ' E 7 3 6
0

n-
B
m,Jl ----_ --------_ 10
0.85L-Y 2R-Y G-E
3----- 1-----
R-l
;I 1.25G-Y
7
2Y-G 20
6----- 11---_ 9
2Y-B

0
0.85L-Y
t2
T 2R-Y I G-B
5 16
R-L
19
20
,>7
2Y-B
,,l
2

Y Y
f

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HR15M05AA

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit 4WD> 323

IGNIT IN IGNII
SWITC (IG2) SWITC

2L-B 2B-1
3:----------------
J/B
0
15A
0
15A
--------______ \/
(L-R) ?(c-69) S(c-71) 13 “7 (c-83)
0.85B-VI
6o 0.85R-B
0.85B-k
I2
STOP
LIGHT
B-k (F)R- SWITCH
59 (c-61)
11

1
(D-45) COMBINATION
) METER
$2
L -J
58
(D-04)
0.8%

I
G-R 5
(F-1S)
0.85( ;
G-R
ac

0.85( ; T7B
tc
0.85G
G-R
(; STOP LIGHT

A 29
ABS
i CONTROL
UNIT
(E-12)

(D-45) (E-12) (F-19)


m/
HR15M05AB

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
324 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit cFWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO OCTOBER, 1993)


<FWD> (CONTINUED)

SPEED SENSOR

FRONTCLH) FRONTCRH) REAR(LH) REAR(RH)


(A-29) (A-12) iE-19) (E-16)

2 1 1 T
CH
(T>h CT: CT)1 (T>F;

3 1 3.---- 7
(c-33) :--- ------. (T)h (T)G (T)E (T)R
,
(T>W : CT) I CT)1 , (T>R
I : I
14 15 33 11 10 28
-
4BS RESISTOR
@UROL (F-09)
m

GND GND GND

23 !4 3 !O

Y-R F

A
------_ (c-34)
(F>R-.B 2 2

R-,B P B B 21 2B 2B 2B
g:: y:: 4:1 5:1
I
/ - u I
-
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(c-79)

-
NOTE
:l:From 1994 moueis
%2:UP to 1993 mocfels

(E-12) (E-16) (E-19) ~~


1(2~3j4(5(6(?~6(9(10(11~12/13~14(15(16(17118j m
19/20~21~22~23~24~5~6~27/28/29po131~32~33~34~35] pf m B
HR15M05BA

1 TSB Revision -~-I


i

1 TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
326 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit cFWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT


(FROM NOVEMBER, 1993)
<FWD> (HATCHBACK)

IGb IN
SW1
- (IG2) FUSIBLE LINK@

2L

(C-EQ ,,: 3R-E 3R-E


J/B -7
(3
1 OA
L--LL
(C-E 92

(L--R)

!!--- ----------- ---!I


r- DIODE
I A-68
kkEB r/ SOLENOID VALVE
/OFF‘ ON

R @mlC1 -4F =
M
.-- ----- - -
2
- - - _----
1 1 B
----------

o.a5~-k
10
2R-\I G-B R-L
0 1.25G-k 2Y-G
34 -------z------ --------- 3- - - - -
1.---- 7
-----

R 0.85w i 2R-k I
G-B R-L 1.25G-Y 2Y-G
i1a 2 5 16 !7 22
-
Y
4

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

5 16 / 7 / 8 / 9j10~11/12~13~14~15~16117j18
19~Ol21~22~3~24~25~26~27128129130plp8133~34~35~

HRlSMOGAA

1 TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit <MID> 327

IGNI ON
SWIT (IGl)
2B- 5W-B

1
R-W 2W-B
) (2)
2B-
7(c-82) 5w-B,,1 (c-68)
CHARGING J/B HORN

@ 0
!OP 15A
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S(c-71) II 17m
0.85B- 0.85R-B

0.858- 0.85R-B
0.85B-W
G-R STOP
LIGHT
TURN-SIGNAL B- #$"G (F)R-f3 SWITCH
1 LIGHT AND 21
59 :2
cm (c-62)
i;M;NATION
0.85c:
L I
(D-04)

5 t
jF-19) G STOP LIGHT

;l;R'LIGHT R-B 0.85~


G-I LUGGAGE
~~~~~RTMENT
SUSPENSION
7 7
(D-16)
NOTE .MFI SYSTEM
:l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL SYSTEM. ~EFR;FUISE
X2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G-1 t
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM.
STOP LIGHT

!5
ABS
CONTROL
UNIT

HRlSMOGAB

1 TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
328 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit 4WD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993)


cFWD> (HATCHBACK) (CONTINUED)

SPEED SENSOR
I \
FRONTCLH) FRONTCRH) REAR(LH) REAR(RH)
(A-29) (A-12) (E-19) (E-16)

2 1 :1 2

CT) (T) (T> CT)


B-L W-L B-R W-F
3 1 6 7
(c-33) _---- _---_-- ----_ CT> CT) CT) CT)
B-L W-L B-F ! W-R
I
CT) (T) CT> CT>
B-L i W-L I B-R I W-I; i 1 I : t
14 15 33 31 11 10 f,30 28
ABS RESISTOR
a
CONTROL
UNIT
m 1 (F-09)

GND GND GND

r r24
V

-V--.--I
23 3 20 34
c
~LFXIC~~N’C
J/B Y-R
.ELC-4A/T A SUSPENSION
*MFI SYSTEM ;;---m-Y-;lF .FULL AUTO A/C
1 2
(P)
P

R-B Y-R 422 P B B 20 2B 28


lo:2
16:’ 8:’ 1:1 4:1 5:1
1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(c-79)

n
T NOTE
%l:From 1994 moaels
:2:UD to 1993 moaels

(E- (E-16)cFm19)(F-09)
1 [ 2 13 14 15 16 17 j 6 [ 9 ~10(11~12~13~14~15(16(17(18
j19~20~21/22~3~24~5~6~7/26~29~0~1~32~33~34~35~ @ @@ B
HR15MOGBA

( TSB Revision ~~ ---I


329 ~

/ NOTES

L’

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
330 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit <FWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT


(1995 MODELS)
<FWD> (CONVERTIBLE)

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG2) FUSIBLE LINK@

2L-I

(c-82) 2 3R-E 3R-EI


J/B

7
(c-69: 2

(L-R

1 P.-_
DIODE r
[ t A-60
%aB _---- SOLENO I D VA1.VE /
I
r’ I

01[I
/
c
OFF‘ !x-.- /
~ x I
I

R )
---- -----
1 _---- --
7 5
-----
3
::
I

0.85L-k 2R-Y G-B R-L 1.25G-Y 2Y-G 2Y-B


n
(c-32) 1 10
--------- I ---- -----
1 7.---- --
6 11
-----

F 0. 85L-‘ i 2R- I G-E R-l 1. 25G-I 2Y-G 2Y-E


18 2 5 \26 !7 22
t 19

23

I
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
(A-64) EE3(c-32) (C-69)-m
m m m mi ~~1~2~3~4~5~6~7~6~9~10~11~12(13~14~15~16~1?~16~
)19~20~21/22$3~24j25~26~27/26~29/30~31~32~3~34~35]

HRlSM07AA

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit 4WD> 331 ~

IGNI'
SWITI

2B-\
B-W

r63
CHARGING
J/B

1%

0.85B-'i

o.a5B-b

3
0.858-W L-R

)* a5G10.sj(
G-R 0.85~ ; ’
- 16

TURN-SIGNAL B-b ;M&NG (F) R-E >


2
,LftgL;DAND j9
I1 STOP LIGHT *MFI SYSTEM

L!j(
(D-45) LIGHT COMBINATION '&J;FWE;L"U'SE
14

Ii
(F-46)
-I
B 0.85~ I
,
G-h G 0.85G
G-R (F)R-B G\ 42 /G
C
G-E R-E -a
ii" L1GHT
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT c;
ic
v STOP LIGHT
(D-16) (F-44)
7 #X;;;NIC
SUSPENSION
G-F

-
;

129
ABS

!
CONTROL
UNIT
(E-12)

HR15M07AB

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
332 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit cFWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)


<FWD> (CONVERTIBLE) (CONTINUED)

STOP L IGHT
SPEED SENSOR SWITCH

FRONTCLH) FRONTCRH) REAR(LH) REAR(RH) i

(A-29) m (E-19) (E-

1 mm
1 1
CT> CT> CT)
B-L B-F W-R

(c-33)
>I---- 1.------ 6----- CT>
B-L
(T)
W-L $Tj (T>
W-R

CT>
B-L 1 CT)
W-l t
(T) CT>
B-F i W-R i 1
r
14 15 33 A 11 10
ABS -7 a RESISTOR
KI"I"F""" m 1 I
(E-12) f

T \
LJ
GND GND GND
V
- V

123 P
r24 2 20 34
J i Y-R W.LE~~~NIC
\ SUSPENSION
------ \, (c-34) .FULL AUTO A/C
.ELC-4A/T '2 T 12
.MFI SYSTEM (P) 1

R-B Y-R P B B 2B 2E 2B 2B
6 a 1 4 5
A A A Al
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(c-79)

HR15M07BA

TSB Revision
333
PJOTES

L,

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit <AWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT


(UP TO. OCTOBER, 1993)
<AWD>

FUSIBLE LINK@ FUSIBLE LINK@

3R 3R-E

L31 ABS
POWER RELAY
1 (A-02X)
1 &,;---A
dIN
\/L
1,
(B-R: G-R
?
1

1
2R -65)
;i;!jE ;$y!AULIC 1
0.85R ~ [ ---------------- 8 ------------
;i
/
I
I-

_7- - -
/
I
I SOLENOID VALVE / I
I -- --- ----
1 T
N
~ (B)
I ~ Jl.-J
II
I
I
/
---- ----. ---- -
1 4 B9 ENGINE
5 3
I
I SKE"
I G-B
/ R-L'- 2Y-G 20
I E! 0
1

I
G-B 1 R-L 2 1.25G-\1
i.--- -------- ---- ---- --__----------__ 7_---- 6 ---- 11

G-B R-L 1.25G-k 2Y-G 20


-26 ,27 22 35 17
P

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HR15M08AA

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWD> 335

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG2)
IGNI
SWIT
ON
(IGl) LY%BsbE
-I--
2L-B
-
2B-
-r
5W-B
I
---------------
J/B
0
10A
c @
10A
0
15, 15A
\/
\X .___-__________ \,
(L-R) 2 (c-69) 11 "7 (c-83)
0.85B-

0.85R-B
0.85B-'

STOP
LIGHT
B-1 (F)R-E SWITCH
(c-61)
11 59
(D-45) COMBINATION
METER
z (D-04)
I I 0.85G
$3
G-I
G-R

0.85G
G-I:
0.85G

(D-16) G STOP LIGHT

G-F
G
'5
ABS
CONTROL
UNIT
b (E-12)

HRlSM08AB

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
336 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit <AWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO OCTOBER, 1993)


cAWD> (CONTINUED)

SPEED SENSOR
r \
FRONTCLH) FRONTCRH) REAR(LH) REAR(RH)
(A-29) (A-12) (E-16)
1 r
mvini
L
I
J
llJ-Ln
L
3 1 I Tel ;T
WI1:CH
B7
(T>W (T>G CT) (T)R

1 1 6
(c-33) .---- ------ *----- CT> CT) G (T>B (T)R G

(T)W II(T>G I CT> I (T>R


1
14 15 33 31 30
ABS 7T
c! RESISTOR

--I?= _t””
A
v iX$I;ROL (E-13)
5
E-12) Y,
T : T :

GNLI GND

23 24 3

J
2E 28 B

DATA LINK CONNECTOR


(c-79)

NOTE
Xl:From 1994 models
%2:Up to 1993 models

(E-12) (E-13)(rn(E-19)
\ I(2 (3 (a 15 16 (7 j 6 Is /10~11/12(13(14(15(15(17(181

HRlJMO8BA

1 TSB Revision -7
337
NOTES

1 TSB Revision I
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT


(FROM NOVEMBER, 1993)
<AWD> (HATCHBACK)
IGNITION
SWITCH(IG2) FUSIBLE LINK@

2L-E

(c-82) 3R-I 3R-E


J/B

(c-69)
(L-R)

I DIODE
A-68

G-R
2
1
K
0.85R 11----------_-___-
II
r
I -
kmfi SOLENOID VALVE

M
\/r _-- ----_ I ---- _----
1 --f= = r2 1

u
I
\I 1 0.85L-k 2R-Y G-E R-L 1.25G-k
0.85L-B 1 j j a
3+--J I
0.85L-B
6 I;I I---------- 3k
10 3
+---- 1----- 2-----------------

,l --J'

0.85L-B
,6 .a
0.85L-k l 2R-Y ! G-B
26
R-L 1.25G-Y
A2 \5
9
1 POWER SUPPLY 1

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HRlSMOSAA

1 TSB Revision 1
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWD> 339

IGNI' ON
SWIT( (IGl) %“sbE
2B-b 5W-E
B-W
l----I
CHARG1NG J/B
0
r
15A

0.85B-k 0.85R-B

0.85B-h 0.85R-B
0.858-W L-R
G-R STOP
LIGHT
TURN-SIGNAL B-h WARNING (F>R- SWITCH
LIGHT AND LIGHT $1 :2
.l 59
(D-45) Ew
COMBINATION (c-61)
( c - 6 2 )
METER 0.85
(D-04)
1 0.85G

I G-R
G-Ii
(F)R-B
STOP LIGHT 0.85 G

.MFI SYSTEM
(F-1s)
'&m-~~uISE
;;;R LIGHT R-
G-R LUGGAGE 0.85 G
fP;@$RTMENT

(D-16)
NOTE
:l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE 42
CONTROL SYSTEM.
z2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G-R
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. [bi$LE;FNIC I2
SUSPENSION
'5 ; 29 STOP LIGHT
ABS
CONTROL
UNIT
I (E-12)
I?-

(D-45) (E-12)13 (4 / 5 (6 (7 (6 IS (1Oj11/12(13~14/15(16(17(18(


(F-19)
19~0121122~3124125$6127128p9130~31~32~33~4~35~ ml
HR15MOSAB

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
340 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993)


<AWD> (HATCHBACK) (CONTINUED)
d

SPEED SENSOR
\
FRONTCLH) FRONTCRH) REAR(LH) REAR(RH)

1 U-LJ-L
(A-29) (A-12) (E-19) (E-16)
7
J L J L

1 1 1 2 LST ;T
SW :CH
7
B-F1
CT) CT>
W-R

I B-FI I W-R
CT) CT)
I5_---- CT>
B-L

I
CT)
W-L
ICT)
B-R

I
CT>
W-k c

15 ,\ 33 31 11 30 28 2
A a ABS
#TRO"
b 1 (E-12)

GND GND 1
!i
3 r 24 3

.FULL AUTO A/C

MFI SYSTEM

2 P B B 2B 2B
4:1 5:'
1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(c-79)

-
NOTE
:'l:From 1994 models
:~:UP to 1993 moaeis

(E-12) ooF-m16)o
1112 \ 3 ( 4 \ 5 ( 6 ( 7 ( 6 19 (10(11~12(13~14~15~16(17(1~~

HRlSMOSBA

TSB Revision
NOTES

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
342 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWDS

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT


(1995 MODELS)
<AWD> (CONVERTIBLE)
IGNI'I IN
SWITC (IG2) FUSIBLE LINK@ -

2L-E

(c-82) J
3R-E 3R-E
J/B

7
(c-69) 1
(L-R:

DIODE
1 A-68

I;
G-R
(c-32) 1
1
I
I
I
I
0.85R I
I
/
m&y-- I
/

0.85R I
/
WE r/ SOLEN 0 ID VALVE
(D-22) 5-
0.85R 2 1:
I
I
I
I
&
1 c----- ON

.7 ----
R
I I
I
I
I I
I
&NSOR I 1
I
I 1----- _---_ .---- ---------.
I I
I
(D-27) I 2 1 ' B 3
I I
I
I
I I
I
I
' i I
2R-1I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0.85L-! G-E R-L
)
0 1. 25G-'
7
2Y-G 2(
I
I
I
L- .- ------- 10
_-----___ 3----- 1----- .--- ---- ---- ----_ .---- 6-----
I
I
I

0.85L-I I 2R-\I I I G-B R-L 1.25G-' 2Y-G


8 J A5 26 !7
-

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HRlSMlOAA

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWDB 343

IGNIT
SWITC

J/B r
09
15A

j(c-71)
0.85B-W

STOP
LIGHT
0.85B-W SWITCH

3
(c-61)
L-R
G-R 0.85G j G
7 .85Gi-'
TURN-SIGNAL B-W (F)R-B
LIGHT AND 3KNG STOP LIGHT O-85( .MFI SYSTEM
1 59
(D-45) E%TRD .W;WiS;UISE
COMBINATION 14
METER (F-46)

I
(D-d4)
I
0.85(
93
G-k 0.85G
G-R (F)R-B / G
C
Do;R'LIGHT R-E
-a
G-Ii LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
7
(D-16) ST01 LIGHT

(F-44)
Fb"NFLE;fNIC
7
G-E SUSPENSION /

15 !9
ABS
CONTROL
UNIT
(E-12)

cm(c-68)(c-71) o(c-83) (D-04) (D-16) (D-44)


~~ fiTimzmmm1 fzEEi!g~~
(D-45) (E-12) (F-19) (F-44) (F-46)
-1 p J~o,~l,2’2d3:214,~5~6~~,~*~91~o~l~2~3~41~5, 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 101112131415161716 ‘1 ml /I:1 f3mEaRjl
HRlSMlOAB

TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
344 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <AWD>


(CONVERTIBLE) (CONTINUED) ‘1 ~
‘LJ ’

SPEED SENSOR

FRONTCLH) FRONTtRH) REAR(LH) REAR(RH)


(A-29) (A-12) (E-19) m

-I L .J t-

I
4
2 1 1 2 1 1
(T> CT) CT> CT)
B-L W-L B-R W-f;

(c-33) 2---- I
-------
6
----- 7 CT> CT> CT> CT)
B-L W-L B-R W-I;
t
CT) CT) CT> CT)
B-L f W-L B-R I W-b i I I I
14 15 33 31 11 10 30 b

n 1 RESISTOF

f
-L-i

GND GND

-i
t23 i24 3 14
J/B Y-R . ;U&?fN I C B
A SUSPENSION
;;------:~l~
MFI SYSTEM 2 . Ev- A"To
P
1
(F-44) 0

; Y-R P.B B 2B 2B 2E 2B
16 8 14 5
A A A A A
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(c-79)

(A_12)(A-29Nm) (c-34) -FRONT SIDE (E-

HR15MlOBA

1 TSB Revision
345
I
NOTES

1 TSB Revision 1
346 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT
(FROM 1996 MODELS) LJ

r
IGE
SW1
- ?fG2)

2L 3R-B 0.85L-Y
(C-E 1
I5
J/B

(C-E

0.85L 3R-L R-Y G-E

12
_--___-___--_____-______________________----- ,,ll
f;@OID
-

EBP”’ (I %PNT: EPRZ


IN IJUT IN OUT IN OUT
x x x 1 x x

,+ .---. .---_
7
\\+ - - - - ---- ---. - - - - - ----.
(A-64) 2I 4 , 5 2

2Y-E I 21 2Y-( T3 2B-L 2G-: 2G- 2G-R 2G-'


;-------- e ---_ .---- 1 0---- I ---_ _---- 1.---_
---_ 11
(c-c
0.85~
0.85L-F 2Y-EI 2( 2Y-(; 2B-L 2G-1 2G-' 2G-R 2G-\ G-E

;3 78 '0 31 9 0 58
-

6 ti
4 iI
I
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HR15M35AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit 347

IGN
SWI'

2B. 5W-B
B-W 2W-B
2)

CHARGING 51-B, 1 (c-68)


HORN
J/B

i
o.a5B- -W

3
i:

iE
0.85B- -W O.a5R-BI
0.85B-W 13 L-R 2
STOP
--- LIGHT

r:c
TURN-SIGNAL B--W ~H?l?~NG (F)R-E I OFF SWITCH
h;$aI;DAND ON -'OFF - O N

n3
Ej9 :1 :2
LIGHT 0.85G (c-61)
FE)
i COMBINAT ON
METER
(D-04) E
I
ia

54
G-.R
DOOR LIGHT R-B

I
AND 0.85G G
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT o5
LIGHT
1 I 130
3 'i G
g(c-33)
NOTE
:l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL SYSTEM.
Z2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G- R G
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. t

- ABS
CONTROL
UNIT
(E-12)

HR15M35AB

1 TSB Revision
348 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)


(CONTINUED)

IGNITION
SPEED SENSOR T;&W&H"G2'
I \ v
FRONTCLH) FRONTCRH) REAR (LH) REAR(RH)
0.85L-R
(A-29) (A-12) (E-19) r-------- 14
= I I 0 * 85L-R
t1

-.A -.I mJ--I


L L
1I !!lJG
7

L- G
2 1 ‘1 2 1 1- 2 SENSOR
CT)
B-L
(T)
W-L
CT>
B-R
CT>
W-F II II
I m
I I 6 r-4
(c-33) 2 1
------- 6
----- 7 CT> CT) CT) CT)
W-L B-L B-F W-I;

CT)
B-L T (T)
W-L I
CT> CT>
B-R i W-I; I I I I
69 70 71 72 73

GND GND

*MFI SYSTEM

1-1
R-B B*m
$ ;-1. 2B

C
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(c-79)

HR15M35BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit 349
COMPONENT LOCATION

K19F0134
R16F0257

Y16FO267 Y16FOO40

., ,,
' Y16FOO41
00002666

<Up to 1995 models>

Y16FOOO

TSB Revision
350 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit

Diode (ABS circuit)

1 Z16FOO241

<From ‘1964 models>

Data link connedtor”

\ Y16FO496

TSB Revision
351
I
NOTES

TSB Revision
352 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit
I
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT
(UP TO 1993 MODELS)
d

F'%IBLE LINK@
I
1.25R-\i
5w-B,,1 (c-68)
J/B [ i‘

DEDICATED
FUSE

J/B

ELECTRONIC CONTROL
G-k SUSPENSION
CONTROL UNIT (F-13)
(D-44)

G-W
i
5v
L
_____----____________________ ------- ----------------
(G-W: R-B ‘ ( F - 1 2 ) W-B 3 (L-C P) E
G-B'
p(D-16)
---------------------------- 1------ ,,6 _
(F-20)
4

!
R-B, 10 W-O 1o W-B 11 (L-0 P)
\ A COMBINATION
( 5 METER
e (D-03)
L ,
11
(B-Y: B B-Y 2
0
P V-l
B-k

10
-
-
RHEOSTAT $ DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
la
(A-13x) (c-68) FE3 (c-70) (c-71)

HRlSMllAA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control -Suspension (ECS) Circuit 353

IGNI'I IN
SWITC IG2)
2L-B

0
10A
BR-R

THROTTLE
gEiW;;ON
L-R
(B-05)

50
I BR-R 2

L-R 0.85G

V V I
I

II
/ I/
I/
L III
I
/I
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Y
- - - - - - - - - - ----_ ------------- -------------- _---. ------. TJ

4
53 51 57 i4 55 6
Y-W G-BR B G-I 1 G-E G-L
--------______-__-_-- 5 9
----------____ _------------ ,11-----_________ ---- 3

G-R 0
0 G-R

G-E G-L
I 3

Y-W
(c-14) 6 y-
Y-W
t
Y COMBINATION
I METERCREED)
G SENSOR STEERING
SPEED (E-28)
SENSOR )j& ;E"f& (c-60)
(B-05)0 (c-29) (c-53) cc-so) (c-61) FE (c-83)

HRlSMllAB

TSB Revision
354 CIRCUIT DlAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

i‘;v’ ’
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT
(UP TO 1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH) FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH)

I 1
I I

/----
\/ V

2 ? 1 4 2

1
6---_ 2 fl.---- (A-13) ,
- - - - , /-----\I
,2 ,,6

B I3 W-F L-E I G-O R-L B B


0
I.---_ (c-36) ---_
B 2B
i-
W-I L-E G-O

5%-” -.
I. R-L
10---- ---------------------- ----

5”
~LICIC~~NIC
SUSPENSION
CONTROL UNIT
ti %

%-_
9”

----- ---- ----_ _--_.


14 16 15 12 13 I3 i2 (F-13)
R-h W-G R-!l E
---- 15
13 .---_ 14i(F-20)

2B

Ly L
)

3
R-W

r----
/

l?EMfi SHOCK ABSORBER


( r---
W-G

'---_ 1.---- 3

I
F
3

\T---
>
,,I-OFF -
R-k

I
;YNo
7
IF
Y-B

r
j
B-W
3.---- 4 ----

I
TED& SHOCK ABSORBER
1
B-L

I
3

t
4
E
2 ----
2E

HRlBMllBA

TSB Revision
TSB Revision
356 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT


(1994 MODELS)

FUSIBLE LINK@
I
1.25R-k

G-h
I I
s(c-69) IOD OR
-
J/B STORAGE
CONNECTOR
L 180 (A-11X)
R-B
ELECTRONIC CONTROL
G-k SUSPENSION (F-
CONTROL UNIT ;2---------
(D-44) 8

G-W
4
(G-W: R-B -----------------------------
‘(F-12)
p(D-16)
------- ----------------
G-B 2
1
W-B 3
6
(L-C
-

(P
2_-.
(F-20)

I-----------:----------------
3 R-B 10 l------l 1oW-O W-B 11 (L-0 (P

(
L

(B-Y
I
B-k 2B
B R-EB F V-R
“2 ma B 4 5 6 \ 14
-
2Bt A A A h- 1
RHEOSTAT A DATA LINK (c-7 3
=

(A-11X)
CONNECTOR

(c-70) (D-03)
n
11213/41516/716 112]31415161716
9 ~10~11~12~13j14/15~16 1 2 1
u
10~11/12/13/~4~15)16~17

(D-06) (D-16) (D-41)


(D-44) (F- m (F-20)
HR15M12AA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit 357

c
IGNIl IN
SWIT( (IG2) ENGIm
2L-E FEE?"
__\ *I

(F)
BR-R
0.85R-B 1 mrli7~TTT,E
I2 / w I hlKC~i IN
SEIUSUK
t 1l OF& 0

60
0.85G
50
I (F)BR-R 2

L-R 0.85G

-I5

GND

- -
5,4
$
_----
G-E
.R L1----
j5
31
<<<

---- --2
G-L
3_------
36
2
1-i
-%

G-R 41
I ‘G-R

G-BR G-R B G-L


I 3 2

f+ E
L
I jl
G SENSOR STEERING
SPEED (E-28) l@b &$& (c-60)
SENSOR
(B-05)0 (c-29) (c-53) (c-54) o(c-61)

HRlSM12AB

TSB Revision
I

358 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit


ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT 1
(1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED) \
ii,

!I 5
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH) FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH)
I ,
I I
7 I!
I

1 il!j
2 I ‘1 4 2
6--- ‘----
4
----- (A-13) 1 ---- 2---- 6
B L-B L G-O B B

4----- 1
B 2B

L-B l L G-O I
p.___---___________-____ 5
- -
0 &W?~NIC
SUSPENSION
CONTROL UNIT
i.
9"

14

13
----.

W-C
----
16
R-\l
15

15---- 14 (F-20)
E
---------__
11
V
-

I3
EI 12 (F-13)

_----

2B B

,,2
/\
B

,,4
I\
R-W
,,6 ---- ,,2 -___ 1.----
t t
5
W-G R-Y
L ---_
:F-32)
0
Y-B

OFF
t
<_ ON
3

-._---J

I
<ON
OFF-

7;;: SHOCK ABSORBER


I
B-L

_-- i
‘i
1TI
i
B

---- 1.---- 2 ---_


T
4
I3

rE
2
2Ei

HR15M12BA

TSB Revision
359
NOTES
/
L’

1 TSB Revision
360 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT


(1995 MODELS) <HATCHBACK>

TAILLI r RELAY
1.25R-

mACATED 2(c-77)

R-B
G-1
i(c-69) IOD OR
7 MFI SYSTEM
J/B r STORAGE
CONNECTOR
1 I
;(c-71)
(A-11x)
R-E
ELECTRONIC CONTROL
G-\ SUSPENSION
CONTROL UNIT (F-13)
(D-44)

G-1

G-W
17 60
G-B2 w (P
.TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT ---------------------------- 1 ---___ 6 2_-_ ?-----
1
AND HAZARD LIGHT (F-20)

1
*ELC-4A/T W-Oc1o W-B t 11
$&AND (P:
r
: SYSTEM
%?-4A’T

B-Y I (B-Y

0-I 2B1
h
2B 1
RHEOSTAT $ DATA LINK c
CONNECTOR
H

(D-06) (D-16) (( D -D4 1 )- 4 4 ) (F-12) m (F-20)

HR15M13AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit 361 ~

IGNI' ON NOTE
:l:NON-TURBO(VIHECLES FOR
SWIT( (IG2) FEDERAL)
:2:TURBO,NON-TURBO(VIHECLES
2L-E 20
FOR CALIFORNIA)
:3:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE
K4:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO-CRUISE
k----

cc
1OA 15A MFI SYSTEM
.-----___ __~_----___-----_____ (F)
(c-83: 11 3 BR-k
0.85R-B 7 o.~~R-~-
(F>R-. L-f; 0
L-R 0.85R-B 2 THROTTLE
;E"$W&&ON
-7
L-F; REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER

L-R

I---------- --------------_
53 61 56 (F-13)
Y-W G-BI E
I-------------.
5 9 20
(F)R-E
G-R
I-
~;~~A~;GH1
COMPART-
MENT LIGHI

R-E

DATA LINK MFI SYSTEM


G SENSOR STEERING
CONNECTOR SPEED SENSOR m !FEEb #j&R (c-60)

HRlSM13AB

TSB Revision
362 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)


<HATCHBACK> (CONTINUED)

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH) FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH)


I I 1 I 1
I I

2 12

6---. ?---.. _--- (A-25) (A-13) _---

B B W-F L-E G-O R-L


I

(c-33) .---
B
~
0
W-l L-E G-O R-L ! R-G I
.--- _-----------___-______ .--- 7----- J5
~ECEC;~NIC
SUSPENSION
CONTROL UN IT
s

I-E
i
IL(F-121 IB 52 (F-13)
---- .----. ----------. ----_ :----_
14 16 i5 12 13
R-h W-C R-k
13
_---- 15
----- 14 (F-20)

I
2B B B R-W W-G R-Y Y-B B-W B-L B B 213
,,s - - - - ,2L - - - - ,, 1_---- 4----- I I ---- 4----- -----
1 2 ----
F-32)0 t P
t t

ir >J----II
,,2 ,,4 ,J 5 1 l 1 5 4
~ 2

=
I I
IL q
f?ED& SHOCK ABSORBER y;/p SHOCK ABSORBER

(A-13) Gi725) G33) (c-36) o(F-12) (F-13) (F-20) (F-32)

HR15M13BA

1 TSB Revision 1
363
NOTES

TSB Revision
364 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT


(1995 MODELS)
<CONVERTIBLE>
FUSIBLE LINK@
2W-B
1.25R-\i

@
i
15A R-B
41
R-B
G-V
R-B
(c-69) IOD OR MFI SYSTEM
J/B STORAGE -------7
ELECTRONIC CONTROL CONNECTOR R-B 7
SUSPENSION (A-11X) (F-13)/I
62
i CONTROL UNIT
(c-71)
G-h
4
(D-44)

G-h
-__________-_-__----------
R-B ‘m
__-------------
(L-0) 4cP)
60 Lj
G-W ---------------------------- -----_
‘3 13 “14 (F-44)
i---z G-B W-B
R-B
. TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT p(D-
-__-----------------________ ,1 ------ ,6 (F-48) 14 13
t+--:+---J
AND HAZARD LIGHT
ELC4A/T R B
- 10 W-O 1o W-B 11
METER AND
GAUGES r COMBINATION /\
;$L AUTO
(P)
1 K-4A/T
METER SYSTEM

(P)
B '11
0 B-Y 2

(c-79) DATA LINK CONNECTOR


(A-11X) cm(m) (c-70) (c-71) (c-77) OFRONT SIDE (D-03)

HR15M14AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control 3uspension (ECS) Circuit 365

IGNIl ON NOTE
SWITC (IG2) :l:NON-TURBO(VIHECLES FOR
FEDERAL)
:2:TURBO,NON-TURBOwIHECLES
2L-B 20
FOR CALIFORNIA)
:3:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE
:&VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO-CRUISE

0
10A MFI SYSTEM
.----__z
(c-83; 11’
(F)R-: L-R I\ A THROTTLE
~~$Q;~ON
L-R
4
REAR WINDOW L (B-05)
DEFOGGER OF?- ON

a(F-48) G o-8=$.3 0. 8% 1 (F>BR-R 2


" 0
0.85G,.14(F-46) (c-62)*4 BR-R,,13 (c-29)
0.85G BR-R
f o
43 BR-R
MFI SYSTEM ~~~LE;;L"N'C
L-R 0.85G BR-R
SUSPENSION I? lam AUTO-CRUISE
51 + 8 CONTROL UNIT BR-R 59 ( F - 1 3 ) 'ONTRoL
r------ STOP LIGHT __----___--____~_-_-___

!
L

I F GND

55------.
A

56 (F-13)

I
G-BR
16 G-L 19 (F-48)
(F>R-E 14
W-R G-R B G-R
0 B G-R
I- W-R 4
&i;$A;QGHl ', (~-42) 5p &I&gJISE
COMPART-
MENT LIGHT
W-R G-B!? ! G-R B B i G-B , G-L
METER AND I ,,l ,,‘/\ 3
GAUGES
,2 /\,p
Y-W 7 ,> SP 1 A
3
w -R
45
R-EI
Y-W )
( c - 1 4 ) ::6

(c-79) 1 6-
--
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR

HR15M14AB

1 TSB Revision
366 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)


<CONVERTIBLE> (CONTINUED)

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH) FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH)


I
I 1 I I I T 7

I v \/ V 1 i
2 4 5 1 '3 1 2
,,6 ---- ,,2 ---- ,,l ---- ,,4-___ (A-25) 3
(A-13) '---- 4
----- 6

B B W-R L-B I G-O R-L R-G


0
,3 ---- 4 ---- (c-33) (c-36) 3 4----_ I
B W-R R-L G-O I I R-G
-----
I
1.251

1
d L----
3 (F-44) 11 12
0 W-R L-B L G-O R-L R-G
-- --------p-----p--- _4 _--_---------- ----- ---J$---- 7-----
:I &EFU?~NTC
II
SUSPENSION
I,I i
_
tE CONTROL UNIT
II 4&f 5" &f 5"
II .
II
II ~~q qg
I
\, ~, ----_
13 11 52 (F-13)
I
R-W W-G R-Y B
,J3---- 15 ----
,,14 (F-20)

1
213 B B R-W W-G R-Y Y-B B-W B-L B B 213
,,s ---- ,2
---- ,,1
---- ,4
---- ,,3 ,,3 ---- 1 3----- .----
1 ,,2 ----
(F-32)
Fmj‘
t t t B
,? ,,4 ,,5 ,,l ,,3 ,,3 1 i ,p ,,2
\ /\ /\ \ ,\
----- - --- 4 1

ml- i I -~gi~
n
Y , OFGN 06
II =

TfDJ SHOCK ABSORBER l?D&? SHOCK ABSORBER

HR15M14BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit 367
COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Symbol Name Symbol
Data link connector (from 1994 models) D G sensor E
Data link connector (up to 1993 models) F Steering wheel angle speed sensor B
ECS control unit G Throttle position sensor A
Engine control module C

016FO257 K19F0134

Y16FO267
00002609

- II

Steering wheel
angle speed sensor
I, X12FOO72

<From 1994 models>


\

module

/ T16F0292 \ Y16FO496

TSB Revision
368 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Controt Suspension (EC9 Circuit

I
J
-1 1-1 - - - c - k - T -
\\crl \ \‘\ ,. \

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit 369
ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM
L/ COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Symbol Name Symbol
Active exhaust control unit C Engine control module B
Actuator assembly D Power window relay A

Tl6FO268
119FOl34 00002666

module

# / T16F0292

/ TSB Revision
370 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit

ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

;;ik\IGHT IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1)
I
(c-82)

r0
1.25R-W

6
J/B

F;E&CATED
15A O.S5B-W

B-W I
6
0.85B-W
G-W

59 (D-04)
J/B

[ r-h
5
g
\/I
COMBINATION
METER
R

G-W 112 (D-05)


G-Y
6 3
,\

(
ACTIVE
---------_---- &BMT

I
SPOR
OFF -TON (D-38)

B-Y
I

28
RHEOSTAT
20

2B

HRlSM15AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit 371

2R-B
5(c-o1)
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE 2R-B
/

POWER
--------___ WIV~~WS
<
OFF
t-
(c-14) 20

2L- B
R-\
I

ACTIVE
i
EM::
MODULE
(F-26)

GND
V

I ;
CY
L & w-
z I m
3 2 5
ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY
.-- (F-29)

“: FULLL
CLOSE
JLL
'EN

(c-01) o(c-14) (c-29) (c-54) (F12-26) 34 (Ff-29)


i
faq @ plzER@q -1 m m 5 6 7 9 9
2
3 4 5 6

HR15MlSAB

TSB Revision 1
372 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit

ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS)

;HT IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1)
I

1.25R-h I

G-h I

,,a (c-69)
J/B 7T- ~;M;NATION
r
i
8 (c-71)
1 R

G-W
8 (D-44)

1
G-W
1

(
I\

ACTIVE
----------_____
Ei%T

I-
I LL i SPOR
OFF ‘TON ‘OUR

4 J

B
B-Y

I
/ 2B
RHEOSTAT
z(D-41)

2B

-
El
(c-82) (D-04) (D-05) (D-38) (D-41) (D-44)
1234
5678
km pGjlq
\ @ fiMI7Rq ~
‘d
HRlSM16AA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit 373

INPUT SIGNAL
.CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
.THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
b
j-
gE

2R
‘(c-01)
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE 2R

3
2R R-B
1
35 (c-53) POWER
-____---_ WINDOWS
R R-W RELAY
F- 01N (c-07x)
(c- ,,8 12 (c-29)
4 3
L-Y
-B
KkF"

T7

@I-+ f
GND

Ir-k-
2 5

G-R R-B B
I

ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY
2B
lEgI
i

(c-01) o(c’14) m (c-53) (F-26)

HRlSMlGAB

TSB Revision
374 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit
I
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) CIRCUIT
(UP TO 1993 MODEL)

2B-
:2 (c-31)
2B-
s5 (A-67)

2B-Y 2B- Y

WITH ---iE GOUT


;ygKJiALARM $yG 'FT-ALARM
LSTEM
I
2B-' 0.85B-Y 0.85B-Vv
(1992 MODEL) I (il%L3gg3)
SRS
2B-Y !?%#&iTR&kY~ ;iHAfNOS I S 1 0
r'Q I'SWITCt I I3
I V
Y

SAFING

-3-
(B-26):’ 9 INPACT SENSOR
T
i
-
2B-R 2B-R .----
(D-25 I 5
0 0
CT> CT) CT> CT>
0.85B-R 0.85B-R 0. 85' 0.851 0.85B 0.85

----- -------- -----

I
M/T A/T 10 I 7
lm CT) CT) CT) CT)
0. 851 0.851 0.85B 0.85'

r
(A-38) 2 1
0.85B-,Y lr--

~
/ ~~FF‘ToN f

FRONT IMPACT FRONT IMPACT


SENSOR(LH) SENSOR(RH)

HR15M17AA

1 TSB Revision I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit 375

IGNI
SWIT

28-I

I
1
@
10A
0 B- -W
15A
COMBINATION

(c-77) .6 (c-71) 5

0.85B-\n 0.85B-W 0.858- W


1

0.85B-k

.--- ------ ---_I


20 19

CONNECTOR ' 0. 85 0.85B


LOCK SWITCH
- - - -1
I
f----f, gz

(c-79) &I8
t

DATA LINK
CONNECTOR

I I T
CAUT I ON
‘&y;;’ read and observe the SRS S E R V C E PRECAUTIONSlRefer
6 recautions) Ofior t o any s e r v i c e .
to GROUP 52B- q

HR15M17AB

TSB Revision
376 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) CIRCUIT


(FROM 1994 MODELS)

STARTER
RELAY

.$##JISE

2B-Y <F)R-B
I
2B-Y 2B-Y (A-11X) Ei8” L1GHT
LUGGAGE
I 0.05B-Y COMPARTMENT
I V
LIGHT
WITH WITHOUT
@&ALARM $t/E&ALARM 0.85B-W
2B-Y

2B-'

/ -t /
i
IL r4- 6
I------ .---- .----- --- -----
A a ----_
Y
7

1.25B-\ 16 17 15 18 5

/ I---- CT) CT) CT) CT)


(TlO.85W 0.851 (TjO.851 0.85B 0.851 3.85W
.MFI SYSTEM
. Ef~#NG
10
(c-31) ----- 9
--------_ 8
_----
0.85B- 0.85B-R !
L CT> CT>
M/T A/T (T)O.85W 0.851 i (TjO.851 3.85B
2 2
lm
-
0.85B-

FRONT IMPACT ASSENGER'S


SENSORCLH) IR BAG MODULE
(A-38) SQUIB)
(c-86)

HRlSMlEAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Sudemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit 377

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1)

63 0 0-w
10A
% 15A

\, I
0“16 (c-71)“6 '
TURN-SIGNAL
0.85B-W 0.85B-W 0.85B-W LIGHT AND
HAZARD LIGHT
05
,,6
(D-44) :,m
0.85B-R .HEADLIGHT
.FOG LIGHT
(D-25) I 12 .BACK-UP LIGHT
------------------h----------- --__---- ------- - ------- - ----- ---------------&4-- 3.------
n
nu I Y
IAn J

a-:3
4
5
CLOCK CONNECTOR 1
SPRING r-l- LOCK SWITCH
--_- (c-82)
> I(1
I

I,1 DATA LINK


CONNECTOR
DRIVER'S AIR
;MU~f~ULE
0
(c-15) (c-71) (c-77) -FRONT SIDE (c-82) (D-04) (D-05)

i
HRlSM18AB

TSB Revision
378 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SW) Circuit

COMPONENT LOCATION
Name --/ Name ( Symbol 1
Data link connector (from 1994 models) D Front impact sensor A

Data link connector (up to 1993 models) C SRS diagnosis unit B

H19F0134
OW02661

P <Up to 1993 &de&


/, \ / ,I nm,,.; l-N\
Jbyl;ion 1

D&linkconnect& J 1

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 379
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL
COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Symbol Name Symbol
Auto-cruise control unit B Data link connector (up to 1993 models) D
Auto-cruise relay C Engine control module C
Data link connector (from 1994 models) E Throttle position sensor A

PlGFO257 GlGFO134
wow.ee2

m?zYili .[
L Auto-cruise ul’-~,;> \ \\\ 1
control unit !,- ii i I
-*u 1
wl

o-cruise Engine control


Data linkconnector J
%Y / W16FO396
-0017

<From 1994 models>

TSB Revision
380 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <M/T>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)


<M/T> LJ

THROTTLE
&~&ON
B-05)

L AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

fi
f+h y GND GND G N D
I A V V
-

I
5 8 4
B-Y :
CLUTCH
PEDAL B E B
POSITON
SWITCH fOF?- O N
a, 1

dP5m
i. . i$2t? _ - &JTM&UISE
SWITCH
0.2
“I

2E3 Y-E '-R

5b 11
(c-79) &.-1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR

(c-57)

HR15MlSAA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit CM/T> 381

FUSIE IGHT IGNITION


LINK @ @Zi SWITCH(IG1)
1. 25R-ii
DEDICATED
5w- FUSE 2B-W
-T-

J/B
@
10A

s(c-77

R-E G-W B-k B-W

IOD OR STORAGE
CONNECTOR (A-11X)
16
V AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL UNIT
(c-37)

1
MAIN
SWITCH
w-Rrg W-R (D-32) ILL(

- \/
; "4 "1
L-B
r \
B-Y B
D

(c-15) 1
0
B-Y

RHEOSTAT 2B
d

m(c-14) (c-15) (c-37) (c-68)


mimijgqgfgq 021
Ei
(c-77) (c-82)0
(D-32)0
~~‘~‘~~~1
HR15hd19AB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <M/T>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCI IIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS) <M/T> (CONTINUED)

J/B J/B I
MULTI-PURPOSE MULTI-PURPOSE ;RPOSE
iitCH ( FUSE@ 1 t FUSE@ 1 l i%H t 1
A B

L-B 0.85R-B B-W 0.85B-h

L-B I
L-B

L-B
L-R I LG-R
,,l ,,2 (D-05),
/\ /\ i;CEaNATION j

11
j;’ (D-04)
LG-B 0.85c:
0
LG-:
LG-B
------------ ,,14 (c-02) 28

T
II
III LG-B (D-41) 2
I 3.85G G
II VACUUM 2B LG-I
II PUMP
II (A-28)
II STOP
I LIGHT

-I
4 3 2
LG-B L-O L-B L-Y
L ---
17
------ 2
------ 6
LG-I
L-O L-B L-Y
!5 26 13 12 .5

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT


(A-28) (c-02) (c-37) (c-61) (c-84) (D-04) (D-05)
-1
(D-41)
m=m

HR15MlSBA

TSB Revision
383
NOTES

/’
i

1 TSB Revision 1
384 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Cirkuit <M/T>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<M/T> NON TURBO (FEDERAL)

1 EEzL
IGNITION r ENGINE
SWITCH(IG1)
I
GND
6 A

67 (F> 1, 25B M F I SYS^iEM


J (F>BR-R
O(c-83)

THROTTLE
KIP;;~""
(B-05)
IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR

RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER
BR-R 13 Y-I
(c-29)
BR-R 5 Y-i
0 t
AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL UNIT 1 I
(c-37)
\L/ i
GND GND GND

3
B-Y
,,2
$0 E B ': - CLUTCH
PEDAL
B-W ,, POSITION
OF;-"ON SWITCH

1
CLOCK B“1 (c-63j
SPRING
B
-8

k
r
c

i:
:
c5
!
grl
B-W It

I t
2E

K?
. . w
ILLL!?

HR15M20AA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <M/T> 385

i/

;;J&IGHT IGNiTION
FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITCH(IG1)
2R-W
B-W
;;E&CATED
01
HORN 5W-B 15A<

,,l (c-68) G-W, 6 (c-69) ,,7(c-82)


J/B p\ m

0
15A
Y
iY \/ \, ---- \, ------V V \/
(c-83) I11 (c-77)“2 ljc-70) 705 "7 (c-77) “6 (c-71)
R-B R-Y i R 0.85R-BI G-WI B-WI 0.65B-WI
” r, I I- I.
!J
(F)R-E .MFI -
SYSTEM R-B +----++%
IO-
.Hp;%ii B-W/-&5B-W/ (D-4L
'FULL AUTO A/C CONNECTOR m ........-l.

'&@F&~;E CONTROL 16 .MANUAL A/C


1 .FULL AUTO A/C
v AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL UNIT
L 5v 1
jc-37)
b+
I 3V * I
I
24 ;19 %kH 1
W-R (D-32)/
1 W-R
(F)R-Br---
DDOR LIGHT AND
+
~t&;~~NIC
LUGGAGE
fy;td+RTMENT SUSPENSION
R-E Y-B W-R

.MANUAL A/C
20 B B ,, .FULL AUTO A/C
.RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER

4 5 16 13 14 RHEOSTAT 2B
A A A 1
SPEED
SENSOR
6

TSB Revision
386 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit d/T>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <M/T> NON TURBO


(FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
d

J/B J/B
MAIN MULTI-PURPOSE MULTI-PURPOSE MULTI: ;RPOSE
SWITCH i FUSE@ 1 t FUSE@ ! ! FUSE< i
D A

L-B .B-W 0.85B-I


O.B5B-W L-R
O.B5R-B
--I
,3 ,,2 TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT )VVgl$NG
AND HAZARD LIGHT

L-B
I
LG-R (D-42) 3

L-R IO."""-" 2&-- B-k


I
O.S5R-B12 E 11 i9
;;W~NATION -1
ti:
OF?‘TON 1
I
20
.---- II
;4 j?’ (D-04)
LG-B
E~NECTION
(c-62)
LG-I;
LG-B
MFI 2 1
SYSTEM
(D-41) 30
G 21 LG-I;

L-E LG-B

LG-R
!5

I
F
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
(c-02) (c-37) (c-61) (c-62) (c-84) mEI (D-05)
m
(D-42)

HR15M20BA

1 TSB Revision
387
NOTES I
L-

TSB Revision
388 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit d/T>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<M/T> TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)

GND

J/B &, 34 81 92
(F> B7 (F)1,25B MFI i"'""
(F>BR-R , (F)G-Y 1.25B (Fly-1
(c-83) i
18
l(F>B 4
,\ THROTTLE
W;P;;ON
(B-05)

CONNECTOR 2L
38

1’ L

20
RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER
BR-R 13
(c-29)
BR-R
t5
Y-l

Y-l
AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL UNIT

G GNI: ) G

I
L V

I r;
.a 3 14
B-Y
1

--------
2
im B B
I 2
cI
B-h

1
CLOCK
1 SPRING B
I d c
L

I-
ll
;

(A-11X)0 (c-29) (c-30)0


~fzfas2J~5161718;1
9 )10~11~~1ej13/14~15(161171118/19
(c-7o)(c-82)0 (1

~%%Jp$i$q~
HRlSh421AA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4/T> 389

;;L#IGHT :ON
FUSIBLE LINKQ I(IG1)
2R-Wt 2B-
1.25R-W" B-W
#iCATED
E
NOTE HORN 5W-B 151
Xl:Hatchaack
X2:Convertible i
,lB G- 7m
J/B P

L 1
(c-83 i I i 70 S(c-71)
B-1 0.85B-'

G-W E(D-44)
(F)R-I 3 . MFI SYSTEM R-B
. FULL AUTO A/C I O-STORAGE
CONNECTOR (A-11x) .HEATER
i ELECTRONIC CONTROL .MANUAL A/C G-'
SUSPENSION !16 'FULL AUTO A/C
Y AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL UNIT

MAIN
24 Y19 SWITCH

(F)R-BI-
*
DOOR LIGHT AND
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT j 1
LIGHT
k-E Y-E W-R B L-B
0-Y

-ll
D

(c-15: 1 MANUAL A/C


2B B B MFI SYSTEM o FULL AUTO A/C
RADIO AND
0-Y TAPE PLAYER
. E;$W$;TE
4 5 6 3 4 @)Y
IA A
I 1
DATA SPEED
CDNNE SENSOR
0

HR15M21AB

1 TSB Revision I
390 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4Vb
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <M/T> TURBO,
NON TURBO
(CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)

J/B J/B J/B


MULTI-PI JRPOSE
FUSE@ 1
C

0.85B-W
0.85B-W 13 L-R
-7
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT ;fEfi+NG
AND HAZARD LIGHT
I r -P

1
LG-R (D-42) 9
L-l B--W
I1 0.85R-B (D-05) 111 5
#;~NATION 1T-
LIGHT ___-_-_-- 2
1 j;
I
OFF ‘J,[
+,
4
0.85c ----
64
I
ION
LG-.R
+
MFI 21
SYSTEM
(D-41) 2 ,,E
G
2E LG-

L-E 3 LG-B

I
-
2 I !5
L-O
-
26
L-B
13
L-Y
12
~8~%kON
15
LG-

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT


o-F23 mE) (c-37) (c-61) eTz9 (c-84) m (D-05)
-1
(D-41) (D-42)

HR15M21BA

TSB Revision
391 ~
I
NOTES

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit CM/T>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)


<M/T> :d

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1)
2LI

j4
37 (F) l.25B MFI TIM
i (F>BR-R '(F>G-‘
O(c-83)

THROTTLE
?+-----I
*_
;E"$B&ON
:B-o5)
IOD OR ON
STORAGE
CONNECTOR 3
Y-R
t

RADIO AND BR-R 13 Y-I


TAPE PLAYER
(c-29)
BR-R 5 Y-I
10 t
AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL UNIT
(c-37)

GND GND GND


V +
'8 14 1

i;;yRgfUISE
-1
z SWITCH
i0 !2 _ (1
2 b
. . E
m
L

HR15M36AA
I
I

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4/T> 393 ~

GHT IGNITION
FUSIBLE LINKa xi SWITCH(IG1)
2R-W:
NOTE
1.25R-W:
:l:HATCHBACK FwCATED
:2:CONVERTIBLE
HORN 5W-B

,,l (c-68) G-
J/B [ 4,
0
15A

j T(c-77) 6
B-k O.BSB-W
8
G-W
(F)R-I .MFI SYSTEM R-B IO-GE
.FULL AUTO A/C 'HEATER
CONNECTOR (A-11X) .MANUAL A/C G-'
I 16 .FULL AUTO A/C
AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL UNIT
(c-37)

24

METER AND GAUGES B-1


B-Y

I
21
B-YI
. COOLING (c-151 1.l . MANUAL A/C
B . MFI SYSTEM . RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER
B-1 I . E;;/WiE;TE
i
4 5 16 4 (F>Y RHEOSTAT 2B
1
SPEED
SENSOR

5M36AB

TSB Revision
394 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <M/T>
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <M/T> (CONTINUED)

J/B J/B
MAIN MULTI-PURPOSE
SWITCH
D
( FUSE@ i
B
( MULTI-PI JRPOSE
FUSEQ I

1 -RY a -it, Y 0.85B-


u. mt(-w L-R
0.85R-B I
-7
TURN.53IGNAL. L!GHT
HNU HALAHLl LltiH'! rYGRKNG
L-B
I
I I (D-42) 9
L-R
I
0.85R-B 2,,
\
LG-R

L-E
I B-'
,,l 0.85R-B 2 (D-05) 11 j9
/\\ , ,- 1
I 'P
II

1 ENNECTION
m
LG-B
\ 14
II-----------_

I
IF1 2E
II SYSTEM
LG-B (D-41) 2 30
I ,\
I
II G
I 2E I

i .b Is1 x
II
I \,
I "4 "3
L-E LG-B I L-O L-B L-Y /
:--+E--+? ______ $>6 (c-02)
L-O LG-F
L-B L-Y
15 ,26 13 .5
v V V
I I I
P P P 5
J
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT ~

HR15M36BA

TSB Revision
395
NOTES

TSB Revision 1
396 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <A/T>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)

ENGiNE

4m
IA

64 "61
+
GND
A
"
72
I CONTROL
MODULE

BR-R G-Y 1.25B Y-F


J/B
@ (,I
10A
V - - - - \,
,j B/,4
/\ THROTTLE
(c-70)‘3 '4
PO~PO;~ON
2L-w 2L 1 31
,,3 p :B-o5)
/\ A
"3
(A-11X) BR-R 2Y-R
IOD OR
STORAGE 9
CONNECTOR Y-F
jm3
L Y-F
2 AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

GND GND GND


V V
6 3 14

B B

ijiXJR;,U'SE 2B Y-E
SWITCH
0

CONNEC

HRlSM22AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <Afb 397

:GHT IGNITION
FUSIBLE LINK a Ei -. SWITCH(IG1)
I 1.25R-h
-
iwATED 28-W
I
1m G-h sm J(c-82)
I I\ I
J/B
@ '0
10A 15A
I I 8
I \/ \/ V
---- -------_--____
(c-77)“2 ‘l(c-70) 7 (c-83: j(c-77:
R-Y r' R 0.85R-B

R-B \ A G-W B-h

ICk%idGE
CONNECTOR (A-11X)

1
16
AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL UNIT
(c-37)

W-R w-Rrg ON

L
O F F - ON
c
1‘
4

I .A , E1
1 1
Y-W Y-W (c-15) 1
0
y-w 6 (c-14)
t B-Y

RHEOSTAT 2B
Q
SPEED
SENSOR 0

HR15M22AB

1 TSB Revision
398 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <AR5
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) <m> (CONTINUED)

J/B J/B J/B


MAIN MULTI' -PURPOSE MULTI-PURPOSE MULTI-PIJRPOSE
SWITCH ( FUSEq 3 1 ( FUSE@ i I FUSE@ 1
D A

Y
B C

Y
L-B
Y
0.85R-E 1I 0.85B-W
I
0.85B-\ nl
I
t I
1

I-
L-l
$@~~~UISE 0
RELAY
(c-84) (D-42) 3

LG-R L-l B-\ v


t-
2 (D-05) 31 ,5 9
COMBINATION - 7-7 -1
LIGHT _________ METER
02 E
\/
OFF -*ON 20 5
6
0 \ii* “3 L- JL -J
\r
11
LG-B 0.85G i4 5 7m
E
0
LG-F !

Tr
--____---__ 140
2E

T
I
I
I
I (D-41) 1 ,,E I(D-42)
I
!r ).85G G
2E LG-I;1

STOP
LIGHT
,
L-E LG-B

LG-R
(c-37) !5 5 2;3
-

I
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
(A-28) (c-02) (c-37) (c-61) (c-84) (D-04) (D-05)
-1
0
mi2)
HR15M22BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit CA/T> 399

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG2)

[c-81) io9 3m j7
L-R
(c-30) m
20-Y ---------------- L-R
L-R
PARK/NEUTRAL
;;sCWHON
SP8 L-R BR R-Y
(B-26)
~~~~~~1""
(c-45)

2B-\1 R-h L-l

(c-29) 15
.---------- 3.------ 14

BR
I

M R-b L-I n R-k


I
~ 1
X
STARTER
BR-R
I
3 10

I
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)

HR15M22BB

I
TSB Revision I
400 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit c/VT>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS)


<AK>

IGNITION

.a
SWITCH(IG1)
I
2L Jo
67
40
(F>BR-F
J/B
@

’ I--I
-I
10 (c-83) THROTTLE
~;~B&ON
(8-05)

IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
BR-R 2(F)
Y-R 3

BR-R l3
L
Y-f
(c-29)
L
!O (c-37) BR-R
5
Y-I:
i AUTO-CRUISE'CONTROL UNIT

I--
I ?-+A
A
i-3
GND
V
GND
V
GND
n

I
18 "6 3
I 14
R
-------- 4 (c-57)
B B B
B-W
CLOCK
-1
SPRING I

lXJ$XJ~;~iJISE
SWITCH
(1

12B

h
(c-53)
Y-B W-R

CONNECTOR

(c-57)

HR15M23AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <Ah 401

[GHT
FUSIBLE LINKa 'RK
1.25R-h
DEDICATED
5W-B FUSE 0
15A
c
,l(c-68) G-h
m

J/B

r
L

R-E B-W

IOD OR STORAGE
CONNECTOR (A-11X)
16

W-R
W-R --.
0 t
O F F - DN
T

W-R “E
NON-
TURBO,TURBO \ Cl-" E

1:1

t
COMBINATION RHEOiTAT 2E
METERCREED)

o(c-14) (c-15) (c-37) (c-ssj6!FEij (c-70) ( c - 7 1 )

~~pi%gq B fz%Tqm~l

HR15M23AB

1 TSB Revision
402 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit dW>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) <A/T>


(CONTINUED)

J/B J/B J/B


MULTI-PURPOSE MULTI-PURPOSE MULTI-PI JRPOSE\
!!ihH ( FUSE@ 1 ( FUSE@ 1 ( FUSE@
D A

L-B 0.85R-B

L-B
,3

0r92
L-I
L-R LG-R
(D-05) 59
.- 1
STOP
&x,,wIlLti i)N
CI )-61)
-----------
OFF
--
t’
OFF‘ ON
COMBINATION
METER
1 I

4 3 1;

-Y-----t
LG-B

t
0.85G

I
E

LG-E

I-_ .------Y/P (c-02) IL 2E

1
LG-BIfl (D-41) 3

VACUUM ).85G (
2E LG-R
PUMP
I
I (A-28)
I
I
I
I
STOP
I LIGHT
I , / $6
I "4 '3 2
L-E LG-B I L-O L-B L-Y

(c-37) !5
L,+!? ----- $,2 ------ St6
L-O
26
L-B
13
L-Y
12
I
15
LG-R

b b b 3
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
(c-37) m
12
34
El

HR15M23BA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <A/T> 403 ,

-$[!W;tLE
MODULE

----_
04 57
L-R
:3 I> -R 1 L-R
L-R
-
I
L-R R-!
I\ 6

LJ
-If--
L- “I
BATTERY 11 (B-30)
2B-! R-h I L3-R

20B-RI 3B-RI (c-29 1,:15


.-- --- --- -- 14

R-W L -R R-!

STARTER
/

A‘ 11 .O
-

CEi
1
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)
(B-23)- (c-30) (c-45)
El aI
/
(c-47)
i

HR15M23BB

TSB Revision
404 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit c/Vi’>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


\
<m> (FEDERAL) d

IGNITION
SWITCH(ACC)
2L
,$ (c-82)
J/B /\
Gill
10A
(F>BR
---_ \/
(c-70)3 " 4 "lo (c-83)
2L-w 2L 1 2L
,,3 ,4
/\
(A-14X)
IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR 2L
$8:
i
L RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER

BR-R Y-R 1
20 (c-37) I5 I4
AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL UNIT

GND GND GND


V V V
"- ".. ". .
b tl 14

B B B

Ed
1230

(c-70) (c-82) d,
1 2 3 4
Ei
HR15M24AA

1 TSB Revision 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <A/T> 405

[GHT IGNITION
FUSIBLE LINKa 2 SWITCH(IG1)
2R-'

PWATED E
HORN 5W-B 151
c
,,l (c-68) G-
J/B \

, “8 ag
t I

L-
r
I1 5
B-k

(F>.R-B .MFI SYSTEM 4 G-1 B-h


.FULL-AUTO A/C I O-GE .HEATER
.ELECTRONIC CONTROL
SUSPENSION
CONNECTOR (A-11X) 'MANUAL A/C
16 .FULL AUTO A/C
AUTO-CRUISE
5" CONTROL UNIT
i

)
' MAIN
24 SWITCH
L (D-32)
W-R
(F)R-Bl--
fl$jR LIGHT
1
*
$#;&INIC \/ ,
LUGGAGE SUSPENSION , "4 "1
~~~~~RTMENT R-1 W-R METER AND GAUGES B
L-B
B-Y
7
D
B - Y
ELC-4A/T
28 B B MANUAL A/C
FULL AUTO A/C
RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER
E;~~K;;TE
4 5 1 4 (F>Y RHEOSTAT 2B t
rA A A 1
SPEED
SENSOR

HR15M; !4AB

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <AiT>

AUTO-C b.& CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <A/T> (FEDERAL)


(CONTIP

J/B
MAIN MULTI- JRPOSE\
SWITCH t FUSEa I
D
v
O.&B-U
O.B5B-W L-R
O.B5R-B
7
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT )VVI&NG
AND HAZARD LIGHT
$J;LJRESJISE
RELAY
(c-84)
(D-42) 2

L-I B-h

I
2 (D-05) 11 I9
-1
COMBINATION
METER E
5’
6
----
;4 j7' ( D - 0 4 )

I NO
CONNECTION

I 0.85G
MFI 21
LG-I;

SYSTEM
(D-41) 3 30

21 LG-Ii

L-E LG-B .STOP


LIGHT
*~i&Q&NIC
LG-k
SUSPENSION
15

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT


(c-62)
I
B2

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <A/T> 407

IGNI TION

l,25;;yyTE' v2By;y ~'~-- mli

-
(c-47) 37
2B-Y L-R L-I;
;mfJ
"lo (c-29)
L-R
I
L-R
PARK/ 196
NEUTRAL
;;y#ON OVER DRIVE
AND POWER/
(8-26) K~R!' OFF ‘00 N
$5 -I
(c-45) !5
l----f?- 2B-k R-W L-I; R-Y

(8-23) ,I (B-24)
20B-R
1
3B-R (c-29) 15
---____---_ 1-----_~_--___--_---_ 14

L-Q-4 M

SYARTERI
MFI
v
SYSTEM
R-W L-F R-Y

SUPPLEMENTAL
@;$b'NT

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)

HR15M24BB

TSB Revision
408 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <AIT>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)


<A/T> (CALIFORNIA)

1
IGNITION
SWITCH(ACC) svENGINE
I -? CONTROL
MODULE
GND h i
- 6
"
A 3
? 81 92 97
-I10 (c-83) (F)BR-R
(F) MFI SYSTEM
(F>G-Y 1.25B (Fly-1 a
I 1 (F)1.25B
16
l(F)B 4
A /\ THROTTLE
g;i';&ON
I:B-05)
IOD OR OFF - -:'ON
STORAGE
CONNECTOR "2 "3
2L (F>BR-R (F>Y-R

RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER ?,,!
+
II ELCdA/T
Y-Id1
-
AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL UNIT
f

GND CGND ;rl

3 '14
I

E B B
L

I
I ) 0-w 1’
~;~~RJEUISE 2B

r
25 E-!z i i _
1TTr:
.l-3 . 2E
I SWITCH
0

1 2 3 4
a

(c-70) (c-82)
HR15M25AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <Mb 409

[GHT iGNITION

r0
FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITCH(IG1)
2R-W'
NOTE 1.25R-W'
:l:HATCHBACK
:2:CONVERTIBLE B&~k""'""
15A

J/B

@ 0 0
10A 15A
15A
r- 0
v V ,
- - - - - -
(C-E 11 70 5 7m “6 (c-71)
G-b B-b 0.85B-W
R-B
G-W
(F)R-I . MFI SYSTEM cG-h B-h
. FULL AUTO A/C IOD OR STORAGE HEATER
. ELECTRONIC MANUAL A/C
CONTROL FULL AUTO A/C
SUSPENSION
AUTO-CRUISE
Y CONTROL UNIT
(c-37)

1 3
/
24

(F)R-Bi-
1:;" LIGHT
LUGGAGE
fyt&"RTMENT R-E Y-B W-R

B-Y
1 . ELC-4A/T
+ . MANUAL A/C
. FULL AUTO A/C
. RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER
. fW&;TE
16 RHEOkTAT 2B

SPEED
SENSOR

TSB Revision
410 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <A/T>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <A/T> (CALIFORNIA)


(CONTINUED)

J/B J/B J/B


MAIN MULTI-PURPOSE MULTI-PURPOSE MULTI-PIJRPOSE
SWITCH ( FUSE0 i ( FUSE@ i ( FUSE@ I
T7 w C/

L-B B-W 0. 05B--W


I I 0.850-w 13
L-R
0.85R-B
---I
I TURN-SIG'NAL LIGHT
AND HAZARD LIGHT
#I&NG

f
LG-R (D-42) 3

3.
) 1 (D-05)
L-l B--W
11 Ej9
7rL -1
#l&NATION
OFF ‘*ON
-1 I
fB
:; -

1 I
\I i

0.85G 30.65G 1 -
.--_ .- 11
LG-B $4 Ej?’ (D-04)

t%UNECTION
(c-62)
I3
d
LG-B
--------____
/I
14 cl MFI' 213
SYSTEM
LG-.R

II LG-B
1 (D-41) ;3 ,,t3(D-42)
II
II I VACUUM
PUMP
G
213 LG-,R

tib xi x cA-28)

\,"4 "3 2
-J 0.85G
1 I
L I
0
-1
L-E LG-B L-O L-B L-k .STOP
17 LIGHT
L --- ------ 2______ 60 .ELECTRONIC
L-O % & I O N LG- R
L-B L-L
(c-37) !5 26 13 12 23
Y Y

i
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
GF-23 c=nF) Ic-37) (c-61) ( c - 6 2 ) oT=m ( D - 0 4 ) (D-05)

HR15M25BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <A/T>

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG2) TRANSAXLE
CONTROL
MODULE

MFI SYSTEM STARTING

1. 25B-
-
I (c-41) 17
2B-k L-R
,,s (c-30) (c-es) L-R
2B-1 10
L-R
8 L-R c
PARK/
NEUTRAL
;;sCI;;ON OVER DRIVE
AND POWER/
IL'\- - \ P
(8-26) EsR!EY !!J
(c-45) 5

2B-Y R-h L-F; R-Y


/
i
(c-29) 15
.-_--_----- 3.-------------------- 14

.II'EM

R-h L-F R-k


t
STARTER SUPPLEMENTAL
I?&~?;~' NT I

I. 11 3 10
A

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)

HR15M25BB

TSB Revision
412. CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <Ah

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

IGNITION
SWITCH(AC0
I

a7
J (F>BR-E 1. ijell (Fly-RI MFI SYSTEM
T
.o (c-83) (F)1.25B i

THROTTLE
@3;;ON
0 (B-05)
IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
Y-L

I RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER
ELC-4A/T

O(c-37) Y-R
5
AUTO-CRUISE
4 CONTROL UNIT

GND t ID GND
V 7 V

L
Yl8 6 14

L B E

[
L
i;;XJiE,PUISE 2E
! SWITCH
: z E _
2
I *
i.
. . E

(A-11X)0 (c-29)
9 ~10~11~~12~13~14~15~16~17~~1S~19

HR15M37AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <A 413 i

;;Mb\IGHT IGNITION
FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITCH(IG1)

J/B

I vr I ---- u/ - - - - - -
i3 11 (c-77)“2 “1 (c-70) 705
R-B R-Y r' R 0.85R-B G-W B-
R-B 2 ,,l A
41 ,\

(F>R -B .MFI SYSTEM R-B


.FULL AUTO A/C IOD OR STORAGE
CONNECTOR IA-11X) .HEATER
'MANUAL A/C
,,l6 .FULL AUTO A/C

5 v 1I(c-37)
AUTO-CRUISE
CONTROL UNIT
-

I+ P

24 Y19 k%!CH r

(F)R-Bi-'
L

4 W-R
1 m

W-R
;JlXR LI'GHT
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT R-B Y-B W-R
-7 (D-42) la 1

METER AND GAUGES


1,
"6
\/
"4
\/
“1

ELC-4A/T
MANUAL A/C
. RADIO AND

6
- SPEED
SENSOR

TSB Revision
414 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <A/T>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)


<AK> (CONTINUED)

<J/R J/B 3
JRPOSE
1

0.85B-W
0.85B-W L-R

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT
AND HAZARD LIGHT

L-R B-W
0.85R-B I
I1 (D-05) 11

1
STOP COMBINATION
LIGHT ____----- METER %
SWITCH ,,N
OFF‘*OW j 5
(c-61) \y u"
0.85G 3 0.85G 1 ---_
i4
LG-B
8NNECTION
(c-62)
LG-F

1
LG-B
------------ , 14
II MFI 2
SYSTEM
II LG-B lD-41)
1I /t 1
I I ;fiipUUM LG-I;

LG-B STOP
LIGHT
6(c-o2)
I LG-R
12 15

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

HR15M37BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <A/T> 415

IGNI TI
SwIT CH ;;;;;;;LE
MODULE
2L-E
MFI SYSTEM STARTING
(c-82)
1.25B-YTE \-/ 28-Y/
l-
(c-81)-
2B-k 2B-\I 1 ;m
L-R
T _
L-F

IE
10 (C-29)
L-R
3 L-R
T 1 PARK/
NEUTRAL
!W;~ON OVER DRIVE
AND POWER/
Lq
‘P- o-
h
NH’R
,
P
(B-26) EK!'
T---J
(c-45) 5
2B-1 R-b L-F R-l

L
(c-29) 5
:~--------- i-------------_______ 14

1 Q I 1 “&
I
t R-W L-F R-Y
MFI
1 L& SYSTEM

S;ARTER=
SUPPLEMENTAL
~"y@!!INT
1

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)

i
HR15M37BB

1 TSB Revision
416 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Seat Circuit

POWER SEAT CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

IGNI' ON
SWIT (IGl) E%B9E b
2R-B
:k5 (c-01)
2B-k 2R-B

r0
R-B 2R-B 2R-B
7m ,,l ,,5
A
J/B -------__-___----------

15A
I

B-W
32
#;$HSEAT
LUMBAR SUPPORT
(D-21)
i-

jg (c-66)

I 2Y-G

POWER SEAT
ASSEMBLY
(E-27)
1. 25
L-R

2B

SIDE SUPPORT "MJJyi;R SUPPORT

0
MOTOR
a CD

(c-01) (rn(c-65) (c-66) (c-80) (C-82)0 (E-27)


(1) cz-) c-T-1
~1~~~1~~~~~9 @

HR15M26AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Seat Circuit

2R
,,14 POWER SEAT SWITCH (
SLIDE I FRONT HEIGHT REAR HEIGHT

FRONT_ _ REAR c_ R E A R
- t FRONT t -
- - - - - - - -

I /
SLIDE MOTOR FRONT I REAR
UFiCUT Llr-
II~IUILI mJTOR HEIGHT MOTOR
,,5
/\ m ,,4
/\ ,,2 cm ,,l
LIMIT SWITCH LIMIT SWITCH
0
OFF OFF OFF OFF
- - -_
0i* ON 0i* ON

m 1.258 ”6 -;iBBI
2B

J/B

HR15M26AB

TSB Revision
418 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Seat Circuit
1
POWER SEAT CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) I
\j i

CHARGING 1.

2B-W R-B 2R-B 2R-B


70 ,l -5
J/B

r----
/I v v
.. Kl:fEHSEAT
I SIDE SUPPORT LUMBAR SUPPORT

I IL’ CLOSE - SPREADi


RELEASE
--h
(D-21)

POWER SEAT
ASSEMBLY
(E-27)
‘G.2; 1.25 li’Z ‘i’g
G-R

28 I
‘22 l. 25
4---- 3_ ---- -- 2-___ 1

G-R
‘i’s ‘is;
m

I-i
1 2 1
M
u!z!l
NOTE SIDE LUMBAR
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT SUPPORT $JF@RT
THEFT ALARM SYSTEM MOTOR
0 :2:VEHICLES WITH m 0
THEFT ALARM SYSTEM

HR15M27AA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Seat Circuit 419

H33CIWDL I

2R
,,14 POWER SEAT SWITCH (4)
SLIDE FRONT HEIGHT REAR HEIGHT

FRONT_ _ REAR *I- R E A R UP/ _ D O W N NT- D O W N UP c DOWN c_ D O W N


- 3 - -.
FRONT -1 UP - - U P I -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---------_
,

LIMIT SWITCH

1.25B 1.25B 'l.25B

2B
. 4,I
2B
9m
J/B

2B 5 (c-82)
i

6
(c-78) (c-82) (E-27) m-) cD5~cEDcm
~~~~1~
@J@J @ gjJ
ei
HR15M27AB

1 TSB Revision
420 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Seat Circuit

POWER SEAT CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

70
J/B
0
15A

30 - T3 2L-Bw
B-W
TV
t
__--- 52 2L-B I POWER WINDOW

I-----GND
V
.,
57:10
5Qx2 RF"
i L
2
B
l t
2B 2Y-\N
I

POWER SEAT
ASSEMBLY
(E-27)
1.25 1.25 'i'$
G-R L-E
2--,,1,
2B
'i'2

2 $$l
NOTE
Xl:VEHICLES WITHOUT
THEFT ALARM SYSTEM
! Z2:VEHICLES WITH SIDE LUMBAR
THEFT ALARM SYSTEM &J;'RT
:3:HATCHBACK aRiRT
X4:CONVERTIBLE
6 L 1'2) 0

HR15M38AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Seat Circuit 421

- ‘IUUYLVIUU I

2R
POWER SEAT SWITCH (4)
FRONT HEIGHT REAR HEIGHT

SLIDE MOTOR

J/B

HR15M3BAB

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Seat Circuit

COMPONENT LOCATION

Junction block

W16FO135

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Tension-reducer Type Seat Belt Circuit 423
TENSION-REDUCER TYPE SEAT BELT CIRCUIT
L ( UP TO 1994 MODELS)

IN
FUSIBLE LINK@ :IGl)
I
2W-E

63
15A
I
R-B 4 0
R
r-----

FRONT SEAT

I
BELT SWITCH
(RH) IOD OR
(E-24) STORAGE
CONNECTOR
(A-11X) R-B B-A (F)R-E
FRONT SEAT
WE; SOLEMf
(E- (E-20)

(c-34)
i

----
il
_----_. 12
I V

TIMER
CIRCUIT
m+
II I
., ., -----1

h
L---------__--_-- -----

14:1 8:1 57:1 i4


4m Y-W 1 0:2 59 2
R-G B
0
R-G R-G Y
,,l ,,l ,,2
(E-15) (E-21)
2B B B B-L
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT 4x3 5:3
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
- -
):3,:4 16 :3
:2:VEHICLES WITH
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
:3:FROM 1994 MODELS (RH: (LH; I
:4:UP TO 1993 MODELS \ *
DOOR SWITCH
m170 (c-65) :1 (c-65) :2 (c-66) :1 (c-66) :2 cm~c-70) (c-77)

~~'~~1
(c-79):3 (c-82)0 (Fmj (E-15) (E-20) cm-2 (E-24)
li FRONT SIDE

HRlSM28AA

1 TSB Revision
424 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Tension-reducer Type Seat Belt Circuit
I
TENSION-REDUCER TYPE SEAT BELT CIRCUIT
(FROM 1995 MODELS)
&Ij

IGNI TICIN
FUSIBLE LINK@ SWIT'CH (IGl)
2W-B 2B-
B-W

HORN 5W-B CHARGING 2B-


,.l (c-68)
/\
J/B
a3
10A 10A

V V
------ \I
"4 (c-80) 1 "2 (c-70) 11 (c-83)
R-B
R R-Y
I
0 ,,l ,,2
R-B
I“------I
7 R-B
r---.--- IOD OR
STORAGE
R-B CONNECTOR
,,2 ,,l (A-11X) (F)R-B R-E B-'
FRONT SEAT I 1
BELT SWITCH
OFF 'TON
(RH)
!E-24)
(LH) p"-
(E-26) oFF I(
d
71 B-W
I
I
I R-L1
1
RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER

I 1-Y
I
I
L------+l 1 (c-34)

POWER
WINDOW L-y

B-'bl
HEADLIGHT
FOG LIGHT
TAILLIGHT.PARKING/
SIDE MARKER LIGHT
tYeH$ICENSE PLATE
A D

HR15M29AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Tension-reducer Type Seat Belt Circuit 425

id
J/B
;EAT MULTI. LJRPOSE
ILENOID i B FUSEC ) J/B
7 ‘ 7

R-E B-\ R-B

52

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
i7%1

Qr(c-34) r
/
iJ R-G - Y-h
iEgAk;GHT AND
E
$l$A&GHT AND
COMPARTMENT LIGHT OMPARTMENT LIGHT

R-G1 \
(F)Y BUZZER B
I
R-G

II
. TAILLIGHT.PARKING/
SIDE MARKER
LIGHT AND
R-G EjgfiFSE PLATE 2E B-L
. FOG LIGHT
R-G HEADLIGHT
Iy

5 3
-
NOTE
(RH< (LH; :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM =
:E:VEHICLES WITH
DOOR SWITCH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM Is-

(c-34) (c-65) $1 m :2 (c-66) :1 (c-66):2 OFRONT SIDE (E-15) (E-21)

HRl5M29AB

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Tension-reducer TvDe Seat Belt Circuit

COMPONENT LOCATION

F19FO134 00002663

Note: * indicates that this component is used on the right side as well.

lock

D&a linkconnectdrT I
It3 Y16FO354
i lJ4
\?&-+-kOOl,

<From ‘1994 models> D


\ ,
<

/ ’

-/
J
/ c l-
/
7&
4
GL
Front seafbelt solenoid
(inside the retractor) Z16FO465

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Tension-reducer Type Seat Belt Circuit 427
OPERATION
0 If the driver fastens the seat belt with the ignition switch placed in the “ON” position, the seat belt
L switch in the seat belt buckle is turned “ON” to operate the seat belt solenoid in the retractor.
0 This will reduce the seat belt rewinding torqe to minimize a sense of oppression given by the belt.
l Owing to the timer function of the ETACS unit, the seat belt solenoid is kept in operation for 30 seconds
after turning off the ignition switch, with due consideration to elimination of the sudden rise in a sense
of oppression caused by the belt immediately after the ignition switch is turned off.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Phenomenon Inspection method
Some of the tension-reducers do not operates. 0 Check dedicated fuse No. 1 and 19.
0 Check the inoperative seat belt switch.
l Check the inoperative seat belt solenoid.
The tension-reducer does not operate with the ignition 0 Check the ignition switch input signal.
switch placed in the ON position. 0 Check the ignition switch. (Refer to GROUP
M-Ignition switch.)
The tension-reducer is in operation immediately after the 0 Check the door switch input signal.
ignition switch is turned off, but it does not stop operation l Check the door switch. (Refer to GROUP 42-Door
even if the door is opened within 30 seconds from the Assembly.)
turning-off the ignition switch.

TSB Revision I
428 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit

ACTIVE AERO CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

TAI LL: [GHT IGNITION


REL AY SWITCH(IG1) FUSIBLE LINK@
1.25R- 2B-W

r@
5W-B
,,7 (c-82) ,,I (c-68)
J/B 1 A I\
EFATED @
p
10A

I
1

G- W
E 30
J/B 0.85R-E

c-LL
\I R-B S
E I - -
I
IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
WHEN KEY
(A-11X)
IS REMOVED B-L R-B
(F-27) 1---------------A-----
I7

G-’

o”55 L3 ---- Yi -___------_--_-_______ -- 9

W-l iI
Y-B (R-L) (L-W)
,,l ,,4 ,,2 ,,3 W-l
%Y”
SWITCH
(D-29) W-li
0
W-l; Y-l N

6
Y-\ v
11
0
[
DATA LINK i
CONNECTOR
(c-79) v
RHEOSTAT SPEED
SENSOR

HR15h430AA

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit 429

J/B
FUSIBL LINK 0 FRONT VENTURI SKIRT (A-57) MULTI-PURPOSE
( FUSE@ 1
I
v

COMBINATION
METER
DOWN UP
6 5 4 1
2G-1 2B-I L-G R B-R (Y-B)
13 5 4------- 1 I
(C-31) :$ ------- --_

2R-B 2G-I 28-I L-G R


B-R
I I
51 56 52 a.------. 11
r,------------ --------__ ------ .------.
I
/
I
I
I
I OFF i:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I GNO
v
L -------- --------. ------_ .------ ----------------------------------------~
(F-28) 54

2R-k
57 53

2R-L Y-L
12
I
BR-R
60 ACTIVE AERO
CONTROL UNIT

r-
*
0.85B ------- .------ .------
I
(F-34) 3 2 14 * *n

2R-W
I
7
2R-L
i
j
Y-L II I

iLANT

)------< - - - - - - -
2B ON
.'OFF ON * OFF 2B
I

1
REAR SPOILER (~-04)

HR15h430AB

1 TSB Revision
430 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit

ACTIVE AERO CIRCUIT (FROM 1994 MODELS)


<HATCHBACK>

a;i&IGHT IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1)
I
2R-W B-W
1 2B-W 7(c-82)
CHARGING
WATED OH J/B
15A OH
15A

G-W 6 (c-69)

J/B ,\
0. 85B-!i6 (C-71)

G-W

G-W 33

.HEATER
. MANUAL A/C
.FULL AUTO A/C
.RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER

G-W

BKbVE
SWITCH
GA u -
fa AUTO1
(D-29)
.
ILL OFF AUTO2

*f{@E;TE

I
d$JJf#JISE 5
.ELC-A/T
B-Y
B-Y

RHEOSTAT

(F-27) (F-28)

I
HR15M31AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit 431

J/B
FUSIB E JRPOSE
LINK b
6 ( WE 'e )

59
J/B ?
jc
@
10A
I
---- \, 102
(c-70)‘1 “2.
R R-Y (F)R-I
,\ 1 ,.2 (Y-B

IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
BUZZER IS REMOVED
DOME LIGHT. B-L
i (F)R-B FOOT LIGHT AND
IGNITION KEY B-L (Y-B
r 10
CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION
LIGHT
.STARTING B-L
10 jf#Pf~~ DOOR
r--- ----------------- 7
-----_- 20

'HEADLIGHT
.FOG LIGHT -----I
'TAILLIGHTsPARKING, /
SIDE MARKER LIGHT LL--------
tjW&ICENSE PLATE 19
W-R
1
.
I .ELECTRONIC
CONTROLNIC
W-R SUSPENSION
2B B B R-B
Y-W
4 5 1 Y-W MFI SYSTEM
A A *
n DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(F>Y
(c-79)
n SPEED SENSOR

(A-11X)0 (c-58) (c-68) 0773 OFRONT SIDE (c-81) (c-83)

(D-42) (F-27)

HR15M31AB

TSB Revision
432 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit

ACTIVE AERO CIRCUIT (FROM 1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

FUSIBLE LINK 0 r_

/
DOWN UP
I
6 5 "4 "1 “2
2R-B 2G-I 2B-I L-G R B-R

(C-31) 5$--------- 13
_-----_ 5 4------ ------ ,,5 (c-03)

2R-B 2G-I 2B-I L-G B-R


i Ri i
_------------ 51
--------_- 56
------ 52 4------ -------
11 5
-____-_ I

r
/
1
ACTIVE AERO
I CONTROL UNIT
I
OFFd /
I
I

‘-7-pr
I
I
I
/
I
OFF? *----v-j I
I

GND A '
V
A
V 4 a-.-----------------------AJ
IIsm
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
57 53 12

0.85f 3 2R-W 2R-L Y-L BR-F

o '2 ---- --3*------>+ ---- --


10

2R-W ] 2R-L r,,,,-, ~BR-k ) B


t
,7
/& ,,6 ,,5 ,,4 ,,3
0 0
REAR
SLANT FLAT SPOILER
------- (F-04)
213 OFF 2B

n
Z
d
q tiil

HR15M31BA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit 433
COMPONENT LOCATION
L/ Name Symbol Name Symbol

I Active aero control unit E Data link connector (from 1994 models) B
I
Active aero front venturi skirt C Data link connector (up to 1993 models)

Active aero rear spoiler D --r-l

El9F0134

i
‘\{\ j \ \ is/y
- 218FO233
00002694

<From 1994 models>

-
7 \ Y16Fo4!

front venturi skirt 218FO24:

[ TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit

1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Car Telephone Circuit 435

; CAR TELEPHONE CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)


ii (VEHICLES HARNESS WITHOUT TELEPHONE COMPONENT)

IGNIT 3N
SWITC (IGl) EKBsE
3I
E
m
I
25
r) D-46
DOOR
%P"""
70 ,,l (c-68)
D
I -
0 @y
11
‘1 (E-04)
15A
a
(c-80) T-- ;Ek%;HONE ci I.
3 I3 E*I
h d
(E-01) 1

I
aI
I
IOD OR 1 F-36 ?J
$;~;&-JR (A-11XI
t- I
I

I:
I & F-
3 uII
m RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
h dc I
- II
1- E 4 c (D-35) 3 "4 (D-34)
r

L
I
- (F-37)
I y
L SPARE CONNECTOR
WIRELESS
( TELEHONE UNIT >
n
1 m : a:I
2

SPARE CONNECTOR
(HAND FREE MICROPHONE) (c-85)
h /p * h

4 5 6 7
3 s
II 02
II %
III
II
II
$2
I$
s
h
c
c _-I :
1IL cdi=
J
3 55 s
3 5 6
cA
3 2
-tA * A

(F-38)
4
A
5
A
6
A
7 -
- /\
,\ A,\ 1
-+
SPARE CONNECTOR
(HAND FREE CONTROLLER) I J g@;ER (D-13)
JUMPER CONNECTOR (F-39) (RH)
6 ( OR HAND FREE
CONTROLLER >
(A-11X) (Fme=m (c-80) (c-82)0 (c-85) (FmcEz) (D-35)
rmB
/
L: (D-42) (E-01)
-1 HR15M32AA

[ TSB Revision
436 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Car Telephone Circuit

CAR TELEPHONE CIRCUIT (1993 Models)


(VEHICLES HARNESS WITHOUT TELEPHONE COMPONENT)

IGNI:
SWIT(
3/ DOOR
D-46 Qg;fKER
:
\-
0
15A 10A
c \/ \I c
27'
(c-80) 3 "m 1 1 (c-83) 2-- 1m ;E&;;H"NE 0
3 h > PL E\
ci 2 d:
" i _-.
,,2 ,.l (E-01) 16
u
I
I
F-36 ? :

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER


1
r iF-37)
SPARE CONNECTOR
WIRELESS
( TELEHONE UNIT ) m
m s
& -

SPARE CONNECTOR
(HAND FREE MICROPHONE) (c-85)
I+ h h A h h T h
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5 25

I
',
I
II *, Lz
1 cl.2
I,;z' I I
s ss2z a: El
' $- A & A 2 w R
I v - v G
v Ll
- d
$ e
I f L:
v
II

I-\
Lf
3 G
3 2 1 4 5 6 7 8 ) 5 6 7 8
IA A A * A A * *I /\\ /\
A ,\
,\
SPARE CONNECTOR (F-38)
(HAND FREE CONTROLLER)

HR15M33AA

TSB Revision
437
NOTES

TSB Revision
438 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Top Stack Circuit

TOP STACK CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)


<CONVERTIBLE>

TOP SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) SPEE DS


1
6 5 !l
2L-B (F) Y
FcFF2y)
G-L Y-I L-‘ Y-E J/B

L0
Y-W
- 15
7
-W 6 o ELC-4A/T 1
2---. 3
----_ 4
.---- 5

Y- .W
Y-W 45

3. 851 0.85R W- R
METER AND
GAUGES 18 (D-42)

0.85R i
t

-1
W-,R

0. 85\ 1. 85' 3. 851 1.85-b W-R 44


W- R

CTRtINIC
%sus :gs iION
0-dWISE
‘%I TROI

11
.---- 3.----

0.851 .85( I. 85' 3. 853 ).85F W-R 0.85G 0.85i

3 17 i 16
3 cA-
1
\1r(D-50)
TOP STACK HARNESS DATA LINK
CONNECTOR K%i"

HR15M34AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Top Stack Circuit 439

UMPER 'ER 'ER


FUSIBLE L 3NNECTC lECTl A $: IECT
(E-42: l(E-41) (E-44)

2R 2G- 2G-R 2Y-R 2Y-c 2Y-F 2Y-

T
(c-01: (E-40 1---- I---- I (E 3
---_ _--_

2F 2G-Y 2G-k

2G- 2G-k 2Y-R 2Y-( 2G-Y 2G-I 2Y-I 2Y-

(F-47 1.---- ,
---- i ---_ ;.---- 3.---_ ---_ 7.---

2R 2G- 2G-R 2Y-R 2Y-G 2G-Y 2G-F 2Y-R 2Y-

(F-43) (F-41 3
[

TOP STACK HARNESS


(c-01)
Fm) (F-41) (E-41)
(F-43) Fm (F-49) Em

HR15M34AB

1 TSB Revision
440 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Top Stack Circuit

TOP STACK CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)


<CONVERTIBLE>

IGNI 3N
-
IGNITION
SW17 (IGl) - -TOP SWITC- (D-48)
-!H - 1
SWITCH(IG1)
T r i s- 11
Jn
1
2L-E

2B-' G-b z-u .2-t ( 5a P


a i-1
J/B
0
10A
c c c

0.85k

0.85R 0.85R
I

-
j-1

1
3-Y

?HEOSTAT

!RUISE
IL SYSTEM

z
a, 0.85R
6

2 19 8 j 6
I -
-
\TA L
INNECiurc REAR HARNESS
(c-91)
(F-48)

HR15M39AA

1 TSB Revision 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - TOD Stack Circuit 441

*BACK-UP :1
LIGHT SWITCH IGNITION
*PARK/NEUTRAL $2 SWITCH(IG1)
POSITION SWITCH
I
(F)I 5W-B R-G
E

Y-W (Y-W) l(c-68) (F) "k"L"


1 IJ’B. @
. MT:!” ELC 4-SPEED 10A
.MFI SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE &i ---- ::, .----
i
Y-V R R-Y Ok”$ 0. B!
,,l ,,2 R-I
j(c-14) /\
0.85B-W
Y-Y IOD OR STRAGE &#lgJP
CONNECTOR
0.85R (A-11X)

Y-W

COMBINATION
METER
W-F O.S5R-G

:ER
.8 (D-42)

W-F 3B-R
L-G

2Y-R
NOTE
2B gi !$;q

REAR HARNESS (D-53) REAR HARNESS REAR HARNESS


(F-48) \ Y , -4 (F-47)
HEADER HARNESS
#+” 0 E!l
(c-14) (c-66) (c-68) pm) (c-74) (c-77) (c-82)0

HR15MSQAB

TSB Revision
442 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Sunroof Circuit

SUNROOF CIRCUIT (FROM 1995 MODELS)


<HATCHBACK>

IGNITION
FUSIBLE LINK 0 SWITCH(IG1)
2B-W
,,? (c-82)
J/B' A .
kw ATED 07 @H
20A( 10A
\,
16 (c-77)
1.25R-B 0.85~~
,,4 (c-01) 0
1.25R-B 1 B-W
--------------__________ J m
1.25R-0 2
------------------______R-W,,6 (E-46)
1.25R-B 4 R-W 3

w%lE
U N I T ii]

4 4 (
v " "
2 "1 "15 14
LG LG-Y Y-L Y-0 ?.25R-L 1 1.25R-Y 1 E 1.25E
,,3 ,,7 ,,5 ,,6 ,,l ,,2
SUNROOF CIRCUIT
MOTOR BREAKER
(E-48)

LIMIT MOTOR
SWITCH
I
"a D

HR15M40AA

TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Sunroof Circuit 443

CPU
i

INPUT SIGNAL 1

SUNROOFrI
(3WllLH
.._-^,.
(E-47) 1 OPq&B /

DOOR
SWITCH
(E-21)

HR15M40AB

TSB Revision
NOTES

:L)
16-1

id
ENGINE
ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS

CHARGING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Crankshaft Position Sensor


Check . . _ . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 13A
(ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION
GENERATOR . . . . ..*.............-....... 12 OF MFI COMPONENTS)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Ignition Primary Voltage Wave-form
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Generator Output Line Voltage Drop Test . . . . . . . 6
Ignition Secondary Voltage Wave-form
Output Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .._. 37
Regulated Voltage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Ignition Timing Adjustment . . . Refer to GROUP 11
Wave-form Check Using An Analyzer . . . . . . . . . 10 Spark Plug Cable Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Spark Plug Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
i; General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 31
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *. . 31
Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
IGNITION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
IGNITION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Camshaft Position Sensor SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Check . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 13A ~
(ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
OF MFI COMPONENTS) Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

STARTER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 ~
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . .-a.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

I
L I
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging Svstem

CHARGING SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERATOR

Items Up to 1995 models From 1996 models

Type Battery voltage sensing Battery voltage sensing

Rated output VIA 12fllO 12l95

1 Voltage regulator 1 Electronic type 1 Electronic type

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
GENERATOR
I Items 1 Standard value 1 Limit I
I Regulated voltage 1 -2O’C ( - 4 ° F ) ( 14.2-15.4 1 - I
Ambient temp. at voltage
20°C (68°F) 13.9-l 4.9 -
rkgulator V
60°C (140°F) 13.4-14.6 -
I I I I I
1 80°C (176°F) 1 13.1-14.5 I-
1 Slip ring O.D. mm (in.) 1 26.7 (1.05) / 26.1 (1.03) I

I Field coil resistance Q 1 Approx. 3-5 I - I


I Output current I- / 70% of nominal output current I

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System 16-3
TROUBLESHOOTING
L (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNI: ON
SWIT( (IGl)

r0
2B-'MI
B-W 7a
J/B
15A
1
(c-01:

0. a5
B-W
B-W
0.85
B-W
2F
B-W
5 9 (D-04)
)XF&ATOR COMBINATION
r

i
L 1140
L
L 10 (D-45)

Ld2i-‘(B-18)
i

i!
-

GENEARATOR

TSB Revision I
16-4 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

(FROM 1994 MODELS)


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

3 E IGNITION
-b3 SWITCH(IG1)
I
2B-WI

B-\nr 2B-W 7 (c-82)


J/B ,\
0
(I (c-01 D r7 15A
\,
0.85 6 (c-71)
B-W
B-\ hJ

r
(F) :F>
8W- IW-F
J
s
gfF;E$ATOR r -77 --COMBINATION
@ METER
METER AND 3 z 7
GAUGES
(A-1OX) TURN-SIGNAL
LIGHT AND
IL ? HAZARD LIGHT
JL

- I_)

lo (D-45) DEFOGGER
(F
tc

(F> L

1
\ ----- -------. ;

i
3 (

1-8 -
COIL

~
-

GENEARATOR
ILTAGE YEGULATOS
:
L

HR04MOlAA

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System 16-5
OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
When engine is stopped 1. Charging warning light does not go on when
When the ignition switch is switched to the “ON” the ignition switch is turned to “ON”, before the
position, electricity flows from the ‘I” terminal of engine starts.
the generator to the field coil, and at the same time l Check the bulb.

the charging warning light illuminates. 2. Charging warning light fails to go off once the
When engine is being started/has started engine starts.
l Check the IC voltage regulator (located with-
When the engine is started, charging voltage is ap- in the generator).
plied to the ‘I” terminal of the generator, with the
result that the charging warning light is extinguished. 3. Discharged or overcharged battery.
In addition, because battery voltage is applied to l Check the IC voltage regulator (located with-
the “S” terminal of the generator, this battery voltage in the generator).
is monitored at the IC voltage regulator, thus switch- 4. The charging warning light illuminates dimly.
ing ON and OFF the current to the field coil and l Check the diode (within the combination
thereby controlling the output voltage of the genera- meter) for a short-circuit.
tor.
Power is supplied to each load from the “B” terminal
of the generator.
NOTE
The generator relay functions as a back-up for the
flow of electricity to the field coil if there is a discon-
nection or damaged wiring of the charging warning
light.

COMPONENT LOCATION

Name / Symbol 1
1 Generator relay I A I

TSB Revision
16-6 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
GENERATOR OUTPUT LINE VOLTAGE DROP TEST

Voltmeter
+I I.=-@=

Battery

6EN0962

This test determines whether the wiring from the (-) lead of the ammeter to the disconnected
generator “B” terminal to the battery (+) terminal output wire.)
(including the fusible link) is in a good condition NOTE
or not. A clamp-type ammeter which enables measure-
(1) Always be sure to check the following before ments to be taken without disconnecting the
the test. generator output wire is recommended. The
l Generator installation reason for this is if a vehicle in which the voltage
l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to may have dropped due to an imperfect connec-
GROUP 00 - Maintenance Service.) tion at the generator “B” terminal is being in-
l Fusible link spected, and the generator “B” terminal is loos-
l Abnormal noise from the generator while ened when the test ammeter is connected, the
the engine is running connection will be completed at this time and
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. the possibility of finding problems will be re-
(3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. duced.
(4) Disconnect the generator output wire from the (5) Connect a digital-type voltmeter between the
generator ‘73” terminal and connect a DC test generator “B” terminal and the battery (+)
ammeter with a range of 0 - 100 A in series terminal. (Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter
between the “B” terminal and the disconnected to the “B” terminal, and then connect the (-) ’
output wire. (Connect the (+) lead of the amme- lead of the voltmeter to the battery (+) cable.)
ter to the ‘73” terminal, and then connect the

1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System 16-7
(6) Connect a tachometer. (For the procedure for is 30A. Take a reading of the value displayed
/ connecting the tachometer, refer to GROUP on the voltmeter at this time.
L - On-vehicle Service.) (11) If the value displayed on the voltmeter is above
(7) kkconnect the negative battery cable. the limit value, there is probably a malfunction
(8) Leave the hood open. in the generator output wire, so check the wiring
(9) Start the engine. between the generator “IS” terminal and the bat-
(lO)With the engine running at 2500 rpm, turn the tery (+) terminal (including fusible link).
headlights and other lights on and off to adjust If a terminal is not sufficiently tight or if the har-
the generator load so that the value displayed ness has become discolored due to overheating,
on the ammeter is slightly above 30A. repair and then test again.
Limit value: Max. 0.3 V (12)After the test, run the engine at idle.
NOTE (13)Turn off all lights and turn the ignition switch
When the generator output is high and the value to the OFF position.
displayed on the ammeter does not decrease (14)Disconnect the negative battery cable.
to 30A, set the value to 40A. Read the value (15)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and tachom-
displayed on the voltmeter at this time. eter.
In this case the limit value becomes max. 0.4V. (16)Connect the generator output wire to the genera-
Adjust the engine speed by gradually decreas- tor “B” terminal.
ing it until the value displayed on the ammeter (17)Connect the negative battery cable.

OUTPUT CURRENT TEST

-
Charging indicator Generator t Load

30A Voltmeter Ammeter

Battery

6EN0893

1 TSB Revision
16-8 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

This test determines whether the generator outputs (1O)After turning the light switch on and turning on
normal current. the headlights, start the engine.
(1) Before the test, always be sure to check the (1l)lmmediately after setting the headlights to high
following. beam and turning the heater blower switch to
l Generator installation
the high revolution position, increase the engine
l Battery (Refer to GROUP 54 - Battery.) speed to 2,500 r/min and read the maximum
current output value displayed on the ammeter.
NOTE
The battery to be used should be slightly dis- Limit value: 70% of nominal current output
charged. The load in a fully-charged battery NOTE
will be insufficient and the test may not be able l For the nominal current output, refer to the
to be carried out correctly. Generator Specifications.
l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to l Because the current from the battery will
GROUP 11 - On-vehicle Service.) soon drop after the engine is started, the
l Fusible link above step should be carried out as quickly
l Abnormal noise from the generator while as possible in order to obtain the maximum
the engine is running current output value.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. l The current output value will depend on
(3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. the electrical load and the temperature of
(4) Disconnect the generator output wire from the the generator body.
generator “B” terminal and connect a DC test l If the electrical load is small while testing,
ammeter with a range of O-100 A in series the specified level of current may not be
between the “B” terminal and the disconnected output even though the generator is normal.
output wire. (Connect the (+) lead of the amme- In such cases, increase the electrical load
ter to the “B” terminal, and then connect the by leaving the headlights turned on for some
(-) lead of the ammeter to the disconnected time to discharge the battery or by using
output wire.) the lighting system in another vehicle, and
Caution then test again.
Never use clips but tighten bolts and nuts l The specified level of current also may not
to connect the line. Otherwise loose be output if the temperature of the generator
connections (e.g. using clips) will lead to body or the ambient temperature is too high.
a serious accident because of high current. In such cases, cool the generator and then
test again.
NOTE (12)The reading on the ammeter should be above
A clamp-type ammeter which enables measure- the limit value. If the reading is below the limit
ments to be taken without disconnecting the value and the generator output wire is normal,
generator output wire is recommended. remove the generator from the engine and check
(5) Connect a voltmeter with a range of 0 - 20 the generator.
V between the generator “B” terminal and the (13)Run the engine at idle speed after the test.
ground. (Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter (14)Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.
to the “B” terminal, and then connect the (-) (15)Disconnect the negative battery cable.
lead of the voltmeter to the ground.) (16)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and
(6) Connect a tachometer. (For the procedure for tachometer.
connecting the tachometer, refer to GROUP (17)Connect the generator output wire to the
11 - On-vehicle Service.) generator “B” terminal.
(7) Connect the negative battery cable. (18)Connect the negative battery cable.
(8) Leave the hood open.
(9) Check to be sure that the reading on the
voltmeter is equal to the battery voltage.
NOTE
If the voltage is 0 V, the cause is probably an
open circuit in the wire or fusible link between
the generator “B” terminal and the battery (+)
terminal.

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging Svstem 16-9
REGULATED VOLTAGE TEST
Ignition - Load
Generator
switch (IGl)

Ammeter
6EN1029

This test determines whether the voltage regulator (9) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and
is correctly controlling the generator output voltage. check that the reading on the voltmeter is equal
(1) Always be sure to check the following before to the battery voltage.
the test. NOTE
l Generator installation If the voltage is 0 V, the cause is probably an
l Check to be sure that the battery installed open circuit in the wire or fusible link between
in the vehicle is fully charged. (Refer to the generator “S” terminal and the battery (+)
GROUP 54 - Battery.) terminal.
l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to (1O)Check to be sure that all lights and accessories
GROUP 00 - Maintenance Service.) are off.
l Fusible link (11) Start the engine.
\:
l Abnormal noise from the generator while (12)lncrease the engine speed to 2,500 r/min.
the engine is running (13)Read the value displayed on the voltmeter when
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. the current output by the generator becomes
(3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. 10A or less.
(4) Connect a digital-type voltmeter between the (14)lf the voltage reading conforms to the value
generator “S” terminal and the ground. (Connect in the voltage regulation table, then the voltage
the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the “s” terminal, regulator is operating normally.
and then connect the (-) lead of the voltmeter If the voltage is outside the standard value,
to a secure ground or to the battery (-) terminal.) there is a malfunction of the voltage regulator
(5) Disconnect the generator output wire from the or of the generator.
generator “B” terminal. (15)After the test, lower the engine speed to the
(6) Connect a DC test ammeter with a range of idle speed.
O-100A in series between the “B” terminal and (16)Turn the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.
the disconnected output wire. (Connect the (17)Disconnect the negative battery cable.
(+) lead of the ammeter to the “B” terminal, (18)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and
and then connect the (-) lead of the ammeter tachometer.
to the disconnected output wire.) (19)Connect the generator output wire to the
(7) Connect a tachometer. (Refer to GROUP 11 generator “B” terminal.
- On-vehicle Service.) (20)Connect the negative battery cable.
(8) Reconnect the negative battery cable.
VOLTAGE REGULATION TABLE
Inspection Voltage regula- Standard value Inspection Voltage regula- Standard value
terminal tor ambient (V) terminal tor ambient (V)
temperature temperature
(“C PI) (“c PI)
b Terminal “S” -20 (-4) 14.2-15.4 Terminal “S” 60 (140) 13.4-14.5
20 (68) 13.9-14.9 80 (176) 13.1-14.5

TSB Revision I
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charqinq System
I
WAVE-FORM CHECK USING AN ANALYZER I
MEASUREMENT METHOD :L.J ,
Connect the analyzer special patterns pick-up to the generator
B terminal.

I “B” terminal
Z7ELOlSl I

STANDARD WAVE-FORM
Observation Conditions

FUNCTION 1 SPECIAL PATTERNS

I PATTERN HEIGHT VARIABLE

Adjust while viewing the wave-

I Engine speed Curb idle speed

0.4

0.2 I
Voltage at
g e n e r a t o r 0 p7r-\fTfTfi/\AJ\ I+ h A fi 4 n r
B terminal
-0.2 -

-0.4

t
lime

27ELOl15

1 NOTE
Furthermore, the voltage wave-form of the generator B terminal
can undulate as shown at left. This wave-form is produced
when the regulator operates according to fluctuations in the
generator load (current), and is normal for the generator.

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System 16-11
ABNORMAL WAVE-FORMS EXAMPLES
NOTE
1. The size of the wave-form patterns differs largely depending on the adjustment of the variable knob
on the analyzer.
2. Identification of abnormal wave-forms is easier when there is a large output current (regulator is not
operating). (Wave-forms can be observed when the headlights are illuminated.)
3. Check the conditions of the charge light (illuminated/not illuminated) also, and carry out a total check.
Abnormal wave-forms Problem cause
Example 1 l Open diode

AAL
ZELOlZO

Example 2 0 Short in diode

Z7EL0121

Example 3 0 Broken wire in statorcoil

27EL0122

Example 4 0 Short in stator coil

Z7EL0123

Example 5 0 Open supplementary


diode

1 r2rrirl
27EL0124
4t this time, the charge light is illuminated.

TSB Revision
16-12 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

GENERATOR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
l Removal and Installation of Right Bank Warm Up
Three-Way Catalytic Converter
(Refer to GROUP 15-Exhaust Pipe, Main Muffler
and Catalytic Converter.)

lo-12 Nm
24 Nm 7-9 ft.lbs.

14-18ft.lbs.

216FO346

Removal steps 5. Generator connector


1. Air hose E <Turbo> 6. Heated oxygen sensor connector
2. Air hose C <Turbo> 7. Generator and generator bracket
l b 3. Suction hose clamo nuts assembly
<Vehicles with air conditioning, 8. Generator bracket
4. Drive belt 9. Generator
(Refer to GROUP 11 -
Engine Adjustment.)

REMOVAL SERVICE POINT


dAbCLAMP NUT REMOVAL
On vehicles with an air conditioning, remove the clamp
nut, raise the suction hose and suspend it from the engine
hood using a cord.

1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System 16-13
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY
(Up to 1995 models)
i
2 3
I

L Disassembly steps
4A, 1. Generator pulley 8. Insulator
.A+ 2. Rotor assembly 9. Plate
3. Rear bearing 4B, 10. Reaulator and brush holder
4. Bearing retainer 11. Slinlger
5. Front bearing 12. Rectifier
6. Front bracket 13. Brush
4B, 7. Stator 14. Brush spring
15. Rear bracket

27EL0104

1 TSB Revision
16-14 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

(From 1996 models)

13

TEN0906

Disassembly steps
+A, 8. Plate
,A+ :: ~%? assembly 9. Regulator and brush holder
3. Rear bearing 10. Brush
4. Bearing retainer 11. Slinger
5. Front bearing 12. Rectifier assembly
6. Front bracket 13. Rear bracket
45, 7. Stator assembly

I DISASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT


dAbGENERATOR PULLEY REMOVAL
(1) Remove the bolts.
(2) Insert plain screwdriver between front bracket and
stator core and pry downward.
Caution
Do not insert screwdriver too deep, as there is
danger of damage to stator coil.

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System 16-15
(3) Clamp the rotor in a vise with soft jaws.
(4) After removing the nut, remove the pulley and front
bracket from the rotor.

AB,STATOR / REGULATOR AND BRUSH HOLDER


REMOVAL
(1) When removing the stator, unsolder stator lead wire
from the main diode of the rectifier.
(2) When removing the brush holder, unsolder it from
the rectifier.
Caution
(1) When soldering or unsoldering, be careful to
make sure that heat of soldering iron is not
transmitted to diodes for a long period. Finish
soldering or unsoldering in as short a time
as possible.
(2) Be careful that no undue force is exerted to
leads of diodes.

REASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT


FAdROTOR ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
Before rotor is attached to rear bracket, insert wire through
small hole made in rear bracket to lift brush. After rotor
has been installed, remove the wire.

Wire

Z6EN087! 3
I
TSB Revision I
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

INSPECTION
ROTOR
(1) Check field coil for continuity. Check to ensure that there
is continuity between slip rings.
If resistance is extremely small, it means that there is
a short. If there is no continuity or if there is short circuit,
replace rotor assembly.
Resistance value : Approx. 3-5 Q
(2) Check field coil for grounding. Check to ensure that there
is no continuity between slip ring and core. If there is
continuity, replace rotor assembly.

STATOR
(1) Make continuity test on stator coil. Check to ensure that
there is continuity between coil leads.
If there is no continuity, replace stator assembly.

h \ Z3ELOlO

(2) Check coil for grounding. Check to ensure that there is


no continuity between coil and core. If there is continuity,
replace stator assembly.

\ 23ELOll

RECTIFIERS
(1) Positive Rectifier Test
Check for continuity between positive rectifier and stator
coil lead connection terminal with a circuit tester. If there
is continuity in both directions, diode is shorted. Replace
rectifier assembly.

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System 16-17
(2) Negative Rectifier Test
Check for continuity between negative rectifier and stator
coil lead connection terminal. If there is continuity in both
directions, diode is shorted, and rectifier assembly must
be replaced.

(3) Diode Trio Test


Check three diodes for continuity by connecting an amme-
ter to both ends of each diode. If there is no continuity
in both directions, diode is faulty and heatsink assembly
must be replaced.

BRUSH REPLACEMENT <Up to 1995 models>


(1) Replace brush by the following procedures if it has been
worn to limit line.

Limit line
WELO

(2) Unsolder pigtail and remove old brush and spring.

,Soldered

27EL0014

(3) Install brush spring and new brush in brush holder.


(4) Insert the brush to where there is a space 2 to 3 mm
(.079 to .118 in.) between the limit line and the end of
the brush holder.

TSB Revision
16-18 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

(5) Solder pigtail to brush holder as shown in the illustration.

Soldered

BRUSH REPLACEMENT <From 1996 models>


(1) Replace brush by the following procedures if it has been
Limit line worn to limit line.
m
m

o4 L%
T
&-if
9EN0192

(2) Unsolder pigtail and remove old brush and spring.

(3) When installing a new brush, push the brush in the brush
holder as shown in the illustration, and solder the lead
wire.

1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System 16-19

STARTING SYSTEM
L/J SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
STARTER MOTOR
Items Specifications

I Type Reduction drive (with planetary gear) I


I Rated output kW/V 1.2112 I
No. of pinion teeth 8 I

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
STARTER MOTOR
Items Standard value Limit

Free running Terminal voltage V 11


characteristics
Current A 90 or less

Speed r/min 3,000 or more

Pinion gap mm (in.) 0.5-2.0 (.020-.079)

Commutator runout mm (in.) 0.05 (.0020) 0.1 (.004)

L Commutator diameter mm (in.) 29.4 (1.158) 28.4 (1.118)

Undercut depth mm (in.) 0.5 (.020)

TSB Revision
16-20 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System

TROUBLESHOOTING
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
<VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM>

(M/T> (A/T>
IGI ION IGNI ION
BA
- ZRY
- SW
- HCST) BA TTIZRY
- - SWIT HCST)

2B- 2B-Y

2B- B-1I
2B-Y
(c-31 2
5(A-67)
2B- B-k I
MFI SYSTEM AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL

4 /\
7r
STARTER
1 1 1.25y 2B-Y 1
------- RELAY
;;OFF (A-09X)
20B-F ! AL
\I 20B-R 2B-Y
2 ; 3

2B- G-B PARK/NEUTRAL


&~#ON
3.
ij
(A-67 3 (B-26)
g:2 7:1
2B-
0.85B-Y G-B
1.25B-y\ 28-R
i
I
SUPPLEMENTAL
gf;EEiINT 1
MFI SYSTEM 2B-
,.;
,
WARNING LIGHT
(B-30: 1 OF?- $J
i 8
(c-64)

3B-

r
(8-23) lmB
0 I
------ ____
ii-
2B

d = = NOTE

STARTER MOTOR 0 STARTER MOTOR


%l:FROM 1993 MODEL
%2:1992 MODEL
I
(c-31)

(c-64)
q HR02MOOAA

1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System 16-21
<VEHICLES ‘WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (M/T)>

FUSIBLE LINK@ IGNITION iWITCH


2B-k
zJ==%~, 2B-k B-l
(c-31: 2
J/Br 1 2B-k B-j
4
rwER
(A-OSXI I- ----------
SrOFF
B-L
ON

2
28-k G-B
IOD OR (c-02
STORAGE 0.85B-Y
CONNECTOR
3

0.85R-B R-B G-E 2 G-313

1 1 I - - - - - -
E;$gAb;GHT AND . BUZZER . MFI SYSTEM
EW';RTMENT .DOME . fl@+NG
#T, PEDAL
LIGHT &~#,;~ONB
i AND IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER
R-B ILLUMINATION LIGHT
2B-Y

'TE
LG-B

21
20B-R
WHEN 3B-F
B-l KEY IS
REMOVED (B-23:
B-L !
r-

r
(c-65)
*;~F$K& DOOR
.ACTWE AERO B-l
4EHE;iALARM

Q
d I
-
STARTER MOTOR 6 ms
mf3t7)
(c-02) (c-31) (c-56)
(c-64) (c-58)

HR02MOlAA

1 TSB Revision
16-22 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System

<VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (AK)> I

#d ~

FUSIBLE LINK@ f
IGNITION iWITCH (ST)

2B-kT
(c-31:
2 .----

1 11 1
2B-Y B-Y II

STARTER
I 4 1
I
I

MFI SYSTEM
RELAY
@liB

2B-Y
--____----------------.
-*OFF
ON

2
G-B 3
13 /1
IOD OR I
STORAGE 23 B~yg$!y”IsE (c-02: .----A
CONNECTOR

O.a5R-B R-B 2B-Y


3
eQsCIAk;GHT AND 'BUZZER PARK/
COMPARTMENT . f~[f,\6[!?.+~~ [#~f#hI
LIGHT
CYLINDER L’\
ILLUMINATION (B-26) 2'
tIGHT D-' r’”
R-i :2 ,:1
9
NOTE
Xl FROM 1993 MODEL
2B-R :2 1992 MODEL

BATTERY 'l.25B-W
(
2B-R
MFI SYSTEM
208-R (B-30)

WHEN 3B-R
B-1 KEY IS SUPPLEMENTAL
REMOVED gEyL&E"i I NT
(B-23)1 (B-24) 1
B-L

$FRIW& DOOR
.ACTIVE AERO B-I
*TWF;~ALARM

h
STARTER ~0~0:

HR02M02AA

1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System 16-23
OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
0 For models equipped with the M/T, the clutch The starter motor does not operate at all.
L pedal position switch contact is switched OFF l Check the starter (coil).
when the clutch pedal is depressed; when the l Check for poor contact at the battery terminals
ignition switch is then switched to the “ST’ posi- and starter.
tion, electricity flows to the starter relay and l Check Park/Neutral position switch.
the starter motor, the contact (magnetic switch) l Check clutch pedal position switch.
of the starter is switched ON and the starter l Check starter relay.
motor is activated. l Check theft-alarm starter relay.
l Check key reminder switch.
NOTE
If the ignition switch is switched to the “ST
position without the clutch pedal being de-
pressed, electricity flows to the starter relay
(coil), the clutch pedal position switch (contacts)
and to ground, with the result that the contacts
of the starter relay are switched OFF, and, be-
cause the power to the starter motor is thereby
interrupted, the starter motor is not activated.
l For models equipped with the AIT, when the
ignition switch is switched to the “ST’ position
while the selector lever is at the “P” or “N” posi-
tion, the contact (magnetic switch) of the starter
is switched ON and the starter motor is activated.

STARTER MOTOR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Refer to GROUP 22 - Manual Transaxle, or GROUP 23 -
Automatic Transaxle.
INSPECTION
Fieldcoil wire PINION GAP ADJUSTMENT
(1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic
switch.
(2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and M-terminal.
(3) Set switch to “ON”, and pinion will move out.
Caution
This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10

Ii ?
seconds) to prevent coil from burning.
(4) Check pinion to stopper clearance (pinion gap) with a
feeler gauge.
/’ Stopper Standard value: 0.5-2.0 mm (.020-,079 in.)
L&J
I
Pinion
Pinion gap
Z6EL003

TSB Revision
16-24 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System

(5) If pinion gap is out of specification, adjust by adding or


removing gaskets between magnetic switch and front
bracket.

ZlEL113

MAGNETIC SWITCH PULL-IN TEST


(1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic
switch.
(2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and M-terminal.
Caution
This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10
seconds) to prevent coil from burning.
(3) If pinion moves out, then pull-in coil is good. If it doesn’t,
replace magnetic switch.
27ELOOlQ

MAGNETIC SWITCH HOLD-IN TEST


(1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic
switch.
(2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and body.
Caution
This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10
seconds) to prevent coil from burning.
(3) Pull out the pinion by hand until it comes into contact
with the pinion stopper.
(4) If pinion remains out, everything is in order. If pinion moves
in, hold-in circuit is open. Replace magnetic switch.
Carbon-pile rheostat FREE RUNNING TEST
(1) Place starter motor in a vise equipped with soft jaws and
connect a fully-charged 12-volt battery to starter motor

5
0 as follows:

Starter
motor
Battery i
-I- (2) Connect a test ammeter (loo-ampere scale) and carbon
pile rheostat in series with battery positive post and starter
12v I motor terminal.
Voltmeter (3) Connect a voltmeter (15volt scale) across starter motor.
I
7- (4) Rotate carbon pile to full-resistance position.
I

27ELOO22 (5) Connect battery cable from battery negative post to starter
motor body.
(6) Adjust rheostat until the battery voltage shown by the
voltmeter is 11 V.
(7) Confirm that the maximum amperage is within the specifi-
cations and that the starter motor turns smoothly and freely.
Current: Max. 90 Amps

1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System 16-25
MAGNETIC SWITCH RETURN TEST

L (1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic


switch.
(2) Connect a 12 V battery between M-terminal and body.
Caution
This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10
seconds) to prevent coil from burning.
Field coil wire
(3) Pull pinion out and release. If pinion quickly returns to
its original position, everything is in order. If it doesn’t,
27EL0021 replace magnetic switch.
Caution
When pulling out the pinion, be careful not to have
your finger pinched.

STARTER RELAY
(1) Remove the starter relay from the relay box.
(2) Connect battery to terminal 2 and check continuity between
terminals with terminal 4 grounded.
3-4 terminals No continuity
Power is supplied
3-5 terminals Continuity
/ 3-4 terminals / Continuity 1
Power is not 3-5 terminals No continuity
supplied
l-2 terminals Continuity

216Fo264 00002526

TSB Revision
16-26 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System
I
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY
<EXCEPT FROM 1994 CALIFORNIA VERSION> Lj~

Disassembly steps
12. Packing A
1. Screw 13. Packing B
;. f$gnntic switch 14. Plate
4: Screw
=I:. ;an$ary gear ,
5. Rear bracket +B, .A+ 17: Snap ring
6. Brush holder 4B, .A+ 18. Stop ring
7. Brush
8. Rear bearing
19. Overrunning clutch
20. Internal gear
I
4Ab 9. Armature 21. Planetary gear holder
;;. paF assembly
4A, .
22. Front bracket
!Lj ’

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System 16-27
<FROM 1994 CALIFORNIA VERSION>

27EN0628

1'0
Disassembly steps
1. Screw 12. Packing A
2. Magnetic switch 13. Packing B
3. Screw 14. Plate
4. Starter cover 15. Planetary gear
5. Rear bracket 16. Lever
6. Brush holder 4B, .A4 17. Snap ring
7. Brush 4B, .A4 18. Stop ring
8. Bush 19. Overrunning clutch
4A, 9. Armature 20. Internal gear
;y. Fap assembly 21. Planetary gear holder
22. Front bracket
4A, .

DISASSEMBLY SERVICE POINTS


+A,ARMATURE / BALL REMOVAL
Caution
When removing the armature, be careful not to lose
the ball (which is used as a bearing) in the armature
end.

TSB Revision
16-28 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System

+B,SNAP RING / STOP RING REMOVAL


(1) Press the stop ring, by using an appropriate socket,
wrench, to the snap ring side.
Stop ring

Z6EL0097

(2) After removing the snap ring (by using snap-ring pliers),
remove the stop ring and the overrunning clutch.

Z6ELOO96

STARTER MOTOR PARTS CLEANING


1. Do not immerse parts in cleaning solvent. Immersing the
yoke and field coil assembly and/or armature will damage
insulation. Wipe these parts with a cloth only.
2. Do not immerse drive unit in cleaning solvent. Overrunning
clutch is pre-lubricated at the factory and solvent will wash
lubrication from clutch.
3. The drive unit may be cleaned with a brush moistened
with cleaning solvent and wiped dry with a cloth.

REASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT


,A+TOP RING / SNAP RING INSTALLATION
Using a suitable pulling tool, pull overrunning clutch stop
ring over snap ring.

INSPECTION
COMMUTATOR INSPECTION
(1) Place the armature on a pair of V-blocks, and check the
deflection by using a dial gauge.
Standard value: 0.05 mm (JO20 in.)
Limit: 0.1 mm (.004 in.)

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System 16-29
(2) Check the outer diameter of the commutator.
Standard value: 29.4 mm (1.158 in.)
Limit: 28.4 mm (1.118 in.)

ZiELllS

Undercut (3) Check the depth of the undercut between segments.


I
Standard value: 0.5 mm (.020 in.)

BRUSH HOLDER
Check for continuity between brush holder plate and brush
holder.
The normal condition is non-continuity.

OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
1. While holding clutch housing, rotate the pinion. Drive pinion
should rotate smoothly in one direction, but should not
rotate in opposite direction. If clutch does not function
properly, replace overrunning clutch assembly.
2. Inspect pinion for wear or burrs. If pinion is worn or burred,
replace overrunning clutch assembly. If pinion is damaged,
also inspect ring gear for wear or burrs.

FRONT AND REAR BRACKET BUSHING


Inspect bushing for wear or burrs. If bushing is worn or burred,
replace front bracket assembly or rear bracket assembly.

TSB Revision
16-30 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System

BRUSHES AND SPRINGS REPLACEMENT


1. Brushes that are worn beyond wear limit line, or oil-soaked,

E
should be replaced. do
2. When replacing field coil brushes, crush worn brush with
qC-- Wear limit line pliers, being careful not to damage pigtail.

3. Sand pigtail end with sandpaper to ensure good soldering.


New brush 4. Insert pigtail into hole provided in new brush and solder
it.
Soldered Make sure that pigtail and excess solder do not come
(Make sure that out onto brush surface.
there is no
excess solder on 5. When replacing ground brush, slide the brush from brush
brush surface) holder by prying retaining spring back.

Surface A
marked
Zl EL049

Growler ARMATURE TEST


ARMATURE SHORT-CIRCUIT TEST
1. Place armature in a growler.
2. Hold a thin steel blade parallel and just above while rotating
armature slowly in growler. A shorted armature will cause
blade to vibrate and be attracted to the core. Replace
shorted armature.

ARMATURE GROUNDING TEST


Check the insulation between the armature coil cores and
the commutator segments. They are normal if there is no
continuity.

ARMATURE COIL OPEN-CIRCUIT CHECK


Check for continuity between segments. The condition is nor-
mal if there is continuity.

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System 16-31

IGNITION SYSTEM
i/
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
CRANK ANGLE SENSOR cup to 1992 model>
Items Specifications

Type Contact pointless type


Identification No. Tl T49371
Part No. MD1 53464
Advance mechanism Controlled by engine control unit
Firing order l-2-3-4-5-6

IGNITION COIL
r
Items Specifications

Type Mold 3-coil


Identification No. F-536

I Part No. j MD152648 I

SPARK PLUG
L Items - Specifications
NGK PFRGJ-11
NIPPON DENS0 PK20PRPll

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
Items Standard value Limit

Ignition coil Primary coil resistance at 20°C 0.67-0.81


(68°F) R

Secondary coil resistance at 11.3-15.3


20°C (68°F) kc2
Spark plug gap mm (in.) 1.0-l .l (0.39-0.43) 1.3 (.051)

Spark plug cable kQ Max. 22

SPECIAL TOOLS
Tool number and name Supersession Application

MD998464 Check of ignition primary


Harness connector voltage
(4 pin, square) (connection of ignition coil
connector)

ii

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - lanition Svstem

TROUBLESHOOTING (UP TO 1993 MODELS)


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNITION hiITCH(IG1)

2B-X
7m

1
J/B
0
15A @%t”
DETECTION
c CONNECTOR
(c-71) 5
2B-Y
(D-44) 5
2B-W (B-14)
1.25L-R ,,2
(D-15) 4 1.25L-B ;,l
2B-W ,, 1. 25L-Y ;,4 I
1.25B-W 2B-W 23 _

CAPACITOR 2B-W y; '$ 1. 25


L-Y
(B-15)
A6 ,P ----- ,\22----- ,,ll (B-22)
\ /\ ,h ,\ IGNITION IGNITION
1
/ - COIL 1-4 COIL 2-5

rl
IGNITION I r--
POWER
TRANSISTOR!

2
(D-15)
4 2 5 3 6

SPARK PLUG
III
3%
4TION III
(TAC )
I1I “-6% “-6 “-4% 4;ig;f;HERIC .IGNITION
SWITCHtST)
1.25B
IL / 5v v .(CTP) S W I T C H .CRANKSHAFT
POSITION SE:NSOR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR';#$;~L;oc IULE
.KNOCK SENSOR *ENGINE COOL:ANT
.VOLUME AIR ;ED&f$AT"RE
FLOW SENSOR
IGNITION TIMING
ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR

HR03MOOAA

1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition Svstem

(UP TO 1995 MODELS)


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
B-W
1
CHARGING J/B
33-W 70

0
15A
WE
DETECTION
CONNECTOR
(c-71)5

2B-Y
t

2B-W \I / 1. c5L-R,,2
(F)1.25L-B;,l
I'
(F>1.25L-Y J,4
(FlPR-W : 3

CAPACITOR
(B-15) (F)2B-W
,x6 ,J3-----,_12 ,,ll (B-22)
= r----- -------- ,\ I\ ,\ ----- ,\ IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION
iI - ' ""TL 1-4 COIL 2-5 COIL 3-6

1
i

____------ ----- _----


1_____ 5 3 2 '1 (8-21)
(F)E (F)W

101;; (C-54) 1o
A ------ 23

~~$yqppQ siKz&G
r-,58 (c-90) ----- ll(c-52) SPARK"PLUG
I/ A A A A INPUT SIGNAL
.INTAKE AIR
&i&AND gE;g;EATURE
'&$AT~~;HER'C
. (CTP) SWITCH .CRANKSHAFT

!I
k-_""_---- 52~1 POSITION SENSOR
1. 2513 if;INE CONTROL .CAMSHAFT *TRANSAXLE
POSITION SENSOR CONTROL MODULE
B-G 104g2 .KNOCK SENSOR .ENGINE COOLANT
.VOLUME AIR $~~~~~ATURE
FLOW SENSOR
I2 (A-18) NOTE
0 IGNITION TIMING :l:TURBO,NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)
ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR x2:NON TURBO (FEDERAL)
FE) CFm) (B-14) Em3 EFZTJ (B-22)- (c-54) (c-71)
/$J $mb @f-@

ok4 Oh,
HR03MO 1AA

( TSB Revision 1
16-34 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System

(FROM 1996 MODELS)


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
B-W
i
CHARGING J/B
Eiwi"
/ DETECTION
CONNECTOR
(c-73)“5
2B-Y
(D-44)“5
2B-W (F>B-W (B-14)
2B-W
-I (F)l. 25L-R,,2
(F)1.25L-B;,l
MFILS - - - (F>1.25L-Yj,4
(F>2B-W ),3-
.
,cl
(F>2B-W
13
------,<2---__ ,,11 (8-22)
,\ ,\ IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION
COIL l-4 COIL 2-5 COIL 3-6
IGNITION / -4 I I I ( r
POWER
TRANSISTOR;
I

\I \/ , I
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I 5 3 2 1m
(F)' (F)W

W BR-R
2
(D-15)
3 6
I

W 9 \- SPARK PLU G
4 9 4 1 INPUT SIGNAL
METE1 *AND *INTAKE AIR -SPEED SENSOR
GAUGI ) g;#j#ATURE .(PNP).-.-..
SWITCH
"-b- bkl *ATMOSPHERIC
9FLTcno
, 4” ”

1. 25 ---- 52 ENG :h!E CONTROL TENSOR


1 MODI ODULE
OLANT
RE

IGNITION TIMING
ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR

HR03M02AA

TSB Revision 1
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System 16-35
OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
l Turn ignition switch to .“ON”position, and battery 1. Engine cranks, but does not start.
i; voltage will be applied to primary winding of (1) Spark is insufficient or does not occur at
ignition coil. all (on spark plug).
l When crankshaft position sensor and camshaft l Check ignition coil.
position sensor signal is input to engine control l Check camshaft position sensor and
module, engine control module makes ON-OFF crankshaft position sensor
control of power transistors one by one. l Check power transistor.
l When power transistor is turned on, current l Check spark plugs.
flows from ignition coil (primary winding) to l Check spark plug cable.
ground through power transistor. (2) Spark is good.
l When power transistor A is turned from ON l Check ignition timing.
to OFF, the spark plugs of No. 1 and No. 4 2. Engine idles roughly or stalls.
cylinders spark. Turning of power transistor B l Check spark plugs.
from ON to OFF will produce sparking in spark l Check ignition timing.
plugs of No. 2 and No. 5 cylinders. Furthermore, l Check ignition coil.
when power transistor C is turned from ON to l Check spark plug cable.
OFF, sparking is produced in spark plugs of
No. 3 and No. 6 cylinders. 3. Poor acceleration
l Check ignition timing.
l Check spark plug cable.
l Check ignition coil.

TSB Revision
16-36 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
SPARK PLUG CABLE TEST ,d
(1) Disconnect, one at a time, each of the spark plug cables
while the engine is idling to check whether the engine’s
running performance changes or not.
Caution
Wear rubber gloves while doing so.
(2) If the engine performance does not change, check the
resistance of the spark plug cable, and check the spark
plug itself.

SPARK PLUG TEST


(1) Remove the spark plug and connect to the spark plug
cable.
(2) Ground the spark plug outer electrode (body), and crank

‘d
the engine.
Check to be sure that there is an electrical discharge
between the electrodes at this time.

Defective insulation

Defective insulation’ Good


ZiELO34

1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - lanition Svstem 16-37
IGNITION SECONDARY VOLTAGE WAVE-FORM
/ CHECK
Li MEASUREMENT METHOD
(1) Clamp SECONDARY PICKUP around spark plug cable.
NOTE
1. The ignition voltage peak appears reversely between
when the spark plug cables of the cylinders No.4,
No. 5 and No. 6 are clamped and when those of the
-- cylinders No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 are clamped.
7EL0134
2. Since the 2-cylinder simultaneous ignition system is
employed, the wave-form for two cylinder appears
group by group when the wave-form is observed.
(Cylinder No. 1 - cylinder No. 4, cylinder No. 2 -
cylinder No. 5 and cylinder No. 3 - cylinder No. 6
as the respective groups) Here, the wave-form is
observed for the cylinder whose spark plug cable is
clamped with the secondary pickup.
(2) Clamp the spark plug cable with the trigger pickup.
NOTE
1. Clamp the spark plug cable of the cylinders No.1,
No. 2 or No. 3 which belongs to the same group of
the cylinders clamped with the secondary pickup.
2. Though it is difficult to isolate the cylinder of the
wave-form, the wave-form of the cylinders clamped
with the secondary pickup is stable. Use this as a
reference for isolation.

TSB Revision
16-38 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System

STANDARD WAVE-FORM
Observation Conditions \
\ j’i
FUNCTION SECONDARY

I PATTERN HEIGHT HIGH (or LOW) 1

PATTERN SELECTOR RASTER

Engine revolutions Curb idle speed

kV Spark line (Point A)

Ignition voltage
(Point D)

Wave damping reduction section


(Point B)
Secondary
ignition
voltage Dwell section /
wave-form

Time
-6
7EL0147
Observation conditions (Only PAlTERN SELECTOR below changes from the above conditions)
PATTERN SELECTOR DISPLAY

No. 1 Cylinder No. 2 Cylinder No. 3 Cylinder No. 4 Cylinder No. 5 Cylinder No. 6 Cylinder
ignition noise ignition noise (Waveform is ignition noise ignition noise

Secondary
ignition
voltage
wave-form t

I
Time
I)
7EL0148

1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System 16-39
Wave-form Observation Points
Point A: The height, length and slope~of the spark line (refer
\ to abnormal wave-form examples 1, 2, 3
and 4) show the following ‘trends. ’
Spark line Plug gap Condition of Compression Concentration Ignition timing Spark
electrode force of air mixture plug cable
Length Long Small Normal. Low Rich Advanced Leak
Short Large Large wear High Lean Retarded High
resistance
Height High Large Large wear High Lean Retarded High
resistance
Low Small Normal Low Rich _ Advanced Leak
Slope Large Plug is fouled -

Point B: Number of vibrations in reduction vibration section (Refer to abnormal wave-form example 5)

Point C: Number of vibrations at beginning of dwell section (Refer to abnormal wave-form example 5)

Point D: Ignition voltage height (distribution per each cylinder) shows the following trends.
Ignition Plug gap Condition of Compression Concentration Ignition timing Spark plug
voltage electrode force of air mixture cable

High Large Large wear High Lean Retarded High


resistance
Low Small Normal Low Rich Advanced Leak

TSB Revision
16-40 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System

EXAMPLES OF ABNORMAL WAVE-FORMS

off. (Causing a dual ignition)


and abnormal wave-form exam-

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - lanition Svstem 16-41

Analyzer IGNITION PRIMARY VOLTAGE WAVE-FORM


CHECK
MEASUREMENT METHOD
(1) Remove the ignition coil connector and connect the special
tool (harness connector: MD998464) in between.
(2) When observing the No. 1 - No. 4 cylinder group, connect
the primary pickup of the analyzer probe to the ignition
coil side connector terminal No. 2 (black clip on the special
Ground
L
tool).
01L1008 For the No. 2 - No. 5 cylinder group, connect to terminal
No. 1 (red clip), and for the No. 3 - No. 6 cylinder group,
connect to terminal No. 4 (white clip).
(3) Ground the primary pickup ground terminal.
(4) Clamp the spark plug cable with the trigger pickup.
NOTE
(1) Clamp the spark plug cable of cylinder No. 1, No.
2 or No. 3 which belongs to the same group of the
cylinder to which the primary pickup is connected.
(2) The wave-form of any cylinder in the same group
is displayed on the left side of the screen.
STANDARD WAVE-FORM
Observation Conditions

FUNCTION PRIMARY

PATTERN HEIGHT HIGH (or LOW)


/ PAVERN SELECTOR RASTER
L Engine revolutions Curb idle speed

b
(V)
Zener
voltage
(Point C)

Spark line (Point A)


100

/
b-4
Wave damping reduction section (Point B)
Dwell
section
Primary *
ignition
voltage
wave-form
wave-formkr
o /
0 Time

7EL0149
i

/ TSB Revision
16-42 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System

Observation conditions (Only PAlTERN SELECTOR below changes from the above conditions.)
PATTERN SELECTOR DISPLAY
1
(V) -

No. 1 (or No. 4) No. 2 (or No. 5) Nq.3(orNo.6) No.4(orNo. 1) No.5(orNo.2) N o . 6 (orNo. 1 )
cylinder cylinder cylinder cylinder cylinder cylinder
100 - ignition noise ignition noise ignition noise ignition noise
/ /

:./Neutral /
section
Primary
ignition /
voltage
wave-form
i Time
0

7EL0151

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System 16-43
Wave-form Observation Points
/
Point A: The height, length and slope of the spark line (refer to abnormal wave-form examples 1, 2, 3
L and 4) show the following trends.
Spark line Plug gap Condition of Compression Concentra- Ignition timing High tension
electrode force tion of air mix- cable
ture
Length Long Small Normal Low Rich Advanced Leak

Short Large Large wear High Lean Retarded High


resistance

Height High Large Large wear High Lean Retarded High


resistance
Low Small Normal Low Rich Advanced Leak
Slope Large Plug is fouled -

Point B: Number of vibrations in reduction vibration section


(Refer to abnormal wave-form example 5)
Number of vibrations Coil and condenser

I 3 or higher / Normal
Except above Abnormal

Point C: Height of Zener voltage


Height of Zener voltage Probable cause

Higher Problem in Zener diode

Lower Abnormal resistance in pri-


mary coil circuit

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System

EXAMPLES OF ABNORMAL WAVE-FORMS


Abnormal wave-form Wave characteristics Cause of problem
Example 1 Spark line is high and short. Spark plug gap is too large.

z01P0210

Example 2 Spark line is low and long, and is Spark plug gap is too small.
sloping. Also, the second half of
the spark line is distorted. This
could be a result of misfiring.

3
i

zo1Po211

Example 3 Spark line is low and long, and is Spark plug gap is fouled.
sloping. However, there is almost
no spark line distortion.

ZOlPO212

Example 4 Spark line is high and short. Spark plug cable is nearly falling
off. (Causing a dual ignition)

ZOlPO213

Example 5 No waves in wave damping set- Rare short in ignition coil.


tion.

-l
zolPo214

TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System 16-45 l
IGNITION SYSTEM
I
L REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

4 13 Nm
lOft.lbs.
I

d
12 Nm
9 ft.lbs.

22 Nm
16ftAbs.
B 6
78

27EN0520

9 Nm u 16FO453
7 ft.lbs.
00662527

Removal steps
l Intake manifold plenum (Refer to
7. O-ring cl992 models>
GROUP 1.5 - Intake Manifold.) 8. Clamp <From 1993 models>
1. Center cover Camshaft position sensor, Crankshaft
2. Spark plug cable position
W1 sensor removal steps <From 1993
3. Spark plug
4. Ignition coil models>
l Timing belt cover (Refer to GROUP
5. Ignition power transistor
6. Crankshaft position sensor 11 - Timing Belt)
,A4 9. Camshaft position sensor
cl 992 models>
10. Crankshaft position sensor

TSB Revision
16-46 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition Svstem

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.A+CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INSTALLATION
<Up to 1992 model>
(1) Turn the crankshaft so that the No. 1 cylinder is at
compression top dead center.
Caution
Be careful not to turn it to the No. 4 cylinder com-
pression top dead center by mistake.
27ELOO95
(2) Install, lining up the matchmarks on the crankshaft
J
position sensor housing and the coupling.

,B+SPARK PLUG CABLE INSTALLATION


Improper arrangement of spark plug cables will induce
voltage between the cables, causing miss firing and devel-
oping a surge at acceleration in high-speed operation.
Therefore, be careful to arrange the spark plug cables
properly by the following procedure.
1. install the spark plug cable clamps as shown in the
illustration.
2. The numerals on the support and clamp indicate the
spark plug cable No.
3. Pay attention to the following items when the spark
plug cables are installed.
(1) Install the cables securely to avoid possible contact
with metal parts.
(2) Install the cables neatly, ensuring they are not
too tight, loose, twisted or kinked.

/ TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System 16-47

Spark plug
cable No. 1
sparK piug
cable No. 2

Spark plug
r cable No. 4

Approx.
\ Spark plug 60 mm
‘de No. 6
(2,36 in.) Approx

I (3.15in.)

cup to 1992 model>

Approx. 80 mm (3.15 in.)


TIC only

<From 1993 model>

TSB Revision
16-48 ENGINE ELECTRICAL - lanition Svstem

INSPECTION
SPARK PLUG
Check the plug gap and replace if the limit is exceeded.
Standard value: 1.0-l .l mm (.039-.043 in.)
Limit: 1.3 mm (.051 in.)
Caution
1. Do not attempt to adjust the gap of the platinum plug.
2. Cleaning of the platinum plug may damage the plati-
num tip. Therefore, if carbon deposits must be re-
moved, use a plug cleaner and complete cleaning with-
in 20 seconds for protection of the electrode. Do not
use wire brushes.

SPARK PLUG CABLE


(1) Check cap and coating for cracks.
(2) Measure resistance.
Limit: Max. 22 ksZ
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
NOTE
An analog-type circuit tester should be used.
No. l-No. 4 coil side
(1) Connect the negative (-) terminal of the 1.5 V power supply
to terminal (4) of the ignition power transistor; then check
whether there is continuity between terminal (13) and termi-
nal (4) when terminal (3) and the positive (+) terminal
are connected and disconnected.
N O T E
Connect the (-) probe of the circuit tester to terminal (13).
\ / 27EL0086 Terminal 3 and (+) terminal Terminal 13 and terminal 4
Connected Continuity
I Unconnected I No continuitv

(2) Replace the ignition power transistor if there is a malfunc-


tion.

No. ~-NO. 5 coil side


(1) Connect the negative (-) terminal of the 1.5 V power supply
to terminal (4) of the ignition power transistor; then check
whether there is continuity between terminal (12) and termi-
nal (4) when terminal (2) and the positive (+) terminal
are connected and disconnected.
NOTE
Connect the (-) probe of the circuit tester to terminal (12).

/ DEL0087

[ TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL b Ignition System 16-49
1 Terminal 2 and (+) terminal / Terminal 12 and terminal 4 1
I Connected I Continuitv I
I Unconnected I No continuitv I

(2) Replace the ignition power transistor if there is a malfunc-


tion.

No. ~-NO. 6 coil side


(1) Connect the negative (-) terminal of the 1.5 V power supply
to terminal (4) of the ignition power transistor; then check
whether there is continuity between terminal (11) and termi-
nal (4) when terminal (1) and the positive (+) terminal
are connected and disconnected.
NOTE
Connect the (-) probe of the circuit tester to terminal 11.
I Terminal 1 and (+) terminal / Terminal 11 and terminal 4 1
-Connected I Continuity I
I Unconnected I No continuity I
(2) Replace the ignition power transistor if there is a malfunc-
tion.

IGNITION COIL
Primary Coil Resistance
Measure the resistance between connector terminal (3) (pow-
er) and each coil terminal.
Measuring point:
Coil A (No.l-No.4 cylinder side coil) . . . . . . (2)-(3)
Coil B (No.2-No.5 cylinder side coil) . . . . . . (l)-(3)
Coil C (No.3-No.6 cylinder side coil) . . . . . . (4)-(3)
27EL0089
Standard value: 0.67-0.81 Sz

Secondary Coil Resistance


Measure the resistance between each coil high voltage termi-
nals.
Measuring point:
Coil A (No. l-No. 4 cylinder side coil)
Coil B (No. ~-NO. 5 cylinder side coil)
Coil C (No. ~-NO. 6 cylinder side coil)
Standard value: 11.3-15.3 Wz

Z7ELOOQO

TSB Revision
NOTES
54-1

CHASSIS
ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS

AERO PARTS (ACTIVE AERO) . . . . . Refer to GROUP 51 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 17
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM . . . . Refer to GROUP 35 DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 (POWER WINDOWS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 42
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 DOOR HANDLE AND LATCH
(CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING) . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 42
Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Battery Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 DOOR MIRROR (ELECTRONIC
Battery Testing Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 CONTROLLED MIRROR). . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 51
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 ELECTRONIC CONTROL
General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 338
FRONT SEAT (POWER SEAT) . . . . Refer to GROUP 52A
CIGARETTE LIGHTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONING . Refer to GROUP 55
CIGARETTE LIGHTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 HORN SWITCH* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .I . . . . . . . . . . . 119 RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
COLUMN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lll TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
COLUMN SWITCH* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
SPECIAL TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
(CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING) . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 42
SPECIFICATIONS ............................... 111 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

WARNINGS REGARDING SERVICING OF SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) EQUIPPED VEHICLES


WARNING!
(1) Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS, or any SRS-related component, can lead to personal
injury or death to service personnel (from inadvertent firing of the air bag) or to the driver and passenger (from render-
ing the SRS inoperative).
(2) Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS-related component must be performed only at an authorized
MITSUBISHI dealer.
(3) MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this manual, and especially its GROUP 52B TSupplemental Re-
straint System (SRS) and GROUP 00 -Maintenance Service before beginning any service or maintenance of any com-
ponent of the SRS or any SRS-related component.
NOTE
The SRS includes the following components: impact sensors, SRS diagnosis unit, SRS warning light, air bag module, clock spring
and interconnecting wiring. Other SRS-related components (that may h,a”” to be removed/installed in connection with SRS service
or maintenance) are indicated in the table of contents by an asterisk ( ).
54-2

IGNITION SWITCH* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192


IGNITION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEFOGGER RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
SPECIAL TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ ~. . . . . . 203
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH . . . . . . -. . . 203
LIGHTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 SPECIAL TOOLS.. . . s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
FOG LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT AND REAR WIPER AND WASHER . . ~ *. . Refer to GROUP 51
OPTICAL HORN LENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 SEAT BELT (BUZZER). . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 52A
HAZARD SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 SEAT BELT (TENSION-REDUCER
HEADLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 TYPE SEAT BELT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 52A
HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 SYSTEM (SRS) ..-............... Refer to GROUP 52B
POP-UP SWITCH AND FOG LIGHT SWITCH . . . . 109
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT AND THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e . . . . . m.. s 205
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 SPECIAL TOOLS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . m . . . . . . . .e 205
RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
RHEOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~. . . Refer to GROUP 51
General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

METERS AND GAUGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9


COMBINATION GAUGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
COMBINATION METERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..ll
Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124


CD AUTO CHANGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER WITH ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
MOTOR ANTENNA/ANTENNA FEEDER
CABLE/AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
RADIO REMOTE-CONTROL* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Battery 54-3

BATTERY
L SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Items Up to 1993 models From 1994 models

Type 75D26R-MF 75D23R-MF


Ampere hours (5HR) Ah 52 52
Cranking rating [at -18°C (O’F)] A 490 520

Reserve capacity min. 123 118

NOTES
1. CRANKING RATING is the current a battery can deliver for 30 seconds and maintain a terminal voltage of
7.2 volts or greater at a specified temperature.
2. RESERVE CAPACITY RATING is the amount of time a battery can deliver 25A and maintain a minimum terminal
voltage of 10.5 at 27% (80°F).

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
BATTERY INSPECTION
BAlTERY VISUAL CHECK (1)

L The battery contains a visual test indicator which gives blue


signal when an adequate charge level exists, and white signal
when charging is required.
BAlTERY VISUAL CHECK (2)
Make sure ignition switch is in Off position and all battery
feed accessories are Off.
16FO123
1. Disconnect ground cable from battery before disconnecting
(+) cable.
2. Remove battery from vehicle.
White Blue Caution
Care should be taken in the event battery case is
cracked or leaking to protect hands from the electro-
lyte. A suitable pair of rubber gloves (not the house-
Charging Good hold type) should be worn when removing battery
necessary condition by hand.
3. Inspect battery carrier for damage caused by loss of acid
from battery. If acid damage is present, it will be necessary
to clean area with a solution of clean warm water and
baking soda. Scrub area with a stiff bristle brush and wipe
off with a cloth moistened with ammonia or baking soda
in water.

TSB Revision
54-4 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Battery

4. Clean top of battery with same solutions as described


in step (3).
5. Inspect battery case and cover for cracks. If cracks are
present, battery must be replaced.
6. Clean the battery post with a suitable battery post cleaning
tool.
7. Clean the inside surfaces of the terminal clamps with a
suitable battery terminal cleaning tool. Replace damaged
or frayed cables and broken terminals clamps.
8. Install the battery in vehicle.
9. Connect (+) and (-) cables to battery in the order of men-
tion.
10. Tighten the clamp nut securely.

BATTERY CHARGLNG
Caution
When batteries are being charged, an explosive gas forms
beneath the cover of each cell. Do not smoke near batteries
on charge or which have recently been charged. Do not
break live circuits at the terminals of the batteries on
charge. A spark will occur where the live circuit is broken.
Keep all open flames away from the battery.
Battery electrolyte temperature may temporarily be allowed
to rise to 55°C (131°F). Increase of electrolyte temperature
above 55°C (131 OF) is harmful to the battery, causing deforma-
tion of battery cell, decrease in life of battery, etc.
CHARGE RATE
If the test indicator is white, the battery should be charged
as outlined below.
When the dot appears or when maximum charge shown below
is reached, charging should be stopped.
NOTE
When the charging is performed at 5 amps, charging is virtually
100% three hours after the indicator’s indication changes from
white to green.
Use fast charging only in an emergency.
If the indicator does not turn to green even after the battery
is charged, the battery should be replaced; do not overcharge.
Charge Rate Chart

Batten/ Slow Charging Fast Charging I

TSB Revision I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Battery 54-5
BATTERY TESTING PROCEDURE
TEST STEP
L
Clean terminals and clamps.

- Replace battery

NG
(1) Remove hold-downs and shields. - Replace battery
(2) Check for broken/cracked case or cover.
OK
NG
(1) Turn headlights on for 15 seconds. - Charge battery at 5 amps.
(2) Turn headlights off for 2 minutes to allow battery voltage to
stabilize.
(3) Disconnect cables. I
(4) Read open circuit voltage. Re-test
OK: Open circuit voltage is more than 12.4V.

(2) Load the battery at the recommended discharge rate (see


LOAD TEST RATE CHART) for 15 seconds.
(3) Read voltage after 15 seconds, then remove load.
(4) Compare the measured value with the minimum voltage. (See

OK: Higher than the minimum voltage

i
Normal

16 (60)
LL

9.5

LOAD TEST RATE CHART


Load test Cranking Reserve Application
W-w) rating (0°F) capacity

1 240 amps / 490 amps / 123 minutes 1 75D26R-MF 1

240 amps 520 amps 123 minutes 75D23R-MF

1 TSB Revision 1
54-6 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Ignition Switch

IGNITION SWITCH
SPECIAL TOOL
Tool Tool number and name Supersession Application
MB990803 General service tool Removal of steering wheel

Steering wheel puller

IGNITION SWITCH
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

40 Nm
29 ft.lbs.
6 Nm

Steering lock cylinder removal Ignition switch segment removal


steps steps
1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 52B 3. Knee protector
- Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.) (Refer to GROUP 52A - Instrument
4Ab 2. Steering wheel Panel.)
3. Knee protector 4. Column cover, lower
LRedE;)to GROUP 52A - Instrument :i: 5. Column cover, upper
6. Lap cooler duct and foot shower duct
4. Column cover, lower 10. Key reminder switch segment
::: 5. Column cover, upper 11. Ignition switch segment
6. Lap cooler duct and foot shower duct
,A+ 7. Column switch and clock spring
assembly
8. Ignition key illumination ring
NW 9. Steering lock cylinder
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Ignition Switch 54-7
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
+A, STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL
Remove the steering wheel by using the special tool.
Caution
Do not hammer on the steering wheel to remove it;
doing so may damage the collapsible mechanism.

+B,COLUMN COVER LOWER / COLUMN COVER


Front of vehicles UPPER REMOVAL
After the screws have been removed, remove the covers,
while making sure not to break the grippers.

219FO12:

+C, STEERING LOCK CYLINDER REMOVAL


(1) Insert the ignition key into the steering lock cylinder
and place the key in the ACC position.
(2) Press the lock pin down with a Phillips head screwdriv-
er (small-size one) to remove the steering lock cylinder.

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT


.A+COLUMN SWITCH AND CLOCK SPRING
ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
Line up the “NEUTRAL” mark of the clock spring with
the mating mark to center the clock spring.
Caution
If the clock spring is not centered, problems such
as intermediate failure of the steering wheel to turn,
broken ribbon cable in the clock spring, or the like
could occur. As a result, they might hinder proper
operation of the SRS, resulting in serious injury.

I
i

1 TSB Revision I
54-8 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Ignition Switch

INSPECTION
IGNITION SWITCH CHECK
d’
(1) Remove the knee protector, the column cover lower and
the column cover upper. (Refer to GROUP 52A - Instru-
ment Panel.)
(2) Disconnect the wiring connector from the ignition switch
and key reminder switch, and connect an ohmmeter to
the switch side connector.
(3) Operate the switch, and check the continuity between
the terminals.
Position Key Connector A Connector B Connector
B
ignition
key
illumina-
tion light
terminal
No.

415
216AO570 00002296 LOCK

ACC
LJ
ON
START

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes

METERS AND GAUGES


(/
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
METERS AND GAUGES

L NOTE
*’ 1992 models
*z 1992 models <Turbo>, and from 1993 models

TSB Revision
54-I 0 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

INDICATORS AND WARNING LIGHTS

Anti-lock brakin

NOTE
(1) The values in parentheses denote SAE trade numbers.
(2) The *I symbol indicates vehicles with theft-alarm system.
(3) The l 2 symbol indicates vehicles with Electronic Controlled Suspension.
(4) The *3 symbol indicates vehicles with Active Exhaust System.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
Items Standard values
Speedometer indicationerror 20 19-22
mph
40 38-44
1 57-66
1 76-88 I
100 1 94-110 I
Tachometer indication error rpm 1,000 f 100
3,000 f150
5,000 f 250
6,000 Ik 300
Fuel gauge unit resistance R / Point F _ I3f2 I
Point E 110+7
Fuel gauge unit float height Point F 18.6-21.6 (.73-.85)
mm (in.)
Point E 193.4-l 96.4 (7.61-7.73)
Engine coolant temperature gauge unit resistance [at 70°C (158”F)] Q 104 f 13.5
Fuel gauge resistance Q Between A - B / Approx. 254 I
Between A - C Approx. 101 I
Between B - C Approx. 153 I
Engine coolant temperature Between A - B Approx. 51
gauge resistance Q
Between A - C Approx. 139
Between B - C / Approx. 190 I
Oil pressure gauge resistance Q Approx. 42 I
Pressure gauge resistance <Turbo> Q Approx. 72 I

SEALANT
Items Specified sealant Type
Engine coolant temperature gauge 3M Nut Locking Part No. 4171 or Semi-drying sealant
unit equivalent

TSB Revision
54-12 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

TROUBLESHOOTING
METERS AND GAUGES CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <UP TO 1993 MODELS>

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1)
I

J/B

60
0.05B-W
I S(D-44)
O.B5B-W
t

B-W COMBINATION
_____----____-_------~~~~~--~-------~~~~~ ,,59 (D-04) METER
q---- ,\

r--t--
L JI
TURBO t@io 1TURBO
&&- - - - - - - -- -- - - -
64 54 (D-04)
Y-W
B-W
B
16 (D-44)
2
B- b B
IGNI ION
2B POWE
TRAN ISTOR
16 (c-71)

r 7
J(c-82)
2B (F)B
2B
2B
d
0
(c-82) m
n
(D-05)
51152153154155156157~56
1 59 1
60~61~62~S~s4~65~66~6?

HRlOMOOAA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges 54-13

;i;k\IGHT
J/B
I
1.25R-W
;;&CATED
r0 - h

B-h

A0
COMBINATION

s
2@
-7-l
/
GAUGE
(D-09)

1 >L

(4
-
- !5
II----
B-Y Y-R/ F

ENGIN'E
CONTROL MODULE
‘Ei I
?
c (B-OS)
.

,%l
r OIL ENGINE
PRESSURE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
E#F" GAUGE UNIT
(B-36) (B-01)

HRlOMOOAB

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes

METERS AND GAUGES CIRCUIT DIAGRAM cl994 MODELS>

IGNI' ON
SWIT (IGl)

J/B
0
15A
i

0.85B-h

0.85B-h

COMBINATION
METER

IL:-- - - - -_- _ _ _ ----


I------
~w:~5G------ ---- -
64 .lO 62 i3 34 (D-04)
Y
B-W B W B
‘Sm y3m
B
m‘I'"-,Tw ---- -------_-----_ - ---, ----- ------------ 16 (D-44)
)

B- W ?
(F IGNI ON
2B POWE
MODULE TRAN STOR
16 m

1
(D-41) 2

- - - -J c
2
2B (F>B
2B
2B
t
- -

mm (c-14) (c-71) (c-82)


=plzF@gjm
m (F-14)-
rE$FTg
p$J HRlOMOlAA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges 54-15
I

;;Tli,;IGHT
J/B
1.,&q-- v7
DEDICATED
w/FUSE

B-
J/B A

\I
G-W 8 (c-71)
‘8 (D-44)
G-W
, 13---------
II
/I -T (Z~Z~~NATION
1
/
/
I
I
,

t2: / ’ 0
T
t;52 / F5
I
(D-09)

f1
/
I
T

/ 1 I
i

J,
B-Y Y-l i R-
:c-14)
R-l

!/

L
I R-

-7r [NE
-1 rROL MODULE
(D-15:
AL
(F)Y-I
2
3
tc
2E3
(F)R-\I
2
2E3

I
ENGINE
11 COOLANT
TEMPERATURE

(c-69)
GAUGE UNIT
(B-01)

HRlOMOlAB

TSB Revision
54-16 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

METERS AND GAUGES CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <FROM 1995 MODELS>

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1)
B-W

J/B CHARGING

\,
0. 85B-W“' -

s(D-44)
O.B5B-W t
O.B5B-W
L-R
I
t B-W TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT
WARNING LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
-- --,,59 (D-04)
COMBINATION
METER
r /\

‘d
-..I

\L -------------____ -----
64 (D-C 109 53 54 (D-04)
Y -W
B-W \: E B
I S(c-14)
---. --------------___ I
I6 (D-44)
-W 2
B-1 B
13
2E )Y IGN: ION
.MFI SYSTEM
R3 ISTOR
16 (c-71)

2E (F: )B '
i 1j(c-82)
0 2B
2B
n 4
= NOTE
::CONVERTIBLE

(B-34) (c-14) (c-71)


m m m z ~~~~5&4
60161(6216~64165166167

( D - 4 4 ) (F-14) (Fm (ml'

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges 54-17 ~

B-lIv
NOTE
Zl:HATCHBACK
:E:CONVERTIBLE

G-W I

ELC 4A/T G-W


,,13--------- ,
I I I
'-'I8 2 I COMBINATION
z8 t;
m ?
I I
,
7 2L Y-l

2,
Ii--B-Y
1

Y-R
L
R-B
R-B 1 (C-14)

ENGINE
I
CONTROL MODULE
R--Y
‘5

3 T
L

RHEOSTAT

33 :
(D-40) ILL
if=
, _____------_-------_-~~~~ 'r
(D-15) 2I
E (F>Y-R

2E c

T
1 (F>R-

k
20 L
213 1
r OIL
= / tzi&PRE TEMPERATURE
UNIT
Z(8-36)
(B-01) mm Em cm) (c-69)- (D-03)
D @JB ~,~I:::.:aa-J~~~l
(D-40) (D-41)(m)
i
=qJ p$Egq HRlOM02AB

TSB Revision
54-18 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

OPERATION
<Fuel gauge> coil pressure gauge>
l When the ignition key is at the “ON” position, l When the ignition key is at the “ON” position,
the fuel gauge is activated. the oil pressure gauge is activated.
l When there is much fuel, the unit’s resistance l When oil pressure is high, the internal contacts
is small and the current flowing in the circuit of the gauge unit are kept closed for a longer
is great, so the gauge’s indicator indicates in period of time. This causes more current to
the “F” area. flow in the circuit, and the gauge pointer swings
l When there is little fuel, the unit’s resistance to the high pressure side.
is high and the current flowing in the circuit l When oil pressure is low, the internal contacts
is small, so the gauge’s indicator indicates in of the gauge unit open in a shorter period of
the “E” area. time. Therefore, there is less current flowing
in the circuit and the gauge pointer swings to
<Engine coolant temperature gauge>
the low pressure side.
l When the ignition key is at the “ON” position,
the engine coolant temperature gauge is acti- <Pressure gauge (TURBO)>
vated. l When the ignition key is set to the “ON” position,
l When the engine coolant temperature is high, the gauge indicator will be at “0”.
the unit’s resistance is low and there is a great l When the engine is started, the indicator will
flow of current in the circuit, so the gauge’s move from “0” to the minus (-) side, and then,
indicator indicates in the “H” area. as the boost level increases, it will move to
l When the engine coolant temperature is low, the plus (+) side.
the unit’s resistance is high and there is a small <Voltage gauge (NON-TURBO)>
flow of current in the circuit, so the gauge’s
l When the ignition key is placed in the “ON”
indicator indicates in the “C” area.
position, the voltage gauge operates and indi-
<Reed switch (mechanical speedometer type) cates a battery voltage of approximately 12 V.
/Speed sensor (electrical speedometer type)> l When the engine is started, the voltage gauge
l Pulses are produced in accordance with the indicates a battery voltage of 12 to 16 V, indicat-
vehicle speed, and vehicle-speed signals are ing that the battery is on charge.
input to systems (the MFI system, etc.) that
regulate according to the vehicle speed.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
1. The fuel gauge doesn’t function, or shows the 4. The oil pressure gauge doesn’t function, or
incorrect indication. shows the incorrect indication.
(1) Disconnect the connector of the fuel pump (1) The “H” side is indicated when the connector
and gauge unit assembly; the ‘F” side is of the oil pressure gauge unit is discon-
indicated when terminal (5) is then nected and then grounded.
grounded. l Check the oil pressure gauge unit.
l Check the fuel gauge.
5. The meter illumination light does not illuminate.
2. The engine coolant temperature gauge doesn’t (1) The tail lights illuminate.
function, or shows the incorrect indication. l Check the rheostat.
(1) The “l-l” side is indicated when the connector 6. The voltage gauge doesn’t function, or shows
of the engine coolant temperature gauge the incorrect indication.
unit is disconnected and then grounded. l Check the voltage gauge.
l Check the engine coolant temperature
gauge unit.
3. Systems dependent upon control according to
the vehicle speed do not function correctly.
l Check the reed switch (mechanical
speedometer type)
l Check the speed sensor (electrical
speedometer type)

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges 54-19
I
COMPONENT LOCATION
Engine control module

/ -
S16FOZS2

TSB Revision
54-20 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <UP TO 1994 MODELS>

IGN IT1 ON
SWI'TCH (IGl)

J/B

0.85B-
rG15

0.858.

COMBINATION B- L-R
METER
r------------------------------. 59
II
I
III
I d < 10
III 2
II
L--- ----- -G6? ~
12 (D-03)
Y-B Y-B
Y
c

Y-B Y-B
rGiD-15)
I

FUEL
GAUGE (F: )Y
UNIT Y-B Y-E
m
J I
I

Y Y-G

3 /\

1 OIL
I
2B @F&NG
$$#RE
1 OFF - ON
SWITCH
Lm km

HRlOM03AA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges 54-21

IGN: ION IGNI IN


sw1: -I (ST) SWIT (IGl)

rG151 1
2B-'
'(c-82)
2B-I B-‘ J/B

_--
z(c-31) 11 1 Ei(c-71)
2B-I B-‘ 0.85B-'w
1 1 / Ei(D-44)
kTARTER 0.85B-'
IRELAY
.'OFF im
i IN 1
3 3 / B-1
2B-I G-E
3 i
(c-02) .--J r----
(A-67) I cI(D-45)
3 G-E 1 B-1
I
2B-1 I
I EL
EK”
&#ON III 4ws
I EW
1 OFF '*ON SENSOR
L 1.25B-\
l(D-15)
II
j Y-G
*q (A-30)
L----~\ 9
1.25B-\1 DIODE
u (Y-G) 0
D-10 Y-G
66
COMBINATION
METER
(D-04)

1
64
B

2B
p(D-41)
28

(A-09X) (A-30)@%?') (c-02) (c-31) (c-71) (C-82)0

HRlOM03AB

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM cl995 MODELS> I


dl

IGN. IN
SWI: (IGl)
2B-
R-W
2B- ‘(c-82)
J/B 1 CHARGING

I-

I
15 A

E
0.858- W
E;(D-44)
0.858- ,W
0.85B-W 13

+
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT B- ,W L-T
COMBINATION AND HAZARD LIGHT
METER AND GAUGES
METER 539_______--_---------------- $3-----
1
-.
) ;
LL, --i
.-----l
12 (D-03) 31
Y-I ‘d i
Y

Y-i Y-B I
J(D-15)

‘Y
Y-i

l(B-06)

Y Y-C

,\
1T- -iniT r--

2B
d OFF - 0
NOTE FL
::CONVERTIBLE =

HRlOM04AA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges 54-23

LJ

IGNI ION IGNITION


SWI? H(ST) SWITCH(IG1)
I
2B-k

2B-k B-Y
I CHARGING
z(c-31) 17-1 J/B
2B-k B-Y I

Y
4 1 /
r
--------__
/STARTER
;RELAY s(c-71)

sPOFF jm
0.85B-W
f
IN
s(D-44)
2B-Y 0.85B-W
(A-67)

2B-Y CLUTCH
PEDAL
&j+$HON

/
1.25B-Y

:i: I
MFI SYSTEM
lm
DIODE
1.25B-Y u (Y-G) Y-G
0
jTARTING D-10 Y-G
66
A COMBINATION
METER
90 (D-04)

SUPPLEMENTAL
l@TE"#'NT

HRlOMOIAB

TSB Revision
54-24 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters -and Gauges

WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <FROM 1996 MODELS>

IGN ITICIN
SWI'TCH (IGl)
28-
B-W
2B- G----l
J/B CHARGING

AL1
'6 (c-71)
0.85B- .W
“6 (D-44)
0.858, -W NOTE
;;i;EW;EElg jV;V;O&ABS
0.85B-W 13 ‘8"11
:B:CONVERTIBLE

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT -W
COMBINATION AND HAZARD LIGHT c METER AND GAUGES
METER
~r-----------r -------- -- _______7Tcj9
,
I
I
I ii z y
I
I z c, ,
I I

L--------‘:67 o LL -----JI
'3 .2 (D-03) 61
Y-L Y-B
"9 (D-16) Y
0
Y-L
( Y-B Y-B
y-L‘18 (F-44)%3 c
‘y-1 “5 (c-15) “2 (D-45)
Y-L I
(F) ,Y
Y-B Y-B
4:1
;>6:*= s,2
BRAKE
FLUID
LEVEL
1 ; OFF '*ON SENSOR
B-R
t I *(I (A-24)

31
1

1
1
OIL ;~M&NG
;@SRE
/ SWITCH a
((B-37) (D-28)

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes

IGNI IGNITION
SW17 SWITCH(IG1)
2B-\1

28-l
J/B
2B-\I 0
ml
15A
----------
.+OFF
IN
1 3 “6 (D-44)
2B-‘1 G-B 0.85B-W
(c-02) 3-- B-W (13 0.85B-W
(A-67) 3
G-B METER AND
B-W TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT
GAUGES AND HAZARD LIGHT
2B-Y i r----+$ 30
i B-W

1.25B-Y
L/ +
MFI SYSTEM
'(D-15) 9
DIODE
1.25B-Y u
STARTING
I

i;yEKNATION
(D-04)

SUPPLEMENTAL
~E~&~J$NT

HRlOM05AB

TSB Revision
54-26 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

<Rear wheels on free rollers> ON-VEHICLE SERVICE


INSPECTION
SPEEDOMETER CHECK
(1) Assure tire pressure at standard value. (Refer to GROUP
- Specifications.)
(2) Gt the vehicle on a speedometer tester.
(3) Set free rollers securely on the floor according to the wheel-
Free r&Hers - base and rear tread of the vehicle (when rear wheels
are to be set on free rollers).
(4) Raise the rear wheels on a jack and place rigid racks
to support the specified positions of the side sills (when
Sear wheels raised on jack> rear wheels are to be raised on a jack).
(5) Make sure the parking brake has been set. cPWD>

?qi&%!g
Rigid rack oooo2297
(6) Attach anchoring bars on the tie-down brackets and secure
their ends to the anchor plates.
(7) Make sure the tension on the right and left bars is the
same. Also be sure there is enough tension on each bar.
(8) Attach a chain or wire to the rear tie-down hole. Make
sure the end of the wire or chain is secured firmly.
(9) Take all other necessary precautions.
d
Anchor plate
(1O)Use a speedometer tester to measure the speedometer’s
-w indication error.
216AO864 Standard value:
Standard indication Allowable range mph
mph
20 19-22
40 38-44
80 57-66
1 80 1 76-88 --I
1 100 1 94-110

bracket
Caution
Do not operate the clutch or accelerator abruptly or
decelerate during the operations.

/ I Z16FO133
00002298

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges 54-27
TACHOMETER CHECK
(1) insert paper clip into the engine revolution speed detection
I,; terminal provided in the engine compartment, and connect
the engine tachometer to the inserted paper clip.
Caution
As the tachometer is negative grounded, do not con-
nect battery conversely to prevent damaging transis-
tor and diode.
NOTE
c I\
\ zl6F 024; For tachometer inspection, use of a fluxmeter-type engine
tachometer is recommended. (Because a fluxmeter only
needs to be clipped to the high tension cable.)
(2) Connect the engine tachometer and compare the engine
tachometer and tachometer readings. Replace tachometer
if difference is excessive.
Standard value:
1,000 f 100 rpm
3,000 + 150 rpm
5,000 f 250 rpm
6,000 f 300 rpm
Caution
The engine speed signal output from the engine is
one-third of the actual speed. When the engine speed
is measured, make sure that the engine tachometer
is placed in the 2-cylinder range. (The real speed is
indicated.)

L: FUEL GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK

Connect a test light to the harness con-


nector.

Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-


tion.

Check the test light and gauge conditions.

1 (1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.) /-.-I Replace fuel gauge.

[ (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.) /-.--I Replace fuel gauge unit. 1
1 (3) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.) k-1 Correct harness. I

TSB Revision
54-28 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

FUEL GAUGE UNIT CHECK


To check, remove fuel gauge unit from fuel tank. (Refer to
GROUP 13F - Fuel Tank.)
Fuel Gauge Unit Resistance
(1) Check that resistance value between the fuel gauge termi-
nal and ground terminal is at standard value when fuel
gauge unit float is at point F (highest) and point E (lowest).
Standard value:
16FO115 Point F: 3 If: 2 G
Point E: 110 It 7 Q
(2) Check that resistance value changes smoothly when float
moves slowly between point F (highest) and point E (low-
est).
Fuel Gauge Unit Float Height
Move float and measure the height at point F (highest) and
point E (lowest) with float arm touching stopper.
Standard value:
Point F: 18.6-21.6 mm (.73-.85 in.)
Point E: 193.4-196.4 mm (7.61-7.73 in.)
00002300

FUEL SENSOR CHECK


Connect fuel gauge unit to battery via test light (12 V-3.4
W). Immerse in water. Condition good if light goes off when
unit thermistor is in water and lights when unit is removed
from water.
w
Caution
After completing this test, wipe the unit dry and install
it in the fuel tank.

16Fo255 00002383

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK

Remove the water temperature gauge


unit coupling connector.

Connect the harness connector via a


test light to the ground.

t
Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-
tion.

(12 v’3.4 w) \ // Z16FO13l

I
Check the test light and gauge conditions.

i(1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.) _____c Replace water temperature gauge.

[ (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.) Replace water temperature gauge unit.

[ (3) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.) /-------I Correct harness.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT CHECK

To check, remove engine coolant temperature gauge unit from


the thermostat housing.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Resistance
(1) Immerse unit in 70°C (158OF) water to measure resistance.
Standard value: 104 f 13.5 Sz

(2) After checking, apply the specified sealant around the


thread of engine coolant temperature gauge unit and install
on the thermostat housing.
Specified sealant:
3M Nut Locking Part No. 4171 or equivalent

TSB Revision I
54-30 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK

Remove the oil pressure gauge unit


coupling connector.

Connect the harness connector via a


test light to the ground.

-1
Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-

Check the test light and gauge conditions.

(1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.) k-1 Replace oil pressure gauge.

1 (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.) k-1 Replace oil pressure gauge unit.

1 (2) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.) / -1 Correct harness.

VOLTAGE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK

Check voltage gauge for conditions.

(1) Voltage indicated by voltmeter differs from voltage indicated by -1 Replace gauge.
voltage gauge (position indicated by pointer).

(2) Gauge does not operate. /--I Correct harness or replace gauge.

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges 54-31
COMBINATION METERS
L REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

76FO222
00002364 NOTE
*: 1992 models

L/ Removal steps
1. Knee protector (Refer G GROUP 52A 6. Adapter* (Mechanical speedometer
- lnstiument PineI.) type) /Washer tank (Refer to GROUP
2. Column cover, lower 51 - Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
:i: 3. Column cover, upper 7. Vehicles speed sensor (Electrical
4. Meter bezel * ’ speedometer type)
5. Combination meter

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


Front of ve
dAbCOLUMN COVER LOWER / COLUMN COVER
UPPER REMOVAL
After the screws have been removed, remove the covers,
while making sure not to break the grippers.

219FOl;

dB, ADAPTER REMOVAL <Mechanical Speedometer


TYP-
(1) Disconnect the speedometer cable at the transaxle
end of the cable.
(2) Pull the speedometer cable slightly toward the vehicle
interior, release the lock by turning the adaptor to
the left or right, and then remove the adapter.

Adapter
-Y16FO129]
,
) TSB Revision I
54-32 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY

Disassembly steps
1. Trip counter reset knob 5. Fuel gauge
2. Meter glass 6. Tachometer
3. Window plate 7. Printed-circuit board
4. Speedometer 8. Meter case

Ground INSPECTION
Reed switch
REED SWITCH CHECK
<Mechanical Speedometer Type>
Use circuit tester to check circuit repeats off/on between termi- \
nals when speedometer shaft turned several times.
d

VEHICLES SPEED SENSOR CHECK


<Electrical Speedometer Type>
(1) Remove the vehicles speed sensor and connect as shown
in the illustration, using a 3-10 k&2 resistance.
(2) Use a voltmeter to check for voltage at terminals (2) and
(3) when the pulse generator shaft is turning. (One revolu-
tion is four pulses.)

16R0273
00002385

FUEL GAUGE CHECK


Measure resistance between terminals with circuit tester.
Standard value:
Approx. 254 0
;I; Approx. 101 I2
B-C Approx. 153 fi

1 TSB Revision 1
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges 54-33
COMBINATION GAUGES
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Removal steps
1. Instrument panel 0 Distribution duct
(Refer to GROUP 52A - Instrument [Refer to GROUP 55 - Ventilators
Panel.) (Instrument Panel).]
2. Combination gauge
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY

Disassembly steps
1. Gauge bracket 5. Oil pressure gauge
2. Gauge glass 6. Engine coolant temperature gauge
i; 3. Window plate 7. Printed-circuit board
4. Voltage gauge <Non-Turbo> or 8. Gauge case
pressure gauge <Turbo>
TSB Revision
J
54-34 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

INSPECTION
PRESSURE GAUGE CHECK <Turbo>
Measure resistance between terminals with circuit tester.
Standard value: Approx. 72 &2
VOLTAGE GAUGE CHECK <Non-Turbo>
Refer to P.54-30

216FO14C

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE CHECK


Measure resistance between terminals with circuit tester.
Standard value: Approx. 42 Q

216FO14:

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE CHECK


(1) Remove the IG terminal scre\;/ from area A.
(2) Measure resistance between terminals with circuit tester.
Caution
For inspection, use a circuit tester which uses a mea-
surement current of 4 mA or less.
Standard value:
A-B Approx. 51 Sz
A-C Approx. 139 Q
216FO141 B-C Approx. 190 R

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-35

LIGHTING SYSTEM
L/ SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Exterior lights
Items Specifications
Headlight W 65/45*‘, 60151 *2

Fog light W 55
Front combination light Turn-signal light / side marker light CP 27/8 (1157)” or 27 (1156)*2

Rear combination light Turn-signal light / side marker and tail light CP 32/2 (2057)
Stop light / side maker and tail light CP 32/2 (2057)
Back-up light CP 32 (1156)
License plate light CP 3 (168)

High-mounted stop Vehicles without rear spoiler CP 32 (1156)


light
Vehicles with fixed rear spoiler W 4

Vehicles with active rear spoiler LED (Light Emitting Diode)

Engine compartment inspection light W 3.8 (194)

Interior lights
Items Specifications
Foot light W 3.4 (158)

I Dome light W 8 I
Spot light W 8

Door light W 5

Glove compartment light W 3.4 (158)

Luggage compartment light W 5

NOTE
;he values in parentheses denote SAE trade number.
Up to 1993 models
l 2 From 1994 models

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
Items Limit I
I

Headlight intensity 20,000 cd or more I

TSB Revision
I
54-36 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

SPECIAL TOOLS
Tool number and name Supersession Application
‘, I
Tool
L/i
MB991 341 C Up to 1993 models
Checking the lighting system
1

MB991 502 All models


Checking the lighting system

1 ROM Pack

MB991 529 MB991 529 From 1994 models


Diagnostic trouble code Checking the lighting system
check harness using a voltmeter
d

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-37
TROUBLESHOOTING tact of the pop-up motor U/D (UP/DOWN)
switch, the coil of the pop-up motor relay and
L HEADLIGHT ground, causing the contacts of the pop-up mo-
tor relay to close.
OPERATION
When the contacts of the pop-up motor relay
<Headlights ON operation> close, current flows through the contacts of the
l Turn the lighting switch to “HEAD”, and the con- pop-up motor relay to the pop-up motor and
tact point of the headlight relay will be closed ground, causing the pop-up motor to rotate,
to turn “ON” the headlight relay. which brings the headlights to the UP position.
l When the dimmer switch is placed in the LO The pop-up motor rotates until the automatic
position, the headlight low-beams go on. On UP stop position is reached, then the contacts
vehicles up to 1993 model, when the switch of the interlocked U/D (UP/DOWN) switch
is placed in the HI position, the headlight high- change from the U to D contacts. As a result,
beams go on. On vehicles from 1994 model, the contacts of the pop-up motor relay open
when the switch is placed in the HI position, to cut off the current supplied to the pop-up
the headlight high-beams and low-beams go motor. Then the pop-up motor ceases to rotate,
on. holding the headlights in the UP position.
l When the lighting switch is placed in the TAIL
<High-beam indicator light> or OFF position, current flows through the multi-
l When the high-beam is lit or when the passing purpose fuse (6) to the lighting switch, and the
switch is activated, the high-beam indicator light ETACS control unit. Then the DOWN timer cir-
will be lit. cuit in the ETACS control unit is operated and
<Light automatic shut-OFF system> current flows from the ETACS control unit to
the DOWN contacts of the pop-up motor U/D
l If the driver’s door is opened after the ignition (UP/DOWN) switch, the coil of the pop-up motor
switch is turned to “OFF” or the ignition switch relay and ground, causing the contacts of the
is turned to “OFF” after the driver’s door is pop-up motor relay to close.
opened when the headlights are lit, the current When the contacts of the pop-up motor relay
which flows to the coil side of the headlight close, current flows through the contacts of the
relay will be cut off by the light automatic shut- pop-up motor relay to the pop-up motor and
i OFF unit opening the contact point, and the ground, causing the pop-up motor to rotate,
headlight relay will be turned “OFF” to automati- which brings the headlights to the DOWN posi-
cally shut off the headlights. tion.
l To turn the headlights on again after they are The pop-up motor rotates until the automatic
automatically shut off, turn the lighting switch DOWN stop position is reached, then the con-
to “OFF” once and then back to “HEAD”, or tacts of the interlocked U/D (UP/DOWN) switch
turn the ignition switch to “ACC” or “ON”, and change from the D to U contacts. As a result,
the aut0mati.c shut-OFF will be cancelled and the contacts of the pop-up motor relay open
the current will flow from the light automatic to cut off current supply to the pop-up motor.
shut-OFF unit to the coil side of the headlight Then the pop-up motor ceases to rotate, holding
relay again to close the contact point. Thus, the headlights in the DOWN position.
the headlight relay will be turned “ON” to turn
on the headlights. <Pop-up operation-operation by POPUP
switch> (Up to 1993 models)
NOTE
When the lighting switch is at “HEAD”, the light l When the pop-up switch is placed in the UP
automatic shut-OFF system is valid for tail lights, position, current flows through multi-purpose
parking and side marker lights, license plate light, fuse (6) to the lighting switch, the pop-up switch
illumination light, etc. and the ETACS control unit, which brings the
(Refer to P.54-70.) headlights to the UP position and holds them
in the UP position just like when they are oper-
<Pop-up operation-operation by lighting ated by the lighting switch.
switch> (Up to 1993 models) l When the pop-up switch is placed in the DOWN
l When the lighting switch is placed in the HEAD position, current flows through the multi-purpose
position, current flows through multi-purpose fuse (6) to the lighting switch, the pop-up switch
fuse (6) to the lighting switch, and the ETACS and the ETACS control unit, which brings the
control unit. Then the UP timer circuit in the headlights to the DOWN position and holds them
in the DOWN position just like when they are
L ETACS control unit is operated, and current
flows from the ETACS control unit to the U con- operated by the lighting switch.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Liahting System

TROUBLESHOOTING

Check the light aut


Refer to P.54-108.

headlights is normal.

Tail lights are not automati- Check the driver’s side door switch.
tally shut off either.

NOTE
(1) *Up to 1993 models
(2) For information concerning the theft-alarm system, refer to P.54-222.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-39
ZOMPONENT LOCATION
Headlight relay/Pop-up motor relay/

HeadliiW,$w, q \\ u,6F026,

Data link connector -Light automatic shut-off unit


<From 1994 models> <Vehicles with keyless entry system>

\ V16FO49E

Light automatic shut-off unit


<Vehicles without keyless entry system>

1 TSB Revision
54-40 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)>

2R-

2R-I

;~~;\I""'
rI

I
4
2R-L (R-Y: 3
I
/
.------A
0 (c-31)

2R-L 2R-L 2R-L


DEDICATED
FUSE 2R-L II

(R-Y

F5
L----- c --_ 2, -- ----A
3 1 1 3 3
/
%
c-u 1.25R g
A d

(R-Y)

HR08MOOAA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-41

IGNI'I
SWITC FUSIBLE LINK@

-c
I
2B-rh 5W-B

J/B

(c-77) 16 (c-83) 11 2
0.85B-t R-B R-Y R
T
2 (A-11X)

1 IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR

(L 0.85B-W R-B
7 3 3
LIGHT
AUTOMATIC
SHUT-OFF
1
T UNIT
(E-17)
bJ-
1 '4

G-Y Y

.2 (E-21)

@SWITCH
(E-17) (E-21)

HROEMOOAB

1 TSB Revision I
54-42 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)>


(CONTINUED)

LIGHT IGNITION
AUTOMATIC SWITCH(ACC)
HEADLIGHT HEADLIGHT gWi-i;-OFF
RELAY ,J/B -7
7
B
I

@ 0
10A 15A
Y

3E
I (c-78) 3 :
\I
l(c-80)
z:
1.251; aJ (R-Y: G-k R-B
C5
WITHOUT WITH
i
P.~~“.~~ORY A C C E S S O R Y
*ET
-

(c-01) j -_
,\
L

3
I

(R-Y.) 1.25R P
a;
(R-Y) G-Y R-B
i;

3 16 3.------ .----------
10
7 r
.-_ -__-7
-

m&c-----------------------~q-6-- - - - - ------""s--"F-'

2B 2B L-W L-Y
,,3 m x.7
/\ I\ (c-78)
J/B
t. L-Y
\/ St1 (D-43)
(c-82)“ 5 L-W
0 B
28
n
L-W
0
(c-01)

HROEMOOBA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-43 ~

?I :GHT
IK
2R-B 'I. 25R-
l(c-68)
I l 7-
@
10A

-k-_ DEDICATED
FUSE

z-.-l
7 8I 3
-L
:
1 3
PllP-TIP
%%! EYi~p
IOD OR /*OFF (RH)
STORAGE C
:A-59)
CONNECTOk -4 )
0 R-E
D-u
5 2 z--
;m
a.3
&A :
u J/B

- L- 1(c-71)
R-l I

il
_--- G-

(D-44)

DATA LINK
E CONNECTOR

I/ RHEOSTAT

HR08MOOBB

1 TSB Revision
54-44 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)>

FUS
&IJ

2R-B
------
1
1 I

4
2R-L (R-Y)
------J
3m
2R-I 2R-L (R-Y)
r------- ?m (A-60) )._____
;;E#ATED II 1

I
,
‘d
/
I 2R-I 2R-L
3 2
*--1 1 HEADLIGHT
/ 1
Y-R i j (LH) (RH)
.,56 I j "1 "2 (A-41) (A-61) "2 "1
COMBINATION
METER

(R-Y)

OO(A-42)~~(C-31) (D-04) (D-45)


‘I3 m lzi@I - B -1 pT%EEEq
El5

HROBMO 1AA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-45 ~

IGNI'
SWITl FUSIBLI LINK 8

2B-W 5W-B
'c3B
1 J/B

i
@
10A

16 (c-77) (c-83) 11
-----
2
@
10A
7
l(c-70)

O.S5B-W R-B R-Y R


i I,
2 10

(L) (R-Y)

3 13
- LIGHT
AUTOMATIC
##F-OFF
1 ;
(E-17)
-II.

Y-B G-Y

DOOR
SWITCH
(LH)
(E-21)

(c-68) Gz=m) (c-77) (c-82)


/EJ p&p$zgy

HRO8MOlAB

1 TSB Revision
54-46 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)> (CONTINUED)

IGNITION
SWITCy(ACC)

HEADLIGHT
10A

1. 251 (R-Y)

(c-01) ; --

(R-Y) 1-25F 15 (R-Y)

I3 6
:-_
-
5---7
,O

L-W
0
(c-01)0 Fz)
(c-78) (c-80) (c-82)-

HROBMOlBA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-47

IOD OR G-h
STORAGE
CONNECTOR

LIGHT
AUTOMATIC 4
SHUT-OFF
UNIT
S(c-69)
J/B 1

/ R-E
1
11
L
.---- 53
---
G-W

/ #FS
L-L .----- % ____________-- - -_ I ----- 1 ---J
54 65 66
/m m
B B-L L-Y L-R

Ii9
Ic-79)
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
L-y
1
0 (D-42)
L-y:;_7_--+p
L-Y b L-R 1, G-W 3
\ /\
r-. POP-UP
-s SWITCH
UP ILL ( D - 0 1 )
B

L-W II +
RHEOSTAT

/
id
OlBB

TSB Revision
54-48 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (FROM 1994 MODELS)>

-E’i
2R-
1.25R-B 2R-B
I
t
TAILLIGHT.PARKING/ FOG LIGHT
SIDE MARKER LIGHT
AND LICENSE
PLATE LIGHT

----__
1
3 CL: 1
1
II
I
I

7 -_
T-L IN
11
1
3
1
I
I

2R-I d (R-Y) 3 I
I
.------A
2R-L :c-31)
2R-L 2R-L 2R-L 2R-L 2R-I
HEAD- 1
DEDICATED HEAD- FOG LIGHT
FUSE 0 #isIT LiK#'
10A 2 2 2 2
(HI> (LO)
i (R-Y)
Y-R > (40>
(D-45) ,;c'"-, l(A-77Y l(A-61)
Y-R 56 I

0. B5E 3

4
1.25R 0.85E 3 (R-Y) (R-Y)
B 7

HR08M02AA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Liahtina System

I-,
IGNI'
SWIT( FUSIBLE LINK@
2B-\ B-W

2B-ii 7 (c-82) CHARGING 10

10A

ic-77) 16 (c-83) (c-70)


0.85B-b (F>R-E
0.85B-W
i
BACK-UP LIGHT IOD OR
$EWl;\IGHT STORAGE
D
CONNECTOR

(L) I
\7
0.85B-k (R-Y)
8 i2
R-B
3
DOOR LIGHT AND
/gi+GE COMPARTMENT

L
11
LIGHT

3 AUTOMATIC
SHUT-OFF

I
UNIT
( E -

“’
DOOR LIGHT AND

SE(XlP SWITCH
(A-11X) (c-68) lc=m) 0 (c-82)- (E-17) (E-21)
p&q pJ ml pig$$$q m pg%q fzzlzj •g
c HROBM02AB

TSB Revision 1
54-50 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (FROM 1994 MODELS)>


(CONTINUED)

HEADLIGHT jE2;bIGHT g;
!d ikj
IT

1.25R 3.85B (R-Y) G-Y

(c-01)
TAILLIGHTsPARKINGBIDE
MARKER LIGHT AND
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

1 G-Y

0.85E (R-Y) (R-Y) G-Y

r
(c-10: L3 10
I* ------ -----; COLUMN
I SWITCH
7 --- -1
ON’- / ---T I'
OFF‘ iEAOOFT<I;AD
Tl4;‘;.

1 I
- - - - - - -------------! - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

2B ' 14
t ;?B
2B,,3 (c-76)
J/B A i

HR08M02BA

1TSB Revision
54-51
NOTES

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Liahtina Svstem
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (FROM 1994 MODELS)>

2R-B

1.25R-B 2R-B

1
TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE FOG LIGHT
MARKER LIGHT AND
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT r
(L
2R-B .-----_
1
1 I
(L
5

IN
4
2R-L (R-Y
2R-L .------J

;m

2R-L 2R-I 2R-I 2R-I. 2R-L 1 (R-Y


FOG LIGHT
DEDICATED HEAD- HEAD-
FUSE 0 #YT
10A 1 ) t 4KiYT
i I (LO> '(HI>
Y-R ( > ( fH1) ( ) (
(D-45) 14
.- 1 ,m ,m (A-77)
I
I

r
Y-R I
56;
(M;NATION
(D-04) ;( I; ;0.851 1. 25F 1.25R 0.85E
55,

15:
.-A

1.25R 0.85 (R-Y (R-Y)

aamm [m/ I,,


(A-O1X) (A-_41) (A-_61) (A-‘76) (A-77) (c-31)
(D-04) (D-45)
;~;%x~y
16,, , ,j fiMR%gq
El5
73

HRO8MOSAA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-53

IGNI
SWIT FUSIBLE LINK@
B-W 2B-

CHARGING

J/B

(c-77: 16 (c-8c 1
I

\2
10A

---_ \/
r

1m
! I

(F)R- R-Y R
I
2 ,.l (A-11x)
I\ A IOD OR
0.85B-W STORAGE
CONNECTOR
HEADLIGHT (F)R-B
RELAY
D
&m&UP
(L) 0. 8! (R-Y) R-I 1
B-W
-A Y DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE
, COMPARTMENT LIGHT

-is---l
LIGHT
AUTOMATIC

r
_c I Kw°FF

Y-B
5 G-Y
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LIGHT

I
-
-

s!fip SWITCH

HROBMOSAB

TSB Revision
54-54 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (FROM 1994 MODELS)> (CONTINUED)

IGNITION
SWITCH(ACC)
I
2L 2W-B

5W-B HORN
(c-82) ,P /x1=
J/B
a3
15A 10A

(F>R-E

r
IOD OR
STORAGE R-B (F)R-B
CONNECTOR
L
DOME LIGHT, DOOR LIGHT
AUTOMATIC FOOT LIGHT AND LUGGAGE
AND IGNITION EWtRTMENT
SHUT-OFF KEY CYLINDER
L";@v;$TE UNIT ILLUMINATION
LIGHT
E

L Y-B R-E
d,
Y
51
---------7

3NNECTOR
3 I3

2B

HROBM03BA

1 TSB Revision I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-55

LIGHT
HEADLIGHT AUTOMATIC
HE! \DL IGHT s/Y;-OFF
REL,AY

1.25R G-Y
TAILLIGHT,PARKING/
SIDE MARKER LIGHT
;yeHkICENSE PLATE

t
G-Y J
0.85 (R-Y 1.25R (R-Y G-Y

(c-10) )2---------------
1
--_- -_ -----__
r
10

OP ~:JqzT
I LO

2B
x.3 (c-76) ,\ 7 (c-78)
J/B A

(c-82) "5
2B

HROBM03BB
TSB Revision
1
54-56 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

INPUT SIGNAL
With voltmeter Data link connector <Up to 1993 models>
Ii ri7-11 When using the scan tool (MUT) or voltmeter ‘d
Using the scan tool or voltmeter, check whether or not the
input signals from each switch are being input to the ETACS
unit.
(1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector located
at the right side of the junction block or connect the voltme-
ter between the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal.
(2) Check if the buzzer of the scan tool sounds or the needle
of the voltmeter moves when each switch is operated.
If the buzzer sounds or the needle moves, the input signals
are being input to the ETACS unit, so that switch can
be considered to be functioning normally. If not, the switch
or switch input circuit is faulty. Check the switch and the
switch input circuit.

When using the MUT-II <All models>


CUP to 1993 models> When using the scan tool (MUT-II)
(1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector. When
connecting the scan tool to a vehicle up to 1993 models,
use the adapter harness supplied together.
‘d
Caution
Turn off the ignition switch beforehand whenever the
scan tool is connected or disconnected.
(2) If the scan tool makes a peep sound when each switch
is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU
is normally sent from the switch circuit system.

Y2OFO164
00002231

@y.m$ <From 1994 models> I


, 0,
( 1 1 1 2 1; 1 4% 16 1 7 1 8 / 1 \r’ 1-d \ \ 1 When using the voltmeter
1
~~~4i10illi12i13illi15i16v~~~ \ \ 1
(1) Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground
terminal of the data link connector using the special tool.
(2) If the voltmeter pointer deflects once when each switch
is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU
is normally sent from the switch circuit system.
do

U2OFO163

TSB Revision
54957
NOTES

TSB Revision
54-58 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

FOG LIGHT CIRCUIT


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

IGNIT
SWITC
2B-W
(c-82)

2R-B
10A

c-77) lS(c-83
,\
5
(L)
1
-------------_ CL:
OFF-10 IN
4
I3 i 3
% R-E
(R-Y 03
2R-L d
(c-31) 1
7 3
- LIGHT
AUTOMATIC
PWATED (R-Y
@
-L w-°FF

r
10A
c (E-
2R-L
‘1 "4
2R-L 2R-L G-Y Y
1
FOG
LIGHT
RELAY
"3 "4
2R
(R- -Y) 0
B 2R 2R

TeKIp SWITCH

HROEM07AA

I TSB Revision I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-59

~~if\IGHT FOGLIGHT ;N; IGHT


RELAY

1.25R-W

1
(R-Y: (R-Y) DEDICATED
I FUSE
b

5
G-W

G-A
I 60

1
(D-45)

(R-Y) G-W
5 3
r- FOG LIGHT
) SWITCH
I (D-al)
I 4

I
RHEOSTAT
G-Y
I
(R-Y) G-Y
,,3--------,JO
--------

(c-82)

TSB Revision
54-60 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1994 MODELS) I

LE
b- IGN
SWI’
IN
(IGl) FUSIBLE LINK@

2R-E B-W

1.25R-B 7

2R- 2R-B TAILLIGHT,PARKING/


SIDE MARKER LIGHT I
#eH;ICENSE PLATE (c-7’i

(F>R-B
;ig&CATED @ lr- IGHT
15
I I 0. 05
B-W (
c
'7 (F>R-B
(L 1
2R-1 ----. E%~TUP DOOR LIGHT AND
R-E E'I'UX&GE COMPARTMENT
(L 3 3
LIGHT
AUTOMATIC
2R- 1
EK°FF

1
2R-L
1i (E-17)
2R-1
HEADLIGHT r
FOG + J
kB% 1 4
(A-03X) I
G-Y Y DOOR LIGHT AND
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

I (F>Y
IGHT
vii L1GHT
(A-43)

TF;fi SWITCH

HROBMOBAA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-61 ~

HEAI AUTOMATIC ;HT 'T;TikIGHT


RELi /FF UNIT KEI ,lC
IY
A
2R-W'&
1.25R-W
DEDICATED
0% FUSE
15A

(R-Y )
G-W
1x6 (c-69)
J/B
\/
'3 (c-71)
,,f 5 G-W
,,a (D-44)
G-W G-W
(R-Y ) 19

G-W
c
5 ,,3
7r
TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE
MARKER LIGHT AND
" g;FTbHGHT
/
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT 4 IN @cD-ol,
G-Y cOFF‘
9 \/

I
G-Y 1 "4
(R-W) B-Y
i,
I
\
I
RHEOSTAT
(R-Y G-Y 11m

r
3--------- 10
(R-W)
_.
5 L

c
2B
,y (c-78) ,,3 (c-76)
J/B A0 \
\/
50
2B
Q NOTE
0 :l:HATCHBACK
:2:CONVERTIBLE
:3:UP TO 1995 MODELS

HRO6MO8AB

TSB Revision
54-62 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

OPERATION
l When the fog light switch is placed in the ON position with the lighting switch in the HEAD position
and the dimmer switch in the LO position, current flows through the dedicated fuse (4) to the coil
of the fog light relay, the fog light switch, the dimmer switch and ground, causing the contacts of
the fog light relay to close.
When the contacts of the fog light relay close, current flows through the dedicated fuse (4) to the
contacts of the fog light relay, the fog lights and ground, causing the fog lights to come on.
l When the dimmer switch is placed in the HI position or the lighting switch is placed in the TAIL or
OFF position while the fog lights are ON, current supply to the fog light relay or headlight relay is
cut off. As a result, the contacts of the fog light relay open, and the fog lights go out.
NOTE
The fog lights are included in the light automatic shut-OFF system. (Refer to P.54-37). The indicator lights
are also included in the same system.
Fog Lights Operation Conditions
Fog light switch Lighting switch Dimmer switch Fog lights
ON position 1 OFF position or TAIL posi- 1 LO position 1 OFF
tion
HI position OFF

HEAD position LO position ON


I

HI position OFF

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
1. The right or left fog lights only go on.
0 Check the bulb.
2. Fog lights do not go on when the fog light switch is set at ON.
0 Check the dedicated fuse (4).
0 Check the fog light relay. (Refer to P.54-108).
0 Check the fog light switch.
NOTE
For the light automatic shut-OFF system troubleshooting hints, refer to P.54-38.

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-63
COMPONENT LOCATION
Headlight relay / Foglight relay Light automatic shut-off unit
<Vehicles without keyless entry system>

Light automatic shut-off unit

1 TSB Revision
54-64 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

TAIL LIGHT, PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

IGNIl
FUSIBL ,E I.INK@ SWIT( FUSIBLE LINK@

2R-1
T I
5W-BI
7 10
J/B
1OAb

r
---_
(c-77) 16 (c-83 11 ‘r2 1m
fi:-31)
R-Y 1 R

I
12; 2
I
,\ .,* (A-11X)
I
I " IOD OR
I
I R-B O.S5B-1 R-l STORAGE
1 I CONNECTOR

1E
7r I
I
I
I
I
AL
I 6 3
I-
I

A kJ
I LIGHT
: I
I AUTOMATIC
BJ-
I
I
%YT-°FF
*.
I
/

i-l-
I
I
(E-17)
I
I
c ----A
3 1

I
1
G-Y Y
tt-
G-Y
523

dGi
T1
OFF
i
1
28

r1
(c-78) 7
J/B

& 5 =

TFi# SWITCH
28
f

HR08M04AA

TSB Revision 1
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-65 ~
I

1.25R-I nr

FWATED
G-hI
MC
I

G-W

E (c-69)
7T-
J/B------
-+I-
JL
. ,

E .-- ---- ---- 6

G-W

J 3 I i
REAR "4 (F-30) & (F-10) 4 REAR
COMBINATION
COMBINATION
LIGHTCLH) I
I LIGHTCRH)
I

B G-W IG-W !T
2 I ,2

B 1
2B (F-18) B FJ

i
HROBM04AB I

TSB Revision
54-66 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK> (FROM 1994 MODELS)

IGNI IN
FUSIBL#E LINK@ SWIT (IGl) FUSIBLE LINK@
2R-13 2B-
2R-B 5
B-W
c
.HEADLIGHT CHARGING
.FOG LIGHT
6
10

I ----
(c-7'i 16 (c-8:! 1 2 1m
O.S5B- (F>R- R-Y 1 R
2 10
IOD OR
STORAGE
1. 25R-1 3 R-B CONNECTOR
t
E 0.85B-W (F>R-B
I\ j 1
TAILLIGHT -x- 2T
1 R- i-
RELAY r , .--__-- K#TUP
DOOR LIGHT AND
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
I
1 1 LIGHT
3 LIGHT
AUTOMATIC
- KK-"""
_---- (E-17)
12

&
G-Y r ‘I 14
G-Y

I DOOR LIGHT AND


~JJ$C&GE COMPARTMENT

29
(F>Y 'I
(F>Y
,,2 (E-21)

0 7:;; SWITCH
cFE0
(c-02) (A-11X) (c-10) (c-68)cm~
07)

HROEMOBAA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-67

TAI IGHT
REL

2R-\I

0
15A

G-W
I
G-V
i(c-69)
FRONT
COMBINATION COMBINATION
LIGHTCRH)
I (A-62)

G-W 3.------ ---- 8(F-19) cl


G-W G-W
i/ I.v I 5
t
~~~~~W&JJ'SE 1

.! - - - - \ (F-10)
%kT"E'RTE 1 --
:;~KJ+E~UTO A/C 1 g$iq$J
1
I
I
.MANUAL A/C G-h I
.RADIO AND T - ^^ I

1
TAPE PLAYER
14 REAR
II COMBINATION
G-W 2 G-W I1 LIGHTCRH)
2 B
I
(LH)
(F-21)

2B
n

HROBMOSAB

TSB Revision
54-68 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE> (FROM 1995 MODELS)

IGNITION
FUSIBLE : LINK@ SWITCH(IG1) FUSIBLE LINK@
I
2R-B 2B-W
5 / B-W 6

f=- 2B-W
.HEADLIGHT CHARGING ,,7 (c-82)
.FOG LIGHT
r m

10A
I P I
I \/
O“16 (c-83:
0 .85B-W (F>R-
(c-02),,
1.25R-B R-B 4:
I

5 @ 0.85B-W (F>R-B
R-
0 .85B-W DOOR LIGHT AND
E%ffTUP LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
6 ,8 3 LIGHT
'4 LIGHT
AUTOMATIC
1.25R-W G-Y SHUT-OFF
UNIT
q----J (E-17)
12
A
G-Y
6
G-Y

DOOR LIGHT AND


kY;k+GE COMPARTMENT
(F>Y 7
(F>'

it
yE[F SWITCH

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-69

TAIL GHT
RELf
7

1.25R-W

G-W

G-W G-W
I
G-W

i
r
4W&$JISE
G-W

X;$CXv;;TE
+'~F'~E~UTO A/C
sRADI0 AND
i
G-
[, G-wi5

TAPE PLAYER
REAR I 4 REAR
COMBINATION COMBINATION
LIGHTCLH) G-W 2 LIGHTCRH)
B
(LH) + 2%FE (RH) j
m LIGHT m/
0 B"1 B“l I
(F-18)
;$5-----------J
28 0
28
h n

HROBMOGAB I

TSB Revision
54-70 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
0 When the lighting switch is placed in the TAIL 1. All lights don’t illuminate.
or HEAD position, current flows through the (1) The headlights don’t illuminate, either.
coil of the tail light relay to the lighting switch l Check the fusible link (3).
and ground, causing the contacts of the tail (2) The headlights illuminate.
light relay to close. l Check the tail light relay. (Refer to
Then current flows through the contacts of the P.54-108.)
tail light relay to the dedicated fuse (2) the l Check the dedicated fuse (2).
individual lights and ground, causing the tail l Check the lighting switch. (Refer to
lights, parking/side marker lights and license P.54-113.)
plate lights to go ON. l Check the light automatic shut-OFF
<Light automatic shut-OFF system> unit. (Refer to P.54-108.)
l If the driver’s door is opened after the ignition 2. Some light does not come on.
l Check the bulb.
switch is turned to “OFF” or the ignition switch
l Check the grounding circuit.
is turned to “OFF” after the driver’s door is
opened when the tail lights are lit, the current 3. Some light is not automatically shut off.
which flows to the coil side of the tail light relay l Check the driver’s side door switch.
will be cut off by the light automatic shut-off (Refer to GROUP 42- Door Assembly.)
l Check the automatic shut-OFF unit.
unit opening the contact point, and the tail light
relay will be turned “OFF’ to automatically shut (Refer to P.54-108.)
off the tail lights, parking and front side marker
lights and license plate light.
l To turn on the tail lights, parking and front side
marker lights and license plate light again after
they are automatically shut off, turn the lighting
switch to “OFF” once and to “HEAD” again,
or turn the ignition switch to “ACC” or “ON”,
and the automatic shut-OFF will be cancelled
and the current will flow from the light automatic
shut-OFF unit to the coil side of the tail light
relay to close the contact point. Thus, the tail
light relay will be turned “ON” to turn on the
tail lights, parking and front marker lights and
license plate light.
NOTE
When the lighting switch is at the “HEAD” position,
the light automatic shut-OFF system will be also
activated for the headlights. (Refer to P.54-37.) The
same system will also be activated for the illumina-
tion lights, etc.

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-71

COMPONENT LOCATlON
. Light automatic shut-off unit
i; :Vehicles without keyless entry system>

Light automatic shut-off unit


:Vehicles with keyless entry system>

1 TSB Revision
54-72 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

IGNITION
FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITCH(IGl)
5W-B
,.l (c-68) 2B-w,,7m
/\ \
J/B
@ 03

(cL-74)
10A

I
(c-83) I1 (c-81) IO "3 (c-80)

R-B R-B 0.85R-I


B-W
IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
R-E R-E (A-11X)
jl 52 ;gF"
DOME
LIGHT
$ ___-_________ _----__--_-_--,
/
/
KEY CYLINDER ,
ILLUMINATION I
:E-05) ( (LH) (RH: I
I
b Z-67 I
1
IOOR I
I
I
I
I

- I
I
I
d
R-c

R-G

R-G R-G
(c-74) (c-83) ) I CONNECTOR 0
1
------- -----
J/B r

R-G
I
R-G
j
2E

27

m(c-34) (c-58) \
(RH)
Y
DOOR SWITCH
(LH) I n

d,
HR08MlOAA

/ TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-73
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1994 MODELS)

IGNITION
FUSIBLE L!NK@ SWITCH(IG1)
I I
5W-B 2B-W
10 7m

1.
(c-74: 1 ll(c-83) (c-81)
\I
‘1 (c-77)
15A (>

\/
'3 (c-80)
(F>
R-I R-B O.B5R-E B-W

R-B R-B R-B IOD OR STRAGE


CONNECTOR ETACS
1 (A-?1X) 51 _---------_____-_
__--- 52 !!1T--,
c-35
!GNITION KEY
< 3 > CYLINDER
) ( > ILLUMINATION
FQO? \g E LIGHT
LIGHT i(c-58) TIMER
LH) (RH) CIRCUIT
6sec.
'-67
,
.ND
V
AJ
j7:1
R-G R-G R-G jgZ2

0
R-B B B
R-G R-G R-G
,i ,,4 (c-34) lE4 9 5
IA A * Al
R-G R-G DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
(c-74
J/B

NOTE (RH) (LH)


:l:VEHICLES WI THOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
:2:VEHiCLES WI TH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM DooR SWITCH

(c-77) OFRONT SIDE (C-80) (c-81) (c-82)

AA

TSB Revision
54-74 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK> (FROM 1995 MODELS) AND <CONVERTIBLE> (1995 MODELS)

10A
b
-

,
L \,
(c-8’ il3
<F)R 0.85R- .B

(F)R-1 R-B
1 IOD OR STRAGE
i$X&R LIGHT CONNECTOR
LUGGAGE (A-11X)
1 fy##RTMENTR
R-B 0.85R-B

1
9 .
DOME
LIGHT
Jm R-.B XW8” L1GHT
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
s$4
) fY ITION KEY
I INDER
)(LH) (RH)\I > \7/ UMINATION
HT
C-67 c-35 “5
R R-G R-.G
(C

R-c R R-E R-,G R-B


I

(c-74 ,l (c-83)
--------------------- -77
J/B

(A-11X) ( c - 5 8 ) (c-68)cm) (c-74) (c-77) (c-81) (c-83) (E-05)


~plmp?JJ ~I~~~IRi~l~

HR08Ml2AA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-75

IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1)

J/B

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
GND I
V I
. , .

R-B B-L B B
R-G
,,4 (c-341 16 9 4 5
A A h A
R-G R-G DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
,,l ,,l (c-79)

OFF--ON 2B
(E-15) I (E-21)
NOTE
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT (RH)
Y
(LH)
z
A=
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM \ I
%2:VEHICLES WITH
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM DOOR SWITCH
(c-34) (c-65) :I ic-65) ?;2 (c-66):1 (C-66)$ OFRONT sm 0

HROBMlPAB

1 TSB Revision
54-76 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE> (FROM 1996 MODELS)

FUSIBLE LINK@

J/B

(F)R-E 0.85R-
R-B R-B
R-B

DOOR LIGHT IOD OR STRAGE


AND UGGAGE CONNECTOR
COMP !A RTMENT
LIGHT
(A-11XI
0.85R-B

DOOR LIGHT
R-E I
I R-E R-B R-E R- AND LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
1

~REAR FOOT IGNITION KEY


ICOURTESY I LIGHT CYLINDER
> ;LIGHT(RH: ( > > (LH) (RH) ( > ( > ILLUMINATION
C-67 C-35 LIGHT
/pg [(E-50) l(c-58)
II
I R-C R-C R-c R-
'-i/
R-G R-G

R-6 R-E R- R-G R-E


I

B
----I

I
J/B
(c-s3)

HROBMlSAA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-77 i

IGNI’
SWIT(
J/B 2B-b

2B-b CHAkGING

B-W

52
-------------------------------~
------j p?"
NOT '

i/ C

10 (c-66) 54

r
EC$gAk;GHT AND
E#+RTMENT
J/B
R-G
-J A
R-B B-L
R-G
4(c-34) 16
i
R-G R-C DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
(c-79)

2B
(E-21)
X

(RH) (LH)
DOOR TWITCH
(c-34) (c-651 ic-66) OFRONT sIBi5 (C-80) (c-82) (E?(m)

ilR08M13AB

1 TSB Revision 1
54-78 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
OPERATION
<Dome light>
l Battery voltage is always applied to the dome light. When the dome light switch is turned to “ON”,
the dome light will remain lit. After either door is opened if the dome light switch is at “DOOR” position,
the dome light will come on.
l With the dome light turned on (with the ignition switch in the OFF position and with the dome light
switch in the DOOR position), close all doors, and the timer circuit in the ETACS unit will be activated
to gradually vary the voltage for approx. 6 seconds owing to the duty control, and the voltage will
be output to transistor Tr. Since the voltage applied to the dome light gradually decreases, the dome
light will be dimmed.
l If the ignition switch is turned to “ON” while the dome light is lit (while the timer is activated), the
timer circuit will be opened to turn “OFF” transistor Tr. This will immediately turn off the dome light
without dimming.
<Foot lights and ignition key illumination light> -
l Battery voltage is always applied to the foot lights and ignition key illumination light.
With the ignition switch in the OFF position, open any door, and all lights will come on.
l With all lights turned on (with the ignition switch in the OFF position), close all doors, and the timer
circuit inside the ETACS unit will operate in the same manner as the dome light to dim all lights.
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with all lights turned on (with the timer in operation),
the same operation as the dome light will take place.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Phenomenon
Dome light does not come on Check the door switch input signal.
when a door is opened with the
dome light switch in the DOOR
position. Check the door switch. (Refer to GROUP 42 -

The foot lights and ignition l Check the dome light switch.
key cylinder illumination
light illuminate. l Check the dome light bulb.
Dome light, foot lights and ignition key illumination light go out l Check the door switch input signal.
at once when doors are closed. (Refer to P.54-80.)
Even if ignition switch is turned on while lights are being l Check the ignition switch input signal.
dimmed, lights do not go out at the same time. (Refer to P.54-80.)

COMPONENT LOCATION
Data ‘link connect&

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-79 ~

Data link connector


<From 1994 modelsr L!l

\ Y16FO498 1

TSB Revision I
54-80 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

With voltmeter INPUT SIGNAL


Data link connector <Up to 1993 models>
When using the scan tool (MUT) or voltmeter
Ii3
’ ‘:’ ’ ’ Using the scan tool or voltmeter, check whether or not the
- Data link Ground ETA,CS 21~333
input signals from each switch are being input to the ETACS
unit.
(1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector located
at the right side of the junction block or connect the voltme-
ter between the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal.
(2) Check if the buzzer of the scan tool sounds or the needle
of the voltmeter moves when each switch is operated.
If the buzzer sounds or the needle moves, the input signals
are being input to the ETACS unit, so that switch can
be considered to be functioning normally. If not, the switch
or switch input circuit is faulty. Check the switch and the
switch input circuit.

00002230

When using the MUT-II <All models>


cup to 1993 models> When using the scan tool (MUT-II)
(1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector. When
connecting the scan tool to a vehicle up to 1993 models,
use the adapter harness supplied together. \ ~
Caution id ~
Turn off the ignition switch beforehand whenever the
scan tool is connected or disconnected.
(2) If the scan tool makes a peep sound when each switch
is operation (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU
is normally sent from the switch circuit system.

Y2OFOl64
00002231

#\,I k Qwnd \ \ <From 1994 models>


When using the voltmeter
(1) Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground
terminal of the data link connector using the special tool.
(2) If the voltmeter pointer deflects once when each switch
is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU
is normally sent from the switch circuit system.
!Lj
U2OFO163

[ TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-81
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK>
L

FUSIBLEI LINK@

11 (c-83) (c-71) 1C
(F>R-E 0.85R-1
=)R-B R-B
i
.ELCdA/T
. MFI SYSTEM
(D-44;
R-i
10
51
=I.BUZZER
'L"RN;RP.k DOOR
IOD OR (F>R-E COMBINATIONr 0.85R-I
STaRAGE METER $I .DOME LIGHT.
CONNECTOR 1' FOOT LIGHT
(A-11X) , AND IGNITION
KEY.CYLINDER
) ) 6 &L#'NAT'ON
-----1 r----- 1
r----'
/ -STARTING

I /
/ SO
R-E , ; ~ R-B I .;yE;;iALARM
/

/ I
j
I I

.f;;$yik COOR
.POWER WINDOW
';;gX$MALARM
DOOR LIGHT/
(RH)
(E-09: > II1;I I c >
iX;? LIGHT
m
R-c IIIR-i
/I
II
Y-b Y (D-43) 10 II
.TENSION-RE3UCER / ,
(
TYPE SEAT 3ELT
(E-01)
----J i-----
l(E-32)
/I
v II
/I
R-G
i R-B"
IR-G":
*FOG LIGHT /I
R-G (F)Y (F)Y .HEADLIGHT L----.
7(F-19)
(c-34) 4----- E -2-l
R-G
R-B"
R-G";
R-G (F)Y
1

LUGGAGE
(RH) (LH) NOTE COMPARTMENT
\ / :l:UP TO 1995 MODELS LIGHT SWITCH
%2:FROM 1996 MODELS
DOOR SWITCH

HR08M14AA

TSB Revision
54-82 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL. - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE>

FUSIBLE LINKG
2W-B
5W-B
(c-68) ,,l HORN
/ m
J/B @
10A
\I \,
t
(C-70)y-----3 11 (C-83) (c-71) .O
(F)R-I R-B 0.85R-B
(:F)R-B R-B
R R-Y (D-44) .O t
I
9 R-B
-1 .ELC-4A/T jl QJ
.MFI SYSTEM -fE#& DOOR
(F)R-I

(A-31X)

R-f3
2_----

2
7
I
r - - - -

' I R-l
II 2
2 3
;0
R-B
*DOME LIGHT,
FOOT LIGHT
AND IGNITION
KEY CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION
LIGHT
-STARTING
jtjg&ALARM

DOOR -2 I R-G
C
0 11 (
1 I/
I I \ FROM
(1995 MODELS) 1996 MODELS)
.----J I----- ,
30

R-G l(F-46)
' f
R-G (F>‘ (F>‘ FOG LIGHT
HEADLIGHT
v
I---_ COMPARTMENT
(c-34)

R-G (F)'

NO
CONNECTION
r =
(RH) (LH)
DOOR SWITCH
o(C-34) (c-68)Fml m (c-81) (c-83) (D-04) (D-43)

HROBM15AA

1 TSB Revision I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-83
OPERATION
l Battery voltage is always applied (via sub-fusible l When the liftgate is opened, the luggage
L- i link No. (6) and multipurpose fuse No. (19)) compartment light switch is switched ON and
to the luggage compartment light and door light. the luggage compartment light illuminates.
l When the door is opened, the door switch is
switched ON and the door light illuminates.

GLOVE BOX LIGHT, VANITY MIRROR LIGHT AND INSPECTION LIGHT


OPERATION
l When the lighting switch is.placed in the TAIL l When the vanity mirror lid is opened, the vanity
or HEAD position, and the contacts of the tail mirror light switch is switched ON and the vanity
light relay close, battery voltage is applied via mirror light illuminates.
the dedicated fuse (2) to the glove box light, l When the engine hood is opened, the inspection
the vanity mirror light and the inspection light. light switch is switched ON and the inspection
l When the glove box is opened, the glove box light illuminates.
illumination light switch is switched ON and the
glove box illumination light illuminates. NOTE
The light automatic shut-off system is valid for the
glove box light, vanity mirror light and inspection
light. (Refer to P.54-37.)

TSB Revision
54-84 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

TAILLI GH:T RELAY


:I
2R-W NOTE
1.25R- Z'l:HATCHBACK
:2:CONVERTIBLE
:3:UP TO 1995 MODELS

FUSE
I DED1CATED

G- (EXCEPT CONVERTIBLE
1996 MODELS>
rI ----- -------_____ II
r
(c-69) s
J/B I I I
I
L I
I I
I I
L J I
& 8
I
I
I
(c-74) 1 I
/
I
G- I
I

G-W
G-
G-W
I
G-W . ELEPiDnhll P
__-----_____ 100 “II\VIY,”

/I - G- gaTROL
yyu&N 3
II (F)G-W (G-W) :& ER AND GAUGES
20
I t ‘#~;G;v#low
GLOVE BOX $Sa#AL
ILLUMINAT ION( ‘ZYE
HA2 ARD LIGHT
I
I
LIGHT o -11 / ---------_
I
I

I ELC-4A/T
1
I
L

G-i

INSPECTION GLOVE BOX


LIGHT ILLUMINATiON
SWITCH LIGHT SWITCH
-
=
1 I
/
I/ \ (RH) (LH) / I/
I II
I
/
I VANITY MIRROR LIGHT I

HROMOQAA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-85
BACK-UP LIGHT
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CUP TO 1993 MODELS> I
i./’

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
I

J/B

-_--__-__________-_-
r----
1
M/T
I

PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SWITCH
(8-26)

II
ii L_-----------_--_-_------ 110

r----- ---__--__-_____
III
I
II 0.85R-L

BACK UP
LIGHTCRH)

I
B
i-~~~~~~~~~~
B
2B
! NOTE
x1:1992 MODEL
X2:FROM 1993 MODEL

HROSMOGAA

TSB Revision
54-86
I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK> (FROM 1994 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
B-W
2B-W
,,7 (c-8) CHARGING
J/B
63
10A

0.85B-W lS(c-77)
0.85B-W 0.85B-R

PlEADLIGHT r-
.--------------------- SUPPLEMENTAL
TAILLIGHT. f$Eg$giiNT
PARKING/
SIDE MARKER r M/T 2 A/T
LIGHT AND

I6
k];$ySE PLATE (F)O.85B-W F>O.85R I
FOG LIGHT 2
;;k#TALARM BACK UP ,\ PARK/NEUTRAL
LIGHT POSITION SWITCH
SWITCH
(B-25) OFF&

(F)O.85R-L 5
I
(F>O.85R-L
I
I
I

:-___-____-____________ 3 (c-30)
O.S5R-Lt

0.85R-L

B"
NOTE 28
::UP TO 1995 MODELS f

HR09M07AA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-87 ~
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <COth/ERTIBLE> (FROM 1995 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
B-W
2B-W CHARGING
,,7 (c-82)
J/B

"16 ( c - 7 7 )
0.85B-W
O.S5B-W 28) O.B5B-R
0.85B-W
.!lEADLIGHT r-----
----_____-----___452 ;~$..t!$TAL
.TA!LLIGHT. 1 M/T SYSTEM
PARKING/ I I ,, A/T
SIDE MARKER I

.FOG LIGHT
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SWITCH

0.85R-L
5>4 (F-46)
0.85R-L

R-L 0.85R-L
2 2

0
2B
n
NOTE
=:UP TO 1995 MODELS

(B-25) (c-30)
cm (c-82) (F-11) (rn(F-46)
f?EJ ~1’~‘~~~ m -1

HROSMOEAA I

TSB Revision
54-88 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
COMPONENT LOCATION
Park/Neutral position switch 11

OPERATION
l When, with the ignition switch at the “ON” posi-
tion, the shift lever (or the selector lever) is
moved to the “R”position, the backup light switch
(M/T) is switched ON (or the park/neutral posi-
tion switch (A/T) is switched to the “R” position),
and the backup light illuminates.

1 TSB Revisibn
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-89
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD <Hazard-warning lights,
LIGHT l When the hazard-warning switch is switch-
L OPERATION ed to the “ON” position, the relay contact
of the turn signal and hazard flasher unit
1. When operation is normal
is switched ON and OFF repeatedly, in the
l When the ignition switch is switched to the
same manner as for the operation of the
ON position, battery voltage is applied (via turn-signal lights, and the left and right turn-
the multipurpose fuse (11) and hazard
signal lights and turn-signal indicator lights
switch) to the turn-signal and hazard flasher
simultaneously flash repeatedly.
unit.
l When the turn-signal switch is switched to NOTE
the LH position, Trl (within the flasher unit) (1) The number of flashes of the hazard-warn-
is switched ON and OFF repeatedly. ing lights does not change if there is dam-
Then the contacts of the relay 1 (also within aged or disconnected wiring of one light.
the flasher unit) repeatedly switch from ON (2) The light automatic shut-OFF system is valid
to OFF, causing the turn-signal lights and for the illumination light of the hazard switch.
turn-signal indicator light LH to flash. (Refer to P.54-37.)
l When the turn-signal switch is switched to TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
the RH position, Tr2 (within the flasher unit)
is switched ON and OFF repeatedly. 1. The turn-signal lights and hazard-warning lights
Then the contacts of relay 2 (also within do not operate at all.
l Check the hazard switch contact (power
the flasher unit) repeatedly switch from ON
to OFF, causing the turn-signal lights and supply side).
l Check the turn-signal and hazard flasher
turn-signal indicator light RH to flash.
2. If one of the bulbs is burned out unit.
l If the LH (or RH) turn-signal light bulb is 2. All turn-signal lights at the left (or right) side
burned-out, the resistance of the turn-signal do not function.
circuit as a whole increases, resulting in (1) The hazard-warning lights function normal-
shorter ON and OFF intervals of the LH ly-

L Trl (or RH Tr2) and a higher flashing rate


of the LH lights (or RH lights).
l Check the hazard switch contact (turn-
signal side).
l Check the turn-signal switch.
3. The number of flashes of the turn-signal lights
is excessive.
l Check the bulbs.
4. The hazard-warning lights do not function.
(1) The turn-signal lights function normally.
l Check the hazard switch contact (haz-
ard-warning light side).
NOTE
For the troubleshooting hints of the automatic light
shut-OFF system, refer to P.54-37.
COMPONENT LOCATION

TSB Revision
54-90 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CiRCUlT DIAGRAM <TYPE l> (UP TO 1994 MODELS)

IGNITION $i[l;\IGHT
SWITCH(IG1) BATTERY
1.25R-W
~&~kCATED
0
28-W 15A

0.85R-B l G-w 6 (c-69)


,\ ----------__ \
,,7 (c-82)

J/B 1
lop I t 1
15A
V \I \/ \/ \,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----\ ----
(c-71,‘% ‘52 ‘-3 4 '8
Oi3f$ Ok.8B"
O$Z 0.85 G-W
(D-44)25----2&$ ---- ---'3 ----- GIR,z----:'s
op; Ok": "i;"; 0.85 G-W G-L G-R
G-R
,,5 ,7 ,,lO ,,9 ,,3
/\ \ ,\ ,\
KK% OFF-e. O N OFF*-. O N OFF/-. O N
ILL
(D-08)
I I I
COLUMN SWITCH
I I
* 4,
0.85G-0 8 0.85G-0 6 B-Y 2 (c-10)
I
(D-41)y 3:4 (D-43) RHEOSTAT
0.85G-0 0.85G-0 G-Y G-l G-R
,,14 ,,ll , 10
TURN SIGNAL
AND HAZARD
FLASHER UNIT
(E-30)

LG-I$GR-$$' LG-i$k$

HR09MOOAA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-91 ~

TURN SIGNAL
AND HAZARD
FLASHER UNIT
C

LG-I LG-F ? GR-

(c-02) -----_ GR-L


19

0.85G-I Ii;"; ,, .85GR-

-0

(G-l (LG-5

(D-45) i ------
(G-L (LG-R COMBINATION
iD-04:

'0. 85
G-L

1
2B
FRONT
COMBINATION
LIGHT(RH)
2(A-62)
B
2E
28
!
-z
El
(D-05) (D-41)
n
1P1~102~103~104~1os~1~~107~lf l 1 2
1 IW I 34
110(111~112j11~114$15~116~1, ?$a

HR09MOOA3

TSB Revision
54-92 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <TYPE 2> (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

IGNITION $E"Lh\IGHT
SWITCH(IG1) BATTERY
5W 1.25R-W
I @
/ 1 -.---^^^^r
!p&LHl LLI
@
2B-W I 10A 15A
I

,,7 (c-82)
0.05R-0 1 G-W 6 (c-69)
J/B I\ ------__--__ \
r I

,\
OFFc.. ON

8
0.85G-1 0.85G-C
(D-41) 1
0.85G-Y

0. 85G-C II 0.85G-0
t

I
-7r
2 1
TURN SIGNAL
AND HAZARD
FLASHER UNIT
Tr I;
B--’ (E-30)

------
\
ON-

AL

I3:3
0

2I3
n
=

HROSMOlAA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-93

id
COLUMN SWITCH
,)
B

0.85G-L 0.8: 5
G-F?

1
c

0. 85G-1 0.8:5 0.85G-F


G-Ii
(c-02) .-----. 30
3 19

0.85G-L 0. 85 i 0.85G-L 0.85GR-R


LG-F

64
E O&8? 5
7

28
FRONT
COMBINATION COMBINATI ON
LIGHT(RH)
(o-41) m

20

HROSMOlAB

TSB Revision
54-94 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK> (FROM 1995 MODELS)

IGNITION ;di\IGHT
SWITCH(IG1) BATTERY
28-W 2R-W
B-W l;akCATED
2B-W6 0 0
15A
CHARGING
,,7 (c-82) G-W S(c-69)
0.85R-B 1 -----------_
/\
J’BI no
I \" ----w -------- \/ -------- \/ ---_ b /
a‘% ‘52 ‘3 ‘2 '8 "9-- '6m
2I DiI
2 si
d : O.BSG-L
B-W 0.85G-R
0.85 2/ L1:I
B-W

I , ,
8
0.85G-C1 0.85G-0
(D-41) ‘$1
6
::q (D-43)
B-Y 2
1 d
RHEOSTAT
1
.CHARGING 0.85G-0 0.85G-0
.MFI SYSTEM
'COOLING Ii
$F!;E$qAND
.WARNIiG LIGHT TURN SIGNAL
AND HAZARD
FLASHER UNIT
:E-30)

2B
NOTE
::UP TO 1995 MODELS

HROSM02AA

/ TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-95 1

COLUMN SWITCH
$;fyi$IGNAL
! i

0.85G-1 0.8:
G-F

0.85G-L 0. 8F 0.85G-F
G-I;
(c-02) -_-___ 30
19

0.85G-L 0.85 0.85G-L 0.85GR-R


LG-R

3
I-
(G-l =A

iD-45) w
REAR
(G-Z COMBINATION B 4
LIGHTCLH)
(D-04: (F-30) 2B
d
=
-c
AL
q
“‘t ;4

EI "i;!,5 0.85
LG-R
0

2B
I

(D-41) ;

2E,

n -
z

(F-19) (F-30)

HROSM02AB

TSB Revision
54-96 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE> (FROM 1995 MODELS)

IGNITION ;&IGHT
SWITCH(IG?) BATTERY
2B-W 1.25R-W
DEDICATED
0 FUSE
15A
CHARGING 2B-w L
,,7 :c-82) 0.85R-B l G-W 6 (c-69)
/\ /\ -___----____ I\
J’BI mo
- - - - \y - - - - - - - - w * \L
-- &I
:c-?:,jE
a-7 p2 j% 166
2 CL
“$Z I 0.85 G-W

I &I
D-44)% ---- :T2 -------$~e---m--.~s---:~8
G-R I I & I &I

Og;
%

G-W A -&nv.85G-L
-
B-W *3> “$2 0.85 G-W 0.85G-R
“i;“= ! G-R I
0. 85 2/ ccI
G-W 1
f- B-W
/x5 .\7 A10 e9 x.3 .. p!&'
.---- iND
I wmj
.
,\ A B
E OFF-c. ON
l
OFF--. ON 'R%
hnrnnnb
tIOX
5 l oF1;F-~oN m 'E%T' o,d3°gt12

3
(D-06) ~~~J~~SPECTION
I .REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
8 6 E#@;.NIC
0.8%-( 0.85G-0 SUSPENSIONzl
(D-41) 1 :s; (D-43) 0.85G-Y
RHEObAT

I
t q I
.CHARGING 0.85G-C
.MFI SYSTEM
.COOLING
+&$&AND
I
.WARNING LIGHT TURN SIGNAL
AND HAZARD
FLASHER UNIT
(E-30)

28
NOTE
x1:1995 MODELS
X2:FROM 1996 MODELS

HR09M03AA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-97

COLUMN SWITCH
CARBURETTOR
i ASSEMBLY 1

0.85G-L 0.8E
G-F

0.85G-L 0.85 0.85G-L 0.85G-f


G-R ,J3-------------- 12m
(c-02) ------
19

0.85G-L 0.85 0.85G-Lx1 0.85GR-I


LG-R GR-L*2

w
y3 3
r- I /
(G-L (LG-E
L-----_ 13
(LG-R COMBINATION B 4
LIGHT (LH)
;5 101m (F-30) 2B
!
)I
34

2B .< 1 1
FRONT COMBINATION
COMBINATION
LIGHTCLH)
(D-41) 2 (A-39) B\P

, 4
2E
2B
n
z

TSB Revision
54-98 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

STOP LIGHT
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK>
L)

FUSIBLE LINK@

0.85R-B ‘7 (c-83)

WITH WITHOUT _
E;$FiEFUISE AUTO-CRUISE
I CONTROL

(c-61) (c-62)

t
.MFI SYSTEM
. &&~EU'SE 0.85G
0.85G 5(F-'iS)
0.85G G
0.85G 3m t
42

0.85G 0.85G i
-ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM
.ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSIONz3
I2
REAR
COMBINAT ION
LIGHTCRH )

HIGH MOUNTED B
STOP LIGHT

!
0
2B 2B
NOTE
h Z'l:VEHICLES WITHOUT
= ACTIVE AERO
%E:VEHICLES WITH
ACTIVE AERO
m %3:UP TO 1995 MODELS

(c-61) (c-62) (C-68) ET3) (F-04)‘l(F-04)%2 (F-10) (F-19)


@J @ fl pggq& pFtiqw[m~a-~~

HROSMO4AA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-99
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE> ~

LFUSIBLE,
I N K @

AY G
o-85x 140 +
.MFI SYSTEM
0.85G '#T&cpsF
t

. ANTI-LOCK
BRAKING SYSTEM
.ELECTRONIC CONTROL
SUSPENSION:

-
REAR REAR
COMBINATION COMBINATION
LIGHTCLH) LIGHTCRH)

I J

! 1
40 4(F-10)
B B

2B NOTE 2B
x:1995 MODELS
-
q
(lxn (c-621 (C-68) (c-83)
@Q pJ ~~~~~~1

HROSM05AA

TSB Revision
54-100 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
HEADLIGHT AIMING
PRE-AIMING INSTRUCTIONS
(Up to 1993 models)
1. Test dimmer switch operation.
2. Observe operation of high beam light mounted in instru-
“..“I. . ment cluster.
Unit A: other
Must be 3. Inspect for badly rusted or faulty headlight assemblies.
used at These conditions must be corrected before a satisfactory
rear tire adjustment can be made.
Unit B: 4. Place vehicle on a level floor.
Must be used 5. Bounce front suspension through three (3) oscillations
at front tire 1 -
21680245 by applying body weight to hood or bumper.
1. Calibration fixture 6. Inspect tire inflation.
2. Thumb adjusting screws
3. Level vial 7. Rock vehicle sideways to allow vehicle to assume its nor-
4. Floor level offset dial mal position.
5. Horizontal dial knob 8. If fuel tank is not full, place a weight in trunk of vehicle
6. Vertical dial knob
7. Aimer level vial to simulate weight of a full tank [3 kg (6.5 Ibs.) per gallon].
8. Level vial bubble 9. There should be no other load in the vehicle other than
9. Top port hole driver or substituted weight of approximately 70 kg (150
10. Viewing port Ibs.) placed in driver’s position.
10. Thoroughly clean headlight lenses.
11. Adjust headlights following the instructions of the headlight
tester manufacturer.
(From 1994 models)
1. Inspect for badly rusted or faulty headlight assemblies.
These conditions must be corrected before a satisfactory
adjustment can be made.
2. Place vehicle on a level floor.
3. Bounce front suspension through three (3) oscillations
by applying body weight to hood or bumper.
4. Inspect tire inflation.
5. Rock vehicle sideways to allow vehicle to assume it.snor-
mal position.
6. If fuel tank is not full, place a weight in trunk of vehicle
to simulate weight of a full tank [3 kg (6.5 Ibs.) per gallon].
7. There should be no other load in the vehicle other than
driver or substituted weight of approximately 70 kg (150
Ibs.) placed in driver’s position.
8. Thoroughly clean headlight lenses.
9. When performing the visual headlight adjustment on ve-
hicles with resin lens headlights, be sure to observe the
following precautions.
Caution
When adjusting one headlight, the other headlight
should be turned off if possible. If this is not possible,
do not cover the other headlight for more than three
minutes while it is turned on. Otherwise, heat from
the bulb may warp the headlight lens.
NOTE
If the visual headlight adjustment at low beam is made,
the adjustment at high beam is not necessary.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-101
VERTICAL ADJUSTING
Adjust the vertical angle with the vertical adjusting gear so
that the bubble of the vertical angle gauge is aligned with
the “0” mark position.
NOTE
The beam angle will change about 0’12’ with on mark.

Stopper HORIZONTAL ADJUSTING


Center b m Insert a screwdriver in the horizontal adjusting hole and turn
until the “0” mark and the center line are in alignment.
NOTE
The beam angle will change about 0’23’ with on mark.

Vertical angle gauge 3. Check to see that the bubble in the headlight vertical angle
gauge is in the illustrated position.
4. If the bubble is out of position, adjust by turning the adjust-
ing screw.
5. Confirm that the “0” mark on the headlight horizontal angle
adjusting gear (B) is in alignment with the center line.
6. If not, perform the adjustment as follows.
(1) Pull up the stopper.
(2) Push the gear (B) in the arrow direction to disengage
it from the gear (A).
(3) Align the “0” mark on the gear (B) with the center
line.
(4) Push down the stopper to engage the gear (B) with
the gear (A).

Gear (6) “0” hark

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
LUMINOUS INTENSITY MEASUREMENT
Measure the luminous intensity of headlights with a photo-me-
ter in accordance with the instruction manual prepared by
the manufacturer of the photometer and make sure that the
luminous intensity is within the following limit.
Limit: 20,000 cd or more
NOTE
(1) When measuring the luminous intensity of headlight, keep
the engine at 2,000 rpm and have the battery charged.
(2) If there are specific regulations for luminous intensity of
headlights in the region where the vehicle is operated,
Up to 1993 models From 1994 mod& make sure that the intensity conforms to the requirements
of such regulations.
FOG LIGHT AIMING
1. Place vehicle on a known level floor 7.6 m (25 feet) from
aiming screen or light colored wall.
2. Use adjusting screw to adjust the top end of high intensity
__ _..--. zone to dimension A.
Z16FO509

Vertical center line

Hot z&ky M-j


’ Within ~Within
600mm 1 600 mm
mm (in.) (23.6) (23.6)
Note l ’ Up to 1993 models 1 Etomj
l 2 From 1994 models 00002366

BULB REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to pull it out.
Caution
Do not touch the surface of the headlight bulb with hands
or dirty gloves. If the surface dies become dirty, clean
it with alcohol or thinner, and let it dry thoroughly before
installing.
00002387

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-103
HEADLIGHT
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

(From 1994 models) (Up to 1993 models)

4 WFOOB1
00002389

Removal steps (From 1994 models) Removal steps (Up to 1993 models)
1. Front combination light 1. Headlight bezel, upper
2. Headlight 2. Headlight bezel, lower
3. Retaining ring
4. Headlight
5. Spring
6. Mounting ring
7. Housing
4Bb 8. Rod assembly
9. Headlight hood
10. Link assembly
11. Boot
12. Pop-up motor

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


+A, HEADLIGHT BEZEL, UPPER REMOVAL
(1) Raise the headlights by using the pop-up switch.
Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal.
(2) Remove the headlight bezel, upper.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
+B, ROD ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
‘1 I
Using a flat head screwdriver (wrap cloth or similar on
the ball joint area to prevent injury), disconnect the connec- Lj
tor.
NOTE
When disconnecting the rod assembly from the link, hold
the link by hand.

INSPECTION
POP-UP MOTOR (Up lo 1993 models) CHECK
Rotate the manual knob of the pop-up motor clockwise by
hand to check continuity between terminals.

16A0833 Terminal Continuity range


When the (+) terminal of the B
A
(Conductivity ohmmeter is connected to (1)
and the (-) terminal is connected
to (2)
When the (+) terminal of the A
ohmmeter is connected to (1)
and the (-) terminal is connected
I
to (5)

‘d ~
Headlight lower
stop position 16FO171
00002390

iji

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-105
FOG LIGHT
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
(Up to 1993 models) (From 1994 models)

,’

..-.-f .- . . .._ 1’ y I’
-’ --.._ . . . .
/’

-... _.__- _ _ ~___ . . . . . ._. .- /i L.- -3


‘._, ‘. . . . . . /
--ye=. ,/‘c’ !
‘.:
:I’:.;; ____
... :.y- .‘...-
____ y-- . . . . . --‘-T--- ..
-.._
-_ -_ --._ _ __.-.- .;.? :
:
.._ / ; .--_. r-; ‘;
‘7 , ,-y-? ..-,
‘.... lr/I..j ,/L7 rl,-’
/I” . . . . -. ~ -,-.- A: . ____ p
----p-- *@
A’ 7
,,A..
* ;’ -“‘.,. 8, $&$Jqk2&
~~~~1
, ‘!U ,.I,/ Ii 4&;. +I+ ’
,i
, , ’ .’ - ‘-I
4 !a

Removal steps (From 1994 models)


(Up to 1993 models) 1. Front air side spoiler
1. Front air side spoiler 2. Fog light assembly
2. Fog light assembly - Bulb replacement removal steps
3. Socket cover
4. Bulb 4. Lens
5. Projector unit
6. Bulb
7. Bracket

Up to 1993 models REMOVAL SERVICE POINT


+A, BULB REMOVAL
(1) Remove the socket cover (Up to 1993 models).
(2) Remove the bulb mounting spring and remove the
bulb.
Caution
Do not touch the surface of the headlight bulb
with bare hands or dirty gloves.
If there are deposits on the surface, loosen and
Z16FO268 remove the deposits with a cloth dipped in alcohol
or thinner, and let the surface dry before mounting
From 1994 models the bulb.

w Zl6FO465

1 TSB Revision
54-106 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT AND OPTICAL HORN LENS


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
(Up to 1993 models) (From 1994 models)

j&z?&/ optica’ horn Iens

L.J
Z16FO216 Z16FO476

00002392

Removal steps
1. Light cover
2. Front combination light

REAR COMBINATION LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT


I
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
#d ~

216FO210

Removal steps
1. Rear combination light unit
2. Bulb
Rear side trim (Refer to GROUP 52A
- Trims.)
3. Socket assembly

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
<Vehicles with rear spoiler>

Z 16FO229
<Vehicles without rear spoiler>
‘\ \/ 4

1 16FcJ231

00002393

Removal steps Removal steps


<Vehicles with fixed rear spoiler> 1. Liftgate lower trim
1. Liftgate lower trim (Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims.)
(Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims.) 2. High mounted stop light cover
2. Rear spoiler 3. ;;z;keyounted stop light lens and
(Refer to GROUP 51 - Aero Parts.)
3. High mounted stop light 4. Gasket
<Vehicles with active rear spoiler>
1. Light unit
g. ;S;ke’ assembly

&I REMOVAL SERVICE POINT


4A, HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LIGHT REMOVAL
(Vehicles with fixed rear spoiler)
Remove the air spoiler center stay mounting screws before
removing the high-mounted stop light.
54-108 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

RELAY
INSPECTION
HEADLIGHT RELAY / TAILLIGHT RELAY / FOG LIGHT
RELAY CHECK
Connect battery to terminal 1 and check continuity between
terminals with terminal 3 grounded.

1 ‘-‘FE%!
Power is supplied 4-5 terminals Continuity
oooou2394
Power is not supplied 4-5 terminals No continuity
1-3 terminals Continuity
POP-UP MOTOR RELAY (Up to 1993 models) CHECK
Check for continuity between terminals under the conditions
described below.

Y18AOO61

LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT CHECK


(1) Remove the quarter trim. (Refer to GROUP 52A - Trim.)
(2) Keeping the connector connected to the light automatic
shut-OFF unit, connect the test light (12 V-3.4 W) from
the harness side to terminal No. 6 (for tail lights) or No.
7 (for headlights). Under the following conditions, check
the operation of the test light.

i
d

/ TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System 54-109

i POP-UP SWITCH* AND FOG LIGHT SWITCH


L REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

b Z16FO220

Removal steps
1. Knee protector 5. Pop-up switch* and fog light switch
b (pR,;$)to GROUP 52A - Instrument 6. Rear window defogger switch

+A, 2. Colur& cover, lower NOTE


+A, 3. Column cover, upper l : Up to 1993 models
4. Meter bezel

Front of vehicle REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


dAbCOLUMN COVER, LOWER / COLUMN COVER,
UPPER REMOVAL
After the screws have been removed, remove the covers,
while making sure not to break the grippers.
INSPECTION
Operate the switch to check for continuity between terminals.
Switch position Terminal No.
219FO123
1 5 8 9 10 3 4
Pop-up UP
switch
:;;1kq:p93 DOWN

Fog light O N
switch
OFF

lbA0356
NOTE
00002395 Refer to P.54-203. Check the rear window defogger switch.

TSB Revision
54-110 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

RHEOSTAT \
INSPECTION LJ
(1) Remove the instrument panel switch from the knee protec-
tor.

(2) Connect the battery and a test bulb (40 W) as shown


in the figure.
(3) The function of the rheostat is normal if the intensity of
illumination changes smoothly, without flashing or flicker-
ing, when the rheostat is operated.

1 16FO126
00002396
16FO121

‘V
1
\ Air outlet assembly _
I
HAZARD SWITCH
IA I
INSPECTION
(1) Remove the center air outlet assembly from instrument
panel. [Refer to GROUP 55 - Ventilators (Instrument Pan- ’
eO.1 d

(2) Operate the switch to check for continuity between termi-


nals.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Column Switch 54-111

COLUMN SWITCH
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Items Specifications
1 Lighting switch Rated load A 1 0.22 f 0.05
I I I
I
1 Voltage drop V 0.2 or less

I Turn-signal switch
I
) Rated load A
I
1 6.6kO.5
/ II
Voltage drop V 0.2 or less

Dimmer/passing switch Rated load A High beam : 10.7 + 0.8


I I I I
1 Low beam : 9.8 f 0.7
I I I I
j Passing : 20.5 + 1.5
I I I I
/ Voltage drop V 0.2 or less

NOTE
For the wiper and washer switch, refer to GROUP 51 - Windshield Wiper and Washer.

SPECIAL TOOL

Steering wheel puller

1 TSB Revision
54-112 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Column Switch

COLUMN SWITCH
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Removal steps
1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 4B, 5. Column cover, upper
525Air Bag Module and Clock 6. Lap cooler duct and foot shower duct
Spring.) 7. Column switch, right (For lighting
+A, .A+ 2. Steering wheel switch, dimmer/passing switch and
3. Knee protector turn signal switch)
$F$i;)to GROUP 52A - Instrument 8. Column switch, right (For wiper and
washer switch)
4Bb 4. Column cover, lower

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


(A,STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL
Remove the steering wheel by the special tool.
Caution
Do not hammer on the steering wheel. Doing so may
damage the collapsible column mechanism.

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Column Switch 54-113
+B,COLUMN COVER, LOWER / COLUMN COVER, UP-
Front of vehicles
PER REMOVAL
L After the screws have been removed, remove the covers,
while making sure not to break the grippers.

219FOlZ:

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT


.A(STEERING WHEEL INSTALLATION
To center the clock spring, line up the “NEUTRAL” mark
of the clock spring with the mating mark.
Caution
If the clock spring’s mating mark is not properly
aligned, the steering wheel may not be completely
rotational during a turn, or the flat cable within the
Mating mark- clock spring may be severed, obstructing normal op-
! !k U19FOOE eration of the SRS and possibly leading to serious
injury to the vehicle’s driver.

INSPECTION
(1) Remove the knee protector and the column cover. (Refer
to GROUP 52A - Instrument Panel.)
(2) Disconnect the column switch left connector (16 terminals)
and check the continuity between the terminals for each
switch.
LIGHTING SWITCH CHECK
Operate the switch and check the continuity between the termi-
nals.
16FO237

L 16FO1:9
00002398

TSB Revision
54-114 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Column Switch
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH CHECK
Operate the switch and check the continuity between the termi- ~
nals. J

DIMMER/PASSING SWITCH CHECK


Operate the switch and check the continuity between the termi-

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


Refer to GROUP 51 - Windshield Wiper and Washer.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Horn 54-115

HORN
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Horn (Except for theft-alarm horn)
Items I Specifications
Type Fiat type
Effective sounding voltage V 11.5-15
Power consumption A 3.0
Sound level dB “low” sound 100-112
“high” sound 100-112
Fundamental frequency Hz “low” sound 350-390
“high” sound 395-435

Theft-alarm horn
1 Items I Specifications
1 Type 1 Flat type I
Effective sounding voltage V 11-14.5
Power consumption A Max. 3.5
Sound level dB 105-120
I
Fundamental frequency Hz I 405-435

TROUBLESHOOTING
COMPONENT LOCATION

OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


l The horn switch always receives battery voltage 1. One of the horn does not sound.
via the dedicated fuse (6) and the coil of the l Check the horn.
horn relay. 2. Horns do not sound.
l When the horn switch is set to ON, the contacts l Check the horn switch.
of the horn relay close. l Check the dedicated fuse (6).
Then current flows through the dedicated fuse NOTE
(6) to the contacts of the horn relay, the horn (1) For vehicles equipped with the theft-alarm sys-
and ground, causing the horn to sound. tem, refer to P.54-205.
(2) For information concerning the horn relay and
theft-alarm horn relay, refer to P.54-?18.

TSB Revision
54-116 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Horn

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
<VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM>
‘J ’

c
;;-j 5W-B

. ANTI-LOCK
BRAKING SYSTEM
*&$@lJUISE ;;&CATED
.BUZZER
*E;~CT~R~ DOOR
.DOME LIGHTsFOOT LIGHT
AND IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER ILLUMINATION
LIGHT
.DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
.ELC 4A/T R-B
'ELECTRONIC CONTROL
SUSPENSION: (A-06X)
FOG LIGHT
FULL AUTO A/C
'HEADLIGHT I
.HEATER
'MANUAL A/C
. MFI SYSTEM G-B G-R
.POWER WINDOW
.RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER
. REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER (c-02)
. STARTING
.STOP LIGHT
.SUPPLEMENTAL G-B G-R G-R
RESTRAINT SYSTEM
.TAILLIGHT PARKING/ (c-57)
SIDE MARKER LIGHT
fJy;H;ICENSE PLATE l(A-47) ,l (A-49)
.TENSION-REDUCER
TYPE SEAT BELT GF (LH) HORN
.THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM c >
*WINDSHIELD "1 (A-50)
WIPER AND WASHER l(A-48)
CLOCK B
SPRING E
[

GE
NOTE
::UP TO 1995 MODELS !(
2E

= =

0 (A-47) oFa (A-49) ofiml (c-02)HORN 'TCH

(c-57)= 1993 MODELS) (FROM 1994 MODELS)


El

HROSMOSAA

1 TSB Revision I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Horn 54-117
<VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM> I

FUS .BsE
LIN L b
5W-B

I
5W-B
J/B l(c-68)
I
DEDICATED
0 FUSE
10A

R-B

R-B R-B
,,l ,5
,\ I\
L ------ -----_. J ------___----____
HORN
RELAY
(C-7E 14 (c-76) (A-06X)
\/ ON,;-OFF
R-E "3 '4
L-C G-B G-R

R-E
L -=-FF
DIODE
c-12
R-B

;r;EK
HORN

KF
r

(c-80) (1
(UP TO 1993 MODELS)(FROM 1994 MODELS)
HROSMlOAA

TSB Revision
54-I 18 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Horn

HORN SWITCH
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

(UP TO 1993 MODELS) ~

Y16FO207

Removal steps (FROM 1994 MODELS)


1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 528
- Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.) T h e horn switch is not supplied by itself.
2. Horn contact switch If it is faulty, replace the steering wheel assembly.
3. Horn contact plate and wire
4. Horn switch

RELAY
INSPECTION
HORN RELAY CHECK
Connect battery to terminal 1 and check continuity between
terminals with terminal 3 grounded.

i-. -L 16FOO61
2 00002400 ~1

THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY CHECK


Connect battery to terminal 2 and check continuity between
terminals with terminal 4 grounded.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter 54-119

/ CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Li SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Items Specifications
Max. input W 120

Reset time second Within 18


1 Thermal fuse fusion temperature “C (OF) 180-250 (356-482)
I

/
LJ
TSB Revision
54-120 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter

TROUBLESHOOTING
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <UP TO 1995 MODELS> ‘d ~

IGNI
SWIT
2R-W*
1.25R-W"

1
DEDICATED
21 FUSE

15A

10 l(c-81)
0.851 0. 851

1
I G-’
G-W

0.851 REMOTE CONTROLLED G-'


--_____-----____ --1 MIRROR
---- -- _----- --__. 2
-HEADLIGHT 1
.&v&ALARM ; G-’
0.851 I
. WINDSHIELD '
;AiXRAND I

r
I l(o-18) G-’
/ CIGARETTE G-W
; LIGHTER ,
$iEtX;;ORY /
III ASHTRAY
ILLUMINATION
-J I L- > LIGHT
I
1 III l(D-19) (D-17)
0.85 B-‘
I
/
I
I
0.85E I 0.85
I
I
L------------- .------------- __-__
3
0.85
B-‘

B-‘
2

RHEOSTAT
NOTE
Xl:HATCHBACK
%E:CONVERTIBLE

HR14M08AA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter 54-121 ~
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <FROM 1996 MODELS>
i
L

IGNITION ;&I""'
SW1 TCH(AC0
I

;&$CATED
21

(c-82)

0
15A
\I

10 "5 (c-83)
0.85L 0.851 G-W
/
0.851 I+
;:3#E;"@ CONTROLLED
G-?3z4 G-W
_______--____-_ --__--___----______ 223
* HEADLIGHT .HEATER
~~~~;&A"""" G-W .MANUAL A/C
0.85L .WINDSHIELD 0. 851 0 .FULL AUTO A/C

L ;ft;;ERAND

r/
1m G-W
CIGARETTE G-W
LIGHTER

/
1 I
I
I 0.85

0.85

L-------------- ----------- ----- .--- p


323 +
5:4 B-Y gG4
0.85i
ll(c-15)
B-Y
213
I t
RHEOSTAT
NOTE
:l:HATCHBACK
:2:CONVERTIBLE

(c-15) (c-82) :3:VEHICLES WITHOUT ABS


:4:VEHICLES WITH ABS
(D-22):3 (D-22):4

p$$g'Tqgq
,

ii

HR14MOQAA

1 TSB Revision
54-122
NOTES

$4 ~

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter 54-I 23
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
L REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

216FO274

Removal steps
i, 1. Console side cover (RH) 5. Plate
2. Plug 6. Socket
3. Fixing ring 7. Protector
4. Socket case

INSPECTION
l Take out the plug, and check for a worn edge on the
element spot connection, and for shreds of tobacco or
other material on the element.
l Using an ohmmeter, check the continuity of the element.

TSB Revision
54-I 24 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER


TROUBLESHOOTING
L.1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
(1992 model) FUSIBLE LINKa

-r
-_ -_
5W-B 2L 2B-W
,.l (c-68) ,,4 -------_-_____
J/B 1 /\
I I
lOA& 10A

.o (c-81 .o 4 3m
L 2L T 2L-w B-W
4 3

IOD OR STORAGE IOD OR STORAGE


CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
(A-31X) (A-11X)

r----- ------
MOTOR :
&g/g~ i
RELAY ! i -
(F-31):
-

I
I
/ I
i h-
C
c d
I
I I --- UP :
I
I !6
I
I I I
i
I I \L \I, 4,
I \,
I
(R-B: L-35
6 xx MOTOR
-@+- ANTENNA
L
B

2i ‘y-g-- F 1
6 is%
-
E
ZE IL ,
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

(A-11X) OEm) (c-7’71 (c-78) (c-80) rc-81) (c-82)0


pqpJ ~1~~1~~1~‘~~
(D-34) (D-35) m-3
[%FRj
H] [gq
HR14MOOAA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-125 ~

KHUIU REMOTE *LA‘1 ,IGHT


CONTROL SWITCH REL/

1.25R-\I

-l FUSE
DEDICATED

c
G-h

r1
S(c-69)
J/B

------- 50

G-W

a(D-36) (D-34) I; 1
---7

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER I


1
I
:--_---- ______
2
-r - - J
2
(T>GR- (T)GR-

10 3,l (c-15)
(T>GR-

B-k
:T>GR-I

RHEOSTAT
(LH) (RH)
REAR
SPEAKER

HRl4MOOAB

TSB Revision
54-126 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1992 model) (CONTINUED)

REAR WINDOW
GLASS ANTENNA

CD PLAYER
Y
Y F!
s &
u
z Ez
Cl g2

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

,,7 2G-R
::8 2Y-R
::5 2W-B
1 1:s 2B-R

JUMPER
CONNECTOR
I (F-39) a .
-7
i= m
:, f;
v 2

(E-32) ,23_- (c-15) cm:
-3 a J A
A & A A
c
v G ” G
v G ”
,,l j1

DOOR (LH) (RH) DOOR


SPEAKER \ I SPEAKER
(LH) (RH)
FRONT
SPEAKER
(c-15) (D-02) (D-13) (D-34) (D-35) (D-42) (E-01) (E-04) (E-29) ETz9

(F-39)

HR14MOOBA

TSB Revision
54-127
NOTES

1TSB Revision
54-128 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
(1993 models) ’ I
d

IGNITION IGNITION
FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITCH(ACC) SWITCH(IG1)

J-
1B 4 ------------__
J/B /T\

I
\/ -------_ V f
jm (c-78: .o (c-81 11 0 2 "3 CmTg
3 0.85 L 2L I 2L-w B-W
R-E ,,4 ,,3
\

IOD OR IOD OR STORAGE


STORAGE CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR IA-11X)
(A-11x)
I
2
I
‘-1
MOTOR I
1
#$@E;'ti I
RELAY /
d

L
SPARE (F-31);
CONNECTOR
(CD CHANGER
I (F-40)
I
3 (R-B
I \/ \/ \I
,
L-;( ,\ \
6 \ A MOTOR
B --@3- ANTENNA
0 P
---------------- l(D-47) 30
2
2B
n 3
R-E SaL
EE P
.------ ---------. (D-34) 22 30
r
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

(A-1Ix) (c-ss)Crn) (c-77) (c-78) (c-80) (c-81) (c-82)-


\
(D-34) o(D-47) (F-31)0
HR14MOlAA

TSB Revision 1
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-129

;;;M;IGHT
I
A-L-1

G-W
S(c-69)

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER II II


II I
I I II
cD-35,Y2 ------------- -x5 1 ----- ------ ----v --- -i III
9 v7 3 2
I/
GR-L GR-R B B Y-L Y-R B-Y I
I
Ll
(D-47)>5 -------------- '5
'5 --------------
------ - -------'>-'>-----'$f--'"12
---- 2$f--5$-2 _______ J
(T>GR-R

(T>Y-L (T>GR-L tTjY-R'


(c-34),;3----__ ,,6 --_--_ ,3------ 10 :? (c-15)
:P

(T)Y-L (T>GR-L

(F-19):5-----+1 B-Y

(T>Y-L (T>GR-L (T)Y-R (T>GR-R

t
I \ \ RHEOSTAT
(LH) (RH)
\ /
REAR
SPEAKER
(c-15) (c-34) (c-57)-m (D-34) (D-35) (D-36) (D-47)
m ‘pggg ml m] pqg#q fiR?ml [zF/q f?Iiz@m m]
(F-06)
Fm) (F-33) (c--T--) (2)
LJ
ia
Mm//J q
HR14MOlAB

TSB Revision
54-130 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1993 models) (CONTINUED)

REAR WINDOW
GLASS ANTENNA
/ \
CD PLAYER /T\
Y
Y z
z ~ci
z EE
a kg

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

7
ml3 6
t
a \ / 2
WE EtY i
I i &A AA
s g.2 gs c
“Liv ii

oc, LlI i

1i
Gi
JUMPER 05 ix ci Lli: & F-2 w
CONNECTOR xl= G= CL CL 2 & 2 G
(F-39) I 2” 2v g g c;v r.2
-cl Lv ti”
u u -9

4 ?- 2o (D-42) 1 -- l6 (E-01)
EC lx [li: cz
A c;i

<! ,
& A
g c g I$
2 1 2 1 2
~(D- (E-04)
/+
DOOR
-\ /+\ /+ -\ ~+
DOOR
-
(LH) (RH)
SPEAKER SPEAKER
(LH) (RH)
FRONT
SPEAKER

HR14MOlBA

TSB Revision
54-131 ~
I
NOTES

iJ
TSB Revision
54-132 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
(1994 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)

IGNITION IGNI: [ON


FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITCH(ACC) SWIT( 1(IGl)
I
5W-B 2L 2B-h
,.1 (c-68) ,4 ----------____
J/B

I r \/ v
--------
.o 4 “3 (c-70)
2L 2L-w B-W
I
,,4 ,,3

I I 1
IOD OR STORAGE IOD OR STORAGE
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
(A-11x) (A-13X)

MOTOR I
R-B (R-E ANTENNA j
CONTROL- I
1
'D A
UT0
'HAMGER
(F-40)
"2
B L-35 /\ ,\
2 6 fi MOTOR
B -+@+ ANTENNA
z 0 0
E 2B 2B tr:
1
13 n n z
&
GE
3 !2g 3

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

HR14M02AA

TSB Revision 1
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-133 ~

IGHT

1.25R-W

I
DEDICATED
FUSE

G-W

G-W
---1

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER


L
11
--- _;
(D-47) .2

B-k

B-I

RHEOSTAT

HR14M02AB

1 TSB Revision 1
54-134 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (From 1994 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier) (CONTINUED)

REAR WINDOW
GLASS ANTENNA

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

IL., -
v ---_
--_ ------- ---- -- E -- - ---- __.
AMPLIFIER

- 1- .-------- ____

I
; ----.L--

I
II 13 14 3 6 15 6
II
I
II
II
y 7II
5: i:
<
cY
Ci
I CL
I
D:
I
I
I 03 ::J : 5 :::
II c
II d c 5

I -
L-+-- .---_ .--_ _-
(c-34) 3
-- 6
5 13 j- I‘1 4 1:2
.I -II -7 Di a JI
z rt:
co :0 A
L2
A
G
0h
;:
>7 %
d c5 E
L
" CL
v ri\5 s
e [ 2-'

I5
__I\1 4
3 1 -- 1 (F-19)
~~~--
I
6m =
I *3
?z Ck +I CY 0c
co ;0 : cb i= d\3
d c5. < e e Ed,
$ (/ c
2 1 ' 2 1 2
ok2
7 (E-04)
F33) (F-06)
+ - - \ + -
F=7
I (LH) ?H) , (LH) (RH) (LH)
\
(RH) ,
” *

FRONT DOOR REAR


SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER
(c-15) (c-34) (c-89) (D-02) ~~ (D-16) (E-01) (E-04) (E-29) (E-32)

HR14M02BA

TSB Revision I
54-I 35

1 TSB Revision
54-136 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
<Hatchback (From 1994 models-Radio and Tape Player without Amplifier)>
d

IGNITION IGNIl IN
FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITCH(ACC) SWITC (IGl)

2W-B
2L
B-W 2B-w I
1 I
HORN 5W-B
,,l (c-68)
CHARGING 2B-W
,,4 ------___----_
cl\
‘(c-82,
J/B I
@
10A
I I

3m (c-78: 10 (c-81
t
Ii(c-80)
0.85 L
R-B
B-W
I I

IOD OR STORAGE IOD OR STORAGE B-W .BUZZER


CONNECTOR CONNECTOR .@;&ALARM
(A-11X) (A-11X)
1.------

1 L

W4igfUISE
R-B R-E d
ID
,UTO
:HAMGER r

2E

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

HR14M03AA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-137 ~

RADIO REMOTE RADIO REMOTE 'T;Tk\IGHT


J/B CONTROL SWITCH J/B CONTROL SWITCH

2R-W
-T-

3(1 I

CLOCK
I SPRING
3_------

!
Y
*m
(Y-W)

(UP TO 1995
Y
(Fgyiiz/g~- .FULL AUTO A/C
MODELS) 4
----1I
I
I
II

-r1 - - - -1 - - - - - - - - - - r - - ‘i
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
II
L; @$*------
) -=.E------
1 7 12
(T>Y-L (T>GR-12 (T)Y- R (T)GR-R .FULL AU
B-Y .MANUAL I i%A'C
.ELC-4A/iP
(c-34),> 3-----_ E;-----. -;t_3_----_,, 10 21> B-Y

B-Y
(T)Y-L (T>GR-' L
lhll (c-15)
jE;EW&AND
------ B-Y
1 1 .FOG LIGHT

22
(T)GR-I (T>Y-IR (T>GR-R
B-Y
1 2
4m 7
+ - + - RHEOSTAT
(LH) (RH)
\ /
Y

REAR
SPEAKER
(c- (c-34)
(D-36),(D-47) (c-57)00
(F-06) FTC9
~~l~~[~!~~l~ -1
(F-33)(1 czD2
i
B fzi%$pJ q
HR14M03AB

1 TSB Revision
54-138 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Hatchback (From 1994 models-Radio and Tape Player without Amplifier)>
(CONTINUED)

REAR WINDOW
GLASS ANTENNA
I \

I
-1
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

-___------------
14

r
-f

I: 71
4)
CT>
W-L
CT>
B-L
CT>
W-R

; CT>
B-R

1F- -
14 (E-32) (c-15) I
r---- !.--_-
l ‘0 (D-42) (E-01) ---- 16

(D-02) I I
CT> CT> CT> CT> CT> CT> (T)

1+
B-L W-L B-L W-R B-R W-R B-R
1 I 2 I 2
I (D-13) (E-04)
3, El.-.-
(LH) (LH) (RH) (RH)
DOOR \
” ---..
IXlnR
SPEAKER FRONT SPEAKER
SPEAKER

HR14M03BA

1 TSB Revision I
NOTES

TSB Revision
54-140 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
<Hatchback (From 1995 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)>
J,

IGNITION IGNITION
FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITCH(ACC) SWITCH(IG1)
B-W 2B-\i

2L 1
HORN 5W-B CHARGING2B-y
,,I (c-68) ,4 -- ------- ----_

0
J/B 1 I 1
10A

B-W
I I
IOD OR STORAGE T +
IOD OR STORAGE B-w 'BUZZER
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR TW&ALARM
(A-11X)
I---- 4
1 ------ 5I----__-------__-------
-1

DvOW -
I

MOTOR I

rc
#&#L" I
UNIT I
(F-31):

'tT0
jHAMGER
(F-40) !
* \/ 4,
4, \,
L-35 ,\ ,\ _-i
6 2
B
0
Y
2B 2B F
n 2
ii&
Ei

(D-47)
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
1

HR14M04AA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-141 ~

J/B
REAR WINDOW
GLASS ANTENNA

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER


2

AMPLIFIER
-I
a--____----__
-
---- --__. v :-------
Ec)
- -----_ Y
3 E 15 16
I
I
I CT> (T) CT>
1 &B-l 0.85B-L 0.85W-F 0*85B-r; (T)2W-I> (T)2B-1 2 (T)2W-F (T>2B- R
I II
I
b Lee------ ------__ -----___
10 1.l 1 12
(T) CT) CT>
(T)O.85W-I 4 0.85B-L 0.85W-i; 3. 85B-1 i
CT> 0 t 0
(T>O.85W-I 0.85B-L
(F.T)W-I> (F*T)B-L (F*T>W-6 :.T>B-I i

1.------__ ; 3 ------__ 5 (E-3E 3 113 14 1------ 16


* 1-------_ ,\
(c- (D-16)

CT> CT> (T> (T>W-I 2 (T>B-L (T>W-F


(TjO.851 0.85R-E 0.85BF 0.85B-Ii (T>B- R

1 1 ) 1 2
,ocm,
r
- -
/’ L+
\ (LH) (RH) L (LH) (RH) J
FRONT
SPEAKER

HR14M04AB

TSB Revision
54-142 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Hatchback (From 1995 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)>
(CONTINUED)

,1
AMPLIFIER
-(E-39)
------- - ------
v
3!7 18
-

r
------
7 E ------_ ------
3 1 9

T
(T:i25 <
TRY F
j

/
1. 25
Y-R ‘2iY 2B 2E
1

0 0

CT) CT)
Y-L GR-L

(F-19) ;)._----_ 1

CT> CT> CT) CT>


Y-L GR-1 2 Y-R GR-I 2E

,,l 2) 1
(F-33)&
+ -
\ /+ -
(LH) (RH)
J
Y

REAR
SPEAKER

HR14M04BA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-143

@;X&GHT

-i-q-

.HEATER
.MANUAL A/C
.FULL AUTO A/C

RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER
---2

(D-47) 12
.FULL AUTO A/C
.MANUAL A/C
B-E .ELC-4A/T

1
L
1
------.
Y L 3.1 (c-15)

t_I SPRING1 CLOCK


B-k
. ,$&AND
.FOG LIGHT
t
.. i
0

0-Y
RHE 'TAT

?ADIO REMOTE RADIO REMOTE


:ONTROL SWITCH CONTROL SWITCH

HR14M04BB

TSB Revision
54-144 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
<Convertible (1995 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)> \
d’

IGNITION IGNITION
FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITCH(ACC) SWITCH(IG1)
p&J-B SW-i
2
2L
1
HORN 5W-B CHARGING 33-W
,,I (c-68) ,$ -----------___ ,,7(c-82)
J/B I\
@
10A

-------- L ------__ _J
(c-83: ‘1 01 (c-70)2 l-2 y3(c-70) (c-80)
21 R R-Y t R-B
1 2
B-W
i
I I I
IOD OR STORAGE IOD OR STORAGE 7
CONNECTOR :TOR (~-11~) B-W BUZZER
r----- ------- --------_--___ ----1
, 0 I
L

R-B R-P
II B-W
F-:
L

A
$ 1
my,
d
;;;4i;eUISE R-B 1
,,l II
,\ ,
:ZiTO I
CHAMGER I
(F-40) '

2L
r.l MOTOR
E i----_-_--- ANTENNA
;
2e
c

*l 0
-
(D-47)
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER I
i

HR14MOSAA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-145 ~

J/B
REAR WINDOW
GLASS ANTENNA
--l--
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
2

AMPLIFIER
-
------__ -___---_ -------- ., v -------_ v -----_ Y
13 .4 3 t3 3.5 1E

CT> CT) CT> CT)


0.85W-L 0.859-L 0.85W-F 0.85B-F (T>2W-I (T>2%-I 2 (T>2W-F? (:T)2B- R
I
II
LJ L--------. ------__ -------_ -----.
E 3 10 11 4 12
CT> CT> :T)
(T)O.85W-1 0.859-! > 0.85W-I;! dI. 85B-1 R
CT) 0 0 0
(T>O.85W-L 0.85B-L
(F.T)W-1 (F.T)B-1 (F*T)W-R! :F'.T>B-Ii

1 ------__ 13
---- --__. 14 1 ----_. 16
(c-15)

(T>O.85F CT) CT> CT) (T>W-I (T>B-I > (T)W-F? (T)B- R


0.85R-E 0.85BF 0.85B-F

1 ; 1 2

-1
,+ /+
7
-
1
/+
rx
-
\

\ (LH) (RH) I (LH) (RH) /


\

HR14M05AB

TSB Revision
54-146 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Convertible (1995 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)>
(CONTINUED)

1.25R-W

G-W
,,6 (c-69)
J/B n

AMPLIFIER
/(E-39)
7
-
------ - _-----
1 a _----- -
-
E
---
1 E
. HEATER
.MANUAL A/C
*FULL AUTO A/C
I

tT:i2E %-i?
i (
:*tL2' :T~R12-t 5 2B 2B

. FULL AUTO A/C


4 0 .MANUAL A/C
.ELC-4A/T

CT)
GR-1

15
.------ ,/l 6--__-- 7
---___ ,,l a
CT) CT) CT> (T)
Y-J GR-L Y-F GR-r.? 28

1 I
‘4
d(F-(
L -
(LH) (RH) RHEOSTAT
\ / RADIO REMOTE
CONTROL SWITCH
REAR
SPEAKER

HR14M05BA

TSB Revision
54-147
I
NOTES

TSB Revision
54-148 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
<Convertible (1995 models-Radio and Tape Player without Amplifier)>

IGNITION IGNITION
FUSIBLE LINKB SWITCH(ACC) SWITCH(IG1)

2L
CHARGING 2B-w
,,4 -------------- ,,7(c-82)
\ + I
J/B
69 @
10A
10A

\/ \/
- - - - - - - -
.o ‘2 "3 (c-70) "3 (c-80)
2L t 2L-w B-W
,,4 ,,3
/\ \ B-W
39)
I I

IOD OR STORAGE IOD OR STORAGE +


CONNECTOR 3 CONNECTOR (A-11X) B-W 2 BUZZER
_---------------------- ----,

1
T@m
I
I
I I
R-B R-E I
I
,I I
I
oy-; I
I
/
I
flW&UISE R-B I
I
,,l i I
,
I
I

:D ,\ 1I I I
I
I
lUT0 /I / I
I
:HAMGER II I
I I
(F-40) I 1
I
I I I I I

B 2 i I I L L
I
I
* J I ’
k--J
15 4 I
: B &----- J
4
z
c 2B
z d

11
-
(D-47)
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
I I
=

o(A-79) (c-68)Gm) (c-77) (c-78) (c-80) (c-81) (c-82)

(c-83) (C-92)0 mm)


(F-46)
HR14MOGAA

TSB Revision I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

RADIO REMOTE GHT


CONTROL SWITCH KK
1

r@ 1
1.25R-k
;@ATED

CLOCK I

r
SPRING 6
J/B
i

G-W
G-W

. HEATER
. MANUAL A/C G-W
. FULL AUTO A/C

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER


I
-----_ ----_- v ------ _---_----___--____
i OV2 -“,8 1 7
(T)Y-L CT) GY-: L CT> Y-li (T>GY-I . FULL AUTO A/C
. MANUAL A/C
. ELC-4A/T
13
(c-34),: _-----_ .,~ 6------_ 3_------ 1 B-Y

(T>Y-L (T>GR- L CT> Y-F (T> GY-I


,l (c-15)
. b&&&AND
(F-44)>? _----__
15 q'- ------.
16
.------
17 18
B-k . FOG LIGHT

B-Y 1
(T>Y-L (T)GR-I 2 CT> Y-F (T>GR-F
B-Y
/\ 1 :2 1
mz7LL/-I: -m
+ - /+ RHEOSTAT
\ (LH) (RH) /
REAR
SPEAKER
(c-15) (c-57)00
(c-34) (D-36) (D-47) (F-06)
c ~~~~1~1~~~
(F-33)
Fm)
m B(iisiEa
HR14MOGAB

TSB Revision
54-150 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tabe Waver
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Convertible (1995 models-Radio and Tape Player without Amplifier)>
(CONTINUED)

REAR WINDOW
GLASS ANTENNA

tr:
z
?..I
i&
EEi

i
g

I
I RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

I
5

l-

CT) CT> CT> (;L;


W-l W-F? B-R

(c-15) !O (D-42) (E-01) 1 16

CT> CT> CT> $Tj CT)


W-L W-R B-R B-F

1 1 1
k+ - \ ,+ -
(D-13) (E-04)
/
(LH) (LH) (RH) (RH)
DOOR
SPEAKER FRiNT
SPEAKER

HR14MOGBA

TSB Revision
54-151
NOTES

TSB Revision
54-152 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
<Convertible (From 1996 models)>
vj ’

FUSIBLE LINK@
B-W2B-W
I
2L
+
HORN 5W-B CHARGING 2B-W
,.1 (c-68) ,,4 -------------_ (c-82)
1
,\
J/B

10A lOA<> 15A


T
AL ---- \/ --------
(c-ss cI (c-77) (c-78)‘ 1 ‘1 O(c-81 10 2 "3 (c-70)
21 2L 0.g; L 2L 1 2L-w B-W
,,4 ,,3
/\ B-W
(
IOD OR STORAGE B
IOD OR STORAGE 7
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR (A-~IX) B-W BUZZER
(A-11X)

L
MOTOR
2 3 5
77 \
A
:r
t%%W
UNIT
T
I ‘d
WTO-CRUISE
:ONTROL (c-95)
I
_--
UP
f-
-
f
N -
vi- -Id
DOY

i,: It- -
t
AL-
21 1 "6

4m
2 P
7 MOTOR
- ANTENNA
(A-79)
km
#m#"d" 3
:O
-
11 CABLE

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER


---I
HR14M07AA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-153

J/B
B
REAR WINDOW
GLASS ANTENNA
2LP / \

II RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER


II 2L
I I'
II Y
I
II 2L 2L 3
I z
III AMPLIFIER E;
I 10 (E-39) (NO CONNECTION)
III A
2
*
L
13 14 I , 5 5 6

i CT) CT) CT> CT)


; 0.85W-' L 0.85B-I 0. 85W-1 0.85B-F (T>2W-1 (T)2B- (T>2W-Ii (T>2B-1
I
I
I

i Lee------ .-------. ------__ --------_


5 13 10 11 I
CT> (T) :T)
(T)O.E5W-L 0. 85B-1 0.85W-R ).85B-I
CT)
(T>O.E5W-I _1 0.858-L
(F*T>W-L (F.T)B-I (F.T)W-R :.T)B-F

1 ------ -_ 14 -----_
(c-15)

(T) CT> CT)


(T>O.E5F7 0.85R-E 0.85BF 0.85B-R (T>W-L (T>B-1 (T>W-R (T>B-F

2
( D - 0 2 ) -
+ \ - /+ -
L (LH) (RH) , \ (LH) (RH) I
* Y
FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER SPEAKER

HR14M07AB

TSB Revision
54-154 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Convertible (From 1996 models)> (CONTINUED)

TiIL IGHT
RELA

1.25R-W

G-W

r1
S(c-69)
J/B

G-W
(
AMPLIFIER
(E-39) G-W 7
.------ -
8
-
7
_-----_ ----L
4
HEATER
'FULL AUTO A/C
'---7
-1

(T:Jt25 i
L _ RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER 1---
r i
2B -
3(D-36) (D-47) 12
0 *FULL AUTO A/C
.ELC-4A/T
(Y-W)

CT> CT> CT> CT>


Y-L GR-L Y-R GR-F
Y

F 6
"
17 18
i
r
-
NO CONNECTION
2E

rr
RADIO REMOTE RHEOSTAT
CONTROL SWITCH

HR14M07BA

TSB Revision 1
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-155
COMPONENT LOCATION
I
L/ Motor antenna control unit ___

1 TSB Revision
54-156 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER WITH ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM


l When power supply is reconnected after set has been removed from vehicle (after BATT line of set
has been disconnected for more than one hour), what can be effectively performed is only supply
of power made by POWER button operation. (If power supply is connected within an hour, operating
state before disconnection of power supply is resumed.)

IGN key of vehicle is in ACC position and set is in no display


state.

No display

Abnormal segment op-


*[Faulty

t
Is it possible to set identifi No m-Faulty
Yes

Is a beep heard and then does radio operate when PROG button
is placed to ON position after setting four-digit identification number

Is a beep heard and “1 Err” displayed for two seconds before c No


displaying “code”? Faulty set

No

t
Check if identification number on card is input and set correctly.

Is a beep heard and then does radio operate when PROG button Yes
is placed to ON position after setting four-digit identification number -----+ NomxJ (Error made in input during first setting)
on card aaain?

I
No

Is a beep heard and “2 Err” displayed for two seconds before Faulty set
displaying “code”?
Yes

Press POWER button to erase “code” (to change to no display


state).

I Yes

Continued to next page.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio-and Tape Player 54-I 57

Continued from previous Page


I

Is changeoverto normal operation made by placing POWER button Faulty set


to ON position while pressing EJECT button?
Yes

t
Is power supply cut off automatically to return to no display state Faulty set
after three-minute operation?

Does manufacturing numberof set agree with identification number Error in attaching card (For set manufacturing number identification
on card? location, refer to F!54-183)
Yes

Yes
Is a beep heard and does radio operate when identification number - Normal (Error in first and second setting)
indicated on card is reset and PROG button is placed to ON
position?
No

Is “OFF” displayed after three-minute beeping togetherwith display Faulty set


of “3 Err”?
Yes

t
0 In this state, only POWER button operation is accepted (“OFF’is displayed) and no other button opera-
tion can be made effectively.
l In the “OFF” state, continuation of the BAlT, ACC line ON state for more than one hour will allow identi-
fication number checking operation again and placing the POWER button to ON position will display
“code” and wait for input.

1 TSB Revision
54-158 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-159
CHART
A. NOISE

A-l Noise appears at certain places when traveling (AM).

hYes
Is there a particular st Do the following measures eliminate the noise?

1. Change to a different station with a strong signal


to boost resistance to interference.
2. Suppress high tones to reduce noise.
Find out the following information from the user:
No
1. Place
2. Locality conditions (valley, mountain, etc.)
3. Name and frequency of stations affected by noise

-
I
t t
If due to vehicle noise: 1 If due to external noise:
It may not be possible to prevent noise if the In almost all cases, prevention on the receiver
signal is weak.
Weak signals especially are susceptible to inter-

t
If there is more noise than other radios, find out the noise conditions
and the name and frequency of the receiving stations from the user,
and consult with the service center.
i

TSB Revision
54-160 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

A-2 Noise appears at certain places when traveling (FM).

Do the following measures eliminate the noise?


Iji
Yes
l
l
l
Change to a different station with a strong signal to boost resistance to interference.
Suppress high tones to reduce noise.
Extend antenna completely. (Whip antenna)
+3cl
I
No

t
If there is more noise than other radios, find out the noise conditions and the name and frequency
of the receiving stations from the user, and consult with the service center.

NOTE or buildings between the antenna and.the car),


About FM waves: and noise will appear. <This is called first fading,
FM waves have the same properties as light, and and gives a steady buzzing noise.>
can be deflected and blocked. Wave reception is 3. If a direct signal hits the antenna at the same
not possible in the shadow of obstructions such time as a signal reflected by obstructions such
as buildings or mountains. as mountains or buildings, interference of the
1. The signal becomes weak as the distance from two signals will generate noise. During traveling,
the station’s transmission antenna increases. noise will appear each time the vehicle’s anten-
Although this may vary according to the signal na passes through this kind of obstructed area.
strength of the transmitting station and interven- The strength and interval of the noise varies
ing geographical formations or buildings, the according to the signal strength and the condi-
area of good reception is approx. 20-25 km tions of deflection. <This is called multipath
(12-l 6 miles) for stereo reception, and 30-40 noise, and is a repetitious buzzing.>
km (19-25 miles) for monaural reception. 4. Since FM stereo transmission and reception
2. The signal becomes weak. when an area of has a weaker field than monaural, it is often
shadow from the transmitting antenna (places accompanied by a hissing noise.
where there are obstructions such as mountains

FM Broadcast Good Reception Areas FM Signal Characteristics and Signal Interference

For home stereos: :.:,.::. .:,.::. ‘; .


80-90 km (SO-56 miles) : ‘, “.‘l’.. ”
216AO664
Z16A0663 00002401

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-161

A-3 Mixed with noise, only at night (AM).


i
L The following factors can be considered as possible to a different station or the appearance of a
causes of noise appearing at night. beating sound* may occur.
1. Factors due to signal conditions: Due to the Beat sound*: Two signals close in frequency
fact that long-distance signals are more easily interfere with each other, creating a repetitious
received at night, even stations that are received high-pitched sound. This sound is generated
without problem during the day may experience not only by sound signals but by electrical waves
interference in a general worsening of reception as well.
conditions. The weaker a station is the more 2. Factors due to vehicle noise: Generator noise
susceptible it is to interference, and a change may be a cause.

the lamps OFF?


Yes

t
1 Do the following measures eliminate the noise? 1 yes cl/

l Tune to a station with a strong signal.


l Tune to a station with a strong signal without com-
cletelv extending the antenna.
No

I
Does the noise fade away when the vehicle har-
ii ness is moved away from the radio chassis?
(if the harness is not in the proper position).

No

If there is more noise than other radios, consult a service


center.

TSB Revision
54-I 62 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

A-4 Broadcasts can be heard but both AM and FM have a lot of noise.

(1) (2)
Noise occurs when the engine is stopped. J Noise occurs when the engine in running.
Yes

Do the following measures eliminate the noise?

@ Tune to a station with a strong signal.


l Extend the antenna completely. (Whip antenna)
l Adjust the sound quality to suppress high tones.

No

Is the radio body ground mounted securely? Securely tighten the nuts for the body
ground.
Yes

Yes

Clean the antenna plug and ground


wire mounting area. Mount the anten-
Yes na securely. On a vehicle with a motor
antenna, check the antenna itself. (Re-
fer to E-1, 2.)

If there is more noise than other radios, consult a service


center

NOTE
About noise encountered during FM reception only. noise interference (first fading and multipath). (Refer
Due to differences in FM and AM systems, FM is to A-2.)
not as susceptible as AM to interference from en- <Noise (hissing) occurs in weak signal areas such
gines, power lines, lightning, etc. On the other hand, as mountainous regions, but this is not due to a
there are cases due to the characteristics of FM problem with the radio.>
waves of noise or distortion generated by typical

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Plaver s
54-163 ~

A-5 There is more noise either on AM or on FM.

1. There is much noise onlv on AM


Due to differences in AM and FM systems, AM
is more susceptible to noise interference.

!
Were conditions such as the following present when noise was received?

l Lightning was flashing. A motorcycle was passing.


l Avehicle passed close by, but it appeared to be avehicle generating a particularly Yes
large amount of noise radiation.
l Passed beneath a power line. Passed under a bridge.
l Passed beneath a telephone line.

NO
l Passed close by a signal generator.
l Passed close by some other source of electrical noise.
.I-

Continue to check for static; whe


I Yes . .
F- Norse prevenoon on Me radro srde IS difficult. If the
problem is particularly worse than other radios, consult
the conditions listed above
a service center.
No

t
If the problem is particularly worse than
other radios, consult a service center.

2. There is much noise only on FM


Due to differences in FM and AM systems, FM by typical noise interference (first fading and
is not as susceptible as AM to interference from multipath). (Refer to A-2) <Noise (hissing) oc-
engines, power lines, lightning, etc. On the other curs in weak signal areas such as mountainous
hand, there are cases due to the characteristics regions, but this is not due to a problem with
of FM waves of noise or distortion generated the radio.>

TSB Revision
54-164 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

A-6 There is noise when starting the engine.

Noise type Conditions Cause Parts to be Location of


Sounds are in pa- inspected parts
rentheses ( ). or remedy (next page)
AM, FM: 0 Increasing the engine speed l Mainly due to the Noise con- 1
Ignition noise causing the popping sound to spark plugs. denser
(Popping, Snap- speed up, and volume de- l Due to the engine
ping, Cracking, creases. noise.
Buzzing) 0 Disappears when the ignition Ground 2, 3
switch is turned to ACC. cable
Other electrical - Noise may appear as Repair or replace electrical
components electrical components be- components.
come older.
Static electricity l Disappears when the vehicle is Occurs when parts or wir- Return parts or wiring to
(Cracking, Crin- completely stopped. ing move for some reason their proper position.
kling) l Severe when the clutch is en- and contact metal parts of
gaged. the body.
l Various noises are produced de- Due to detachment from Ground parts by bonding.
pending on the body part of the the body of the front hood, Cases where the problem
vehicle. bumpers, exhaust pipe is not eliminated by a single
and muffler, suspension, response to one area are
etc. common, due to several
body parts being
imperfectly grounded.
Caution against A.C.) decreases, and current flow is
1. Connecting a high tension cable to the noise facilitated. A noise suppressing condenser
filter may destroy the noise filter and should which takes advantage of this property is in-
never be done. serted between the power line for the noise
2. Check that there is no external noise. Since source and the ground. This suppresses noise
failure to do this may result in misdiagnosis by grounding the noise component (A.C. or
due to inability to identify the noise source, pulse signal) to the body of the vehicle.
this operation must be performed. 2. Coil
3. Noise prevention should be performed by The coil passes D.C. current, but impedance
suppressing strong sources of noise step rises as the number of waves increases relative
by step. to the A.C. current. A noise suppressing coil
NOTE which takes advantage of this property is in-
1. Condenser serted into the power line for the noise source,
The condenser does not pass D.C. current, but and works by preventing the noise component
as the number of waves increases when it from flowing or radiating out of the line.
passes A.C. current, impedance (resistance

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-165
NOISE SUPPRESSION PARTS MOUNTING POSITIONS

1/ N o i s e con::;;, 1

TSB Revision
54-166 CHASSlS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
I
A-7 Some noise appears when there is vibration or shocks during traveling.
‘d ~

No
Are connectors properly connected? ---+ Ensure proper connection
Yes

t
Does noise appear when the radio switch is turned on while the No Static electricity noise:
vehicle is stopped and the radio is struck while tuned away from L Body static electric from the shock absorber rubber bushings used
a station? to prevent vibration, tires, etc. occurs because of separation from
the ground, causing a buzzing noise.
Yes
Since no measures can be taken on the radio side, steps should
be taken to discharge the static electricitv of the vehicle bodv.

t
Is the radio correctly grounded?
(Is the mounting screw tightened securely?)
1 Yes

t
Is the antenna correctly grounded? (If noise appears when the No c If rust is present on the antenna ground screw, clean and tighten
antenna is moved, this means the ground is not securely con- the ground securely.
nected.)
Yes

1 Reoair or reolace radio. 1

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-167

A-8 Noise sometimes appears on FM during traveling.

No
Is the antenna completely extended? t Check the antenna itself.
Yes (Refer to E-l, 2.)

+ Yes
Does the problem clear up when re
1 No

i
Does the problem appear only in certain locations and only with yes ~ Due to electrical field conditions. (Multipath
certain stations? noise*, fading noise*).
No

Are connectors property connected? Check connector connections. 1


Yes
t
No
Does noise appear when the radio switch is turned on while the * Static electricity noise:
vehicle is stopped and the radio is struck while tuned away from Sody static electric from the shock absorber
a station? rubber bushings used to prevent vibration, tires,
etc. occurs because of separation from the
Yes ground, causing a buzzing noise.
Since no measures can be taken on the radio
side, steps should be taken to discharge the
static electricitv of the vehicle bodv.

Is the radio body correctly grounded? No -) Tighten the screw securely. I


(Is the mounting screw tightened securely? )
Yes

Is the antenna correctly grounded? (If noise appears when the antenna If rust is present on the antenna ground screw,
is moved, this means the ground is not securely connected.) clean and tighten the ground securely.
Yes

1 Repair or replace radio.


1

* About multipath noise and fading noise tion and enters the receiver with a slight time
Because the frequency of FM waves is extreme- delay relative to the direct signal (repetitious
ly high, it is highly susceptible to effects from buzzing).
geological formations and buildings. These ef- l Fading noise
fects disrupt the broadcast signal and obstruct This is a buzzing noise that occurs when the
‘reception in several ways. broadcast beam is disrupted by obstructing ob-
l Multipath noise jects and the signal strength fluctuates intricately
This describes the echo that occurs when the within a narrow range.
broadcast signal is reflected by a large obstruc-

1 TSB Revision
54-168 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

I A-9 Ever-present noise. I

Noise is often created by the following factors, and For this reason, if there are still problems with noise
often the radio is OK when it is checked individually. even after the measures described in steps A-l
l Traveling conditions of the vehicle to A-8 have been taken, get information on the fac-
l Terrain of area traveled through tors listed above as well as determining whether
l Surrounding buildings the problem occurs with AM or FM, the station
l Signal conditions names, frequencies, etc., and contact a service cen-
l Time period ter.
B. RADIO

I
I
B-l No power is supplied when the switch is set to ON. I
I

Is multi-purpose fuse No. 4 blown or is the circuit open? Replace fuse or repair harness.
No

Is the connector at the back of the radio connected properly? Connect connector securely. 1
Yes

t No
Disconnect and check the connector at the rear of the radio. Is the ACC / Repair harness. J
power (12 V) being supplied to the radio?

I Yes

1 Reoair or reolace radio.

1 B-2 No sound from one speaker. I


Check to see if there is any sound when attached Repair or replace radio unit.
to another radio. I-=----[
No

*Speakarj
check the speaker harness for conductance. out.
No

Repair speaker harness and ensure


proper connection of relay connectors.

t
Repair or replace speaker.

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio -and Tape Player 54-169

There is noise but no reception for both AM and FM or no sound from AM, or no sound from FM.

Example: in an underground garage or

Is proper performance
hicle is moved?

t t No Check the antenna itself.


Is the antenna completely extended? -W (Refer to E-l, 2.)
Yes

Yes
Does tuning solve the problem?
NO

t No
Are the antenna plug and radio unit properly connected? - Reconnect 1
Yes

Does the problem disappear if connected to another radio? Repair or replace radio. 1
No

t
Repair or replace the antenna.
(Refer to E-l, 2.)

i:

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

pziT---wm Is proper performance’obtained when the ve-

4 t No Check the antenna itself.


Is the antenna completely extended? (Refer to E-l, 2.)
Yes

t Yes

No

Is the problem limited to the reception of a specific radio station yes ) Electrical field condition related*.
from a specific position? (multipath noise or fading noise)
No

i
Is the antenna plug properly connected to the unit? Ensure proper connection.
Yes

Does the problem disappear when a different radio is connected? Repair or replace radio.

Repair or replace the antenna.


(Refer to E-l, 2.)

* For multipath noise and fading noise prob-


lems, refer to P.64-167.

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-I 71
1 B-5 Distortion on AM or on both AM and FM.

Are the speaker cords in contact with the cone paper? Remove cords away from cone pa-
No per.

Remove the speakers and check for tom cone paper or foreign objects. Repair or replace speakers.
INo

i Yes
Check for deformation with speaker installed. - Install speaker securely.
No

\ Repair or replace radio. j

B-6 Distortion on FM only

Does the distortion persist when the radio is tuned to another No )- Due to weak electrical field of radio
station? station
Yes

Yes
Does distortion increase or decrease when the vehicle is moved? , Due to multipath noise 1
/ No

1
Repair or replace radio.

TSB Revision 1
54-172 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

B-7 Too few automatic select stations.

t
Is the antenna completely extended?
No Check the antenna itself.
1
Yes

Is the antenna plug properly connected to the equipment? Ensure proper connection.
Yes

Does the equipment work properly if the radio is changed? Repair or replace radio.

B-8 lnsuff icient memory (preset stations are erased).

Is multi-purpose fuse No. 19 blown or is the circuit open? Replace fuse or repair harness.
No

Disconnect and check the connector at the rear of the radio. Is the memory Repair harness.
backup (battery)
. power beina- supplied? I
Yes

t
Repair or replace radio.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-173
C. CASSETTE PLAYER

C-l Cassette tape will not be inserted.

Are there any foreign objects in the cassette player? Remove the object(s)”
/No
“1
Attempting to force a foreign object (e g.. a coin or clip, etc.) out
of the cassette player may damage the mechanism. The player
should be taken to a service dealer for repair.

Does the cassette player work if another tape is inserted? Replace tape **
No

*2
Ensure that the tape label is not that the tape itself tape of C-120
or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should
not be used.

Repair or replace cassette player.

C-2 No sound (even after a tape has been inserted).

Yes
Is multi-purpose fuse No. 4 blown or is the circuit open? - Replace fuse or repair harness.
No

+ No
Is connector at rear of radio connected tightly? - Connect connector firmly.
Yes

Disconnect connector at rear of radio. Is ACC power being supplied to the yesPW Repair or replace caSSette player.
radio?

1 TSB Revision
54-174 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

C-3 No sound from one speaker.

t Yes
Replace the cassette player and check again. Repair or replace cassette player.
No

___c It conducts electricity but is


the speaker harness for conductance. shorted out.

+
Check the speaker for conductance. Repair speaker harness and ensure
No proper connection of relay connectors.

t
Repair or replace speaker.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-175
c-4 Sound quality is poor, or sound is weak.

Yes
,/
l Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not
deformed and that the tape is tightly wound.
l Tapes of C-i 20 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism
and should not be used.

Yes
ccl
No

t Yes
Is proper operation obtained when the ca
/No

1 Repair or replace speaker. 1

c-5 Cassette tape will not be ejected.

The problems covered here are all the result of the use of a bad tape (deformed or not properly tightened)
or of a malfunction of the cassette player itself. Malfunctions involving the tape becoming caught in the
mechanism and ruining the case are also possible, and attempting to force the tape out of the player
can cause damage to the mechanism. The player should be taken to a service dealer for repair.

1 TSB Revision 1
54-176 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

C-6 Uneven revolution. Tape speed is fast or slow.

Yes

No

Are there any foreign objects inside the cassette player? Remove foreign object(s).
No

Is the head or capstan roller dirty?

I-
Yes

Z16AO668
No

j Reoair or replace cassette olaver.

C-7 Automatic search does not work. I

Does the MSS (automatic search) button” depress properly? Button improperly operated.
Yes

1 Yes
c Tape used is bad.
No
l l
l When the time between songs on a tape is less than three seconds,
or when there is a three second period in the middle of a song in
which the volume level is extremely low, the automatic search function
may not work properly.
*2
l Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed
and that the tape is tightly wound. Also, tapes of C-120 or greater
length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.

t
1 Repair or replace the cassette player.

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-177

C-8 Faulty auto reverse.

-1 Yes
Does the player play OK if the tape is changed? I *m
No
l Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed
and that the tape is tightly wound.
l Tapes of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism
and should not be used.

1 No
+vreplace
Yes

,1 , No
Is the cassette player properly installed to the vehicle? */I
Yes

1
Repair or replace cassette player.

C-9 Tape gets caught in mechanism*‘.


I
l l
When the tape is caught in the mechanism, the case may not eject. When this occurs,
do not try to force the tape out as this may damage the tape player mechanism. Take
the cassette to a service dealer for repair.

Does the player play OK if the tape’2 is changed? Tape used is bad.
No
l2
Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed
and that the tape is tightly wound. Also, tapes of C-120 or greater length
often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.

Repair or replace cassette player.

1 TSB Revision
54-178 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and TaDe Plaver
D. CD PLAYER

D-l CD will not be accepted.

Does the shutter open when a CD is inserted? l l Take out the CD.
Yes

1 Yes

t No
Though CD is completely inserted once, “e -l
CD is rejected? l 3
Yes

t - Yes
Check CD. - Insert the CD correctly or check to see if the
l Is the labeled side faced downward? CD is defective.
l Is the recorded face of the CD dirty?
l Does dew exit on the recorded face of the CD?
No

t
Replace CD.

l 1 If the CD is already loaded, doesn’t the shutter open to allow


insertion when another CD is inserted?
‘2 If the key switch is not at ACC or ON, the CD stops at depth
of 15 mm below the panel surface even when it is inserted, and
it will be rejected when pushed farther?
‘3 Even though the CD is loaded, E (error) is sometimes displayed
with the CD rejected because of vibration/ shock or dew on the
CD face or optical lens.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-179

/ D-2 No sound.
1
I
L
Yes
Does it play if an existing proper CD is inserted? ) - Replace defective CD.
No

Yes
F
ture, and recheck operation. *I
No
Does it operate properly?
I I No
C;_T
Are the radio set and CD player connected

Repair or replace CD player. -


(The combined radio cassette must operate
properly.)

D-3 CD sound skips.

1. Sound sometimes skips during parking.

Is CD face scratched or dirty? CD is defective, or clean CD.


i No

Does it play properly if CD is replaced with an existing proper CD? Repair or replace CD player.
Yes

.
1 Replace CD.

2. Sound sometimes skips during driving.


(Stop vehicle, and check it.)
(Check it by using a proper CD which is free of scratch, dirt or other abnormality.)
No
Does sound skip when the side of
Yes

t
Securely mount the CD player.
I

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Taste Plaver

D-4 Sound quality is poor. 1


Does it play properly if another proper CD is loaded? Replace CD.
No

Repair or replace CD player.

1 D-5 CD will not be ejected.

Is the key switch (ignition key) at ACC or ON? Turn the key to ON.
Yes

t
Is the combined amplifier or radio set connected securely? Securely connect the subjected one.
Yes

If CD is not ejected, don’t reject it.


The player may be damaged. Therefore, contact a service
shop for reoairs.

D-6 No sound from one speaker.

Is CD player securely connected to the combined radio set? Securely connect them.
Yes

Does it play properly if another CD player is combined? Repair or replace CD player.


No

I
Repair or replace the combined radio set.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-181
E. MOTOR ANTENNA

L E-l Motor antenna won’t extend or retract.

Clean and polish the surface of the antenna rod.


Is the radio power switch ON? Switch it ON.
Yes

Is voltage (approx. 12 V) emitted to the radio’s motor antenna terminal’? Repair or replace the radio. i
Yes

t
Is the antenna bent?
No

t
Is the antenna relay OK? Replace the antenna relay.
Yes

i No
Is the motor OK? c . Replace the motor.
Yes

Repair the harness. I -

TSB Revision
54-182 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

E-2 Motor antenna extends and retracts but does not receive.

Is the antenna’ itself OK? Repair or replace it.


Yes

Is operation normal when a new antenna assembly is directly installed


to the radio? Refer to B. “Radio troubleshooting”.

Yes

/ Replace the feeder cable.

Checking the antenna *

Ohmmeter measurement locations Result


Circuits from F to A, B, C, D and E Continuity
Circuit between G and H Continuity
Circuits from H to A, B, C, D and E No continuity

Hz+ 216N0087
-I

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio- and TaDe Plaver 54-183
PROCEDURE FOR INPUTOFSECURITYCODE FOR RADIO
AND TAPE PLAYER WITH ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
The radio and tape player does not operate in the following
states.
(1) Power supply to the radio and tape player has been sus-
pended for more than one hour continuously by removing
the cable from the battery terminal or disconnecting the
harness connectors.
(2) The power supply to the radio and tape player has been
suspended for more than one hour owing to blown fuse
or discharged battery.
(3) The radio and tape player has been replaced.
Card If the radio and tape player does not operate for these causes,
input the security code by the following procedure to operate
it.
1. Using any of the following methods, confirm the security
code.
(1) Read the security code indicated on the cards retained
by the user.
(2) If the security code is unknown owing to the user’s
loss of the cards,
Security code 216N1034 a. Remove the audio panel and then pull out the
radio and tape player partially.
Typical name card b. Read the serial No. shown on the name card of
the radio and tape player.
c. Look up the anti-theft code corresponding to the
serial number in the serial number-anti-theft code
table; or, make inquiries to Mitsubishi Motor Sales
of America, Inc.

(3) When the radio and tape player is replaced


Read the security code on the cards attached to the
A Cards upper surface of the replacement radio and tape player.
NOTE
Deliver the cards (two) to the user.

TSB Revision
54-184 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Plaver

TYPE 1 2. Return power supply for the radio and player to the normal
POWER button Disp’ay PROG button state. \
3. Turn the ignition key to the “ACC” position. ,ij
4. Press the POWER button, and “code” will be displayed
on the display.

TYPE 2
Display PROG button I

Memory
select
button I
I

POWER button ZHllA004

TYPE 3 Memory
PROG button ,1r select

\,
LJ
I H’llAlM
POW’ER button Display 00002402
section

Typical security code “5283” 5. Press No.1 through No.4 memory select buttons and set
the 4-digit security code indicated on the card.
Every time each digit key is pressed, the number changes
as follows:
40 +l +2--e 9+0 **-

6. Press the PROG button. After a beep is heard, the radio


ZHllFOOl
and tape player will be in the operating state.
7. If the input security code does not agree with that in
memory, “1 Err” is displayed on the display. In a few se-
conds, it will change to “code”. So, repeat steps 4 and
5.
NOTE
(1) The security code can be set three times at the most.
(2) The second error is displayed as “2 Err”. If the third
error is made, “3 Err” is displayed and then it changes
to “OFF”.
(3) When setting is attempted four or more times, keeping
the ignition key in the “ACC” or “ON” position for about
one hour will automatically erase the “OFF” display.

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-185
After the erasing, therefore, repeat step 3 and up.
If the ignition key is turned to the “OFF” position during
one-hour period of keeping it in “ACC” or “ON” position,
the “OFF” display will be erased.
With the ignition key placed in the “ACC” position
again, press the POWER button, and the “OFF” display
will be resumed. Therefore, keep this state for another
one hour or so.

TSB Revision
54-186 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

RADIO REMOTE-CONTROL
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
CAUTION: SRS
<Up to 1993 models> <From 1994 modek>
Before removal of air bag module, refer to GROUP 52B - When removing and installing the remote control switch,
Service Precautions and Air Bag Module and Clock Spring. don’t allow any impact or shock to the air bag module.

cup to 1993 models> <From 1994 models>

2.5 Nm Z16FO491
1.8 ft.lbs.
00002403

Removai steps
1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 528 -
Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.)
2. Radio remote control switch

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
2 4

Vehicle without

<Vehicle with CD player>

Removal steps
1. Radio panel 4. Radio bracket
5. Front console assembly (Refer to GRbUP
2. Radio and tape player 52A - Console Box.)
3. CD player

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Plaver 54-I 87
SPEAKER
L/ REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ~

<DOOR SPEAKER>
,/$‘I
./$I/’ j
/$/” 1
./’ I
4 I’
:” .,
/,,$’ ,A’
I ._. ?
,*:
... ;I
_I
‘7..

,, .-Y_., : ,’

<REAR SPEAKER>

16FOO97
00002404

Door speaker removal steps Rear speaker removal steps


1. Door trim (Refer to GROUP 42 - Door 1. Quarter trim (Refer to GROUP 52A -
Trim and Waterproof Film.) Trims.)
2. Speaker garnish 2. Speaker garnish
3. Speaker 3. Speaker
4. Speaker cover 4. Speaker box

TSB Revision
54-188 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

MOTOR ANTENNA / ANTENNA FEEDER CABLE / AMPLIFIER


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
<Hatchback>

\ Z16FO497
4

Motor antenna removal steps Antenna feeder cable removal steps


l Rear side trim (LH) l Rear side trim (LH)*l
(Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims.) l Quarter trim (LH)”
1. Ring nut l Rear side trim*‘, **
2. Base l Quarter trim (LH)*t, **
3. Antenna pole l Quarter upper trim”, l *
4. Antenna feeder cable and motor antenna 0 Liftgate upper trim*‘, +*
connection l Ligate side trim (RH)“, l *
5. Motor antenna l Rear console assembly
(Refer to GOUP 52A - Console Box.)
Amplifier removal l Radio and tape player
(Refer to P54-176)
il. Amplifier (under passenger’s seat) 4. Antenna feeder cable and motor antenna
connection
NOTE 6. Rear seat cushion
7. Rear seatback
l ‘: Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims 8. Inner seat belt
‘*: Vehicels with glass mounted antenna 9. Console side cover (LH)
10. Antenna fedder cable

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-I 89
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
+A,REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL
Raise and remove the seat cushion with the lever pulled.

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT


.AqREAR SEAT CUSHION INSTALLATION
(1) Securely fit the attachment wire of the seat cushion
under the seatback.
(2) Pass the inner seat belt buckles through the cushion.
(3) Securely fit the lock plates of the seat cushion into
the holes in the floor.

INSPECTION
ANTENNA MOTOR INSPECTION
Disconnect the motor antenna control unit connector, connect
the positive terminal of the power supply to terminal (1) and
connect the negative terminal to terminal (4) to check that
the antenna goes up, and that when the connections are re-
versed, the antenna goes down.

Antenna going down Antenna going up MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
(1) Connect the harness connector to the motor antenna.
(Body harness)
(2) Disconnect the antenna motor connector.
(3) With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, operate
the radio switch and check the voltage between the termi-
nals during the period when the antenna is going up or
going down.
I
16FO203
I Antenna operating
direction Terminals to check Voltage (V)
I
Down l-3 10-13

UP 3-4 10-13

16F0198
00002406

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

ANTENNA POLE REPLACEMENT


(1) Remove the ring nut.
Ring nut

I
(2) Set the radio switch to ON. After the antenna pole has
extended, remove the antenna pole and rack cable as
an assembly. _.

7
I
I
(3) Extend the antenna pole up to its farthest point.
Tboth side of rack cable NOTE
If the motor end of the rack cable is bent, straighten it.

vi ~
(4) Force the rack cable into the motor assembly with the
tooth side of the rack cable toward the luggage compart-
ment.

I
16LO427
00002407
Rack cable ,8Loa1

(5) Turn the tooth side of the rack cable toward the rear of
Tooth side of rack cable the vehicle (90” clockwise) to bring the rack cable into
mesh with the motor gear.
(6) Lightly pull the rack cable. If it comes out without resistance,
it means that the rack cable is not in mesh with the motor
gear. Recheck that the rack cable end is not bent before
repeating the above-mentioned steps (2) and (3).
(7) With the antenna pole upright and the radio switch at
OFF, take up the rack cable. As the rack cable is taken
up, insert the antenna pole toward the motor antenna.
(8) After the ring nut has been tightened, set the radio switch
to ON and OFF to check the operation of the antenna

~
pole.

d
TSB Revisidn
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 54-I 91
CD AUTO CHANGER
L REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Z16FO495
00002408

L Removal steps
1. CD changer cover
l Lu gage compartment floor carpet,
big\ floor center board.
2. CD auto changer
3. CD changer bracket (front)
4. CD changer bracket (rear)

TSB Revision
54-192 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER


SPECIAL TOOLS

e rear window defog-

e rear window defog-

‘d ,

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger 54-193
TROUBLESHOOTING
8, CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
(UP TO 1993 MODELS)

;&iL#GHT

3R-B
5

L G-W
I I I
8=
i n F; 2B-R - G-W t

REMOTE
CONTROLLED
MIRROR
(HEATER>
1

B
\L
“1
ILL

(B-Y) 4
JI
\I II
I
I
II
I 0 II
+j m I
2B B-Y
DATA LINK (i&y,2 ---------- - ---- ----1
CONNECTOR
3B DEFOGGER
f
n :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT RHEOSTAT
Z THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
X2:VEHICLES WITH
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
(c-65):1 (c-65)

HR13MOOAA

TSB Revision
54-194 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK (FROM 1994 MODELS)>

IGNITION IGNIl IN GENERATOR


FUSIBLE LINK@ SWITCH(IG2) SWIT( (IGl) (L TERMINAL)

B-W
(F>L

7m CHARGING
7 (D-45) JO

I 1 1OAb 15A
3m
3R-B I L
,,5 ,,3 L
/\ ,\ 1 6s)
------_____---______--~~~~~ imGER
OFF-,=ON CHARGING L
'4
3B-R G-Y (c-15) :$
B-R
(1,J
L I
pa-u 7?a-D '3u-0
.y "I u" "I =" :‘I MFI &STEM (c-65) I,":: (c-66) 52 (c-65) 2%
v t
I %!E, i Cl?
bUI” I KUl2~C” L-7 r

I MIRROR I47i7-
I 4

GNO

c&+;;;
EW

3B-R
0

2B
NOTE
al:VEHICLES WITHOUT
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
X2:VEHICLES WITH
n THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
6 :3:1994 :4:FROM MODELS 1995 MODELS

HR13MOlAA

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger 54-195

FUSIBLE LINK@ TAILLI GH'T RELAY


I
5W-B
2W-B 2R-

HORN
5W-B
,,l (c-68) Zz&P”‘“” G
J/B
L 15

10A
(c-83)- G-
----__ S(c-69)
(F)R-B (F>R-E ‘11 1m
J/B
R-Y I' R
2 1
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE ) I II
C O M P A R T M E N T (A-11X)
e(c-71)
a G-
2B-1
.HEADLIGHT IOD OR STRAGE
.FOG LIGHT CONNECTOR
.TAILLIGHT
PARKING/SIDE G-W
MARKER LIGHT 4 1
AND LICENSE
PLATE LIGHT (D-41) F-
.ELC-4A/T
'#&AND (G-!'I
ETACS ECU 2 3

lOFd,ON IND’ 1 ILL 1

I
1 *
-
1 i-
B-L R-B B
:;f'g-$;T (B-Y
I *G"~$&AND
16
I v
4 2B
E B
(D-41)

1
2
RHEOSTAT

6
2E 2B
NOTE
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT
I THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
= X2:VEHICLES WITH
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
H

(C-79)FRONT SIDE (c-83) (D-06) (D-41) (D-42) (D-44)


i

HR13MOlAB

TSB Revision
54-196 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE (1995 MODELS)>

IGNITION IGNIl IN GENE TOR


F'JSIBL E LINK@ SWITCH(IG2) SWITC (IGl) (L TE INAL)
- -
28-h
3R-I3 2L-B I B-W (F>I
2B-h
, 2-----------___. 7m CHARGING 10
(c-01) (D-45)

J’Bp I
30
3R-E L-RI B-k I

DEFOGGER
RELAY
(c-06x)
e-
CHARGING T

3B-F (c-15)

MFI SYSTEM 3;: (c-66) 52


-
REMOTE
#JJ&LLED

GNI
n
'57 :1 I
59 $2
B

38-F

!B
NOTE
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
22:VEHICLES WITH
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.

HR13M02AA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

ii

FUSIBLE LINKa TAILLIGHT RELAY


I
2W-B q-

5W-B :;&"A'""
HORN ,.1 (c-68)
‘J/B
69
10A
\/
(F>R-I 11 ------ A/1 (c-70)
(F>R-B J/B
R-Y r R
,,2 ,,l
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
1 /\
,--(A-11X) ( I7 L I
8cc-71)
:I, G-W
2B-F
,HEADLIGHT
.FOG LIGHT
IOD OR STRAGE
CONNECTOR
I p@

.TAILLIGHT.
PARKING/SIDE G-W
MARKER LIGHT 4
AND LICENSE
PLATE LIGHT Ed
.ELC-4A/T
/ L-R L-R 2B-k 'i;$$SAND (G-W)
cc-65) i \6 2 ,,3
DEFOGGER
f
SWITCH
iD-os)
IND(
UN

i i V
my54 1 '4
B-L R-B :;fE-$;T (B-Y)
.$;;EESAND
9 I16
I " A A\(
4 5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2B
,E B (c-79)
B-Y
, (D-41)
2 7
RHEOSTAT
2B 2B
NOTE
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT
h THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
:2:VEHICLES WITH
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
n

HR13M02AB

TSB Revision
54-I 98 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE (FROM 1996 MODELS)>

IGNITION IGNIII TOR


FUSIBL SWITCH(IG2) SWITC INAL)

3R-I
-l
7B CHARGING
(F)* 10
(c-01) (D-45)
J’Bn
7

3R-i

e-
L
OFF-:,ON CHARGING
I
?

,I
3B-R G-Y (6-15)
B-R
1

2B-R 3B-R
MFI SYSTEM (c-65)5
,I
V
( c - 6 6 ) I5 2
V
(c-65) -4I
fl
REMOTE
CONTROLLED 4
MIRROR

I GND
V

HR13M03AA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger 54-199

FUSIBLE LINKa TAILLIGHT RELAY


I
I
1.25R-W

l&&CATED
0%
15A

(c-83)L G-W
(F>R-i ,,6 (c-69)
(F>R-B J/B \

DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE


COMPARTMENF \,,
G-W 8 (c-71)

rI
/2B-- 1
IOD OR STRAGE W8(D-44)
.HEADLIGHT
,FOG LIGHT CONNECTOR
.TAILLIGHT.
PARKING/SIDE I
MARKER LIGHT 1
AND LICENSE
PLATE LIGHT (D-41)
.ELC-4A/T
L-R 2B- '&;&AND (G-W)
LJ (C-65)112
DEFOGGER
6 ) ,,3
1
SWITCH
P (D-06)
i
$ )FF ‘T[ IN

F
Al
4 5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2B
B E B-Y

RHEOSTAT
2B 2B

:
aFRONT SIDE (c-83)

HR13M03AB

TSB Revision
54-200 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

OPERATION
l If the defogger switch is turned to “ON” when the generator is generating electricity (L terminal exceeds
10 V.) with the ignition switch at the “ON” position, the timer circuit in the ETACS unit will be operated
to keep the transistor “on” for 11 minutes to close the contact point of the defogger relay. When the
defogger relay is “on”, the defogger and mirror heater will be activated. Moreover, the indicator light
of the defogger switch is lit to inform that the defogger and mirror heater are activated.
l When 11 minutes have passed, the defogger and mirror heater will stop activating even if the defogger
switch is at “ON”. When the defogger and mirror heater are activated (the timer is activated), they
will also stop activating even if the defogger switch is set at “ON” again or if the generator stops
generating electricity (the terminal is 3.5 V or less.)
NOTE
The light automatic shut-off system is valid for the illumination light of the defogger switch. (Refer to P.54-37.)
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

NOTE
For the troubleshooting hints of the automatic light shut-OFF system, refer to P.54-38.
COMPONENT LOCATION
Data link. connector Data link connector
<From 1994 models>

\ V16FO496 1

es.-‘) blocky,6Fww
216FO125

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

X16FO354

1 TSB Revision
54-202 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
INPUT SIGNAL
With voltmeter Data link connector <Up to 1993 models>
When using the scan tool (MUT) or voltmeter
Using the scan tool or voltmeter, check whether or not the
input signals from each switch are being input to the ETACS
unit.
(1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector located
at the right side of the junction block or connect the voltme-
ter between the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal.
(2) Check if the buzzer of the scan tool sounds or the needle
of the voltmeter moves when each switch is operated.
If the buzzer sounds or the needle moves, the input signals
are being input to the ETACS unit, so that switch can
be considered to be functioning normally. If not, the switch
or switch input circuit is faulty. Check the switch and the
switch input circuit.

When using the MUT-II <All models>


CUD to 1993 models> When using the scan tool (MUT-II)
(1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector. When
connecting the scan tool to a vehicle up to 1993 models,
use the adapter harness supplied together.
Caution
Turn off the ignition switch beforehand whenever the
scan tool is connected or disconnected.
(2) If the scan tool makes a peep sound when each switch
is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU
is normally sent from the switch circuit system.

Y2OFO164
00002231

Ground <From 1994 models>


When using the voltmeter
(1) Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground
terminal of the data link connector using the special tool.
(2) If the voltmeter pointer deflects once when each switch
is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to .ECU
is normally sent from the switch circuit system.

U2OFO163

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger 54-203
Normal characteristic curve ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
L Voltage

j\ THE PRINTED-HEATER LINES CHECK


(1) Run engine at 2,000 rpm. Check heater element with bat-
tery at full.
(2) Turn ON rear window defogger switch. Measure heater
element voltage with circuit tester at rear window glass
Positive Printed heater line Negative
terminal terminal
center A.
Condition good if indicating about 6 V.
(3) If 12 V is indicated at A, there is a break in the negative
Abnormal characteristic curve terminals from A.
Voltage Move test bar slowly to negative terminal to detect where
voltage changes suddenly (0 V).
Qj( ( r”!“Yui; (4) If 0 V is indicated at A, there is a break in the positive
terminals from A. Detect where the voltage changes sud-
denly (12 V) with the same method described.

THE PRINTED-HEATER LINES REPAIR


Positive Printed heater line Negative REQUIRED MATERIALS
terminal terminal
216Y332 l Thinner l Lead-free gasoline
l Tape l Fine brush
l Conductive paint
Break Tape (1) Clean disconnected area with lead-free gasoline. Tape
along both sides of heater element.
(2) Mix conductive paint thoroughly. Thin the required amount
of paint in a separate container with a small amount of
L-J thinner and paint break three times at 15 minute intervals.
(3) Remove tape and leave for a while before use (circuit
\ complete).
(4) When completely dry (after 24 hours) finish exterior with
Conductive a knife.
paint
216Y333
Caution
Clean glass with a soft cloth (dry or damp) along defog-
ger heater element.
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH

(1) Remove rear window defogger switch from the meter bezel.
(Refer to P.54-109.)
(2) Operate the switch and check the continuity between the
terminals.

16FO167

c
00002409

TSB Revision
54-204 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

< pt 1994 model DEFOGGER RELAY


INSPECTION
<Except 1994 models>

III I Q!-hh& Connect battery power source to terminal 5. Check circuit


between terminals with terminal 3 grounded.

00002410
lBFO206
~1

cl994 models>
~1994 models>
Connect battery power source to terminal 1. Check circuit
between terminals with terminal 3 grounded.

L---i
00002411

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem 54-205

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
L,
SPECIAL TOOLS
Tool number and name Supersession Application
MB991 341 MB991 341 C Up to 1993 models
Checking the theft-alarm system
Scan tool
(Multi-use tester
<MUT>)

ROM Pack
(For the number,

Q refer to GROUP 00 -
Precautions Before
Service.)

MB991 502 MB991 502 All models


Scan tool Checking the theft-alarm system
(MUT-II)

ROM pack

L MB991 52%. MB991 529 From 1994 models


Diagnostic trouble Checking the theft-alarm system
code check harness using a voltmeter

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem

TROUBLESHOOTING
(UP TO 1993 MODELS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNITION IGNITION
SWITCH(IG1) SW1TCH(ACC)

HEADLIGHT
RELAY
0
---------_ 63 0
10A

c-77) 16
15A

(c-80)
----------
1
x
SOCI

2R-L1 2R-L1 (R. 0.85 B-W


2 , B-W 0.85L
L
FJ$ L
t

\I I
R-B
1 "2 /
2R ;
’ I ,\ L

+I
I 8 3 520
---------__ 53
--------__
----- --A
3 ‘3
1.25R

0.85R-W 1.25R

0.85R-W
0

(c-01) 3_---- ,,6


Y -B
LE j LIGHT
AUTOMATIC 0
SHUT-OFF
UNIT
.----------------------
lO(c-65) ETACS UNIT I
1625R ,8
,C
E54# I---. *

1
HI
R-c
G#~O rL[
A
R-c

nr-

- - - -

(LH) (RH)
DOOR TWITCH

;zk77) (c-80) (c-82) (E-15)(m) (E-21)


gj 1~~~~~~~~~

HR15MOOAA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem 54-207 ~

FUSIB E
LINK b
6
5W-B
,.l (c-68)
/J/B
@
15A
V V J, ik
(c-70,“1---“2 (c-83) .l OR-B ‘10 (c-77)

R R-Y R-1
I R-E
,,l ,,2
I\
I I
IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
(A-11x)

/
i

----i L----i<
B l6 B5

2B
d

HRlSMOOAB

TSB Revision
54-208 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)

KEY LIGHT
IGNITION I#$!;'" AUTOMATIC
SW ITCH(ST) SHUT-OFF UNIT
7 r7

2B-Y 0 B-Y A/T


,yM/T

2B-Y
L
(c-31) v2 M/T " A/T
2B-Y
,4 mayt1j---1 1 j
$V??ER/
L.
mI . b ------____--___ - ------ - ----- -- ---- --
/ I
\n OFi-,,ON \, /
\
2B-Y 2 G-B B-L Y-
,J ---_
(A-67) 2(3 II ,-r n /T
M/T *I A/T a
G-E3

r
I
(1992 MODEL> *cl993 MODEL>
\ G-E3 ; 3 LG-B G-B 3
,

t
t SE"
/\
xm-
POSITION
NI SWITCH
l(c-64)
OFF-,:ON I STARTER
RELAY
l(c-56)
8 E 6'1
LG-E
\
A/T * M/T
I1
2E
L-2%13q 1 ‘-:liq

GND
V

2B

HR15MOOBA I

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 54-209 ~

FUSIB E
LINK 6

'T 2,,-B ,

5W-B
J/B ,,l (c-68)
\

T,,
RBI 11;;
‘I‘
I

' THEFT-ALARM R-E


i HORN RELAY
I (c-72)
II -0FFJ
I 3
II L
iA
(c-78) 14 (c-76)
L-G R-E G-E
_____-_________--
18
G-E
L
L-G DIODE G-E

1
c-12 R-E
ETACS UNIT (c-66) I58
G-R

mi-
HORN
CLOCK
SPRING HORN
(LH) (RH)

GR

(1
2E

28
d - -
1 HORN
SWITCH

z - - -
q E!
GFm KFn (A-47) (A-48) (A-49) @FEZ) mJ2) (c-57)
II Ei q a q q9 p---qpq ~10~1 ~12/13~141 51 6l1?~16~19
L (c-68) (c-12) (c-76) 673 (c-80)
/EiJ q @ mmE=F
HR15MOOBB

TSB Revision
54-210 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK (FROM 1994 MODELS)>

FUSIBLE LINK@ IGNITION 'ITCH(IG1) IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)


I
2R-B
2B-
FOG LIGHT 7_ ------ - ---- Tjj-
5 -l
TAILLIGHT.bARKING/
SIDE MARKER HEAD @ 0 @
LIGHT 10 A
LIGHT AND
b;gXySE PLATE RELAY
(A-O1X)
iAL,
(c-7’D 16 (c-80)
15A
------____
3
15A

1
‘3D-r 2R-L
(R-Y (IL) Ob” 'G B-h
WITHOUT

SoCKET
WITH
1
ACCESSORY ACCESS ;ORY

FOG LIGHT 3I 0.85L


,t 0
QxDZ8 ----I L 0.85L
I - -L
3 BACK-UP LIGHT CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
t 3-w \
>
1B-W
1
RADIO AND
(R-Y (I2) ObS z TAPE PLAYER

r
0.85B I
(c-ol)&---------- ____ ,F (R-Y)
5 @” L1GHT
JGGAGE
0.85B 0.85R iyi;tRTMENT
HEADLIGHT 1
* e8
lO(c-65)
(R-Y (I >)
R-G
I
k I 8

2h
LIGHT V
AUTOMATIC
2B SHUT-OFF
,,3 (c-76) UNIT J
J/B' A (E-17) 5._i
\/ _ i -
- -
-
3 (c-82) 5 = =
28 Y-B (LH) (RH)
\ * /
n A
= 6 DOOR S W I T C H

HRlJMOlAA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 54-211

i
i

FUSIBLE LINK@
I

5W-B +
,,l (c-68) HORN
,\ J/B

V 1, \, \/

ED“11 (C-71) ~~~“10 (c-77)“1 0.85R-B“3F

NATION

IOD OR
STORAGE
CONNECTOR
(A-11X)
1 CENTRAL DOOR t
(E-17) LOCKING B-L
GR 157
----____-________-_______________ --------------- A51
---------- J,EQ(c-66)

/ ETACS
UNIT
LJ

2B B
I I
----J L----
2B l6 (F)B 5
t
2B
1
-
0

HRlJMOlAB

TSB Revision
54-212 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)

KEY LIGHT
IGNITION &y+;;ER AUTOMATIC
SWITCH(ST) SHUT-OFF UNIT
7
rA/T yM/T

B-L
1 I
/

M/T y A/T
20-Y -
4
STARTER /\
RELAY , II
o oft--,--------------------------- _______ II
!a I
2B-Yr2 B-L Y-B

r
LUTD-CRUISE CONTROL I MFI SYSTEM
t- 1
-B
11/T ! A/T

2B-k b EE”
-B 2 LG-B

l$&gJ& I
pSOU;&ON
SUPPLEMENTAL
NT '(c-64)

2B-Y MFI SYSTEM SYSTEM

BATTERY J/B
J;B j I$ "7
Jm B -----
v c&i--9
my9----- =54 =54
20B-R 3B-R R-B 0 B-L
J(B-23) ,.l(B-24)
/\
%ERER

B B
16 4 -5
-5 99
A A h *
4 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(c-79)

(c-65) (c-66) (c-79) FRONT SIDE

HRlBMOlBA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 54-213 1

FUSIB E
LINK bs

~,J/B ‘;/I (c-68)


, DEDICATED
FUSE

6,, 10A
RB[ 11;; R-B
I‘
0
R-E R-B
1 5

[ ON

(c-78) 14 (c-76)
L-G R-E G-E G-R
___-________---_ (c-02)
8 7
G-B
i

L-G D,'p,"," R-B G-B


(c-57)
ETACS UNIT (c-66) 58 2 G-R
GR
(A-26) (A-47) 1
CLOCK 1 iv HORN
iEEi-
HORN > SPRING
C -l IA (LH) (RH)
(A-27)
9
,70
1 B GR
LIFTGATE
CYLINDER
LOCK 1 (F-24)
i;yTEfiTE
SWITCH 2B
(F-23)

1
HORN
2B SWITCH
d
r

(A-06X)0 @F-m (A-47) Gz3 (A-49) GF53 (c-02) (c-57)


1423 q m Lizi lla q la /fim$mqmj
/ ii35 cc-ss) oF7-ia(c-76)(m
LJ (c-80)
al
/a1
•pJipTimaJJ~E&~
HRlBMOlBB

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE (FROM 1995 MODELS)>

ij ~

FUSIBLE LINK@ IGNITION I ITCH(IG1) IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)


I I
,, 2R-B l,25R-B 2R-# , B-W 2B-h 2L
2B-& I
FOG LIGHT CHARGING;r (L) :c-82) 7
- ----_---------------- 44
2R-B
r-

13
5

LIGHT AND -------


LICENSE PLATE
LIGHT
:c-77) 16 (c-so)~~---------~l

(L 0.8~ B-W \
B-L
; ---. 1 0.85~
ga
2R-1 -7 L 0.85~ L31
1BACK-UP LIGHT E;gfi$E;TE

E ri
(

0.85E (L

0.85E 1.25R
(c-01) ---------------- 6
1 (R-Y)

I
40
I
0.85E
HEADLIGHT

kEPt!ft IR-G
(
(%K@ (R-k') (L
(c-10) R-G
7 4
2

r
(c-34)
LIGHT
AUTOMATIC
SHUT-OFF
UNIT
J/B (E-17) _I: ?
-
I ,

Y-B 5 (LH) (RH)


6A DOOR SWITCH
Ei
(rn)(A-41)
(c-10) (A-61) (A-76) (A-77) cm (c-31) (c-34) (c-65)
lq23 am@Jm
~1~1~~~1
I!3
& (c-76) 677.. (c-80) (c-82) (7FFJCE-17) (E-21)
~pjJJ p$$@gp=[~/~ ~~~~
HR15M02AA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 54-215

FUSIBLE LINK@
I

\/ I
‘1 O.&R-B 3=
T2, R-B
,,
R-B
CflMR I NAT_ _T nN
~E;I;ER"'~ -..
i&R LIGHT V
IOD OR I llf-Y-nf-!c fEg-j$
~$@EMENT I -L I
STORAGE
CONNECTOR L1GHT LiGHT
(A-11X) AUTOMATIC
$f-&OFF
(E-17)
-________-________--____________________------ A--Jf- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
E

” V i?
140

--1 r
I I
I I
I I
I ,
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I 4
I I
I I B
I I
I I
--J : ----
(F)Bt5

(E-01) cE=m)tFT7~ a
m-3
cFm(E-23)
HR15M02AB

TSB Revision 1
54-216 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)

KEY LIGHT
IGNITION i#+#ER AUTOMATIC
SWITCHCST) SHUT-OFF UNIT
77
2%-Y I v M/T h
A/T
B-Y

1
0
B-L
I

Y-B
M/T ! A/T

i-B

;-B ; ) LG-E
t CLUTCH

I
2B-Y PEDAL
I ,
POSITION
O.05B-Y N SWITCH

I(c-64)

A/T i M/T

2B-Y MFI SYSTEM MFI SYSTEM

BATTERY lm
0.85B-R
J;B (c-66)yg----- YE
20B-R R-B % B-L
oF;;;fBil?&&R ii'k'AL ^i o , ~ ,o~~~

B B

I@ /I A
16 4 5 E
A A A
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
I
0 0
(A-09X)
(A-66) 0 E-22) EiQ(c-02) (c-31) (c-56)cm
El q
(c-65) (c-66) OFRONT SIDE

HR15M02BA

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 54-217

5W-B

DEDICATED
FUSE

R-B R-B
,,l ,5
ON

- ____--__-- - _ (c-02)
8
G-B

G-B
I

7
G-E

ETACS UNIT 58
DIODE
c-12 R-B
--I2 G-B

GR
(c-57)
G-h G-R

rl7
(A-47)
CLOCK
)I SPRING r
!A

GR

I 10
2E
HORN
SWITCH

NOTE -
::1995 MODELS
I ---- -Am
(A-06x) (A-26) (A-27) (A-47) @Fm lA-49) (A-50) (c-02) (c-57)-

HR15M02BB

TSB Revision
54-218 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

COMPONENT LOCATION

16FO257
19FO134

16FO268
00002412

\I-relay -
m \ \016F0261

h$k Revision I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 54-219
1 <Up to 1993 models> r

216FO282

<From 1994 models>


P <Vehicles with keyless entry
system> I

I \ Y 16FO498 zl6Fo464

<Vehicles without keyless entry

TSB Revision
54-220 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
With voltmeter Data link connector CHECKING THE INPUT
<Up to 1993 models> ‘d
\‘%S$F When using the scan tool (MUT) or voltmeter
- Data link t Ground ETACS z16R1338
1. Connect a voltmeter between terminal for ETACS and
terminal for ground, or connect the scan tool to the data
link connector.

When using the MUT-II <All models>


4Jp to 1993 models> When using the scan tool (MUT-II)
1. Connect the scan tool to the data link connector. When
connecting the scan tool to a vehicle up to 1993 models,
use the adapter harness supplied together.
vi
Caution
Turn off the ignition switch beforehand whenever the
scan tool is connected or disconnected.

Y2OFO164
00002231

<From 1994 models>


When using the voltmeter
1. Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground
terminal of the data link connector using the special tool.

UZOFOlfX3

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem 54-221
2. Make sure that when the following switches are turned
on, the output shown in the illustration is delivered. (Only
those switches which are related to the theft-alarm system
are listed here.)
0 Driver and front passenger door switches
l Headlight switch
l Driver and front passenger door lock switches
l Passing light switch
l Pop-up switch (up to 1993 models)
l Hood switch
l Liftgate switch
l Door key cylinder switch
l Liftgate switch
If there is no output of a voltage pattern at all, check
Voltmeter rvv 1-1 for a malfunction of that switch or for damaged or discon-
(Output) nected wiring.

Scan tool
(Buzzer %,i
sound)
16FO571

TSB Revision
54-222 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

TROUBLESHOOTING QUICK-REFERENCE TABLE


For information concerning the locations of electrical components, refer to GENERAL-Theft-alarm System
Circuit.
1. ARMING / DISARMING RELATIONSHIP
Trouble symptom

The system is not armed (The


I Cause
Damaged or disconnected
Check method

Check by using check


Remedy

Replace the fusible link


SECURITY light doesn’t illumi- wiring of ECU power sup- chart P.54-224. No. (6) or the fuse No.
nate, and the alarm doesn’t func- ply circuit (19).
tion.) Repair the harness.
(The central door locking system
functions normally.
Damaged or disconnected Check by using check Repair the harness or re-
If the central locking system does
wiring of door switch input chart P.54-225. place the door switch.
not function normally, refer to
circuit
GROUP 42.)

The arming procedures are fol- Damaged or disconnected Check by using check Replace the fusible link
lowed, but the SECURITY light wiring of SECURITY light chart P.54-229. No. (6) or the fuse No.
does not illuminate. activation circuit. (1%
(There is an alarm, however, Repair the harness.
when an alarm test is conducted
after about 20 seconds have Blown SECURITY light Replace the bulb.
passed.) bulb
Malfunction of the ECU. Replace the ECU.

The alarm sounds in error when, Damaged or disconnected If input checks Repair the harness or re-
while the system is armed, a door wiring of a door key cylin- (P.54-220) indicate a place a door key cylinder
or the liftgate is unlocked by us- der and the liftgate unlock malfunction, check by and the liftgate unlock
ing the key. switch input circuit. using check chart switch.
P&f-227.
Malfunction of a door key
cylinder and the liftgate un-
lock switch.
Malfunction of the ECU. Replace the ECU.

2. ACTIVATION / DEACTIVATION RELATIONSHIP


Trouble symptom Cause Check method Remedy

There is no alarm when, as an Damaged or disconnected If input checks Repairthe harness or re-
alarm test, a door is opened with- wiring of door switch (all (P.54-220) indicate a place the door switch.
out using the key. doors) input circuit malfunction, check by
(The arming and disarming are using check chart
normal, and the alarm is acti- Malfunction of the door P.54-225.
vated when the liftgate or hood is switch
opened.)
Malfunction of the ECU Replace the ECU.

There is no alarm when, as an Damaged or disconnected If input checks Repair the harness or re-
alarm test, the liftgate is opened wiring of liftgate switch in- (P.54-220) indicate a place the liftgate switch.
without using the key. put circuit malfunction, check by
(The alarm is activated, however, using check chart
by opening a door or the hood.) Malfunction of the liftgate P.54-228.
switch.
Malfunction of the ECU. Replace the ECU.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 54-223
Trouble symptom Cause Check method Remedy
There is no alarm when, as an Damaged or disconnected If input checks Repairthe harness or re-
alarm test, the hood is opened wiring of hood switch input (P.54-220) indicate a place the hood switch.
from within the vehicle. circuit. malfunction, check by
(The alarm is activated, however, I using check chart
by opening a door or the liftgate.) Malfunction of the hood p.54-225.
switch.
Malfunction of the ECU. - Replace the ECU.
Engine would not start [Engine There is a short-circuit of Check by using check Repair the harness.
starting is possible when the the starter relay activation chart P.54-234.
starter relay is in the switched-off circuit
(normally closed) condition, with
the clutch switch in the switch-off
and the ECU harness connector
disconnected.]
When, as a test of the alarm, a Damaged or disconnected Check by using check Repairthe harness or re-
door or the liftgate is opened wiring of headlight power chart P.54-231, 232. place the diode Ds.
without using the key, orthe hood supply circuit or headlight Replace the headlight
is opened from within the vehicle, activation circuit relay or the headlight.
the horn and the theft-alarm horn
sound but the headlights don’t
flash. (The headlights can, how- M al f u n c t i o n of the ECU
ever, be switched. ON by using Replace the ECU.
the passing switch.)

The headlights flash during an Damaged or disconnected Check by using check Repair the harness.
alarm test but the horn orthe theft wiring of horn relay power chart P.54-229,230,231. Replace the horn.
alarm horn does not sound. supply circuit or horn ac- Replace dedicated fuse
tivation circuit No. (6) or the fusible link
Damaged or disconnected No. (6).
wiring of the theft-alarm
horn relay power supply
circuit or the theft-alarm
horn activation circuit.

Malfunction of the ECU. Replace the ECU.


The system is not deactivated Damaged or disconnected If input checks Repair the harness.
nhen, during an alarm test in wiring of door key cylinder (P.54-220) indicate a Replace the key cylinder
which the alarm is intentionally and liftgate unlock switch malfunction, check by switch or the liftgate
activated, the door or liftgate is input circuit using check chart switch.
Jnlocked by using the key. P.54-227,228.
:The system also cannot be dis- Malfunction of door keycyl-
armed.) inder and liftgate unlock
switch.
Malfunction of the ECU Replace the ECU.

ECU: Electronic Control Unit


NOTE
If the lifigate unlock switch or door key cylinder unlock switch is operated roughly, or if these switches have
been installed incorrectly or switches themselves are defective the ECU may not accept the warning or alarm
cancelling signal. In such case, the alarm operation will take place when the door is opened using a key.
[When the door key cylinder switch has been shorted, however, if the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECU
judges the detection-switch as faulty and thereafter, it will prevent setting of (warning) alarm until the shorting
is corrected.]
If the liftgate is opened using a key and is left opened when the door key cylinder switch system has a trouble
(wiring harness damage, open circuit, etc.), the ECU judges it as the liftgate holding mode and does not produce
alarm even when the door is opened.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem

CHECKING THE CIRCUIT AND INDIVIDUAL PART


\
1. ETACS POWER-SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITS
Description of operation
L)
The battery supplies a stabilized 5 V power supply to the
J,
, c-66fl ECU, via the constant-voltage circuit and terminal 51 (which
is directly connected to the battery).
ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU con-
WC’ 1l----i 2 2 1 -1
c-77 nector).
A.Ilx

@j&j

JJTk!ifkBoR
E

51
I 51
ECU
terminal No. Signal

ECU power supply


Condition

At all times
Terminal
voltage
12v

L)

2. KEY-REMINDER SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT


EYZIF E
b Description of operation
ml
The key-reminder switch is switched OFF and HIGH-level
J,“I:6, ,.,!!I signals are sent to the ECU when the key is inserted into
the ignition key cylinder: when the key is removed, the key-re-
L minder switch is switched ON and LOW-level signals are sent
p$zsq
c-s’ to the ECU.
ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU con-
nector).

I 2 c-58 I ECU
terminal No. Signal Condition Terminal
voltage
3466
m 64 Key-reminder Key removed 12 V
[01 !i I i NDER
%,lcH switch
Key inserted 0V

r 1
C-66
ECU

d
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 54-225
3. HOOD SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT
Description of operation
When the hood is closed (the hood switch is switched OFF),
HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU:
When the hood is opened (the hood switch is switched ON),
LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU.
ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the. ECU con-
nector).
ECU
terminal Signal condition Terminal
No. voltage
18 Hood switch Hood Open OV
Closed 5 V*
* Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible
- by using an oscilloscope.

4. DOOR SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT


Description of operation
When the door is closed (the door switch is switched OFF),
HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU:
When the door is opened (the door switch is switched ON),
LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU.
ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU).
ECU
terminal Signal Condition Terminal
No. voltage
10 Driver door Driver Open OV
switch door
Closed 5 V*
Passenger Passen- Open 0 V
door switch
I ,
ger door Closed
I I
5 v*
I
*
Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible
L NOTE
rl:UP to 1 9 9 3 moaels
f2:From 1 9 9 4 modet.s
KX55-AK-R540¶-N
by using an oscilloscope.

TSB Revision
54-226 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
5. DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT
Description of operation
When a door is locked by the lock knob or the key, the door
lock actuator switch is switched OFF, and HIGH-level signals
are sent to the ECU. These signals activate the timer circuit
of the R ECU, thereby causing the activation circuit to function,
thus R activating the door lock actuator of all doors.
ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU con-
nector).
ECU Signal Condition Terminal
terminal voltage
No.
13 Door lock ac- Door Lock: 5 V’

t!I(
tuator switch lock ac- OFF
(driver door) tuator
switch Unlock: ON 0 V
14 loor lock ac- Door Lock: ‘5 v*
uator switch lock ac- OFF
:passenger tuator
joor) switch Unlock: ON 0 V
* Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible
by using an oscilloscope.

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 54-227
:Up to 1993 models> 6. DOOR KEY CYLINDER UNLOCK AND LIFTGATE
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT

Description of operation
When the door key is rotated or the liftgate key is unlocked,
R LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU.
ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU R
connector).
<Up to 1993 models>
ECU Signal Condition Terminal
terminal No. voltage
19 Door key cyl- Door Not 5V
inder unlock key cyl- rotate
switch inder
0-W Rotate 0 V
Door Not 5v
key cyl- rotate
inder
(W rotate ov
20 Liftgate un- Liftgate Lock 5 V
lock switch
Unlock 0 V

<From 1994 models>


Condition Terminal
fl’WABdif voltage
Tr--
Door Not 5v
key cyl- rotate
inder
0-W Rotate 0 V
19 Door key cyl- Door Not 5v
inder unlock key cyl- rotate
switch inder
W-0 Rotate 0 V

cIii@w
-a 2% - - *Yasw -_ _ ,.
20 Liftgate un- Liftgate Lock 5 V
lock switch
L Unlock 0 V

D
L:
gT%Efi El-l 8#
I!IG i EF’
$: ! fk G
I 3 W
&bB
?r
SwYbH or, ‘?a8
@gF-23 2 m 2 ai23
* -T’&

•iJ
KXSS-NC-R5‘05-N

I TSB Revision
54-228 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem
7. LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT
Description of operation
When the liftgate is closed (the liftgate switch is switched
ROFF), HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU. When the
liftgate is opened (the liftgate switch is switched R ON), LOW-
level signals are sent to the ECU.
ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU con-
nector).
ECU Signal Condition Terminal
terminal No. I voltage
17 Liftgate
switch _

l
Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible
by using an oscilloscope.

1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 54-229
8. SECURITY LIGHT ACTIVATION CIRCUIT
Description of operation
If all doors are in locked state after key-less locking, the ECU
transistor is turned ON and the security light comes on.
Checking the security light activation circuit (Disconnect the
connector of the ECU and check at the wiring harness side.)
Nor-
Mal-
mal
step Check object func- Cause Remedy
condi-
tion
tion
1 D-04 connector 12v ov Fuse (19) dam- Replace
terminal voltage 51 aged or discon- the fuse
JS! netted
SECURITY E-04
@y&fiNAT! ON 6
.$ Harness dam- Repair the
3 aged or discon- harness
152 netted, or short-
circuit
2 D-04 connector 12v ov Damaged or dis- Replace
terminal voltage 52 connected wiring the bulb
of SECURITY
light bulb
Harness dam- Repair the
aged or discon- harness
netted
3 ECU terminal volt- 12v ov Harness dam- Repair the
age 57 aged or discon- harness
netted, or short-
circuit

9. HORN RELAY POWER-SUPPLY CIRCUIT


FUSIBLE LINK CE) Description of operation
m
Power voltage is always supplied to the horn relay.
z
0 Checking the horn relay power-supply circuit (Disconnect the
al
horn relay)
z!
r
%BECATED
Mal-
func- Cause Remedy
tion
m
CL Fuse (3) dam- Replace the
connector terminal aged or discon- fuse
netted

Damaged or dis- Repair the har-


connected har- ness
ness

1
TO THE ECU TO THE HORN

TSB Revision
54-230 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

.,i”i, LlNl Q 10. HORN ACTIVATION CIRCUIT


Description of operation
?
a
The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door, etc. are
/ ; spored

10.
opened without use of the key.
dl
This energizes the horn relay to activate the horn.
Checking the horn activation circuit (Disconnect the connector
of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal connector No.58, and
activate the horn relay.)
Nor- 1 I I
mat Mal-
Step Check object Cause Remedy
condi- Ifunction I
tion
1 Horn relay termi- 12v ov Malfunction of Check the
z “2 nal
(4-Ground)
voltage the horn relay horn relay
(Refer to
EL? I I A-as ’ P.54-118.)
ig”‘“, 1 u~cw ~ I A.,Op+JIi3
I3 Horn terminal volt- 12v ov Harness dam- Repair the
age (LH & R H ) aged or discon- harness
(1 -Ground) netted
x
c! Horn terminal volt- Horn Horn Malfunction of Replace
6 age (LH & R H ) soun doesn’t the horn the horn
IZ)Y.l,.-” (1 -Ground) ds (0 sound
V) (0 w
Battery Damaged or dis- Repair the
voltage connected wiring harness
of ground circuit

11. THEFT ALARM HORN RELAY POWER-SUPPLY


CIRCUIT
Description of operation
Power voltage is always supplied to theft alarm horn relay.
Checking the horn relay power-supply circuit (Disconnect the
theft alarm horn relay)
Normal Mal-
Check object condi- func- Cause Remedy
tion tion
THEFT A L A R M 12v ov Fuse (14) dam- Replace the
HORN RELAY aged or discon- fuse
connector terminal netted
voltage 1
Damaged or dis- Repair the har-
connected har- ness
ness

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 54-231
12. THEFT ALARM HORN ACTIVATION ClRCUlT
Fwbk
link (6) Description of operation
The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door, etc. are
opened without use of the key.
This energizes the theft alarm horn relay to activate the horn.
Checking the horn activation circuit (Disconnect the connector
of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal connector No. 58, and
activate the theft alarm horn relay.)

A-26
8=
’ Theft-
alarm
A 27 1 * horn
ECU
al

Z16FO342

13. HEADLIGHT POWER-SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Description of operation
Power voltage is always supplied to the headlight relay.
Checking the headlight power-supply circuit (Disconnect the
headlight relay)
Normal Mal-
Check object condi- func- Cause Remedy
tion tion
(Wiring harness 12 v ov Fusible link (3) Replace the
side) terminal volt- blown fusible link
age (5-Ground)
Damaged or dis- Repair the har-
connected har- ness
ness

L TO Ecu

auO-U-RS4I2-Y

I
1 TSB Revision
54-232 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
14. HEADLIGHT ACTIVATION CIRCUIT

<Up to 1993 models> <From 1994 models>

k&w; ._s____. ’
om- 4 3
R-? -5
R

I
c-m 3
JO
ta
C-82 5
w
*
ii

Description of operation
The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicles Checking the headlight activation circuit (Disconnect
door, etc. are opened without use of the key. This the connector of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal
energizes the headlight relay to active the headlight. connector 2, and activate the headlight relay.)

TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem 54-233
1993 models>
Check object Normal Mal- Cause Remedy
condi- function
tion
1 Headlight relay terminal voltage 12v OV Malfunction of the Check the headlight
(4-Ground) headlight relay relay (Refer to
P.54-108.)
2 Headlight terminal voltage 12v OV Harness damaged or Repair the harness
(3-Ground) disconnected
3 Headlight termi- Column switch: O V The Malfunction of the Replace the headlight
nal voltage Low head- headlight. Harness or column switch.
(1 -Ground) light damaged or discon- Repair the harness.
Column switch: 12v isn’t nected. Malfunction of
Hi turned column switch.
on.
Headlight termi- Column switch: 12v
nal voltage Low
(2-Ground)
Column switch: OV
Hi

cFron n 1994 models>


SW Check object Normal Mal- Cause Remedy
condi- function
tion
1 Headlight relay terminal voltage 12v ov Malfunction of the Check the headlight
, (CGround) headlight relay relay (Refer to
P.54-108.)
id
2 Headlight terminal voltage 12v ov Harness damaged or Repair the harness
i (2-Ground) disconnected

I
-r
3 Headlight (HI) Column switch: 12v The Malfunction of the Replace the headlight
terminal voltage Low head- headlight. Harness or column switch.
(1 -Ground) light damaged or discon- Repair the harness.
Column switch: OV isn’t nected. Malfunction of
Hi turned column switch.
on.
Headlight (LO) Column switch: OV
terminal voltage Low
(2-Ground)
Column switch: OV
Hi
/

TSB Revision
54-234 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
15. STARTER RELAY ACTIVATION CIRCUIT
lgnlllon Key reminder
swtch
Battery switch (STI

Lo “:
Theft-
alarm
starter
03 52 relay

&
Y . ..--
N . OY I

A1
a.’ ‘pa C-56
3
PI/l i M/T

ECUm
B-23
l - PANWNEUTNLl. PONlTlON WITCH
:1
(prom 1993 NODEL)

:2
cm2 N@nEL>
Starter motor 216Fcas

Description of operation
The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door etc. are opened without use of the key. This turns
OFF the starter relay and power ceases to be supplied to the starter magnet switch.
Checking the starter relay activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, depress fully the clutch
pedal and activate the starter relay)

I
Normal Malfunc- Cause Remedy
SW Check object condition tion
1 Starter relay terminal voltage 12v ov Malfunction of the starter Check the starter relay
(2-Ground) relay
2 Starter motor terminal 12v ov Harness damaged or dis- Repair the harness
(1 -Ground) connected
t : :
(Starter motor connector B-24: Separation)
3 Continuity between “B-24” 0 Q -cl Damaged magnet switch Replace magnet switch
connector and ground

( TSB Revision
ALPHABETICAL INDEX 1
A DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-93,103-l
Front, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-70-I
ABS Rear, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-73-l
ii POWER RELAY, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . 35-82-l FLUID LEVEL SENSOR, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-64-l
RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-110-1 HOSES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I
SIGNAL, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-176,277-i LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-91-l
ACCELERATOR LINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-74-l
CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4-l PAD
SWITCH Disc, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-66-l
<Automatic Transaxle> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-51-l Disc, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . ..~..................>. . . . . . . . . . 35-71-l
<Engine and Emission Control> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4-l PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-84-l
ACTIVE AERO SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-7-l Check and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . 35-63-l
ACTIVE EXHAUST BUMPER
CONTROL UNIT, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 13A-173,274-l Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-8-l
SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-40-l Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-13-l
AERO PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-19-l
AIR BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520-74-l
MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-82, 87-l
AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9-l CAMSHAFT
ELEMENT, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-l OIL SEALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21-l
AIR CONDITIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l POSITION SENSOR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . 13A-103,225-l
<Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-54-l CATALYTIC CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-71-l
<Manual A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6-l <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-30-l
COMPRESSOR <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l
<Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l CD AUTO CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-191-11
<ManualA& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..55-39 .I CENTER PILLAR GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-33-l
COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18-l CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-49-l
CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-73-l CHARGE AIR COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11-l
CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-73-l CHARGING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l.6-2-11
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH CIGARETTE LIGHTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-123-k
Engine Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13-l CLOCK SPRING, SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-74-I
<Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...55-79-l CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
<Manual A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55:53-l Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-57-l
POWER RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-29-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-101,223-l
POWER TRANSISTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-74-l CLUTCH
SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..55-33 -1 BOOSTER OPERATING, Check <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-6-l
Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-l O-I
On-vehicle inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-123,236-l COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20-l
ANTENNA DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20-I
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-188-11 MASTER CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-14-l
FEEDER CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-188-11 PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-8-l
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to ABS Check and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-5-l
ASSIST LINK <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-35-i RELEASE CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-16-I
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-64-l VACUUM LINE cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-18-I
Maintenance ......................................... 00-49-I COLUMN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-112-11
AXLE COMBINATION GAUGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-33-k
COMBINATION LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11
Rear
COMBINATION METERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-31-11
<AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-6-l
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY,
<FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-2-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-123,236-l
HUB, Rear -&VD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-4-l CONDENSER
SHAFT <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-16-l <Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l
<ManualA& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...55-46-I
B FAN MOTOR
<Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l
BALL JOINT SEALS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-l <ManualA& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...55-46-I
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR CONTROL CABLE, A/T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-55-l
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... 13A-91,217-l CONTROLLER, Belt Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-32-l
BASIC IDLE SPEED, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-55-l CONTROL UNIT
BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-3-11 Active Exhaust, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-173,274-l
Discharged, Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-82-l ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-20-I
BELT LOCK CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-32,74-t Electronic CABS> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-119-l
BLOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-35-l CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37B-9-l
BOOSTER, Clutch <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-6-l Fuel Tank Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I
BOOST METER, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . 13A-171,273-l Inspection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...17-65-l
BRAKE CRANKSHAFT
Parking . . . . . . . . . . ..*............. ................. 36-8-l FRONT OIL SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-25-l
BOOSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-87-l POSITION SENSOR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . 13A-107,227-l
Operating Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-64-l REAR QIL SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-26-l
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
CROSSMEMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-8-l COOLANT
CRUISE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-t Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-51 -I
CABLE, Check and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-31-l Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4-l
SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-38-i COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13-l
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-32-l COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CURB IDLE SPEED, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11-l Engine and Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-28-l Engine Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13-I
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-93,219-l
D HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-18-l
MOUNTING .......................................... 32-3-l
DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-75-l OIL, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-47-l
DAMPING FORCE CHANGEOVER ACTUATOR . . . . . . . . 338-19-I OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36-l
DASHPOT, Check And Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-l 3-l OIL FILTER, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-l
DEFOGGER ROLL STOPPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-6-l
Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-192-11 SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-59-l
RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-204-11 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
SWITCH, Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-203-11 CANISTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l
DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-57-l
Case, Limited Slip cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-40-I Check for Leaks and Clogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-l
Limited Slip, Check cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-15-t PURGE SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-64-l
CARRIER <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-25-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-162,268-l
DISC BRAKE EVAPORATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-37-l
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...35-93-l EXHAUST
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-103-I GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-66-l
PADS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I MANIFOLD
DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-41-l <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-26-l
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-28-l
GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-43-l PIPE
HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-30-l
INSIDE HANDLE, Play Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-16-l <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-33-l
LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l SYSTEM
MIRROR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-31-l Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-40-l
REGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-43-l Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-60-l
TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..42-42- 1
WATERPROOF FILM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-42-l
WINDOW GLASS, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l
F
DRIP LINE WEATHERSTRIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-63-l FAN MOTOR
DRIVE BELT Condenser
Compressor, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18-l <Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-47-I <Manual A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-46-l
Tension, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7-l RELAY, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-129.240-t
Tension, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-9-l FEEDER CABLE, Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-188-11
DRIVE SHAFT FENDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-24-l
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...26-12-l FILLER TUBE CAP, Fuel Tank, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l
Rear...............................................27-19- I FLOOR CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-1 O-I
BOOTS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-l FLOOR PAN, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-16-l
OIL SEALS, Replacement <A/T> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-53-l FOG LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-105-11
<M/T AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-15-l SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-109-11
<M/T FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-5-l FRONT IMPACT SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526-68-l
FUEL
E FILLER DOOR, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l
FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-10-I
ECS GAUGE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,338-l 1 -I HOSES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-l
CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-20-I LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-8-I
INDICATOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I PRESSURE SOLENOID, On-vehicle Inspection ... 13A-166,270-l
SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-18-I PRESSURE TEST, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . 13A-180,279-l
EGR PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I
SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-72,200-l
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-164,269-l PUMP CIRCUIT RESISTOR, On-vehicle Inspection . 13A-84,211-l
SYSTEM, Inspection .................................. 17-67-l PUMP OPERATION CHECK, On-vehicle Inspection 13A-179,279-l
TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-68-l PUMP RELAY N0.2, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . 13A-84,211-l
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-i35,246-I SYSTEM, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-I
VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-68-l FUEL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-3-I
VALVE CONTROL VACUUM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-67-l FILLER DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-23-l
ELECTRICAL LOAD SWITCH, On-vehicle Inspection 13A-127,238-l FILLER TUBE CAP, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT CABS> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-119-l PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18-l Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l
CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-5-l FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-54-l
ALPHABETICAL INDEX 3
FUNCTION, Check (4WS) . . . . . . . . . . . . .37B-5-l <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-l 5-l

G K
GARNISHES . . . . . . . . . ......................... 51-15-l KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM .... ................. 23-51-l
GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-12-11 KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-52-l
GLASS KICKDOWN SERVO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-47-l
Center Pillar . ............... ...... 42-33-l KNOCK SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-289-l
D o o r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . . . . . . 42-43-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-125,237-l
Door Window, Adjustment . . . . . . 42-12-l KNUCKLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-6-l
Liftgate . . . . . . . . 42-38-l
Quarter Window .
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 42-34-l
. . . . . . 42-26-l
L
G SENSOR.. . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l LASH ADJUSTERS
<AWD-ABS> . . . . . . . . 35-117-l Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15-l
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-l 7-l
H LATCH, Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l
LEFT MEMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-8-l
HAZARD SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-110-11 LEVER, Shift
HEADLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-103-11 <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-16-l
HEADLINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-16-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-8-l
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR LICENSE PLATE LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-137,247-l LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-20-I
HEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-11-l
HEATER CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-30-I GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-38-l
HEATER UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-34-l LIGHT
HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11 Indicator, ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I
HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...42-18-l Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-105-11
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-11 -I Front Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11
HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-115-11 High Mounted Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11
RELAY.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11
SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11 Rear Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11
HYDRAULIC UNIT CABS>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-110-I Switch, Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33B-19-l
Check .............................................35-76-l LIGHTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-35-11
LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL
I Check cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-l 5-l
Rear Axle, Oil Change, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I
IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR (Stepper Motor Type) CASE <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-40-I
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-153,263-l LOOSE PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-25-l
IDLE MIXTURE, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12-l LOWER ARM
IDLE SPEED Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33A-10-I
Basic, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-55-l Rear Suspension
Curb,Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11-l <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 34-29-l
IGNITION <FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-9-l
CABLES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-l
COIL, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-158,264-l
POWER TRANSISTOR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . 13&158,264-l
M
SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-6-11 MAIN MUFFLER
SWITCH-IG, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-65, 193-l <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . ....... .......... 15-30-I
SWITCH-ST, On-vehicle Inspection <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l
<A/T> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-113,230-l MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6-l
<M/T> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-112,229-l MANUAL TRANSAXLE
SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-45-11 <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . 22-13-l
TIMING,‘Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . 22-2-l
IMPACT SENSORS, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-68-I Maintenance . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-I
INDUCTION CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR MASTER CYLINDER . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . 35-87-l
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-133,242-l Clutch . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . 21-14-l
INJECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-286-l MIRROR, Door.. _. . ....... . . . . . . . . . . 51-31-l
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-144,257-l MIXTURE CONTROL (MFI) System ....... . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-I
INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52A-5-l M O T O R A N T E N N A . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . 54-188-11
INTAKE MOTOR RELAY CABS>, Check . ....... . . . . . . . . . . 35-83-l
AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l MOULDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . 51-15-l
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-88,215-l MUFFLER, Main
CHARGE PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . 15-7-l <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-30-I
INTAKE MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-17-l <Turbo> . . . . .._.._............._._._. . . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l
PLENUM MUFFLER MODE CHANGEOVER SWITCH
<Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-l 3-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . _. . . . . ... 13A-131,241-l
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

Leak Repair Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-28-l


0 LINE
OIL <Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l
Transmission, Replacement <Manual A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-48-l
eAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..22-15- 1 REGULATOR, Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-43-l
CFwD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l RELEASE CYLINDER, Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-16-l
COOLER RESISTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-32-l
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36-l RHEOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-110-11
Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...23-62-l RIGHT MEMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-8-l
COOLER HOSES, Transaxle .......................... 23-62-l
COOLER TUBES, Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l S
FILTER, Engine, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-l
LEVEL, Gear, Check <AWEb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-14-l SEAT
LEVEL, Transmission, Check Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-17-l
<AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-15-l Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-25-l
<FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l SEAT BELT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-26-I
PAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23-l SELECTOR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-59-l
PRESSURE SWITCH, Power Steering, Check . . . . . . . . . 37A-13-l Operation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-51-l
SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23-l SENSOR
OPTICAL HORN LENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 Barometric Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to B
Brake Fluid Level, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-64-l
Camshaft Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to C
P Crankshaft Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to C
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH EGR Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to E
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to E
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-53-l
Frontlmpact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-68-I
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-113,230-l
G
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-8-l
cACTlVE EC% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l
CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-5-l
<AWD-ABS> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-117-l
LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-5-l
Heated Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to H
Stroke Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-4-l
Induction Control Valve Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I
SWITCH, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-4-l
Intake Air Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I
POP-UP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-109-11
Knock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RefertoK
POSITION DETECTION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-l
Steering Angular Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Throttle Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to T
SYSTEM, Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to V
VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l
Volume Air Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to V
POWER STEERING
WheelSpeed.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Referto W
Stationary Steering Effort Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-9-l
SHIFT LEVER
FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-10-I <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-16-l
GEAR BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-18-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-8-l
HOSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-33-l
SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-52-l
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-13-l SHOCK ABSORBER
OIL PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-29-l <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-36-l
Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-12-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-13-l
PRESSURE SWITCH SOLENOID
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-121,235-l EGR <California-Non Turbo, Turbo>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-I
POWER WINDOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..42-44-l EGR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-164,269-l
PROPELLER SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3-l Evaporative Emission Purge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to E
PROPORTIONING VALVE, Function Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-65-l Fuel Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to F
PURGE CONTROL Turbocharger Waste Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to T
SYSTEM, Check SPARK PLUG
<Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-58-l Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-I
<Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...17-60-l CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-36-11
VALVE <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-64-l SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-187-11
PURGE PORT VACUUM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-63-l SPEEDOMETER CABLE
Replacement
R <AI-I-> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...23-~-1
<M/T FWDz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l
RADIATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5-l SPEED SENSOR, Wheel CABS> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-113-l
CAP, Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4-l SPEED SENSOR, Wheel, Output Voltage Measurement . . . . 35-75-l
RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-186-11 SRS
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-156-11 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-53-I
RADIO REMOTE-CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-l 86-k DIAGNOSIS UNIT (SDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-71-I
REAR OIL PUMP, 4WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378-11-l STABILIZER BAR
DISCHARGE FLOW VOLUME, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378-5-l Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33A-12-l
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-192-11 Rear Suspension
SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-203-11 <AWD>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...34-38-l
REFRIGERANT <FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-16-l
ALPHABETICAL INDEX 5
STARTER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-23-11 <Mm AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................ 22-17-l
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-19-11 <MI-T FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-6-l
STEERING MOUNTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-5-l
Angle Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-6-l OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l
ANGULAR VELOCITY SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-18-l OIL COOLER HOSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l
GEAR BOX, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-18-l OIL COOLER TUBES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l
LINKAGE SEALS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I OIL SEAL <AWD> ................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-16-l
SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-14-I TRANSFER <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-22-l
STEERING WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-14-l TRANSMISSION
Centering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-7-l FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-47-l
Free Play Check ................................... .37A-6-l OIL
Return to Center Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-9-l Replacement
STOP LIGHT <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................ 22-15-l
High Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11 cFWD>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l
SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-11-I
STRUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33A-7-l Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-42-l
SUN ROOF ........................................... 42-56-l TURBOCHARGER
SUSPENSION <FRONT> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................ 15-20-I
Rear <REAR> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-23-l
cAWD> ........................................... 34-26-l BYPASS VALVE, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8-l
<FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...34-7-l SUPERCHARGING PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6-l
SWITCH WASTE GATE SOLENOID
Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to A Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. 15-8-l
Air Conditioning Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . Refer to A On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-169,271-l
Closed Throttle Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to C
Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-112-11
ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33B-18-l
U
Electrical Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-127,238-i UPPER ARM
Fog Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-l 09-11 <AWD> . . . . . ............................ 34-29-l
Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-110-11 cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-9-l
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11
Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-6-11
Ignition-lG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I
V
Ignition-ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I VACUUM TANK <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-18-I
i Muffler Mode Changeover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to M VALVE RELAY CABS>, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-83-l
Parking Brake, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-4-l VAPOR LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-8-I
Park/Neutral Position <AIT> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to P VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL
Pop-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-l 09-11 MOTOR (DC Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-174,276-l
Position Detection ................................. 338-19-I SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5-l
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to P VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Rear Window Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-203-11 ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l
Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 9-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-117, 119,231,233-l
VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l
T SYSTEM, Positive Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l
VALVE, Positive Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l
TAPE PLAYER VENTILATORS (Air Inlet and Air Outlet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-52-l
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-156-11 (Instrument Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-50-I
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM ......................... . 54-205-11 VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR
THERMOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-9-I Engine and Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l
THROTTLE BODY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-288-f On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-85,212-l
THROTTLE BODY (Throttle Valve Area), Cleaning ... 13A-57-l
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
338-l 9-l
13A-57-l
W
On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-98,221 -I WASHER
TIE ROD END BALL JOINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-6-I Rear . . . . . . . . . . .............. . . . 51-28-I
TIMING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-31-I Windshield . . . . . . .............. . 51-25-l
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-I WATERPROOF FILM, Door .............. . . . 42-42-l
TIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-4-l WATER PUMP . . . . . . . 14-11-l
TRAILING ARM WEATHERSTRIP, Drip Line . . . . . 42-63-l
cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-32-l WHEEL . . . . . . . 31-4-l
<FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-11-I ALIGNMENT
TRANSAXLE Front . .._............................. . . . . .33A-6-l
<An-> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-64-l Rear
<MiT AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-19, 23-l <AWD> . .._.......................... . . . . . 34-25-l
<MfTFWDz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-9-l <FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-5-l
Automatic, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-49-I BEARING
i: Manual, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-l Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .33A-6-t
CONTROL End Play Check cFWD> . . . . . . . . 27-3-L 34-6-l
<AA> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-55-l W H E E L S P E E D S E N S O R <ABS> . . 35-113-l
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Output Voltage Measurement . ...................... 35-75-i
WINDOW GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... 42-26-l
Door, Adjustment.. . . . . . ...................... 42-12-l
Quarter . . . . . . . . . ...................... 42-34-l
WINDSHIELD . . . . . . . . ...................... 42-29-l
WASHER . . . . . . . . . ...................... 51-25-l
WIPER . . . . . . . . ...................... 51-25-l

RJHY506014-734

You might also like